1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 5.1 Command Line Interface Guide PDF

Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch - 4 (PSS-4) | Release 5.1
Command Line Interface Guide
3KC-13197-AAAA-TQZZA
Issue 2 | September 2012
Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Notice
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Although every effort has been made to make this document as accurate, complete, and
clear as possible, Alcatel-Lucent and its predecessors assume no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
Trademarks
All trademarks and service marks specified herein are owned by their respective companies.
Conformance statement
Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules
NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the guidelines in this document, the
equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference,
in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the expense of the user.
Security statement
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited Warranty
For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.
Ordering information
For more ordering information, refer to How to order in the section titled About this document.
Contents
About this document
xlvii
Purpose ........................................................................................................................................................................................ xlvii
Intended audience .................................................................................................................................................................... xlvii
xlvii
How to use this document
.................................................................................................................................................... xlvii
xlvii
CLI manual page document conventions

Related information
...................................................................................................................... xlviii
................................................................................................................................................................. xlix
xlix
Document support
.................................................................................................................................................................... xlix
xlix
Technical support
...................................................................................................................................................................... xlix
xlix
How to order ............................................................................................................................................................................... xlix

xlix
How to comment ....................................................................................................................................................................... xlix
xlix
1
Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
Command Line Interface
....................................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1-2
Connecting to network element ........................................................................................................................................... 1-2

1-2
CLI help functions .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-7
1-7
2
General CLI Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-1
config ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-2
2-2
config general ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4
2-4
config general ntp
..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-9
2-9
config general time zone ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-12

2-12
echo
............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-23
2-23
help
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-23
2-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
iii
3KC-13197-AAAA-TQZZA Release 5.1
Issue 2 September 2012
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
history ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-25

2-25
logout
.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-26
2-26
paging
......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-27
2-27
prompt
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-28
2-28
show
............................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-29
2-29
show general ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-33

2-33
show logs ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-37
2-37
show traps
................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-39
2-39
tools lamptest
........................................................................................................................................................................... 2-40
2-40
tools tl1 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-41

2-41
3
Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
config admin ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-4
config admin authentication .................................................................................................................................................. 3-8
3-8
config admin authentication radius .................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3-10
config admin authentication radius add .......................................................................................................................... 3-11
3-11
config admin feature .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-13
config admin session ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-14
3-14
config admin snmp users ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-16
config admin snmpusers add .............................................................................................................................................. 3-17
3-17
config admin snmpusers edit .............................................................................................................................................. 3-18
3-18
config admin syslog ............................................................................................................................................................... 3-20
3-20
config admin ui
....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23
3-23
config admin users ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-24

3-24
config admin users add ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-27
3-27
config admin users edit
........................................................................................................................................................ 3-29
3-29
config admin users logging ................................................................................................................................................. 3-33

3-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
iv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config admin users logging cli
.......................................................................................................................................... 3-34
3-34
config admin users logging snmp ..................................................................................................................................... 3-37

3-37
config database ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-40
3-40
config database server
.......................................................................................................................................................... 3-44
3-44
config firmware ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-45

3-45
config snmpserver .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-46
3-46
config snmpserver trapdest ................................................................................................................................................. 3-48
3-48
config snmpserver trapdest add ......................................................................................................................................... 3-50
3-50
config software ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-51
3-51
config software server
.......................................................................................................................................................... 3-52
3-52
config software server transfer .......................................................................................................................................... 3-54

3-54
config software upgrade ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-56
3-56
config software upgrade manual ....................................................................................................................................... 3-58
3-58
crypto key .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-60
3-60
crypto sslkey ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-61
3-61
config sslcsr .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-62
3-62
config sslcert
........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-64
3-64
crypto key generate ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-65

3-65
passwd
........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-66
3-66
show software .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-67

3-67
show sslcert
............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-70
3-70
show database .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-71

3-71
show admin ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3-72
3-72
show interface loopback
...................................................................................................................................................... 3-74
3-74
show admin syslog ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-75

3-75
show admin user
..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-75
3-75
show firmware ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-77

3-77
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
v
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show snmpserver
who
.................................................................................................................................................................... 3-80
3-80
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-81
3-81
whoami ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-82

3-82
config cn
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-83
3-83
config cn ospf
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-84
3-84
config cn ospf iprange
.......................................................................................................................................................... 3-89
3-89
config cn routes default ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-91

3-91
config cn routes default add
.............................................................................................................................................. 3-93
3-93
config cn routes default redistribute ................................................................................................................................ 3-94

3-94
config cn routes static
........................................................................................................................................................... 3-95
3-95
config cn routes static add ................................................................................................................................................... 3-97

3-97
config cn routes static redistribute
................................................................................................................................... 3-98
3-98
config interface ec .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-99

3-99
config interface ec shelf/slot/cit ...................................................................................................................................... 3-101
3-101
config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
....................................................................................................................... 3-106
3-106
config interface fan .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-107

3-107
config interface fan cit
....................................................................................................................................................... 3-108
3-108
config interface fan 1/6/lan1
............................................................................................................................................ 3-112
3-112
config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf
.................................................................................................................................. 3-115
3-115
config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................. 3-118

3-118
config interface loopback .................................................................................................................................................. 3-119
3-119
config ip_acl_filter {interface_name} .......................................................................................................................... 3-121
3-121
config acl_filter {filterId} ................................................................................................................................................. 3-122
3-122
config acl_pattern {patternId} ......................................................................................................................................... 3-123
3-123
config acl_default
............................................................................................................................................................... 3-127
3-127
show cn ospf iprange .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-128

3-128
show interface ec .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-129
3-129
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
vi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface ec shelf/slot/cit ........................................................................................................................................ 3-131

3-131
show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}
........................................................................................................................ 3-132
3-132
show interface fan ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-133

3-133
show interface fan cit .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-134
3-134
show interface fan 1/6/lan1
.............................................................................................................................................. 3-135
3-135
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................... 3-136

3-136
show interface loopback .................................................................................................................................................... 3-137
3-137
show ip_acl_filter {interface_name} ............................................................................................................................ 3-138
3-138
show acl_filter {filterId} ................................................................................................................................................... 3-139
3-139
show acl_pattern {patternID} .......................................................................................................................................... 3-142
3-142
show acl_default
4
................................................................................................................................................................. 3-145
3-145
Equipment Management Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-1
config card ................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-4
4-4
config card 11dpe12 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-7
4-7
config card 11dpe12e
............................................................................................................................................................ 4-11
4-11
config card 11dpe12a ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-18

4-18
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot SYNC0 ........................................................................................................................ 4-25
4-25
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-28
4-28
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot SYNC0 ........................................................................................................................ 4-31
4-31
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-34
4-34
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4} ...................................................................................................................... 4-37
4-37
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam ......................................................................................................................... 4-42
4-42
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32}
................................................................................................... 4-44
4-44
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} ............................................................................ 4-46

4-46
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
............................................. 4-50
4-50
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep {1-8191} loopback
......................... 4-54
4-54
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
vii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep {1-8191} CSF .................................... 4-56
4-56
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp ................................................................................................................................. 4-58
4-58
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 4-61
4-61
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} .............................................................................................................. 4-63
4-63
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port ..................................................................................................... 4-65
4-65
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port{1-14} ....................................................................................... 4-67
4-67
config card 11qpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-71
4-71
config card 11qpen4
.............................................................................................................................................................. 4-74
4-74
config card 11qpe24
.............................................................................................................................................................. 4-78
4-78
config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot SYNC0 .......................................................................................................................... 4-82

4-82
config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot lineref{0-1}
................................................................................................................. 4-84
4-84
config card 4dpa2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-87

4-87
config card 4dpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-90
4-90
config card 1dpp24m
............................................................................................................................................................ 4-94
4-94
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot SYNC0 ........................................................................................................................ 4-98

4-98
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot lineref{0-2} ............................................................................................................. 4-100
4-100
config card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a} ....................................................................... 4-102
4-102
config card mvac .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-106
4-106
config card dcm .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-109
4-109
config card ec
........................................................................................................................................................................ 4-112
4-112
config card ec shelf/slot pm
............................................................................................................................................. 4-115
4-115
config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} ................................................................................................................. 4-117

4-117
config fan
config pf
................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-119
4-119
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-120
4-120
config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

config slot
.................................................................................................................................. 4-123
4-123
............................................................................................................................................................................... 4-127
4-127
config shelf ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-128

4-128
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
viii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config slot shelf/slot type .................................................................................................................................................. 4-132

4-132
show card ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-135
4-135
show card 11dpe12 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-138
4-138
show card 11dpe12e ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-140
4-140
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot SYNC0
....................................................................................................................... 4-141
4-141
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-144

4-144
show card 11dpe12a ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-147
4-147
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot SYNC0
....................................................................................................................... 4-149
4-149
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-152

4-152
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4} ...................................................................................................................... 4-155
4-155
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4} attachedport [<interface>]
................................................................ 4-158
4-158
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<interface>] ......................................................................... 4-163
4-163
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam
....................................................................................................................... 4-165
4-165
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32}
.................................................................................................. 4-166
4-166
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
.......................................................................... 4-167
4-167
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} meplist ............................................................ 4-168
4-168
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}
.............................................. 4-170
4-170
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} database ............................. 4-172
4-172
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} loopback
........................... 4-173
4-173
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} csf ........................................ 4-176
4-176
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp ................................................................................................................................. 4-177
4-177
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 4-179
4-179
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} .............................................................................................................. 4-181
4-181
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port
.................................................................................................... 4-186
4-186
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port{1-14}

show card 11dpm12
show card 11qpa4
...................................................................................... 4-188
4-188
............................................................................................................................................................ 4-190
4-190
................................................................................................................................................................ 4-192
4-192
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
ix
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card 11qpen4 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-193

4-193
show card 11qpe24 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-194
4-194
show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot SYNC0 .......................................................................................................................... 4-195
4-195
show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot lineref{0-1} ................................................................................................................. 4-199
4-199
show card 4dpa2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-202
4-202
show card 4dpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-203
4-203
show card 1dpp24m ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-204
4-204
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slot SYNC0 ........................................................................................................................ 4-205
4-205
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slot lineref{0-2} ............................................................................................................... 4-208
4-208
show card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} ................................................................................................................................... 4-211
4-211
show card dcm
show card ec
...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-213
4-213
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-214
4-214
show card ec shelf/slot pm
............................................................................................................................................... 4-215
4-215
show card inventory ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-217

4-217
show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} ................................................................................................................... 4-218
4-218
show card mvac .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-220
4-220
show fan
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-221
4-221
show interface inventory ................................................................................................................................................... 4-223

4-223
show pf
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-225
4-225
show pf shelf/slot housekeeping ..................................................................................................................................... 4-226

4-226
show shelf ............................................................................................................................................................................... 4-228
4-228
show shelf inventory ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-230
4-230
show slot
5
................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-232
4-232
Core optics management commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-1
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} ............................................................................................................................. 5-5
5-5
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM ............................................................................................. 5-6
5-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
x
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out .................................................................. 5-8

5-8
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line
............................................................................................ 5-10
5-10
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm ..................................................................................... 5-13

5-13
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm opin ........................................................................... 5-15
5-15
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin
................................................................... 5-17
5-17
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout ............................................................... 5-19

5-19
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ...................................................................... 5-21
5-21
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey ....................................................................... 5-23
5-23
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey in|out ........................................................... 5-25
5-25
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC ............................................................................................ 5-27
5-27
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm .................................................................................... 5-31
5-31
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface .................................................................. 5-33
5-33
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr
............................................................................ 5-35
5-35
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt ............................................................................. 5-37

5-37
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh ............................................................................ 5-39
5-39
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet
........................................................................ 5-41
5-41
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/port state ................................................................................... 5-43

5-43
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG
............................................................................................. 5-45
5-45
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey
.......................................................................... 5-49
5-49
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out ................................................................... 5-52

5-52
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port ................................................................................................................................. 5-54
5-54
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state ....................................................................................................................... 5-56
5-56
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} ............................................................................................................................ 5-58
5-58
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM ............................................................................................ 5-58
5-58
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN ....................................................................................... 5-60
5-60
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ............................................................................... 5-62
5-62
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ..................................................................... 5-64
5-64
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .............................................................. 5-66

5-66
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey
................................................................... 5-68
5-68
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in ............................................................... 5-70

5-70
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT .................................................................................. 5-72
5-72
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm .......................................................................... 5-77
5-77
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
...................................................... 5-78
5-78
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout .............................................................. 5-80

5-80
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey ............................................................... 5-82
5-82
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP
....................................................... 5-84
5-84
..................................................................................... 5-87
5-87
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .............................................................................. 5-90

5-90
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ........................................................... 5-92
5-92
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ...................................................................... 5-94
5-94
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
...................................................................... 5-96
5-96
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh ...................................................................... 5-98

5-98
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ................................................................ 5-100
5-100
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state
.................................................................................. 5-102
5-102
config interface am2318a .................................................................................................................................................. 5-104

5-104
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN
............................................................................................................ 5-104
5-104
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ..................................................................................................... 5-107

5-107
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ........................................................................................... 5-108
5-108
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .................................................................................... 5-110
5-110
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey
........................................................................................ 5-112
5-112
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in ..................................................................................... 5-114

5-114
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT ........................................................................................................ 5-116
5-116
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm ................................................................................................ 5-120
5-120
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout ............................................................................ 5-122
5-122
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
................................................................................... 5-124
5-124
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey ..................................................................................... 5-126

5-126
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out ............................................................................. 5-128
5-128
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP ........................................................................................................... 5-131
5-131
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .................................................................................................... 5-134
5-134
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ................................................................................. 5-136
5-136
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ............................................................................................ 5-138
5-138
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ............................................................................................ 5-140
5-140
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
........................................................................................... 5-142
5-142
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ........................................................................................ 5-144

5-144
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state ........................................................................................................... 5-146
5-146
config interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port ........................................................................... 5-148
5-148
config interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port state
................................................................ 5-151
5-151
config interface powermgmt ............................................................................................................................................ 5-153

5-153
config powermgmt
.............................................................................................................................................................. 5-161
5-161
config powermgmt general ............................................................................................................................................... 5-162

5-162
config powermgmt egress ................................................................................................................................................. 5-166
5-166
config powermgmt ingress
............................................................................................................................................... 5-172
5-172
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM .......................................................................................... 5-177

5-177
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/ LINE ......................................................................................... 5-179
5-179
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm .................................................................................. 5-182
5-182
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin ........................................................................ 5-183
5-183
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin ................................................................. 5-185
5-185
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout
.............................................................. 5-187
5-187
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ...................................................................... 5-189

5-189
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc
.............................................................................................. 5-190
5-190
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm .................................................................................... 5-192

5-192
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xiii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface ................................................................. 5-194

5-194
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr ............................................................................ 5-195
5-195
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt
............................................................................ 5-197
5-197
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh ............................................................................ 5-199

5-199
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet ........................................................................ 5-201
5-201
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG ............................................................................................. 5-203
5-203
show interface dcm .............................................................................................................................................................. 5-206
5-206
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM ............................................................................................ 5-208
5-208
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN ..................................................................................... 5-209
5-209
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ............................................................................... 5-212
5-212
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ..................................................................... 5-213
5-213
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .............................................................. 5-215
5-215
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT ................................................................................ 5-217
5-217
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm .......................................................................... 5-220
5-220
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout ...................................................... 5-221
5-221
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
............................................................. 5-223
5-223
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP ..................................................................................... 5-224

5-224
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .............................................................................. 5-226
5-226
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ........................................................... 5-228
5-228
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ...................................................................... 5-229
5-229
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ...................................................................... 5-231
5-231
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
..................................................................... 5-233
5-233
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet .................................................................. 5-235

5-235
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN
............................................................................................................. 5-237
5-237
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ....................................................................................................... 5-240

5-240
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ............................................................................................. 5-241
5-241
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin ...................................................................................... 5-243
5-243
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xiv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT
........................................................................................................ 5-245
5-245
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm .................................................................................................. 5-248

5-248
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
.............................................................................. 5-249
5-249
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout ...................................................................................... 5-251

5-251
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP ............................................................................................................. 5-252
5-252
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm ...................................................................................................... 5-254
5-254
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ................................................................................... 5-256
5-256
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr .............................................................................................. 5-257
5-257
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt .............................................................................................. 5-259
5-259
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh .............................................................................................. 5-261
5-261
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet .......................................................................................... 5-263
5-263
show interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}
.......................................................................................................... 5-265
5-265
show interface powermgmt .............................................................................................................................................. 5-266

5-266
show powermgmt ................................................................................................................................................................. 5-270
5-270
show wavekey ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5-273
5-273
show wavekey unexpected
............................................................................................................................................... 5-276
5-276
show wavekey wtmonitor ................................................................................................................................................. 5-277

5-277
show wavekey wtsource .................................................................................................................................................... 5-279
5-279
6
OT Management Commands
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-1
11DPE12 CLI Commands
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-18
6-18
config interface 11dpe12
.................................................................................................................................................... 6-20
6-20
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
............................................................................................................... 6-21
6-21
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state ..................................................................................................... 6-23

6-23
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ..................................................................................................... 6-25
6-25
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
.......................................................................................................... 6-28
6-28
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-31

6-31
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-32
6-32
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ................................................................................................ 6-34
6-34
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
................................................................................................ 6-36
6-36
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ................................................................................................ 6-38

6-38
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ........................................................................................... 6-40
6-40
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
.................................................................................................................. 6-42
6-42
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state ........................................................................................................ 6-45

6-45
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-47
6-47
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-49
6-49
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige .................................................................................................... 6-57
6-57
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................... 6-60
6-60
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
................................................................................................... 6-61
6-61
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
......................................................................................... 6-63
6-63
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-65

6-65
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-67
6-67
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100} .......................................................................................... 6-69
6-69
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ............................................................................................................... 6-70
6-70
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
...................................................................................................... 6-72
6-72
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-74

6-74
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
............................................................................................... 6-75
6-75
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-77

6-77
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state ...................................................................................................... 6-79
6-79
show interface 11dpe12 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-81
6-81
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} .................................................................................................................. 6-82
6-82
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ....................................................................................................... 6-86
6-86
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xvi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ............................................................................................................. 6-88

6-88
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm .......................................................................................................... 6-89
6-89
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-91
6-91
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
.................................................................................................. 6-92
6-92
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-94

6-94
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
.................................................................................................. 6-95
6-95
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ............................................................................................. 6-97

6-97
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
.................................................................................................................... 6-98
6-98
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-104

6-104
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-106
6-106
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
.................................................................................................. 6-110
6-110
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................... 6-111

6-111
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
................................................................................................... 6-113
6-113
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
......................................................................................... 6-114
6-114
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-116

6-116
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-117
6-117
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ........................................................................................... 6-119
6-119
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
.............................................................................................................. 6-120
6-120
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och ...................................................................................................... 6-122

6-122
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-123
6-123
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-124
6-124
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
............................................................................................... 6-125
6-125
11DPE12e CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-128
6-128
config interface 11dpe12e ................................................................................................................................................. 6-130
6-130
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} ........................................................................................................... 6-131
6-131
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1
............................................................................................................ 6-134
6-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xvii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} ..................................................................................... 6-136

6-136
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep ........................................................................... 6-139
6-139
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
................................................................................................ 6-142
6-142
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................ 6-144

6-144
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ...................................................................................................... 6-148
6-148
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
................................................................................................... 6-151
6-151
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................. 6-153

6-153
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
........................................................................................... 6-155
6-155
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-157

6-157
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
........................................................................................... 6-159
6-159
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ...................................................................................... 6-161

6-161
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-163
6-163
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
................................................................................................... 6-166
6-166
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
.................................................................................................. 6-168
6-168
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-170

6-170
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige ............................................................................................... 6-179
6-179
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-183
6-183
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ............................................................................................... 6-184
6-184
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ..................................................................................... 6-186
6-186
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-188
6-188
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
.............................................................................................. 6-190
6-190
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-192

6-192
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100} ..................................................................................... 6-194
6-194
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} .......................................................................................................... 6-196
6-196
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-198
6-198
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
.................................................................................................. 6-199
6-199
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-200

6-200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xviii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ........................................................................................... 6-202

6-202
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state ................................................................................................. 6-204
6-204
show interface 11dpe12e ................................................................................................................................................... 6-206
6-206
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} ............................................................................................................. 6-207
6-207
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe .................................................................................................. 6-210
6-210
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ........................................................................................................ 6-212
6-212
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
..................................................................................................... 6-214
6-214
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................... 6-215

6-215
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-217
6-217
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt .............................................................................................. 6-218
6-218
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-220
6-220
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ........................................................................................ 6-221
6-221
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} ................................................................................................................ 6-223
6-223
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>] .............................................................................. 6-227
6-227
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1
.............................................................................................................. 6-229
6-229
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} ....................................................................................... 6-230

6-230
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid .......................................................... 6-231
6-231
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep
............................................................................ 6-232
6-232
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-235

6-235
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ...................................................................................................... 6-238
6-238
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige ................................................................................................ 6-242
6-242
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-244
6-244
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................. 6-245
6-245
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-247
6-247
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
................................................................................................ 6-249
6-249
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-250

6-250
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
................................................................................................ 6-252
6-252
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xix
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
........................................................................................ 6-253
6-253
............................................................................................................ 6-255
6-255
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................... 6-256

6-256
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-257
6-257
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-258
6-258
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-260
6-260
11DPE12a CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-262
6-262
config interface 11dpe12a ................................................................................................................................................. 6-264
6-264
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} ........................................................................................................... 6-265
6-265
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................ 6-267
6-267
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ...................................................................................................... 6-272
6-272
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
................................................................................................ 6-276
6-276
................................................................................................... 6-278
6-278
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................. 6-279

6-279
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
........................................................................................... 6-281
6-281
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-283

6-283
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
........................................................................................... 6-285
6-285
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ...................................................................................... 6-287

6-287
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-289
6-289
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
................................................................................................... 6-292
6-292
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
.................................................................................................. 6-294
6-294
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-296

6-296
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige ............................................................................................... 6-303
6-303
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-308
6-308
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ............................................................................................... 6-309
6-309
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ..................................................................................... 6-311
6-311
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xx
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-313

6-313
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
.............................................................................................. 6-315
6-315
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-317

6-317
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100} ..................................................................................... 6-319
6-319
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} .......................................................................................................... 6-321
6-321
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-323
6-323
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
.................................................................................................. 6-324
6-324
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-325

6-325
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ........................................................................................... 6-327
6-327
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state ................................................................................................. 6-329
6-329
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10} .................................................................................... 6-331
6-331
show interface 11dpe12a ................................................................................................................................................... 6-333
6-333
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} ............................................................................................................. 6-334
6-334
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe .................................................................................................. 6-338
6-338
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ........................................................................................................ 6-340
6-340
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
..................................................................................................... 6-342
6-342
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................... 6-343

6-343
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-345
6-345
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt .............................................................................................. 6-346
6-346
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-348
6-348
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ........................................................................................ 6-349
6-349
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} ................................................................................................................ 6-351
6-351
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-355
6-355
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ...................................................................................................... 6-358
6-358
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige ................................................................................................ 6-362
6-362
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-364
6-364
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................. 6-365
6-365
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-367

6-367
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
................................................................................................ 6-368
6-368
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-370

6-370
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
................................................................................................ 6-371
6-371
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
........................................................................................ 6-373
6-373
............................................................................................................ 6-374
6-374
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................... 6-376

6-376
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-377
6-377
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-378
6-378
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-379
6-379
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10} ...................................................................................... 6-381
6-381
11QPA4 CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-383
6-383
config interface 11qpa4
..................................................................................................................................................... 6-385
6-385
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................. 6-386

6-386
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state ........................................................................................................ 6-389
6-389
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ddr .......................................................................................................... 6-391
6-391
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g
..................................................................................................... 6-393
6-393
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g ........................................................................................................ 6-395

6-395
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ..................................................................................................... 6-398
6-398
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ..................................................................................................... 6-401
6-401
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige .................................................................................................. 6-404
6-404
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-407
6-407
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-408
6-408
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
.......................................................................................................... 6-413
6-413
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-415

6-415
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-417
6-417
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-419

6-419
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-421
6-421
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ................................................................................................... 6-423
6-423
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ............................................................................................... 6-425
6-425
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
.................................................................................................. 6-427
6-427
................................................................................................................. 6-429
6-429
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state ........................................................................................................ 6-431

6-431
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-433
6-433
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-435
6-435
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ........................................................................................................... 6-442
6-442
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
................................................................................................... 6-443
6-443
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-445

6-445
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-447
6-447
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ............................................................................................................... 6-449
6-449
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
.................................................................................................... 6-451
6-451
...................................................................................................... 6-453
6-453
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-454

6-454
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
............................................................................................... 6-455
6-455
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-457

6-457
show interface 11qpa4 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-459
6-459
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................... 6-460
6-460
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ddr
............................................................................................................ 6-466
6-466
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g ........................................................................................................ 6-468

6-468
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g .......................................................................................................... 6-469
6-469
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ....................................................................................................... 6-471
6-471
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ....................................................................................................... 6-473
6-473
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
.................................................................................................... 6-475
6-475
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxiii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ......................................................................................................... 6-477

6-477
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 .......................................................................................................... 6-479
6-479
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-483
6-483
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
..................................................................................................... 6-485
6-485
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
........................................................................................... 6-486
6-486
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-488

6-488
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-489
6-489
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-491
6-491
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
.................................................................................................... 6-492
6-492
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-494

6-494
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
................................................................................................................... 6-495
6-495
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
......................................................................................................... 6-499
6-499
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
.......................................................................................................... 6-501
6-501
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-506

6-506
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw ...................................................................................................... 6-507
6-507
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-509
6-509
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
..................................................................................................... 6-510
6-510
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ................................................................................................................. 6-512

6-512
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och ......................................................................................................... 6-514
6-514
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
......................................................................................................... 6-515
6-515
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
................................................................................................. 6-516
6-516
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt .................................................................................................. 6-517

6-517
11QPEN4 CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-520
6-520
config interface 11QPEN4 ................................................................................................................................................ 6-522
6-522
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ............................................................................................................ 6-523
6-523
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state .................................................................................................. 6-526
6-526
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxiv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g ................................................................................................ 6-528

6-528
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g .................................................................................................. 6-530
6-530
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
............................................................................................ 6-532
6-532
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ................................................................................................. 6-535

6-535
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 .................................................................................................. 6-536
6-536
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-541
6-541
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
............................................................................................. 6-543
6-543
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
................................................................................... 6-545
6-545
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-547

6-547
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-549
6-549
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ............................................................................................. 6-551
6-551
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ......................................................................................... 6-553
6-553
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
............................................................................................ 6-555
6-555
........................................................................................................... 6-557
6-557
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} encrypt
............................................................................................ 6-559
6-559
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state .................................................................................................. 6-561

6-561
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
................................................................................................. 6-562
6-562
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
.................................................................................................. 6-565
6-565
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-572

6-572
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw .............................................................................................. 6-573
6-573
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-575
6-575
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
............................................................................................. 6-577
6-577
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ......................................................................................................... 6-579

6-579
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state ............................................................................................... 6-581
6-581
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och ................................................................................................. 6-583
6-583
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
................................................................................................. 6-584
6-584
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr .......................................................................................... 6-585

6-585
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt .......................................................................................... 6-587

6-587
show interface 11QPEN4 .................................................................................................................................................. 6-589
6-589
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
.............................................................................................................. 6-590
6-590
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g .................................................................................................. 6-596

6-596
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g
.................................................................................................... 6-598
6-598
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige ............................................................................................... 6-599

6-599
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
................................................................................................... 6-601
6-601
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
.................................................................................................... 6-603
6-603
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-607

6-607
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
............................................................................................... 6-609
6-609
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ...................................................................................... 6-610

6-610
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-612
6-612
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
............................................................................................... 6-613
6-613
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ............................................................................................... 6-615

6-615
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ............................................................................................... 6-616
6-616
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ........................................................................................... 6-618
6-618
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
............................................................................................................. 6-619
6-619
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} encrypt ............................................................................................... 6-623

6-623
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
................................................................................................... 6-625
6-625
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-627

6-627
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-631
6-631
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................ 6-633
6-633
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
............................................................................................... 6-634
6-634
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
............................................................................................... 6-636
6-636
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ........................................................................................................... 6-637

6-637
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och ................................................................................................... 6-639
6-639
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm .................................................................................................... 6-640
6-640
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxvi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-641

6-641
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-643
6-643
11QPE24 CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-645
6-645
config interface 11qpe24 ................................................................................................................................................... 6-646
6-646
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} ............................................................................................................. 6-648
6-648
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} 1gbe .................................................................................................. 6-650
6-650
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe ........................................................................................................ 6-653
6-653
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} state ................................................................................................... 6-655
6-655
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm
..................................................................................................... 6-657
6-657
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-658

6-658
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opt .............................................................................................. 6-660
6-660
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}
............................................................................................................... 6-662
6-662
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} state ..................................................................................................... 6-664

6-664
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) odu2
..................................................................................................... 6-666
6-666
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) otu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-668

6-668
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} tengige
............................................................................................... 6-674
6-674
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-678

6-678
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm dw
................................................................................................ 6-679
6-679
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................ 6-681

6-681
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-683
6-683
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
............................................................................................................ 6-685
6-685
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och .................................................................................................... 6-687

6-687
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-688
6-688
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-689
6-689
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-691
6-691
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state .................................................................................................. 6-693
6-693
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxvii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11qpe24
..................................................................................................................................................... 6-695
6-695
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22}
............................................................................................................... 6-696
6-696
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} 1gbe
.................................................................................................... 6-698
6-698
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe .......................................................................................................... 6-699

6-699
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-701
6-701
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opr ................................................................................................ 6-702
6-702
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-703
6-703
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}
................................................................................................................. 6-705
6-705
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}odu2
....................................................................................................... 6-708
6-708
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-711

6-711
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} tengige .................................................................................................. 6-714
6-714
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm .......................................................................................................... 6-715
6-715
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-717
6-717
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr .................................................................................................. 6-718
6-718
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opt
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
.................................................................................................. 6-720
6-720
.............................................................................................................. 6-721
6-721
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och ...................................................................................................... 6-723

6-723
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-724
6-724
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-725
6-725
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
............................................................................................... 6-727
6-727
4DPA4 CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-729
6-729
config interface 4dpa4 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-731
6-731
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
.................................................................................................................... 6-732
6-732
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe
......................................................................................................... 6-737
6-737
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
....................................................................... 6-741
6-741
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi} ................................................................. 6-745
6-745
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxviii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ............................................................................... 6-749

6-749
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-753
6-753
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
........................................................................................... 6-755
6-755
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-757

6-757
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-759
6-759
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-761
6-761
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ..................................................................................................... 6-763
6-763
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-765
6-765
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state .......................................................................................................... 6-767
6-767
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16} .......................................................................... 6-769
6-769
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} ..................................................................................................................... 6-773
6-773
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1
......................................................................................................... 6-775
6-775
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1
.......................................................................................................... 6-779
6-779
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-784

6-784
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ...................................................................................................... 6-785
6-785
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-787
6-787
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
..................................................................................................... 6-789
6-789
.......................................................................................................... 6-791
6-791
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ................................................................................................................. 6-793

6-793
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och ......................................................................................................... 6-795
6-795
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
......................................................................................................... 6-796
6-796
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr .................................................................................................. 6-797

6-797
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt .................................................................................................. 6-799
6-799
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state ....................................................................................................... 6-801
6-801
show interface 4dpa4 .......................................................................................................................................................... 6-803
6-803
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
...................................................................................................................... 6-804
6-804
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe ............................................................................................................ 6-809

6-809
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxix
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400} .......................................................................... 6-811

6-811
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}
................................................................... 6-813
6-813
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ................................................................................. 6-815

6-815
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................... 6-817
6-817
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet .............................................................................................. 6-818
6-818
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ....................................................................................................... 6-820
6-820
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
....................................................................................................... 6-822
6-822
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ....................................................................................................... 6-824

6-824
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ....................................................................................................... 6-825
6-825
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ................................................................................................... 6-827
6-827
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16} ............................................................................ 6-829
6-829
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} ....................................................................................................................... 6-831
6-831
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1 ............................................................................................................ 6-834
6-834
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1 ............................................................................................................. 6-836
6-836
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ............................................................................................................... 6-840
6-840
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ........................................................................................................ 6-841
6-841
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
....................................................................................................... 6-843
6-843
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ........................................................................................................ 6-844

6-844
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
................................................................................................................... 6-846
6-846
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och ........................................................................................................... 6-848

6-848
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ............................................................................................................ 6-849
6-849
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr .................................................................................................... 6-850
6-850
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt .................................................................................................... 6-852
6-852
11DPM12 CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-854
6-854
config interface 11dpm12
................................................................................................................................................. 6-857
6-857
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
........................................................................................................... 6-858
6-858
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxx
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
................................................................................................ 6-867
6-867
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi
................................................................................. 6-870
6-870
.............................................................................................. 6-872
6-872
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk
................................................................................ 6-874
6-874
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
.............................................................. 6-877
6-877
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk ................................................. 6-880

6-880
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
...................................................................................................... 6-883
6-883
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi
....................................................................................... 6-886
6-886
............................................................................................... 6-888
6-888
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk
................................................................................ 6-891
6-891
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ...................................................................... 6-893

6-893
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk ........................................................ 6-897
6-897
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1 ................................................................................................ 6-900
6-900
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1
................................................................................................. 6-901
6-901
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm .................................................................................................... 6-906

6-906
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw
............................................................................................ 6-908
6-908
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ................................................................................... 6-909

6-909
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-911
6-911
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-913
6-913
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-915
6-915
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh ............................................................................................ 6-917
6-917
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet ........................................................................................ 6-918
6-918
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr .................................................................................................... 6-920
6-920
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr looduk ..................................................................................... 6-924
6-924
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi ................................................................................................ 6-926
6-926
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk ................................................................................. 6-929
6-929
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state ................................................................................................. 6-931
6-931
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} ................................................................. 6-933

6-933
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk .................................................. 6-937
6-937
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-940
6-940
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ................................................................................................... 6-944
6-944
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8} ......................................................................... 6-950
6-950
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-953
6-953
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-959
6-959
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
............................................................................................... 6-960
6-960
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-962

6-962
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................... 6-964
6-964
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state .................................................................................................... 6-966
6-966
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ........................................................................................................... 6-968
6-968
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-970
6-970
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ................................................................................................... 6-971
6-971
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-972
6-972
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
........................................................................................... 6-974
6-974
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state .................................................................................................. 6-976

6-976
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} .................................................................................................. 6-978
6-978
show interface 11dpm12
................................................................................................................................................... 6-984
6-984
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} .............................................................................................................. 6-985

6-985
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................... 6-992
6-992
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk .................................................................................... 6-994
6-994
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi .................................................................................................. 6-996
6-996
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk ................................................................................... 6-997
6-997
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} ................................................................. 6-999
6-999
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk ............................................... 6-1001
6-1001
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe ...................................................................................................... 6-1002
6-1002
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe looduk ....................................................................................... 6-1004

6-1004
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi ............................................................................................... 6-1005
6-1005
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk ................................................................................ 6-1007
6-1007
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ...................................................................... 6-1008
6-1008
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk ....................................................... 6-1010
6-1010
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1 ................................................................................................ 6-1013
6-1013
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1 ................................................................................................. 6-1014
6-1014
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
................................................................................................... 6-1017
6-1017
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw ............................................................................................ 6-1019

6-1019
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
.................................................................................. 6-1020
6-1020
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-1022

6-1022
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-1024
6-1024
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-1026
6-1026
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh
........................................................................................... 6-1027
6-1027
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet ........................................................................................ 6-1029

6-1029
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr .................................................................................................... 6-1031
6-1031
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr looduk ..................................................................................... 6-1033
6-1033
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi ................................................................................................ 6-1034
6-1034
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk ................................................................................. 6-1036
6-1036
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16} ................................................................... 6-1037
6-1037
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk .................................................. 6-1039
6-1039
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-1041
6-1041
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ................................................................................................... 6-1044
6-1044
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}
........................................................................ 6-1047
6-1047
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-1048

6-1048
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
...................................................................................................... 6-1052
6-1052
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ............................................................................................... 6-1053

6-1053
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxiii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
.............................................................................................. 6-1055
6-1055
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................... 6-1057

6-1057
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
.......................................................................................................... 6-1059
6-1059
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-1060

6-1060
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ................................................................................................... 6-1062
6-1062
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-1063
6-1063
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ........................................................................................... 6-1064
6-1064
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
................................................................................................. 6-1066
6-1066
1DPP24M CLI commands

Overview
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1070
6-1070
config interface 1dpp24m ............................................................................................................................................... 6-1071

6-1071
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} ......................................................................................................... 6-1072
6-1072
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} e1 ................................................................................................... 6-1074
6-1074
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm ................................................................................................. 6-1076
6-1076
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm e1 ........................................................................................... 6-1077
6-1077
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} state
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1
.............................................................................................. 6-1078
6-1078
.................................................................................................................... 6-1080
6-1080
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................................. 6-1082

6-1082
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-1083
6-1083
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1085
6-1085
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh ..................................................................................................... 6-1087
6-1087
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 state .......................................................................................................... 6-1088
6-1088
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 stm1
......................................................................................................... 6-1090
6-1090
show interface 1dpp24m ................................................................................................................................................. 6-1093

6-1093
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} ........................................................................................................... 6-1094
6-1094
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} e1 ..................................................................................................... 6-1096
6-1096
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm
................................................................................................... 6-1097
6-1097
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxiv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm e1
............................................................................................. 6-1098
6-1098
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 ....................................................................................................................... 6-1100

6-1100
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................................... 6-1102
6-1102
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
....................................................................................................... 6-1103
6-1103
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................ 6-1105

6-1105
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh ....................................................................................................... 6-1107
6-1107
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 stm1 ............................................................................................................ 6-1108
6-1108
Other Commands
Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1111
6-1111
config interface extwavekeys
show interface extwavekeys
7
........................................................................................................................................ 6-1111
6-1111
.......................................................................................................................................... 6-1113
6-1113
Alarm Management Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-1
alm .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-2
7-2
config alm attr ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-3
7-3
config alm attr interface .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-4
7-4
config alm attr shelf
................................................................................................................................................................. 7-8
7-8
show alm attr slot ...................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9

7-9
config alm prfl
show alm attr
......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-11
7-11
........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-12
7-12
show alm attr interface

show alm attr shelf
show alm attr slot
show alm prfl
......................................................................................................................................................... 7-13
7-13
................................................................................................................................................................ 7-17
7-17
................................................................................................................................................................... 7-18
7-18
........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-20
7-20
show condition
........................................................................................................................................................................ 7-21
7-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxv
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Performance Monitoring Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8-1
config pm clearall
..................................................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8-2
config profile pm ....................................................................................................................................................................... 8-3

8-3
config profile pm card ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-4
8-4
config profile pm dw
............................................................................................................................................................... 8-6
8-6
config profile pm e1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 8-9

8-9
config profile pm ethernet ................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
8-11
config profile pm interface .................................................................................................................................................. 8-15
8-15
config profile pm opr
............................................................................................................................................................ 8-17
8-17
config profile pm opt ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-19

8-19
config profile pm pcs
............................................................................................................................................................ 8-21
8-21
config profile pm sdh ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-23

8-23
config profile pm sonet
show profile pm
........................................................................................................................................................ 8-25
8-25
...................................................................................................................................................................... 8-28
8-28
show profile pm card ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-30

8-30
show profile pm dw ............................................................................................................................................................... 8-32
8-32
show profile pm e1
................................................................................................................................................................ 8-34
8-34
show profile pm ethernet ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-36

8-36
show profile pm interface .................................................................................................................................................... 8-39
8-39
show profile pm opr
.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-41
8-41
show profile pm opt ............................................................................................................................................................... 8-43

8-43
show profile pm pcs
.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-45
8-45
show profile pm sdh
.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-47
8-47
show profile pm sonet ........................................................................................................................................................... 8-49

8-49
9
Connection and Protection Management Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxvi
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config aps ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-2

9-2
config interface topology ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
9-11
config odukaps
config odukxc
config vtsxc
........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-22
9-22
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-28
9-28
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-32
9-32
config xc
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-40
9-40
show aps
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-50
9-50
show interface topology ....................................................................................................................................................... 9-53

9-53
show vtsxc ................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-55
9-55
show xc
...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-59
9-59
show odukaps ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-61

9-61
show odukxc
10
............................................................................................................................................................................ 9-63
9-63
Data Centric Commands

Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-1
10-1
11QPE24 Clear CLI Commands

Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-4
10-4
VPLS Service Clear Commands ....................................................................................................................................... 10-4

10-4
Filter Clear Commands
........................................................................................................................................................ 10-7
10-7
LAG Clear commands .......................................................................................................................................................... 10-8

10-8
Port Clear Commands ........................................................................................................................................................... 10-8
10-8
Ethernet Ring Protection CLI Commands
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-9
10-9
ETH-Ring CLI Configuration Commands .................................................................................................................... 10-9

10-9
Show Commands
................................................................................................................................................................. 10-16
10-16
Ethernet OAM CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-19
10-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxvii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETH-CFM CLI Configuration Commands

Show Commands
................................................................................................................ 10-19
10-19
................................................................................................................................................................. 10-34
10-34
11QPE24 LAG CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-41
10-41
LAG CLI Configuration Commands ............................................................................................................................ 10-41
10-41
Show Commands
................................................................................................................................................................ 10-50
10-50
11QPE24 Mirroring CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-55
10-55
Mirroring CLI Configuration Commands ................................................................................................................... 10-55
10-55
CLI Mirror Destination Configuration Commands ................................................................................................. 10-57
10-57
CLI Mirror Source Configuration Commands .......................................................................................................... 10-59
10-59
Show Commands
................................................................................................................................................................ 10-61
10-61
11QPE24 PORT CLI Commands

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-63
10-63
Basic Port Commands ........................................................................................................................................................ 10-63
10-63
Ethernet Port Commands
Show commands
.................................................................................................................................................. 10-64
10-64
.................................................................................................................................................................. 10-74
10-74
General Port Output
........................................................................................................................................................... 10-75
10-75
Specific Port Output
.......................................................................................................................................................... 10-76
10-76
Sample Outputs ..................................................................................................................................................................... 10-79

10-79
Quality of Service CLI Commands
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-88
10-88
QoS CLI Configuration Commands
............................................................................................................................. 10-89
10-89
Sap Ingress QoS Policy Commands .............................................................................................................................. 10-89

10-89
Sap Meter QoS Policy Commands ................................................................................................................................ 10-92
10-92
Forwarding Class (FC) Commands
.............................................................................................................................. 10-98
10-98
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxviii
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sap Ingress MAC QoS Policy Match Commands ................................................................................................. 10-101

10-101
Sap Ingress IP DSCP QoS Policy Match Commands
.......................................................................................... 10-107
10-107
Access Egress QoS Policy Commands ...................................................................................................................... 10-110

10-110
Forwarding-Class To Queue-ID Map ......................................................................................................................... 10-118
10-118
Access Egress Queue QoS Policy Commands
....................................................................................................... 10-120
10-120
Network QoS Policy Commands (for Uplink ports)
............................................................................................ 10-123
10-123
Network Ingress QoS Policy Commands ................................................................................................................. 10-125

10-125
Network Egress QoS Policy Commands
.................................................................................................................. 10-128
10-128
Network Queue QoS Policy Commands ................................................................................................................... 10-131

10-131
Port Scheduler Policy Commands ............................................................................................................................... 10-136
10-136
Show Commands ............................................................................................................................................................... 10-141
10-141
Service Configuration CLI Commands
Overview
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-160
10-160
Customer Management Commands ............................................................................................................................ 10-160

10-160
MAC Filter Commands ................................................................................................................................................... 10-162
10-162
VPLS Service Commands .............................................................................................................................................. 10-170
10-170
VPLS igmp-snooping Commands ............................................................................................................................... 10-175
10-175
Generic Commands
.......................................................................................................................................................... 10-177
10-177
VPLS SAP Commands .................................................................................................................................................... 10-179

10-179
VPLS SAP QoS Policy Commands and VPLS Filter .......................................................................................... 10-185
10-185
VPLS SAP Multicast IGMP Commands
.................................................................................................................. 10-188
10-188
Global Service Show Commands ................................................................................................................................ 10-194

10-194
VPLS Service Show Commands
................................................................................................................................. 10-202
10-202
IGMP Snooping VPLS Show Commands ................................................................................................................ 10-218

10-218
Filter show commands ..................................................................................................................................................... 10-227
10-227
11QPE24 Tools CLI Commands
Overview
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-231
10-231
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xxxix
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools CLI Configuration Commands ......................................................................................................................... 10-231

10-231
A
Condition Types
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1
A-1
11DPE12 - Condition by condition type ......................................................................................................................... A-2
A-2
11QPA4 - Condition by condition type ......................................................................................................................... A-17
A-17
11QPE24 - Condition by condition type ....................................................................................................................... A-29
A-29
11QPEN4 - Condition by condition type ...................................................................................................................... A-37
A-37
4DPA4 - Condition by condition type
........................................................................................................................... A-55
A-55
A2325A - Condition by condition type ......................................................................................................................... A-88

A-88
AM2318A - Condition by condition type ..................................................................................................................... A-93
A-93
AM2125A - Condition by condition type ..................................................................................................................... A-98
A-98
AM2125B - Condition by condition type .................................................................................................................. A-104
A-104
AHPHG - Condition by condition type
...................................................................................................................... A-109
A-109
AHPLG - Condition by condition type ....................................................................................................................... A-113

A-113
11DPE12E - Condition by condition type
................................................................................................................. A-119
A-119
11DPE12A - Condition by condition type ................................................................................................................. A-129

A-129
11DPM12 - Condition by condition type ................................................................................................................... A-142
A-142
Other shelves - Condition by condition type ............................................................................................................ A-161
A-161
1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges ............................................................................................................................ A-164
A-164
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xl
List of tables
1
Command syntax rules
........................................................................................................................................ xlviii
1-1
1830 PSS Interfaces .................................................................................................................................................. 1-2

1-2
1-2
Connecting to 1830 PSS-4
1-3
CLI keyboard shortcuts
8-1
Card-level performance monitoring attributes
8-2
Digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes ...................................................................................... 8-7
8-3
E1 Performance Monitoring attributes
8-4
Ethernet performance monitoring attributes
8-5
Interface performance monitoring attributes ................................................................................................. 8-16
8-6
Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring attributes
............................................... 8-18
8-7
............................................... 8-20
8-8
PCS performance monitoring attributes
......................................................................................................... 8-22
8-9
SDH performance monitoring attributes
........................................................................................................ 8-24
8-10
SONET performance monitoring attributes
8-11
8-12
Digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes
8-13
8-14
8-15
............................................... 8-42
8-16
............................................... 8-43
8-17
......................................................................................................... 8-45
8-18
........................................................................................................ 8-48
8-19
..................................................................................................................................... 1-3
........................................................................................................................................... 1-6
................................................................................................ 8-5
............................................................................................................ 8-10
................................................................................................. 8-12
.................................................................................................. 8-26
............................................................................................. 8-30
................................................................................... 8-32
............................................................................................................ 8-34
................................................................................................. 8-36
.................................................................................................. 8-49
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xli
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-1
Port name to Port Number Conversions
......................................................................................................... 9-14
9-2
Cross-connection state qualifiers ....................................................................................................................... 9-49
10-1
Type of format
10-2
MTU values
10-3
Format description
............................................................................................................................................. 10-105
10-105
10-4
Format description
............................................................................................................................................. 10-106
10-106
10-5
Format description
............................................................................................................................................. 10-107
10-107
10-6
Default Access Egress Policy ID 1 Definition ......................................................................................... 10-110
10-7
Default Access Egress Marking Definition ............................................................................................... 10-111
10-8
Default Access Egress Policy ID 1 Definition ......................................................................................... 10-115
10-9
Default Access Egress Marking Definition
....................................................................................................................................................... 10-25
10-25
............................................................................................................................................................ 10-70
10-70
10-10 Forwarding Class to Queue-ID Map
.............................................................................................. 10-116
........................................................................................................... 10-119
10-11 Default Network QoS Policy used for Ingress Dot1p to FC on Uplink Ports .............................. 10-125
10-12 Default Network QoS Policy used for Egress Mapping/Marking on Uplink Ports
................... 10-128
10-13 Default network-queue policy definition ................................................................................................... 10-131

10-14 New network-queue policy definition
........................................................................................................ 10-132
10-15 Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth Meters Example

10-16 Show QoS Network Output Fields
...................................................................... 10-139
.............................................................................................................. 10-152
10-17 MAC Match Criteria Exclusivity Rules ..................................................................................................... 10-169

10-18 Final Disposition of the packet based on per FC and per SAP policer or meter
......................... 10-186
A-1
Condition by condtype - 11DPE12
.................................................................................................................... A-2
A-2
Condition by condtype - 11QPA4
A-3
Condition by condtype - 11QPEN4 ................................................................................................................. A-37
A-4
Condition by condtype - 4DPA4
A-5
Condition by condtype - A2325A
.................................................................................................................... A-88
A-6
Condition type of AM2318A card
................................................................................................................... A-93
A-7
................................................................................................................... A-98
.................................................................................................................... A-17
...................................................................................................................... A-55
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlii
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-8
Condition type of AM2125B card
................................................................................................................. A-104
A-9
Condition by condtype - AHPHG .................................................................................................................. A-109
A-10
Condition by condtype - AHPLG
A-11
Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E
A-12
Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E Sync
A-13
Condition by condtype - 11DPE12A ............................................................................................................ A-129
A-14
Condition by condtype - 11DPM12
A-15
Condition Type - Other shelves
A-16
Shelf ranges per Shelf type
.................................................................................................................. A-113
............................................................................................................ A-119
................................................................................................. A-127
.............................................................................................................. A-142
...................................................................................................................... A-161
.............................................................................................................................. A-165
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xliii
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xliv
List of figures
1-1
l830 PSS-4 Equipment controller
........................................................................................................................ 1-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlv
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlvi
About this document

About this document
Purpose
This document provides a technical reference for command line interface (CLI)
commands for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch - 4 (PSS-4) equipment.
Note:This document lists the commands applicable to 1830 PSS-4.
Intended audience
This document is intended for the following users:
Administrators
Operators
Maintenance personnel
The 1830 PSS products are meant to be installed, operated, and maintained by personnel
who have the knowledge, training, and qualifications required to safely perform the tasks
assigned to them. The information, processes, and procedures contained in the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product documentation are intended for use by trained and
qualified personnel.
How to use this document
This document is divided into chapters of information. See the contents section to locate
specific information by chapter.
This document covers the following topics:
Chapter 1, Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI - provides an overview of this document.
Chapter 2, General CLI Commands - provides a list of general CLI commands.
Chapter 3, Security, DCN, and DB Management commands - provides the list of

Security, DCN, and DB commands.
Chapter 4, Equipment Management Commands - provides information on
equipment management CLI commands.
Chapter 5, Core optics management commands - lists the core optics management
related CLI commands.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlvii
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Chapter 6, OT Management Commands - lists the OT management related CLI

commands.
Chapter 7, Alarm Management Commands - lists the Alarm management related
CLI commands.
Chapter 8, Performance Monitoring Commands - lists the performance monitoring
set of commands.
Chapter 9, Connection and Protection Management Commands - lists the CLI
commands related to connection and protection management.
Chapter 10, Data Centric Commands - lists the 11QPE24 data centric IPD
commands.
Appendix A, Condition Types - provides reference tables of condition types.
CLI manual page document conventions
The Table 1, Command syntax rules (p. xlviii) describes the command syntax rules used
in this document.
Table 1
Command syntax rules
Syntax format
Description
bold
Commands and keywords. Enter command line arguments

that are in bold exactly as written.
variables
Variables. You must substitute a value for command line

arguments that are in italics.
[Optional ]
Optional keywords or variables. Enter command line

arguments that are enclosed in square brackets, if desired.
[Optional]
{a | b | c}
{a | b | c}
[a | b | c]
[a | b | c]
Required alternate keywords or variables. You must choose

one command line argument enclosed within the braces.
Choices are separated by vertical (OR) bars.
Optional alternate keywords or variables. Choose one
command line argument enclosed within the braces, if
desired. Choices are separated by vertical (OR) bars.
Case sensitivity
You can enter characters from the keyboard in upper or lower case. How the case is
interpreted depends on the data you are entering.
Commands
CLI commands are not case sensitive. You can enter CLI commands in upper, lower, or
mixed case. That is, command, CoMmAnD, and COMMAND are all interpreted as the
same command.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlviii
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Strings
Any strings you enter as command variables, such as network element or service
descriptions, are case sensitive. That is, This is a string is not the same as This
is a STRING.
Related information
In addition to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Command Line Interface guide, the
following documents are included in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch
(PSS-4) documentation set:
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 5.1 User Guide,
3KC13196AAAATQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS-4) Release 5.1 TL1 Commands
and Messages Guide, 3KC13198AAAATQZZA
Document support
For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at
one of the following telephone numbers:
1-888-582-3688 (for the United States)

1-317-377-8618 (for all other countries)
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents and courses, contact your local sales representative or
use the Online Customer Support Site (OLCS) Website (https://support.lucent.com).
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatellucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
xlix
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
l
I1ntroduction to 1830 PSS

CLI
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains the following information that describes how to get started using
the CLI, and understand the features that allow you to make the most effective use of the
interface:
CLI command structure
Connecting to the network element

Logging into and exiting the CLI
Navigating the CLI and entering commands
For information on specific CLI commands, see the respective commands in the
subsequent chapters.
Contents
1-2
Connecting to network element
1-2
CLI help functions
1-7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Using the command line interface (CLI)
The command line interface (CLI) is a line-oriented user interface that runs on the
network element. You access the CLI using a terminal device connected to the network
element. The CLI provides commands that allow you to configure, manage, and monitor
the network element, the network element interfaces, and the services running on the
network element.
CLI command structure
Most of the CLI commands are grouped by function into the following major hierarchical
categories:
config - Commands in the config hierarchy allow you to configure the network element
and network services.
show - Commands in the show hierarchy allow you to view the current network element
configuration.
tools - Commands in the tools hierarchy provide miscellaneous tools useful in using the
CLI.
Within each category, the commands are grouped hierarchically by subcategory. For
example, all of the commands used to configure interfaces are grouped under the config
interface hierarchy.
In addition to the config and show hierarchies, other global commands are also available
from the root level of the CLI.

1830 PSS interfaces
The 1830 PSS-4 has several interfaces: the command line interface (CLI) and the Web
Graphical User Interface. The client configurations supported by these interfaces are as
follows:
Table 1-1
1830 PSS Interfaces
Interface
What to connect
CLI
For serial connections: Either a local VT100 terminal or a

terminal emulator (such as Windows HyperTerminal).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1
1830 PSS Interfaces
(continued)
Interface
What to connect
CLI
For telnet connections: On the PC used to connect to the

1830, set the TCP/IP properties IP address to "obtain IP
address automatically".
Web Graphical User Interface
The WebUI supports the following versions of PC software:
Windows XP
Windows 2000 or Windows Vista
Internet Explorer 6.0 or 7.0
J2SE Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 5.0 or

later
Note: While the WebUI application software itself is zero

install, the user must install JRE on their PC for the WebUI
to run.
1830 PSS-4
The Table 1-2, Connecting to 1830 PSS-4 (p. 1-3) summarizes the methods of
connecting to the 1830 PSS-4. For more details, see Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic
Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 5.1 User Guide, 3KC13196AAAATQZZA .
Table 1-2
Connection
CLI
WEB GUI
OAM port on the Equipment

Controller (E4EC).
switched auto-sensing LAN

port (10/100BaseTX), either a
cross-over or straight-through
Ethernet cable can be used.
The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:
Windows XP
Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista
Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0
J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later
Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-2
(continued)
Connection
CLI
WEB GUI
CRAFT port on the

Equipment Controller serial
RJ-45 port.The RJ-45 port
can be used to connect
serially to the NE.
local RS-232C, serial interface,

support setting: 38,400 baud, 1
stop bit) for connection to craft
terminal through serial RJ-45
link.
no
ES1-LAN port on the

Equipment Controller
not supported in R5.1
ES2-LAN port on the

Equipment Controller
CIT port on the Equipment

Controller (EC)
The CIT port supports a DHCP

Server. When a connection (for
example, using a laptop) is
detected, the NE sends out an
internal IP address in response
to the DHCP request from the
laptop. The CIT port supports
local management of the NE.
The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:
The default IP address of the

CIT port on the EC is
172.16.0.1/24. The DHCP
assigns 172.16.0.2/24 to the
PC connected to the port.
Windows XP
Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista
Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0
J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later
Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.
Replacement of the Equipment Controller can cause new MACs to be assigned to the
Equipment controller ports.
CLI, or Web GUI connections can be established to any NE reachable through DCC from
the NE to which they are locally or remotely connected.
Figure 1-1 l830 PSS-4 Equipment controller
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connection details for the PSS network element
The following sections provide instructions for connecting to the 1830 PSS network
element through various interfaces.
To connect to the 1830 PSS network element through the 1830 PSS serial
RS-232C based RJ-45 port (on the Equipment Controller)
You can connect directly to the network element to access the CLI using the CRAFT
RJ-45 port on the Equipment controller faceplate from a VT100 terminal or VT100
terminal emulator.
Perform the following steps:
1. Configure your local VT100 or terminal emulator settings to be 38,400 baud, 1
stop bit, no parity).
2. Connect the cable to the CRAFT serial RJ-45 port on the Equipment controller
and the VT100 terminal or emulator.
3. Open a terminal session.
To connect to the 1830 PSS network element serial RS-232C based RJ-45 port
(on the Equipment Controller) from a telnet client
Use a telnet client to telnet to the network element IP address.
Note: If you are using a terminal emulator application, check that the Return key
sends ASCII code LF or CRLF.
To connect to the network element using the 1354 RM-PhM EMS Telnet Cut-through
See the section CLI cut-through of the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Release 7.5
Photonic Manager EMS Reference Guide, 8DG60190 HAAA.
Logging into and exiting the CLI
The CLI starts automatically as part of the network element boot sequence. It takes
several minutes from the time that the Equipment Controller card becomes operational
(indicated by a green Status LED), for the CLI to be ready for use.
To login to the CLI
1. To gain access to the CLI from the initial prompt, enter username = CLI,
password=CLI at the prompt.
2. Enter your username at the username: prompt. See the section Security
Administration in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release
5.1 User Guide, 3KC13196AAAATQZZA for a description of the different privilege
levels that can be assigned to user accounts.
3. Enter the password associated with the username at the password: prompt. The
characters you enter for the password are not displayed on the console.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Passwords are case sensitive. If you experiencing difficulty logging in check to
ensure that the Caps Lock key is off. If you do not know the password, contact your
system administrator.
To exit from the CLI
Type logout to exit from the CLI.
Navigating the CLI and entering commands
The CLI is a text-based interface. All interaction with the CLI is through the keyboard.
You navigate though the menu hierarchy and enter commands by typing the command
name and pressing the Enter key. The CLI provides keyboard shortcuts, string
completion, and help functions to make using the CLI as simple as possible.
Keyboard shortcuts
The Table 1-3, CLI keyboard shortcuts (p. 1-6) lists the keyboard shortcuts you can use
to make the most effective use of the CLI. All of the actions are relative to the current
position of the cursor. Previous characters are to the left of the cursor. Backwards moves
the cursor to the left. Forwards moves the cursor to the right.
Table 1-3
To do this
Press these key(s)
Complete the command from the typed

abbreviation
Tab
Complete the command, ignoring any characters

or parameters after this character
List the available choices
Move up one level in the command hierarchy
.. or exit
Delete the previous character
Backspace
Go to the beginning of the line
Ctrl-A
Go to end of the line
Ctrl-E
Go forward one character
Ctrl-F
Go backward one character
Ctrl-B
Delete the current character
Ctrl-D
Delete all characters to the beginning of the line
Ctrl-U
Delete all characters to the end of the line
Ctrl-K
Delete the previous word
Ctrl-W
Transpose the current character with the previous

character
Ctrl-T
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-3
(continued)
To do this
Press these key(s)
Go to the previous line in history buffer
Ctrl-P
Go to next line in history buffer
Ctrl-N
Go to the top level in the command hierarchy

(main menu)
Ctrl-Z or mm
CLI help functions

Help functions
The CLI provides the following types of help:
question mark
TAB key
help
Question mark (?) help
You can enter a question mark at any time when using the CLI to get a listing of the
currently available options. For example:
#config software ?
config software upgrade
Help command
You can display available help topics by entering the help command at the CLI main
menu. To find all commands that contain a particular keyword, enter the help command,
followed by the keyword. For example, to find all commands related to the 11STAR1
Optical Transponder, enter the command help 11STAR1. The following output is
generated:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-7
CLI help functions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
#help 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config card 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure an 11STAR1 card
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config interface 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure an 11STAR1 interface
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config slot <sh/sl>|*type 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure programmed type to 11STAR1 [AINS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show card 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Display 11STAR1 card properties
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show interface 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Display 11STAR1 properties
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Command history
Use the history command to display a listing of the last 100 commands. You can enter this
command at any level in the hierarchy. For example, the command history displays the
last 100 commands. The command history 25 displays the last 25 commands.
You can recall previously entered commands using the ! notation familiar to UNIX users,
as follows:
!! - Recalls the last command.
!n - Recalls the command at line n.
!string - Recalls the most recent command starting with string.
Copying and pasting multiple commands
You can keep frequently-used commands in a text file and paste them into the CLI
interface. If the file contains multiple commands, the commands are executed
individually.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
1-8

2
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains the General CLI commands.

Contents
config
2-2
config general
2-4
config general ntp
2-9
config general time zone
2-12
echo
2-23
help
2-23
history
2-25
logout
2-26
paging
2-27
prompt
2-28
show
2-29
show general
2-33
show logs
2-37
show traps
2-39
tools lamptest
2-40
tools tl1
2-41
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-1
config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config
Command description
This command enables or disables Ethernet Link OAM on an interface. It displays a list
of all the active alarms on the network element.
Note: This command is applicable to both 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 , and 1830 PSS-4
though not all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table
for more details.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator, Provisioner
Syntax
admin
alm
aps
card
cn
database
fan
firmware
general
interface
pf
PM
powermgmt
profile
redundancy
shelf
slot
snmpserver
software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-2
config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
usrpnl
vtsxc
xc
Parameter
Description
admin
Configure the date, time, Network Time Protocol

properties, user passwords and logging options, or
perform a system restart. See config admin.
alm
Configure alarm severity attributes. See config alm prfl

and config alm attr.
aps
Configure the options for an automatic protection

switching group. See config aps.
card
Configure a specific card or card type. See config card.
cn
Configure the control network parameters. See config

cn.
database
Configure the database setup, backup, and restore options,

and backup or restore the database. See config database.
fan
Configure the fan properties. See config fan.
firmware
Configure firmware properties on a specific card on the

network element. See config firmware.
general
Configure the general network element properties. See

config general.
interface
Configure the system interfaces. See config interface.
pf
Configure the power filter properties. See config pf.
pm
Provides a clearAll option to clear all bins in all groups on

the network element.
powermgmt
Configure the power management options. See config

powermgmt.
profile
Configure the performance monitoring profiles. See

config profile pm.
redundancy
View the network element redundancy properties or

perform an activity switch. See config redundancy. This
command applies only to the 1830 PSS.
shelf
Configure the shelves on the network element. See

config shelf.
slot
Configure a specific slot on the shelf. See config slot.
snmpserver
Configure the SNMP server. See config snmpserver.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-3
config
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
software
Configure the network element software server and NE

software upgrade. See config software.
usrpnl
Configure the usrpnl properties. See config usrpnl. This

command applies only to the 1830 PSS.
vtsxc
Configure a VTS cross-connect on the NE. See config

xc. This command applies only to the 1830 PSS-1.
xc
Configure a cross-connect for an optical channel on the

NE. See config xc.
Examples
See the individual command manual pages for examples.

Related commands
The following is a related command:

show
config general
Command description
This command configures the network element general parameters.

Use this command to:
Specify a name, description, and contact information for the network element.
Note: If the TL1 interface is used, or may be used in the future, the NE name is used
as the system Target Identifier (TID) for TL1 commands. It is recommended that you
choose a name that complies with TID syntax. The TID is a text string and is limited
to 20 ASCII characters. In many cases, vendors and service providers create a TID
that contains the 11-character Common Language Location Identifier (CLLI) code.
Set the network element date and time. These values are overridden if an NTP server
has been configured to provide network element timing. See config general ntp.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-4
config general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This command is applicable to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4, though
not all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more
details.
Impact
Access levels
The date and time are used to time

stamp events.
Syntax
config general
ainstimer [hours][minutes]
capacity [EC] [flash_size]
contact contact_info
date [yyyy mm dd]
detail
description [string]
etr [enabled | disabled]
location [location_info]
name [system_name]
neid [help|value ]
ntp
time [hh mm ss]
time zone
Parameter
Description
ainstimer
For ports configured to become automatically in service,

specifies the amount of time that a valid signal must be
detected on a port before that port becomes automatically
in service.
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours 0 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
capacity
Support the setting of the expected capacity (in

Gigabytes) of the flash-memory associated with a
controller card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-5
config general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
contact
Specifies the contact information for the network

element. Enter this keyword to display the current value.
To change the value, enter this keyword followed by a
text string that provides contact information for the
network element.
date
Specifies the current date. Enter this keyword to display

the current value. To change the value, enter this keyword
followed by the year (four digits), a space, the month
(two digits), a space, and the day (two digits). Do not use
this command to change the date if the NE is using NTP.
Requires administrator level user privilege.
description
Specifies a text description of the network element. Enter

this keyword to display the current description. To change
the description, enter this keyword followed by a string
that describes the network element.
detail
Displays all of the network element general parameters.
etr
Specifies if the NE is configured for extended

temperature range operation
enabled - enables the network element for extended

temperature operation.
disabled - disables the network element for extended

temperature operation. This is the standard central
office temperature range.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4..

location
Specifies the location of the network element. Enter this

keyword to display the current value. To change the
value, enter this keyword followed by a text string that
provides location information for the network element.
name
Specifies a name for the network element, which is also

used as the system TL1 Target Identifier (TID). Enter this
keyword to display the current value.
To change the value, enter this keyword followed by a
text string that names the network element
neid
Specifies the identification number of the NE.

Enter this keyword followed by one of:
help - Displays the default and valid values.
value - Specifies the NE ID.
Range: 0-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-6
config general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ntp
Configure the Network Time Protocol servers for the

network element.
See config general ntp.
Sets the network element time. Enter this keyword to
display the current value. To change the value, enter this
keyword followed by the hour (two digits), a space, the
minutes (two digits), a space, and the seconds (two
digits). Do not use this command to change the time if the
NE is using NTP.
time

Configure the network element time zone settings to
adjust for local time. See config general time zone.
time zone
Examples
This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of 1830 PSS-4
# config general detail
Name
:
System Description :
Hardened)
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
Loopback IP Address:
ETR Capability
:
ZZ06U
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 v1.0.0 SONET ADM (ETR
1830PSS4-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
10 days, 0 hours, 50 minutes, 50.89 seconds
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled
EC Management Port (CIT)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
Redistribute
Disabled
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
:
:
:
:
:
172.16.0.1/24
00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Up
Disabled
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps
Link Integrity
Proxy Arp
: Down
:
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-7
config general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled
DHCP_range
: 1
EC Management Port (OAMP)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
uter Priority
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Proxy Arp
:
:
:
:
:
:
: 1
:
:
:
:
0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Link Integrity
: Up
Disabled
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
10
Auto
10.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : Half Duplex
Disabled
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0

# config general detail
Name
:
(ETR Hardened)
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
ETR Capability
:
ZZ06U
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1MD4H v1.0.0 SONET ADM
1830PSS1A-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled
Fan Management Port (CIT)

Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity
: Down
Redistribute
: Disabled Proxy Arp
: Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
: 1
Fan Management Port (LAN1)
Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
:
: 0.0.0.0/0
: 03:07:00:00:00:00
: Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-8
config general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSPF Adj State

OSPF Routing
Router Priority
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Proxy Arp
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Down
Link Integrity
: Up
Disabled
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
1
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
10
Auto
Disabled
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
Related commands
The following are the related commands:
show general
config general ntp
config general ntp

Command description
This command adds or deletes Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers that are used to
provide time for the network element.
You can configure each network element to use up to three NTP servers, indexed by
number. The network element automatically selects the highest stratum NTP server with
which it can reliably communicate. If the network element loses communications with an
NTP server, it automatically selects the next best available server.
Note: Switching from manual time setting to NTP time synchronization, or from NTP
time synchronization to manual time setting, requires that you perform a network
element-wide warm restart, unless this is the first switch from manual timing to NTP
timing during network element commissioning.
This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact
Access levels
Adding an NTP server causes the

network element to automatically
get its time from the NTP server.
Administrator
Syntax
config general ntp
add index IP_address

delete index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-9
config general ntp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
client {disable|enable}
Parameter
Description
add
Add a new NTP server to the list of servers able to

provide time for the network element. Enter this keyword
followed by an index value, and the IP address of the NTP
server. You cannot overwrite existing entries; if you
attempt to add a server at an existing index location, an
error is displayed.
Range (index): 1 to 3
Delete an existing server from the list of servers able to
provide time for the network element. Enter this keyword
followed by the index value of the server you want to
delete.
delete
Range (index): 1 to 3
detail
Display the current NTP server configuration.
client
Disable or enable the NTP client connection to all external

servers.
Note: At least one legal server address must be
provisioned to prevent the command from being denied.
Examples
Displaying the current NTP servers
The following command displays the current NTP server configuration:

# config general ntp detail
Network Time Protocol Properties
NTP Client
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
Estimated Time Offset
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
NTPSYNCR
129.6.15.28
0.000000 us/s
-0.001315 s
Network Time Protocol Servers

Sel
IP
RefID
str t when
poll reach delay
offset
jitter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-10
config general ntp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 332 1024

0.876 2.116
*
2 129.006.015.028 GPS 3 u 453 1024 357 42.032
1.612
3 132.163.004.101 192.168.010.251 3 u 688 1024
000
-------
377
43.597-
-1.315
Notes
Possible Clock Mode States are:
FREE-RUNNING NTP is not enabled, or the NE is not synchronized to an NTP

server and is instead using its own internal clock as a source.
HOLDOVER NTP is enabled but the NE has lost NTP server connectivity, and is
using the last known clock update to synchronize its clock
NTPSYNC NTP is enabled, and the NE is using the NTP protocol to synchronize to
an NTP server.
NTPSYNCR Network Time Protocol Synchronized Redundant NTP is enabled and
synchronized to a reference server and a backup reference is also eligible to become
the primary reference
The value in the Current NTP Server field specifies the NTP server that the NTP client
has synchronized with. A failure in communications with the current server may not result
in a switch to another server until the failure has persisted for up to 2.5 hours. The
fail-over interval depends on the time-keeping quality of the current server and the
communication link quality.
During startup the drift file may be not yet available when a the command config general
ntp detail is issued. The user interface shall display dashes --.------ to indicate that no
drift information is available.
This example shows IP1 and IP3 provisioned but IP2 not provisioned
# config general ntp detail
NTP Client
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
NTPSYNC
64.90.182.16
2.790000 us/s
-0.001315 s

Sel
IP
RefID str t when poll reach delay offset jitter
*
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 332 1024 377
43.597 -0.876 2.116
2 000.000.000.000 --3 u 453 1024 357 42.032 -1.315
1.612
3 132.163.004.101
--- 3 u 688 1024 000 --- ----....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-11
config general ntp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Under these conditions, two ntp servers provisioned but only one reachable an
NTPLOR Network Time Protocol Loss of Redundancy alarm is raised.
Adding an NTP server
The following command adds the NTP server at IP address 123.45.6.78 to the index 3
location:
(config-general-ntp)# add 3 123.45.6.78
Deleting an NTP server
The following command removes the NTP server at the index 2 location:
(config-general-ntp)# delete 2
Deleting an ntp sever while it is the last remaining reference without first issuing config
general ntp client disable will be denied
Enabling NTP Time of Day synchronization with an external server
The following command will set the network element to synchronize its time of day clock
with an external reference running NTP.
(config-general-ntp)# client enable
Related commands

show general

Command description
This command configures the network element time zone settings.

Display the current time zone configuration

Specify a time zone name and network element time offset from UTC/GMT
The time zone setting only affects the display of the NE time to the user. Time is
internally stored as Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact
Access levels
Controls how the network element

time is displayed.
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
name[string]
help
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current time zone configuration.
name
Specifies a string used to identify the time zone. Enter this

keyword to display the current value. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by a text string that is used to
indicate the time zone when displaying the time.
These names are a standard set provided by an imported
zoneinfo database.
The name can also be specified as an offest (-14:00 hours
to +12:00 hours) from UTC using one of these formats:
UTC{+|-}hh:mm
GMT{+|-}hh:mm
Named time zones like America/New_York or

Europe/Paris have daylight savings time (DST) entrance
and exit points compiled in, pure offsets like UTC-5:00 do
not include DST shifts.
Names are case sensitive.
help
Displays a list of supported time zone names
Examples
# config general time zone name America/New_York
# config general time zone detail
Time Zone Name: America/New_York
# config general time zone help
CET
CST6CDT
EET
EST
EST5EDT
Factory
HST
MET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MST
MST7MDT
PST8PDT
WET
Etc/GMT
Etc/GMT+1
Etc/GMT+10
Etc/GMT+11
Etc/GMT+12
Etc/GMT+2
Etc/GMT+3
Etc/GMT+4
Etc/GMT+5
Etc/GMT+6
Etc/GMT+7
Etc/GMT+8
Etc/GMT+9
Etc/GMT-1
Etc/GMT-10
Etc/GMT-11
Etc/GMT-12
Etc/GMT-13
Etc/GMT-14
Etc/GMT-2
Etc/GMT-3
Etc/GMT-4
Etc/GMT-5
Etc/GMT-6
Etc/GMT-7
Etc/GMT-8
Etc/GMT-9
Etc/UCT
Etc/UTC
Africa/Abidjan
Africa/Accra
Africa/Addis_Ababa
Africa/Algiers
Africa/Asmara
Africa/Bamako
Africa/Bangui
Africa/Banjul
Africa/Bissau
Africa/Blantyre
Africa/Brazzaville
Africa/Bujumbura
Africa/Cairo
Africa/Casablanca
Africa/Ceuta
Africa/Conakry
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Africa/Dakar
Africa/Dar_es_Salaam
Africa/Djibouti
Africa/Douala
Africa/El_Aaiun
Africa/Freetown
Africa/Gaborone
Africa/Harare
Africa/Johannesburg
Africa/Kampala
Africa/Khartoum
Africa/Kigali
Africa/Kinshasa
Africa/Lagos
Africa/Libreville
Africa/Lome
Africa/Luanda
Africa/Lubumbashi
Africa/Lusaka
Africa/Malabo
Africa/Maputo
Africa/Maseru
Africa/Mbabane
Africa/Mogadishu
Africa/Monrovia
Africa/Nairobi
Africa/Ndjamena
Africa/Niamey
Africa/Nouakchott
Africa/Ouagadougou
Africa/Porto-Novo
Africa/Sao_Tome
Africa/Tripoli
Africa/Tunis
Africa/Windhoek
America/Adak
America/Anchorage
America/Anguilla
America/Antigua
America/Araguaina
America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires
America/Argentina/Catamarca
America/Argentina/Cordoba
America/Argentina/Jujuy
America/Argentina/La_Rioja
America/Argentina/Mendoza
America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos
America/Argentina/San_Juan
America/Argentina/San_Luis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
America/Argentina/Tucuman
America/Argentina/Ushuaia
America/Aruba
America/Asuncion
America/Atikokan
America/Bahia
America/Barbados
America/Belem
America/Belize
America/Blanc-Sablon
America/Boa_Vista
America/Bogota
America/Boise
America/Cambridge_Bay
America/Campo_Grande
America/Cancun
America/Caracas
America/Cayenne
America/Cayman
America/Chicago
America/Chihuahua
America/Costa_Rica
America/Cuiaba
America/Curacao
America/Danmarkshavn
America/Dawson
America/Dawson_Creek
America/Denver
America/Detroit
America/Dominica
America/Edmonton
America/Eirunepe
America/El_Salvador
America/Fortaleza
America/Glace_Bay
America/Godthab
America/Goose_Bay
America/Grand_Turk
America/Grenada
America/Guadeloupe
America/Guatemala
America/Guayaquil
America/Guyana
America/Halifax
America/Havana
America/Hermosillo
America/Indiana/Indianapolis
America/Indiana/Knox
America/Indiana/Marengo
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
America/Indiana/Petersburg
America/Indiana/Tell_City
America/Indiana/Vevay
America/Indiana/Vincennes
America/Indiana/Winamac
America/Inuvik
America/Iqaluit
America/Jamaica
America/Juneau
America/Kentucky/Louisville
America/Kentucky/Monticello
America/La_Paz
America/Lima
America/Los_Angeles
America/Maceio
America/Managua
America/Manaus
America/Martinique
America/Mazatlan
America/Menominee
America/Merida
America/Mexico_City
America/Miquelon
America/Moncton
America/Monterrey
America/Montevideo
America/Montreal
America/Montserrat
America/Nassau
America/New_York
America/Nipigon
America/Nome
America/Noronha
America/North_Dakota/Center
America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
America/Panama
America/Pangnirtung
America/Paramaribo
America/Phoenix
America/Port-au-Prince
America/Port_of_Spain
America/Porto_Velho
America/Puerto_Rico
America/Rainy_River
America/Rankin_Inlet
America/Recife
America/Regina
America/Resolute
America/Rio_Branco
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
America/Santarem
America/Santiago
America/Santo_Domingo
America/Sao_Paulo
America/Scoresbysund
America/St_Johns
America/St_Kitts
America/St_Lucia
America/St_Thomas
America/St_Vincent
America/Swift_Current
America/Tegucigalpa
America/Thule
America/Thunder_Bay
America/Tijuana
America/Toronto
America/Tortola
America/Vancouver
America/Whitehorse
America/Winnipeg
America/Yakutat
America/Yellowknife
Antarctica/Casey
Antarctica/Davis
Antarctica/DumontDUrville
Antarctica/Mawson
Antarctica/McMurdo
Antarctica/Palmer
Antarctica/Rothera
Antarctica/Syowa
Antarctica/Vostok
Asia/Aden
Asia/Almaty
Asia/Amman
Asia/Anadyr
Asia/Aqtau
Asia/Aqtobe
Asia/Ashgabat
Asia/Baghdad
Asia/Bahrain
Asia/Baku
Asia/Bangkok
Asia/Beirut
Asia/Bishkek
Asia/Brunei
Asia/Choibalsan
Asia/Chongqing
Asia/Colombo
Asia/Damascus
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Asia/Dhaka
Asia/Dili
Asia/Dubai
Asia/Dushanbe
Asia/Gaza
Asia/Harbin
Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh
Asia/Hong_Kong
Asia/Hovd
Asia/Irkutsk
Asia/Jakarta
Asia/Jayapura
Asia/Jerusalem
Asia/Kabul
Asia/Kamchatka
Asia/Karachi
Asia/Kashgar
Asia/Katmandu
Asia/Kolkata
Asia/Krasnoyarsk
Asia/Kuala_Lumpur
Asia/Kuching
Asia/Kuwait
Asia/Macau
Asia/Magadan
Asia/Makassar
Asia/Manila
Asia/Muscat
Asia/Nicosia
Asia/Novosibirsk
Asia/Omsk
Asia/Oral
Asia/Phnom_Penh
Asia/Pontianak
Asia/Pyongyang
Asia/Qatar
Asia/Qyzylorda
Asia/Rangoon
Asia/Riyadh
Asia/Riyadh87
Asia/Riyadh88
Asia/Riyadh89
Asia/Sakhalin
Asia/Samarkand
Asia/Seoul
Asia/Shanghai
Asia/Singapore
Asia/Taipei
Asia/Tashkent
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Asia/Tbilisi
Asia/Tehran
Asia/Thimphu
Asia/Tokyo
Asia/Ulaanbaatar
Asia/Urumqi
Asia/Vientiane
Asia/Vladivostok
Asia/Yakutsk
Asia/Yekaterinburg
Asia/Yerevan
Atlantic/Azores
Atlantic/Bermuda
Atlantic/Canary
Atlantic/Cape_Verde
Atlantic/Faroe
Atlantic/Madeira
Atlantic/Reykjavik
Atlantic/South_Georgia
Atlantic/St_Helena
Atlantic/Stanley
Australia/Adelaide
Australia/Brisbane
Australia/Broken_Hill
Australia/Currie
Australia/Darwin
Australia/Eucla
Australia/Hobart
Australia/Lindeman
Australia/Lord_Howe
Australia/Melbourne
Australia/Perth
Australia/Sydney
Europe/Amsterdam
Europe/Andorra
Europe/Athens
Europe/Belgrade
Europe/Berlin
Europe/Brussels
Europe/Bucharest
Europe/Budapest
Europe/Chisinau
Europe/Copenhagen
Europe/Dublin
Europe/Gibraltar
Europe/Helsinki
Europe/Istanbul
Europe/Kaliningrad
Europe/Kiev
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Europe/Lisbon
Europe/London
Europe/Luxembourg
Europe/Madrid
Europe/Malta
Europe/Minsk
Europe/Monaco
Europe/Moscow
Europe/Oslo
Europe/Paris
Europe/Prague
Europe/Riga
Europe/Rome
Europe/Samara
Europe/Simferopol
Europe/Sofia
Europe/Stockholm
Europe/Tallinn
Europe/Tirane
Europe/Uzhgorod
Europe/Vaduz
Europe/Vienna
Europe/Vilnius
Europe/Volgograd
Europe/Warsaw
Europe/Zaporozhye
Europe/Zurich
Indian/Antananarivo
Indian/Chagos
Indian/Christmas
Indian/Cocos
Indian/Comoro
Indian/Kerguelen
Indian/Mahe
Indian/Maldives
Indian/Mauritius
Indian/Mayotte
Indian/Reunion
Pacific/Apia
Pacific/Auckland
Pacific/Chatham
Pacific/Easter
Pacific/Efate
Pacific/Enderbury
Pacific/Fakaofo
Pacific/Fiji
Pacific/Funafuti
Pacific/Galapagos
Pacific/Gambier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Pacific/Guadalcanal
Pacific/Guam
Pacific/Honolulu
Pacific/Johnston
Pacific/Kiritimati
Pacific/Kosrae
Pacific/Kwajalein
Pacific/Majuro
Pacific/Marquesas
Pacific/Midway
Pacific/Nauru
Pacific/Niue
Pacific/Norfolk
Pacific/Noumea
Pacific/Pago_Pago
Pacific/Palau
Pacific/Pitcairn
Pacific/Ponape
Pacific/Port_Moresby
Pacific/Rarotonga
Pacific/Saipan
Pacific/Tahiti
Pacific/Tarawa
Pacific/Tongatapu
Pacific/Truk
Pacific/Wake
Pacific/Wallis
Related commands
The following are related commands:
config general
show general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-22
echo
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
echo
Command description
This command toggles echoing on or off.

Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator, Provisioner, Observer
Syntax
echo
Examples
This section provides examples of the command usage.

# echo
Related commands
None.
help
Command description
This command displays information that describes how to use the command line interface
or display a list of all the CLI commands that contain a specific keyword.
Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-23
help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
help [keyword]
Parameter
Description
keyword
Specifies a keyword for which to search in the CLI

commands. A list of all commands containing the string is
returned. The string matches only the beginning of a
word.
Examples
#help
Special commands:
exit
- go to the previous menu level
..
- go to the previous menu level
mm
- go to the main menu
logout
- log out of TRX-24000 CLI
run
- run CLI sub-session
Special keys:
DEL, BS
Ctrl-A
Ctrl-E
Ctrl-F
Ctrl-B
Ctrl-D
Ctrl-U
Ctrl-K
Ctrl-W
Ctrl-T
Ctrl-P
Ctrl-N
Ctrl-Z
Tab
?
-
delete previous character

go to beginning of line
go to end of line
go forward one character
go backward one character
delete current character
delete to beginning of line
delete to end of line
delete previous word
transpose previous character
go to previous line in history buffer
go to next line in history buffer
go to the main menu
command-line completion
list choices
# help ec
config card ec
Configure an Equipment Controller (EC) card
config interface ec
Configure interfaces on an ec card
config slot <sh/sl>|* type ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-24
help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set programmed type to EC Card [AINS]

show card ec
Display EC card properties
show interface ec
Display EC interface properties
Related commands
None.
history
Command description
This command displays the command history. The command history is a listing of the last
100 commands entered in the current CLI session. You can enter this command at any
level in the hierarchy.
You can use the following commands to recall previous commands:
!!: Recall the last command
!n: Recall the command at line n
!string: Recall the most recent command starting with string
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
history [number_of_events]
Parameter
Description
number_of_events
Specifies the number of events to display in the command

history.
Examples
# history
1: echo
2: help
3: paging size 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-25
history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4: history
Related commands
The following is the related command:

help
logout
Command description
This command closes the current CLI session. You can enter this command at any level in
the command hierarchy.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
logout
Examples
# logout
Logging out....
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-26
paging
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
paging
Command description
This command configures the paging properties for the CLI display. The paging
properties determine how many records of output are displayed on the screen before you
are prompted to display the next page of information.
Note: A record can contain more than one line. For example, each alarm record uses
three lines.
Display the current paging settings

Enable or disable paging
Set the paging size (number of records displayed) for the current CLI session
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
paging
status[enabled | disabled]
size[number_of_records]
Parameter
Description
status
Show the current paging settings or enable or disable

paging. Enter this keyword to display the current settings.
To enable or disable paging, enter this keyword followed
by:
enabled - enable paging. When paging is enabled, the

number of records specified by the size keyword are
displayed. You are then prompted to display the next
page or quit.
disabled - disable paging. When paging is disabled,

all of the records for the request are displayed in a
scrolling list until complete.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-27
paging
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
size
Specifies the number of records to display before paging.

Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of records, or enter this keyword without any
parameter to display the current paging size.
Default: 33
Range: 1 to 80
Examples
The following example displays the current paging status, changes the paging size to 10
records, and displays the change:
# paging status
Paging status: enabled
Paging size: 33
# paging size 10
# paging size
Paging size: 10
Related commands
None.
prompt
Command description
Use this command to set the command prompt.

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-28
prompt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
prompt [default | prompt_text]
Parameter
Description
default
Changes the CLI prompt to the NE name. The network

element name is specified using the name parameter of
the command config general.
prompt_text
Specifies the string to be displayed at the CLI prompt.
Examples
The following example sets the command prompt to: Mynetworkelement:

# prompt Mynetworkelement
Mynetworkelement#
Related commands
None.
show
Command description
Use this command to enter show mode. Once in show mode, you can use the various
subcommands to display network element configuration and status information.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4 though not
all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more
details.
Impact
Access Levels
This section alerts you to any

potential impacts to the network
that may occur as a result of
performing the command.
Syntax
show
admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-29
show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
aps
card
cn
condition
database
fan
firmware
general
interface
logs
ochtrail
pf
powermgmt
profile
redundancy
resource
shelf
slot
snmpserver
software
traps
usrpnl
version
vtsxc
wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-30
show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xc
Parameter
Description
admin
Displays user logging options, system discovery

information, and network time protocol (NTP) settings for
the network element. See show admin.
alm
Displays alarm severity attributes. See show alm attr

and show alm prfl.
aps
Displays the details for an automatic protection switching

group. See show aps.
card
Display the current status of the cards on the network.

See show card.
cn
Displays the control network configuration settings for the

network element. See show cn.
condition
Displays the conditions for the network element. See

show condition.
database
Displays the database backup and restore properties.
fan
Displays the current status of the fan trays on the network

element. See show fan.
firmware
Displays firmware properties on a specific card on the

network element. See show firmware.
general
Displays general information for the network element.

The following information is displayed:
name description, location, and contact information
date, time and system up time
software version
total cards, number of control cards, and number of

optical cards
network element IP address and subnet mask
management port IP address, subnet mask, state, and

location.
See show general.

interface
Displays the network element interface configuration

settings for the network element. See show interface.
logs
Displays the event logs for the network element. See

show logs.
ochtrail
Displays OCH trails configured on the network element.

See show ochtrail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-31
show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pf
Displays the current status of the power filter cards on the

network element. See show pf.
powermgmt
Displays the power management status. See show

powermgmt.
profile
Displays the performance monitoring profiles. See show

profile pm.
redundancy
Displays the current database synchronization status and

the control card activity states (active or inactive). See
show redundancy.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS .
resource
Displays the internal resource assignment on the

11STMM10 cards on the NE. See show resource.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS.
shelf
Displays the current status of the shelves on the network

element. See show shelf.
slot
Displays the current status of the slots on the network

element. See show slot.
snmpserver
Displays the current SNMP server configuration settings.

See show snmpserver.
software
Displays software status and configuration information for

the network element. See show software.
traps
Displays the trap buffer table for the network element. See
show traps.
usrpnl
Displays the current status of the user panel on the

network element. See show usrpnl.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS.
version
Displays the version of the software running on the NE.
vtsxc
Displays VTS cross-connects on the NE. See show

vtsxc.
wavekey
Displays Wavelength Tracker WaveKey and power

information for a port. See show wavekey.
xc
Displays the cross-connect configuration on the NE. See

show xc.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-32
show
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show version
Software Version: 1830PSS32-2.0-10
Related commands

config
show general
Command description
This command displays the general parameters for the network element.
Use this command to display the following information for the network element:
The name, description, location and contact information
The network element time zone settings

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, and 1830 PSS-1, though not all keywords
apply to them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more details.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show general
ainstimer
capacity
contact
date
description
detail
etr
location
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-33
show general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
name
neid
ntp
time
time zone
Parameter
Description
ainstimer
Displays the AINS debounce time.
capacity
Displays the setting of the expected capacity (in

Gigabytes) of the flash-memory associated with a
controller card. Enter this keyword followed by:
ec displays the expected memory capacity of all EC

cards in the system
contact
Displays the network element contact information.
date
Displays the system date and time.
description
Displays the network element description.
detail
Displays all of the general network element parameters.
etr
Display the extended temperature range parameter

Only applicable on 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
ftpserver
Display the current SWNE configuration status.
location
Displays the network element location.
name
Displays the network element name.
neid
Displays the network element ID.
ntp
Displays the Network Time Protocol properties.
time
Displays the system date and time.
time zone
Displays the network element time zone settings.
Examples
# show general detail
Name
: ZZ06U
System Description : Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 v1.0.0 SONET ADM (ETR
Hardened)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-34
show general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
ETR Capability
:
1830PSS4-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled
EC Management Port (CIT)

Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity
Redistribute
: Disabled
Proxy Arp
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
:
:
:
:
:
1
Down
Disabled
Auto
Half Duplex
EC Management Port (OAMP)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
Router Priority
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Proxy Arp
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Link Integrity
: Up
Disabled
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
1
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
10
Auto
Disabled
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0

NTP Client
: Enabled
Clock Mode
: NTPSYNCR
Current NTP Server
: 129.6.15.28
Estimated Drift
:
0.000000 us/s
Estimated Time Offset : -0.001315 s
.0.0.0
Sel
IP
RefID
str t when
delay
offset jitter
+
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 332
43.597 -0.876 2.116
poll reach
1024
377
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-35
show general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 129.006.015.028
GPS
42.032 -1.315 1.612
3 132.163.004.101 192.168.010.251
000
-------
453
1024
688
1024
357

# show general detail
Name
:
(ETR Hardened)
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
ETR Capability
:
ZZ06U
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1MD4H v1.0.0 SONET ADM
1830PSS1A-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled
Fan Management Port (CIT)

Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Redistribute
: Disabled
Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps
Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
Link Integrity
Proxy Arp
: Down
:

: 1
Fan Management Port (LAN1)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp
:
:
:
:
:
:
0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Disabled
Link Integrity
Hello Interval
: Up
: 10
: 1
Router Dead Int
: 40
: 10
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps

: Disabled
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-36
show general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

NTP Client Status
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
NTPSYNCR
129.6.15.28
0.000000 us/s
-0.001315 s

Sel
IP
RefID
str t poll reach delay
offset jitter
+
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 1024 377 43.597
0.876 2.116
*
2 129.006.015.028
GPS
3 u 1024 357 42.032
1.315 1.612
3 132.163.004.101 192.168.010.251 3 u 1024
000
-------
Related commands

config general
show logs
Command description
This command displays the logs for the network elements. Use this command to display
all of the logs on the network element or logs for a particular type of event. The log
entries are listed in reverse chronological order, with the most recent log event listed first.
Both raised and cleared events are displayed.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact
Access Levels
None.
Syntax
show logs
all
critical
general
major
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-37
show logs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
minor
notreported
security
state
summary
user
warning
Parameter
Description
all
Displays all log entries in the system.
critical
Displays a log of all the critical alarms on the network

element.
general
Displays a log of all the general events on the network

element.
major
Displays a log of all of the security events on the network

element.
minor
Displays a log of all of the security events on the network

element.
notreported
Displays a log of all the not reported alarms on the

network element.
security
Displays a log of all the security events on the network

element.
state
Displays a log of all the state change events on the

network element.
summary
Displays a the number of logs in each category.
user
Displays a log of all the user events on the network

element.
warning
Displays a log of all warning alarms on the network

element.
Examples
# show logs summary
Log History Summary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-38
show logs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total
: 1280
Critcal Alarms : 93
Major Alarms : 0
Minor Alarms : 500
Warnings
: 0
Not Reported : 62
General Events : 500
State Changes : 1
User Actions : 102
Security
: 22
Related commands
None.
show traps
Command description
This command displays the trap buffer table for the network element.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show traps
Examples
# show traps
213 2003/01/21 00:00:35 Critical Alarm SH:1 SL:9a P:1 In Optical
Type
: Raised
Desc
: Digital wrapper loss of frame
Changed :
Data
: Affected Ports: Optical Ports 1 - 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-39
show traps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
212
2003/01/21 00:00:35 Critical Alarm SH:1 SL:9a P:2 In Optical
Type
: Raised
Desc
: SONET loss of frame
Changed :
Data
: Affected Ports: Optical Ports 1 - 2
...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >
Related commands
The following are the related commands
config snmpserver
show snmpserver
tools lamptest
Command description
This command initiates a lamp test on a universal shelf. Use this command to light LEDs
on the specified shelf to solid amber for a period of 30 seconds.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
tools lamptestshelf
Parameter
Description
shelf
Specifies the shelf number.

Refer to 1830 PSS R5.1 for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Examples

# tools lamptest 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-40
tools lamptest
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.
tools tl1
Command description
Use this command to open a TL1 session on the network element.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
tools tl1
Examples

# tools tl1
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-41
tools tl1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
2-42
S3ecurity, DCN, and DB

Management commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Security, DCN, and DB management.
Contents
config admin
3-4
config admin authentication
3-8
config admin authentication radius
3-10
config admin authentication radius add
3-11
config admin feature
3-13
config admin session
3-14
config admin snmp users
3-16
config admin snmpusers add
3-17
config admin snmpusers edit
3-18
config admin syslog
3-20
config admin ui
3-23
config admin users
3-24
config admin users add
3-27
3-29
config admin users logging
3-33
3-34
config admin users logging snmp
3-37
config database
3-40
3-44
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config firmware
3-45
config snmpserver
3-46
config snmpserver trapdest
3-48
config snmpserver trapdest add
3-50
config software
3-51
3-52
config software server transfer
3-54
3-56
config software upgrade manual
3-58
crypto key
3-60
crypto sslkey
3-61
config sslcsr
3-62
config sslcert
3-64
crypto key generate
3-65
passwd
3-66
show software
3-67
show sslcert
3-70
show database
3-71
show admin
3-72
3-74
show admin syslog
3-75
show admin user
3-75
show firmware
3-77
show snmpserver
3-80
who
3-81
whoami
3-82
config cn
3-83
config cn ospf
3-84
3-89
config cn routes default
3-91
3-93
config cn routes default redistribute
3-94
3-95
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config cn routes static add
3-97
3-98
config interface ec
3-99
config interface ec shelf/slot/cit
3-101
3-106
config interface fan
3-107
3-108
3-112
3-115
config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}
3-118
config interface loopback
3-119
config ip_acl_filter {interface_name}
3-121
config acl_filter {filterId}
3-122
config acl_pattern {patternId}
3-123
config acl_default
3-127
show cn ospf iprange
3-128
show interface ec
3-129
show interface ec shelf/slot/cit
3-131
3-132
show interface fan
3-133
show interface fan cit
3-134
3-135
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}
3-136
3-137
show ip_acl_filter {interface_name}
3-138
show acl_filter {filterId}
3-139
show acl_pattern {patternID}
3-142
show acl_default
3-145
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-3
config admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config admin
Command description
This commands configures the administrative options for the network element.
Configure the NE Installation

Access subcommands for configuring local and remote authentication properties
Access subcommands that allow you to enable or disable features
Set the network element login message
Configure the NE to operate in SONET or SDH mode

Set the OCS IP address for uplink communication with the OCS compound
Restart the network element software
Set up session options

Access subcommands for configuring the syslog parameters
Set the units used to display temperature
Access subcommands for user login management
Configure the NE for secure/unsecure mode
Impact
Access levels
A network element restart logs you

out of the CLI and can result in a
temporary loss of communication
with the system. A cold restart can
result in loss of transmission data.
Administrator
Syntax
config admin
commission
authentication
feature
loginmsg [clear | default | edit newmsg]
mode [sonet | sdh]password
ocsip [ip_address]
resetne [warm | cold]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-4
config admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
session
snmpusers
syslog
tempunits [celsius | farenheit]
ui
users
Parameter
Description
commission
Supports the NE installation through standalone CLI

interface. The standalone CLI is the process that is
launched when you log into Linux as CLI on the Linux
NE.
authentication
Authenticates user login and password so that NE is

secured by a trusted path. User identification and
authentication are based upon RADIUS (Remote
Authentication Dial In User Service).
See config admin authentication.
feature
Enables or disables network element features. See

config admin feature.
loginmsg
Specifies the message that is displayed on successful

login. Use the keyword clear to clear the current login
message.
Use the keyword default to restore the default login
message.
To change the login message, use the keyword edit
followed by the preferred login message.
Note: Only the default message is supported in this
release.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-5
config admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
mode
Note: To execute this command, you are required to enter

a password. Contact your service representative for the
required password.
Configure the NE to operate in SONET or SDH mode.
Enter the keyword mode followed by SONET or SDH:
Enter sonet followed by the password to change the
mode from SDH to SONET
Enter sdh followed by the password to change the mode
from SONET to SDH
Caution: Changing the mode causes the NE to clears its
database and clear all services on the NE. PM is restarted
with cleared counters, new PM names, and new TCA
defaults. Byte filtering changes conforms to the specified
standard.
ocsip
Specifies the OAMP IP address of the OCS Compound

(Partner NE) with which the system communicates to
manage uplink services.
Enter this keyword to display the current value. Enter this
keyword followed by a valid IP Address to change the
setting. Enter this keyword followed by 0.0.0.0 to
terminate the uplink management relationship.
Default: 0.0.0.0
resetne
Restarts the software on the network element. Enter the

keyword resetne followed by warm or cold.
Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart
re-initializes the network element software only, and is
not service affecting.
Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart
re-initializes the hardware and software of the network
element and is service affecting.
session
Configures the session parameters: maximum number of

failed login attempts, timeout. See config admin
session.
snmpusers
Configures the snmpuser's authentication and privacy

passwords. See config admin snmpusers
syslog
Configures the syslog parameters on the network

element. See config admin syslog.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-6
config admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ui
Configures or display the user interface security mode.

See config admin ui.
tempunits
Specifies the units used when displaying temperatures.

Enter the keyword tempunits to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:
Celsius - Display temperatures in degree Celsius.

Fahrenheit - display temperatures in degree
Fahrenheit.
users
Configure the user password and logging parameters. See

config admin users.
Examples
Performing a warm reset
The following command resets the network element software, using current state
information:
#config admin resetne warm
WARNING! You are about to perform a warm system restart.
Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:
Enter yes to confirm that you want to restart the network element software.
Performing a cold reset
The following command resets the network element. It will reset hardware to the last
known valid state in the database. This reset is customer affecting:
#config admin resetne cold
WARNING! You are about to perform a cold system restart.
This is a service affecting command.
Enter yes to confirm that you want to restart the network element. Restarting the network
element logs you off the network element.
Setting the temperature units
The following command sets the temperature unit as celsius:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-7
config admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config admin tempunits celsius
Setting the OCS IP Address for uplink management communication

# config admin ocsip 135.244.27.182
Related commands

show admin

Command description
Configure the minimum and maximum password length acceptable for passwords that
are created or edited after the command completion. Note that passwords created
before the command and accepted are unaffected by this command
Configure the authentication order

Configure RADIUS servers and properties
Impact
Access levels
Changes the password length and

authentication rules accepted by
the NE.
Administrator
Syntax
local password minlength [minlengthvalue]
order [local | radius | radius-then-local]
radius [brief | timeout | retries | add | delete]
Parameter
Description
local password minlength
Specifies the minimum length for user passwords

accepted by the NE. The default is 8. The range allowed
is 8 to 32.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
order
Specifies which authentication system to use for network

element users. Enter the keyword alone to display the
current value.
To set the value, enter the keyword followed by:
local - authentication is based on the local network
elements security database
radius- authentication is based on the RADIUS

server's database
radius-then-local - the authentication is attempted
first using the RADIUS server's database. If the

RADIUS server is not reachable then authentication
is based on the local network elements security
database. If the RADIUS server is reachable and the
user profile does not exist in the RADIUS server's
database, then the authentication fails and the user is
denied access.
The default is local.
radius
Configure RADIUS servers and properties. See config

admin authentication radius.
Examples

# config admin authentication local password minlength 8
# config admin authentication order radius
Related commands
show admin authentication
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the radius parameters.

Access subcommands that allow you to add RADIUS servers

Display the current user authentication using RADIUS
Delete a RADIUS server
Set the timeout and retry values
Provision the status of a RADIUS server
Impact
Access levels
Users are authenticated using

RADIUS protocol.
Administrator
Syntax
brief
add
delete serverId
timeout [value]
retries [value]
status serverId [enabled|disabled]
Parameter
Description
brief
Display the configured RADIUS servers and properties.
add
Add a RADIUS server. See config admin authentication

radius add.
delete
Delete a previously configured RADIUS server. Enter

this keyword followed by the serverId: RAD1 or RAD2
timeout
Specifies the timeout (in seconds) for the NE to wait for a

response from the RADIUS server. The supported range
for timeout is 1 to 1000. The default value is 5 seconds.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
retries
Specifies the number of attempts the NE will try to

contact the specified RADIUS server that has failed to
respond during the previous request(s). The supported
value range is from 1 to 100. The default value is 3.
status
Specifies that status of a RADIUS server. Enter the

keyword status alone to display the current status of all
RADIUS servers.
To set the status of a RADIUS server, enter this keyword
followed by the serverId (RAD1 or RAD2) and the
following:
enabled - the RADIUS server is online. This is the

default value.
disabled - the RADIUS server is offline.
Examples

# config admin authentication radius timeout 10
Related commands
show admin authentication radius

Command description
This command provisions a RADIUS server.

Impact
Access levels
A server is configured for

RADIUS authentication.
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config admin authentication radius add serverId ipAddress [:port]
sharedSecret
Parameter
Description
serverId
Specifies the identifier of the RADIUS server. The

acceptable values are RAD1 (first server) and RAD2
(second server).
ipAddress
Specifies the IP address of the specified RADIUS server.
port
Specifies the authentication port of the RADIUS server.

The valid value is from 1 to 65000. The default port value
is 1812.
sharedSecret
This is the shared secret key between the NE and the

target RADIUS server. This key is the ASCII string
between 5 to 32 characters. The secret key must be
encrypted on the NE using AES.
Examples
# config admin authentication radius add RAD1 4.4.4.4
Enter shared secret:
Verify shared secret:
Related commands
config admin authentication radius delete
show admin authentication radius brief
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command enable or disable specific features on the network element.

Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
iputilities [restricted | unrestricted]
webui [enabled | disabled]
Parameter
Description
iputilities
Restricts or unrestricts the IP-related utilities

on the network element. The OSC interface is
not affected by this command. Enter this
keyword without any arguments to display the
current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:
restricted - restricts IP utilities feature on

unrestricted - unrestricts the IP utilities

feature on the network element
Default: unrestricted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
webui
Enable or disable the web interface on the

network element. Enter this keyword without
any arguments to display the current setting.
enabled - enables the web interface on the

network element.
disabled - disables the web interface on

The default is enabled.

Note: This command does not take effect until
the next activity switch, or until the control
card is reset.
Examples

# config admin feature webui enabled
Related commands

show admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Command description
This command configures the following user security parameters:
Maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts, regardless of time interval or

number of sessions.
Time that a session is allowed to remain inactive before the user is logged out and the
user session closed.
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the maximum number of

consecutive failed login attempts,
regardless of time interval or
number of sessions.
Administrator
Specifies the time that a session is

allowed to remain inactive before
the user will be logged out and the
user session closed.
Syntax
maxfailedlogins[value]
timeout[value]
Parameter
Description
maxfailedlogins
Sets the maximum number of consecutive failed login

attempts, regardless of time interval or number of
sessions. When a user reaches this number, they are
immediately locked out of the system. Future access is
denied.
A value of 0 implies no maximum is set.
Range: 0-15
Default: 3
timeout
Sets the maximum time in minutes that a user session

may remain inactive before the user is logged out and the
session in closed.
A value of 0 implies no idle timeout, that is, the user can
remain idle forever.
Range: 0-999
Default: 60 minutes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config admin session timeout 15
Session timeout: 15 minutes.
Related commands
None

Command description
This command configures the SNMP v3 users.

Access subcommands that allow you to add or edit a SNMP v3 user account
Display a list of current SNMP v3 users
Delete a SNMP v3 user account
Impact
Access levels
Add, delete, and edit an user

account.
Administrator
Syntax
config admin snmpusers
add
brief
delete username
edit
Parameter
Description
add
Add a new SNMP v3 user to the network element. See

config admin snmpusers add.
brief
Displays a list of the current SNMP v3 user accounts on

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
delete
Deletes a SNMP v3 user account from the network

element. Enter this keyword followed by the user account
you want to delete.
edit
Edit the user account to change the permissions level,

password or status. See config admin snmpusers edit.
Examples

# config admin snmpusers delete user1
Related commands
The following are the related commands

Command description
This command adds an SNMP v3 user account to the network element. Use this command
to specify the user name and privilege level for the account. Following the successful
completion of this command, the CLI requests that the password for this user be entered.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
config admin snmpusers add {username} [administrator | nms |
observer | provisioner]
Parameter
Description
username
The username must not be longer than 32 characters. The

username being a human readable string and no more
than 32 characters in length, there are no additional
SNMPv3 standards for user restrictions.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
administrator
Assigns administrator privileges to the specified

username.
provisioner
Assigns provisioner privileges to the specified username.
observer
Assigns observer privileges to the specified username
nms
Assigns nms privileges to the specified username.
This command causes the CLI to request a password to be entered, see examples.
password
The password must not be longer than 32 characters.
Examples
# config admin snmpusers add lek123# provisioner
New password:
Verify password:
Related commands


Command description
This command edits the configuration for a specific SNMP v3 user.

Specify the access privileges for the user.
Change the authentication password for the user.

Enable or disable the user account.
Impact
Access levels
Assigns user passwords and

privileges and specifies whether
the account is usable.
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config admin snmpusers edit *
config admin snmpusers editusername
authpasswd [password]
group [administrator | nms | observer | provisioner]
privpasswd [password]
status [enabled | disabled ]
Parameter
Description
Displays all SNMP v3 users.
username
Specifies the user identifier to be edited.
authpasswd
Sets the authentication password. The password must not

be longer than 32 characters.
group
Sets the privilege level for the specified user. Enter this
keyword alone to display the current value.
To change the privilege level, enter the keyword followed
by one of the following:
administrator - assigns administrator privileges to

the specified username.
nms - assigns NMS privileges to the specified

username.
observer - assigns observer privileges to the

specified username.
provisioner - assigns provisioner privileges to the

specified username.
privpasswd
Sets the privilege password. The password must not be

longer than 32 characters.
status
Enables or disables the user account. Enter this keyword

alone to display the current value.
To change the status, enter this keyword followed by:
enabled - enables the user account.
disabled - disables the user account.
Examples

# config admin snmpusers edit maria status disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config admin syslog

Command description
This command configures the syslog options on the network element.

Display the current syslog configuration

enable or disable system logging
specify the IP address of the remote syslog server
specify the port on the remote syslog server used for system logging
specify the minimum priority level of the messages to send through syslog
This command conforms with the BSD Syslog Protocol as defined in RFC 3164.
Impact
Access levels
Specifies which log messages are sent through

SysLog, and the location they are sent to.
Administrator
Syntax
config admin syslog
detail
ip [ip_address]
port [port_number]
priority [priority]
status [enabled | disabled]
Parameter
detail
Description
Displays the current syslog configuration on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-20
config admin syslog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ip
Specifies the IP address of the remote syslog

server. Enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by an IP address.
Default: 0.0.0.0
port
Specifies the port on the remote syslog server.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by a port
number.
Default: 514
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-21
config admin syslog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
priority
Specifies the minimum priority level of the

messages send via SysLog. Enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by the priority level.
Valid priority levels, in order of highest to
lowest severity, are as follows:
1. emergency - conditions that cause the
system to be unusable, such as a panic
condition.
2. alert - conditions that require immediate
attention, such as a corrupted database.
3. critical - critical errors for which action
must be taken as soon as possible. Mapped
to NE critical alarms.
4. error - standard error conditions that
require attention. Mapped to NE major
alarms.
5. warning - a significant event that may
require action to be taken. Mapped to NE
minor alarms.
6. notice - an event has occurred that does
not affect system operation. Mapped to
NE not alarmed , not reported, state
change, security, and miscellaneous
events, and PM TCAs.
7. info - informational messages. Mapped to
NE user action events.
8. debug - software debugging messages.
Note: The syslog includes all messages having
a priority equal to or higher than the priority
level you specify.
Default: debug
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-22
config admin syslog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
status
Enable or disable system logging. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the
current setting.
enabled - enable system logging.
disabled - disable system logging.
Default: disabled
Examples
# config admin syslog detail
IP Address :0.0.0.0
Port :514
Priority :Debug
State :Disabled
Related commands

show admin syslog
config admin ui
Command description
This command configures the user interface options for the network element. Use this
command to enable and disable the secured interfaces.
Impact
Access levels
The NE is set to secure or

non-secure mode
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-23
config admin ui
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config admin ui
brief
mode [encrypted | normal]
Parameter
Description
brief
Displays the current security mode
mode
Sets the user interface secure mode.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:
encrypted: allows support for SSH.
normal: allows generation of the SSH Key, but does

not support SSH access.
Examples

# config admin ui mode encrypted
Related commands

show admin ui
config admin users

Command description
This command configures the user password and logging parameters.

Delete a user account

Send a message to or force out a user
Enable or disable the service user
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-24
config admin users
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Access subcommands that allow you to add or edit a user account

Access subcommands that allow you to define which level of commands are logged
for a given user
Impact
Access levels
Enables the service user for network element

troubleshooting. Deletes or forces out a user
account.
Administrator
Syntax
config admin users
add
brief
delete username
edit
forceout session_id
logging
serviceaccess {enabled| disabled}
who
Parameter
add
Description
Adds a new user to the network element.
See config admin users add.
brief
Displays a list of the current user accounts on the network

element.
delete
Deletes an user account from the network element. Enter

this keyword followed by the user name you want to
delete.
edit
Edits the user account to change the permissions level,

password or status.
forceout
Forces out a user on the network element. Enter this

keyword followed by the session identifier for the user
session you want to force out.
Use the who command to determine the session number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-25
config admin users
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
logging
Description
Define which level of commands is logged for a given user.
See config admin users logging.
serviceaccess
Enable or disable the service user. The service user is used

by support personnel only to perform system
troubleshooting. You must grant service access before the
service user can log onto the network element.
Enter this keyword followed by enabled, disabled, or
resetpassword:
who
Set to disabled to disable the service user.
Set to enabled to enable the service user.
Set to resetpassword to reset the password to the

default setting.
Displays a list of users currently logged into the network

element.
Note: config admin users who operates the same way as
who.
Examples
# config admin users
(config-admin-users)# who
Session Username
Date
Terminal
--------------------------------------------------------0
admin
Feb 25 18:01 10.3.0.46
1
maria
Feb 25 18:02 10.3.0.46
2
leknek Feb 25 18:02 10.1.5.76
# config admin users who

Session
Username
Date
Terminal
--------------------------------------------------------162 (cli tel)* seteam1 Apr 16 11:17 135.222.8.42:40799
NE(config-admin-users)# brief
Username
User Group Status Last Login
---------------------------------------------------------------leknek
administrator active 25/02/2003 18:02:15
maria
service
active 25/02/2003 18:02:05
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-26
config admin users
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
show admin user

Command description
This command adds a user account to the network element. Use this command to specify
the user name and privilege level for the account. Following successful completion of this
command, the CLI will request that the password for this user be entered.
Impact
Adds a user account to the
network element
Access levels
Administrator
Syntax
config admin users add username
administrator
provisioner
observer
Parameter
username
Definition
User Identifiers are strings of 5 to 12 case-sensitive
alphanumeric characters where the first character is an
alphabetic character.
The following special characters are also valid:
administrator
% (percent)
+ (plus sign)
# (pound sign)
_ (underscore)
Assigns administrator privileges to the specified

username.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Definition
provisioner
Assigns provisioner privileges to the specified username.
observer
Assigns observer privileges to the specified username.
This command causes the CLI to request a password to be entered, see examples.
password
A password is a case-sensitive string of 8 to 32

(depending on the password minlength and maxlength
provisioned values, see config admin user
authentication) alphanumeric characters having all four
of the following:
at least one alphabetic character
at least one uppercase alphabetic character
at least one numeric character
at least one special character
The following special characters are valid:
% (percent)
+ (plus sign)
# (pound sign)
_ (underscore)
! (exclaimation mark)
$ (dollar sign)
(double quotation mark)
& (ampersand)
' (apostrophe)
( (left parenthesis)
* (asterisk)
. (period)
@ (at symbol ???)
) (right parenthesis)
The New password cannot be the same or the reverse of

the associated username and the password must not have
three consecutive identical characters.
Examples
# config admin users add lek123# provisioner
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
New password:
Verify password:
# config admin users add maria123# observer

New password:
Verify password:
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# config admin users add lek123#
Error: invalid user group
# config admin users add lek123# administrator

New password:
Error: Invalid Password. Please see the customer documentation or

contact system administrator if you are having trouble setting a
password.
Related commands
The following are related commands
config admin users
show admin user

Command description
This command edits the configuration for a specific user.

Display the current configuration for a user

Specify the access privileges for a user
Change the password for a user
Enable or disable a user account

Impact
Assigns user passwords and

privileges and specifies whether
the account is enabled.
Access levels
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-29
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config admin users edit*
config admin users edit {admin | service | username}
detail
group {administrator | provisioner | observer}
passwd
status {enabled | disabled }
Parameter
Description
Displays a list of all users.
username
Specifies the user identifier to be edited.
detail
Displays the current configuration for the specified user.
group
Specifies the access privileges for the specified user.

Note: This command keyword applies when editing a
specific username only.
Enter this keyword followed by administrator,
provisioner, or observer:
Set to administrator to give the user access to all of

the CLI commands.
Set to provisioner to give the user access to all of the

commands required to provision the network element.
Set to observer to give the user access to a limited set

of the show commands.
See User accounts and privileges in Alcatel-Lucent 1830

PSS-4 Release 5.1 User Guide, 3KC13196AAAATQZZA
for a description of the different privilege levels that can be
assigned to user accounts.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
passwd
Description
A password is a case-sensitive string of 8 to 32 (depending
on the password minlength and maxlength provisioned
values, see config admin user authentication)
alphanumeric characters having all four of the following:
at least one lower case alphabetic character
at least one uppercase alphabetic character
at least one numeric character
at least one special character
The following special characters are valid:
% (percent)
+ (plus sign)
# (pound sign)
_ (underscore)
! (exclaimation)
@ (at sign)
$ (dollar sign)
(double quotation mark)
& (ampersand)
' (apostrophe)
( (left parenthesis)
) (right parenthesis)
@ (at symbol ???)
* (asterisk)
, (comma)
. (period)
The first character of the password can be any alphabetic,

numeric, or a valid special character. The New Password
cannot be the same as or the reverse of the associated
username and the password must not have three consecutive
identical characters.
The 1830 PSS R5.1 prompts for a password value after
entering this command with this keyword. See Example.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Enables or disables the user account. A user may not disable
his own account.
status
Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:
Set to enabled to enable the user account
Set to disabled to disable the user account.
Examples
# config admin users edit maria status disabled
# config admin users edit admin detail
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
Failures
:
:
:
:
:
admin
administrator
enabled
16/04/2008 15:59:35 telnet
0
# config admin users edit seteam1 status

Current value: active
# config admin users edit test1 passwd

New password:
Verify password:

# config admin users edit seteam1 status active
Error: command not found: active
# config admin users edit eor123#

Error: unknown username
Related commands
config admin users
show admin user
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element.
Display which commands (read or write) are currently logged for all users
Access a subcommand that allows you to configure the logging options for users
accessing the network element from the CLI
Access a subcommand that allows you to configure the logging options for user
accessing network element through SNMP
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
detail
cli
snmp
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current settings for user logging.
cli
Configure the logging settings for users

accessing the network element from the CLI.
See config admin users logging cli.
snmp
Configure the logging settings for users

accessing the network element through SNMP.
See config admin users logging snmp.
Examples
# config admin users logging detail
CLI/Web/TL1 Logging is enabled.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes
SNMP Logging is enabled.

User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes
Related commands
config admin users
show admin user

Command description
This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element for
users accessing the network element from the CLI, Web interface, or TL1.
Display which operations (read or write) are currently logged for users accessing the
network element from the CLI, web interface, or TL1
Enable or disable logging for all users accessing the network element from the CLI,
web interface, or TL1
Define whether write operations are logged for the CLI user levels
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-34
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! Although read operations appear in the syntax display in the CLI, read
operation logging is not supported.
Impact
Access levels
Configures/changes which activities are

logged for one or all users accessing the
network element from the CLI, Web
interface, or TL1. Disabling logging can
adversely effect troubleshooting.
Administrator
Syntax
detail
status [enable | disable]
admin [write [yes | no]
observer [write [yes | no]
provisioner [write [yes | no]
service [write [yes | no]
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current settings for logging user

activity on the network element for users
accessing the network element from the CLI, Web
interface, or TL1 session.
status
Enables or disables activity logging for all CLI,

web interface, or TL1 users.
Enter this keyword followed by enable or
disable:
set to enable to enable user activity logging
set to disable to disable user activity logging
Default: enable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-35
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
administrator
Configure the CLI user activity logging options

for administrator-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write, and
secondly by yes or no:
observer
set to write yes to include write operations

in the log
set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

for provisioner-level users.
provisioner

in the log

from the log

for observer-level users.
service

in the log

from the log

for service-level users.

in the log

from the log
Examples
# config admin users logging cli detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-36
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
no
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes
Related commands
config admin users
show admin user

Command description
This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element for
users accessing the network element through SNMP.
Display which operations (read or write) are currently logged for users accessing the
network element through SNMP
Enable or disable logging for all users accessing the network element through SNMP
Define whether write operations are logged for the SNMP userids
Important! Although read operations appear in the syntax display in the SNMP, read
operation logging is not supported.
Impact
Access levels
Configures/changes which activities are

logged for one or all users accessing the
network element through SNMP. Disabling
logging can adversely effect troubleshooting.
Administrator
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-37
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
status [enable | disable]

nms [write [yes | no]
admin [write [yes | no]
observer [write [yes | no]
provisioner [write [yes | no]
service [write [yes | no]
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current settings for logging user

activity on the network element for users
accessing the network element through the
SNMP.
status
Enables or disables user activity logging for

users accessing the network element through
SNMP.
Enter this keyword followed by enable or
disable:
set to enable to enable user activity

logging
set to disable to disable user activity

logging
Default: enable
nms
Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for nms userid.
Enter this keyword followed by first by
write, secondly by yes or no:
admin
set to write yes to include write

operations in the log.
set to write no to from the log.

options for administrator-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write,
and secondly by yes or no:

operations in the log

from the log
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-38
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
observer

options for observer-level users.
provisioner


from the log

options for provisioner-level users.
service


from the log

options for service-level users.


from the log
Examples
# config admin users logging snmp detail
User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config admin users
show admin user
config database
Command description
This command configures the database backup and restore options.

Display the current database backup and restore configuration

Back up the database
Restore the database
Clear the database

Sync the information on a User Panel replacement in 1830 PSS
For more information, see Backing up, restoring, or clearing the database in the
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning Guide.
Impact
Access levels
Clears or restores the database
Syntax
config database
backup {yes | no}
clear [ipclear] {yes | no}
detail
path [path]
restore [force]{yes | no}
server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-40
config database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
usrpnlrepl {yes | no}

Parameter
Description
backup
Creates a backup of the database at the IP address and

path specified by the server and path parameters.
Before the database backup is created, you are prompted
to confirm the request:
Enter yes to create a database backup. The backup

file is created with a filename in the form of:
NEname_SWgeneric_yyyy-mm-dd_hh-mm-ss.bak
Note: If the NEname is too long, it is truncated to 31
characters. The SWgeneric is always 13 characters.
Enter no to cancel the command without backing up

the database.

clear
Clear the database (this command cannot be performed

by a Provisioner. This command must be performed by an
Admin user.)
Follow this keyword with ipclear to also clear the
current IP configuration.
Before the database is cleared, you are prompted to
confirm the request:
detail
Enter yes to clear the database
Enter no to cancel the command without clearing the

database.
Displays the current database backup and restore

configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-41
config database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
path
Specifies the full path to the location on the backup

server (remote file server), as specified using the server
keyword, that is used for storing database backups.
Enter this keyword to display the current path. To change
the path, enter this keyword followed by the full path to
the location used to store database backups.
If the specified path is a directory (meaning that the path
ends with a slash, such as /backups/), then when a backup
is performed the system creates a backup file with a
filename in the form of:
NEname_SWgeneric_yyyy-mm-dd_hh-mm-ss.bak. and
writes it to the specified directory
If the specified path is a file name (such as /backups/
backupfile.bak) then when a backup is performed the
system writes the backup to the specified file. This action
overwrites the previous backup file.
Restore
Restore a previously backed up database

Before the database is restored, you are prompted to
confirm the request:
Enter yes to restore the database from the backup.
Enter no to cancel the command without restoring the

database.
The optional keyword force is supported, following

restore:
Restore force is used to force a database to be
accepted on an NE even if it is not for this NE (does

not hold the User Panel serial number for this NE). This
would be used, for example, if a User Panel were
replaced on an NE, but before the user had a chance to
successfully complete the config database usrpnlrepl
command, the NE restarted.
See the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 Maintenance and
Trouble-Clearing User Guide, 8DG61688DAAATQZZA
for the full procedure to be used in this case.
Requires admin level user privilege.
server
Specifies the attributes for the remote backup server

(remote file server). See config database server.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-42
config database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
usrpnlrepl
Recovers from the database to the user panel in the case

of a user panel replacement procedure in 1830 PSS.
Enter yes to recover the database.
Enter No to cancel the command without recovering

the database.
Examples
# config database path /1830/database/backup.bak
# config database detail
Remote Server Configuration
--------------------------Protocol : FTP
IP
: 135.112.154.50
Userid
:
Password :
Path
: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_01AAA-G-05.01-01A_2008-04-10_1051-39.bak
Last Backup Information
----------------------File: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_01AAA-G-05.01-01A_2008-04-10_10-5139.bak
Time: 2008/04/10 10:50:54 (EST)
Last Operation
-------------Command : Backup
Progress: 100 %
Status : Success
# config database backup

Continue with the database backup (yes,no)? no
Command aborted.
# config database backup

Continue with the database backup (yes,no)? n
Please enter "yes" or "no": no
Command aborted.
# config database usrpnlRepl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-43
config database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING:
This command is only intended to be run

after an in-service User Interface Panel Replacement.
Executing this command will update the database
with the new serial number from the User Interface
Panel. The IP address in the User Interface Panel will
also be
updated with the value from the database.
Related commands

config software

Command description
This command sets the attributes for the database backup server. Use this command to set
up the IP address and root directory of the database backup server.
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the location for database backups
Administrator
Syntax
ip [ip_address]
protocol [sftp | tftp | ftp]
userid user_id
Parameter
Description
ip
Specifies the IP address of the database server.

Follow this keyword with a valid IP address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-44
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
protocol
Specifies the type of protocol used to access

the database server.
Follow this keyword with one of the
following:
sftp - secure file transfer protocol
tftp - trivial file transfer protocol
ftp - file transfer protocol
Specifies the userid for accessing the database

server. The user must have admin privileges.
For SFTP, after the userid is entered, you will
be prompted to enter a password value.
userid
Examples

# config database server
(config-database-server)# ip 10.3.76.2
Related commands
config database
show database
config firmware
Command description
This command configures the firmware on a card.

User this command to:
Provision specific firmware for a card in a specific shelf and slot.

Displays the current installed firmware for a field replaceable unit.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-45
config firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config firmware card sh/sl Maj.Min[.Rev] [reload]
Parameter
Description
card
Provisions the firmware package of the specified card to

be loaded at the next cold start of the card.
When conditions are acceptable for the card to be
reloaded a separate config card <cardtype> <shelf/slot>
reset cold command must be issued.
The reload argument causes an immediate reload of the
provisioned firmware for the specified card.
Warning! -- Reloading can be a service effecting event
Examples

# config firmware card 1/15 1.1.7 reload
# config firmware card 1/11 1.0
Related commands
show firmware
config card
config snmpserver
Command description
This command configures the options for the SNMP server on the network element.
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to:
Add or delete SNMP trap destinations

Define SNMP community strings
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator and provisioner
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-46
config snmpserver
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config snmpserver
authfailure
community
trapdest
Parameter
Description
authfailure
Displays the current state of authentication failure traps,

enabled always
community
Configure the community strings for the SNMP host. See

config snmpserver community.
trapdest
Configure the options for the SNMP host destination. See

config snmpserver trapdest.
Examples
config-snmpserver)# authfailure
SNMP Authentication Traps: enabled
Related commands
config snmpserver community
show snmpserver community
show snmpserver trapdest
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-47
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the SNMP trap destinations.

Display the current SNMP notification destinations.

Access a subcommand that allows you to add a trap destination.
Delete an existing trap destination.
Impact
Access levels
Traps are no longer sent to a

deleted destination. Ensure that
other destinations are available and
operational before deleting an
existing destination.
Syntax
add
brief
delete destination_ID
Parameter
Description
add
Add an SNMP trap destination. See config snmpserver

trapdest add.
brief
Displays the current SNMP trap destinations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
delete
Deletes an SNMP trap destination. Enter this keyword

followed by the destination identifier of the trap
destination you want to delete.
If the destination identifier is surrounded by angle
brackets < >, on output displayed, it means that the
identifier contains non-printable characters, and is
displayed in dotted decimal notation. Use the optional
octets keyword to specify that the destination_ID
value is in dotted decimal notation, on input.
If the destination identifier contains spaces (for example:
Service Provider West), you must enclose the destination
identifier in double quotation marks ("Service Provider
West").
Examples
Displaying the current SNMP trap destinations
(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# brief
SNMP Notification Destinations
Identifier
Target
Timeout
Retry
Address
Count
Vers
Port
------------ ------------ ------ ----<10.3.0.147> 10.3.0.147
162
1500
<10.3.0.148> 10.3.0.148
162
1500
SNMP
----3
3
NMS
---v2c 1
v2c 1
Deleting a trap destination

(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# delete 10.3.0.148
(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# brief
SNMP Notification Destinations
Identifier
Target
Timeout
Retry
SNMP
NMS
Address
Count
Vers
Port
------------ ------------ ------------- -<10.3.0.147> 10.3.0.147
162
1500
3
v2c 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-49
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
show snmpserver

Command description
This command adds an SNMP trap destination and specifies whether the trap is formatted
using SNMP version 1 (v1) or version 2c (v2c) or version 3 (v3). A trap destination is
usually a network management workstation. You can add up to a maximum of 10 trap
destinations per network element.
Impact
Access levels
Traps are sent to the destination

immediately after it is added.
Syntax
config snmpserver trapdest add dest_ID dest_IP_address[:port]
timeout retry SNMP_version nms_station_ID
Parameter
Description
dest_ID
Specifies a unique identifier for the trap destination. The

string can be a maximum of 32 characters long.
dest_IP_address[:port]
Specifies the IP address of the server that serves as the

trap destination. This can be followed with a port
identifier. The IP address and the port identifier must be
separated by a colon, for example:
10.9.9.1:450
nms_station_ID
Specifies an integer value that uniquely identifies the

NMS workstation serving as the trap destination. Use 0
for all third party SNMP trap servers.
Range: 0 to 65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-50
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
retry
Specifies an integer value for the number of times the

network element will attempt to retry the connection in
the event of a timeout.
Range: 0 to 255, Default: 3
SNMP_version
Specifies the SNMP version to use when formatting the

trap.
Valid versions are v1 and v2c, v3.
timeout
Specifies the time (round trip), in hundreths of a second,

after which the connection times out if no reply is
received. Following a timeout, a retry is attempted, up to
the number of retries specified by the retry variable.
Default: 1500
Examples

(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# add destination1 10.3.0.147 1500 5 v2c 1
Related commands
show snmpserver
config software
Command description
This command changes the network element software. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow you to set up the software server or change the software on the
entire network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-51
config software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config software
server
upgrade
Parameter
Description
server
Set the attributes for the software FTP server.

See config software server.
upgrade
Change the system software for all of the cards

on the network element. See config software
upgrade.
Examples
See config software server and config software upgrade CLI command manual pages
for examples.
Related commands

Command description
Set the attributes for the software server.

Set the IP address and software root directory of the software server (remote FTP
Server or SWNE FTP server).
Set the type of protocol used to access the software download.
Set the user identifier and password used to login to the software server.
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the location for software

loading server attributes.
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-52
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
ip [ip_address]
protocol [ftp | sftp]
root [root_directory]
userid [user_id]
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the software server configuration.
ip
Specifies the IP address of the software server.

Follow this keyword with a valid IP address.
protocol
Specifies the type of protocol used to access the software

server.
Follow this keyword with one of the following:
ftp - File transfer protocol
sftp - Secure File transfer protocol

Note: Only ftp is applicable for SWNE.
root
Specifies the directory for the software on the software

server. This directory is relative to the root directory.
userid
Specifies the userid for accessing the software download

server. The user must have admin privileges. After the
userid is entered, you will be prompted to enter a
password value.
Examples

# config software server
(config-software-server)# ip 10.3.76.2
(config-software-server)# root node/software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-53
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
show software

Command description
Set the attributes for the file transfer server for OMS/NMS.
Display the current software file transfer information.

Activate the file transfer between NE and remote server (OMS/NMS)
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the file transfer

attributes.
Administrator
Syntax
detail
ip [ip_address]
protocol
root
userid [user_id]
load [sslnecsr | sslomscsr]
status
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current OMS/NMS server configuration.
ip
Specifies the IP address of the OMS/NMS server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-54
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
protocol
Specifies the type of protocol used to access the software

server.
ftp - File transfer protocol
sftp
root
Specifies the directory for the path name/filename in the

Remote File server (OMS/NMS).
userid
Specifies the userid for accessing the software download

server. The userid must have provisioner or administrator
privileges. The maximum allowed length for password is
32 characters.
Immediately following the entry of the userid value, the
system will prompt for the password associated with the
userid. Specify the password for accessing the database
backup and restore server. The maximum allowed length
for password is 32 characters.
Activate the file transfer using the data configured
through config software server.
load
sslnecsr - Transfer the Unsigned NE SSL certificate

from NE to server (OMS)
sslomscsr - Transfer the Signed NE SSL Certificate

from server (OMS) to NE.
File transfer status.
status
fail - File transfer failed
ip - File transfer in progress
complete - File transfer complete
Examples

# config software server transfer
(config-software-server-tranfer)# load sslnecsr
(config-software-server-transfer)# detail
File Transfer Information:
Status
complete
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-55
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Load
sslnecsr
# config software server ip 12345

Error: invalid IP address
Related commands
show software

Command description
This command changes the system software for all of the cards on the network element.
Display the network element software status
Access subcommands that allow you to upgrade the network element software
Commit the loaded software as the primary release
Revert to a previous software release
Abort the current upgrade
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the location for software

loading.
Administrator and Provisioner
Syntax
abort
backout
commit
manual
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-56
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
status
Parameter
Description
abort
Abort the current software upgrade.
backout
Revert back to the previous software load and database.
commit
Commit the software as the primary release. Once the

software is committed, the network element performs
automatic software auditing, ensuring software sanity on
the network element. While the software is in an active
but not committed state, an alarm indicating that the
software is in an upgrade state will remain active.
manual
Manually upgrade the software in a series of steps. See

config software upgrade manual.
status
Display the current software upgrade status.
Examples
# config software upgrade status
Software Upgrade Information:
Software Server IP
: 10.3.1.252
Software Server Root Directory
: /
Committed Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Working Release Directory
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Working Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Active Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Operation
: Commit
Operation Status
: Completed
Upgrade Path Available
: True
# config software upgrade backout

WARNING:
You are about to perform a backout.

This action may cause a system reboot.

Command aborted
no
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-57
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
show software

Command description
This command manually upgrades the network element software in a series of steps.
Perform a software audit

Load the new software and optionally back up the database
Activate the new software load
This command does not commit the software as the primary release. See the commit
parameter of the command config software upgrade.
Impact
Access levels
Upgrades the software on the network

element.
Administrator
Syntax
activate
audit release_dir [nobackup | force | nobackupforce]
load
Parameter
Description
activate
Activate the software on all of the cards on the

network element using the information
generated during the software audit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-58
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
audit release_dir
Performs a software audit. A software audit

compares the software on the network element
with the software on the software FTP server,
and performs checks. Enter this keyword
followed by the release directory on the
software FTP server that contains the new
software release.
You can optionally enter one of the following
parameters to turn off the database backup
during load, the upgrade path check, or both:
load
use the nobackup parameter to turn off

database backup that is otherwise done
during the "load" operation, following the
"audit".
use the force parameter to turn off the

upgrade path check
use the nobackupforce parameter to turn

off the database backup and upgrade path
check
Load the software onto the network element

using the information generated during the
software audit. If a database backup was
specified, it is performed during this stage.
Examples
The following example provides steps to manually upgrade the network element
software:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform a software audit. In this example the database is backed up and the upgrade path
and activation script is generated.
# config software upgrade manual audit release_dir nobackup
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Load the software onto the network element.

(config software upgrade manual)# load
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Activate the software

(config software upgrade manual)# activate
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
The following commands are the related commands:
crypto key
Command description
This command manages SSH keys for secure shell access on the network element.
Display a previously generated SSH key

Generate a SSH key to be used in secure mode
Delete a previously generated SSH key
Impact
Access levels
The RSA keys are available for

SSH to use.
Administrator
Syntax
crypto key
details
generate
zeroize
Parameter
Description
details
Display the SSH key
generate
Generate the SSH key. The network element UI mode

must be set tonormal to execute this command. See
config admin ui mode.
zeroize
Delete the key that currently exists. The network element

UI mode must be set to normal to execute this
command. See config admin ui mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-60
crypto key
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# crypto key zeroize
Related commands

config admin ui mode
crypto sslkey
Command description
This command is used to generate RSA type SSL key to be used in encrypted mode
Impact
Access levels
The RSA keys are available for

SSL to use to generate SSL
certificate.
Administrator
Syntax
crypto sslkey
details
generate [keytype [rsa | dsa]] [keylen [512-2048]]
Parameter
Description
details
Display the SSL key
generate
Generate the key
Keytype
Type of key. Only RSA type is supported in current

release. DSA type will be supported in future release.
Default: RSA
Keylen
Length of the key. It ranges from 512 to 2048.

Default: 1024
Examples

#crypto sslkey generate keylen 512
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-61
crypto sslkey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
#crypto sslkey detail

Keytype: rsa
Keylength: 512
Status: completed
SSL Key:
Related commands

crypto sslkey details
config sslcsr
Command description
This command is used to provision ssl certificate parameters in order to send to NMS for
signing request
Impact
Access levels
The SSL certificate required for

secure/encrypted mode.
Administrator
Syntax
config sslcsr
details
country
state
loc
org
orguni
cn
email
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-62
config sslcsr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
generate
Parameter
Description
details
Display the SSL certificate configuration parameters and

certificate status:
The SSL CSR status can be editing, completed,
inProgress, failed or none.
1. Changing any parameter of CSR, NE will set the
CSR status to editing.
2. After users issue generate, NE will set the CSR
status to inProgress, then to completed or
failed.
3. The CSR status must be completed before users try
to upload the CSR to NMS.
4. Finishing installation of CERT, NE will change the
status from completed to none.
Country
Country name.
2 Valid Characters.
state
State name
1-128 Valid Characters.
Loc
City Name.
Org
Company Name or organization name.

Orguni
The division of Organization.

Server's host Name or common name or NE IP Address.
Cn

Email
An email address used to contact the organization.

generate
Generate the certificate.
Examples

#config sslcsr
NE181(config-sslcsr)# detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-63
config sslcsr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Country
: CN
State
: NJ
Locality
: abc
Organisation
: efg
Organization Unit : 123
Host Name
: 1820
Email Address
: abc@yahoo.com
Status
: completed
Related commands

crypto sslkey generate
config sslcert
Command description
This command is used to install the ssl certificate signed by OMS

Impact
Access levels

Administrator
Syntax
config sslcert
details
generate [keytype [rsa | dsa]] [keylen [512-2048]]
Parameter
Description
details
To install the signed SSL certificate in the NE.

Note:
Installing the SSL certificate may cause a NE warm
reboot.
Examples

#config sslcsr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-64
config sslcert
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show sslcsr
crypto key generate

Command description
Configure the network element to set to secure mode.

Use this command:
To generate DSA SSH keys to be used in secure mode
Impact
Access levels
The RSA keys are available for SSH to use
Administrator
Syntax
crypto key
details
generate
Parameter
Description
details
Display the SSH key information
generate
Generate the SSH key
Examples
The following command generates the SSH key:

#crypto key generate
#crypto key detail
Keytype: dsa
Keylength: 512
Status: completed
SSH Key:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-65
crypto key generate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

crypto sslkey generate
passwd
Command description
This command sets the user password for the currently logged in user. See the
Configuring user accounts in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 User Provisioning Guide for
password rules and allowable characters.
Impact
Access levels
Changes password. The correct password is

required to gain access to the network element.
Syntax
passwd
Examples
# passwd
The following example changes the password for the current user. Enter the new
password at the New password prompt. The characters you enter are not displayed.
Enter login password:
If the login password is correctly entered, you are prompted to enter the new password.
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
New password:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
You are then prompted to verify the password. Enter the new password again. The
characters you enter are not displayed.
Verify password:
If you entered the same string for both the New password and Verify password prompts,
the following message is displayed, indicating that you successfully changed the
password.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-66
passwd
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Done
If you did not enter the same string for both the New password and Verify password
prompts, the following message is displayed:
No match - Password not Changed
Related commands
config admin users
show admin user
show software
Command description
This command displays the current configuration and status of the system software.
Show the progress of the software release upgrade
Show the current software file transfer server configuration

Show the current software download status as a brief summary
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show software
card shelf/slot detail
NE brief
progress
server
shelf shelfnum brief
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-67
show software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
upgrade status
Parameter
Description
card
Displays software release details for the

specified card.
shelf/slot Specifies the shelf and slot that
contains the vard. Enter the shelf number
followed by a slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric values
of shelf and slot ranges for each supported
shelf type.
detail display the software details for the
card
NE
Displays a summary of software releases for

all cards on the NE. Enter this keyword
followed by brief.
progress
Displays the progress and result of the

current/last software upgrade.
server
Displays the current configuration for the FTP

software download server.
upgrade
Displays system software download

information. Enter this keyword followed by
status.
Examples
# show software progress
Operation: Backout
Status:
Completed
# show software upgrade status

Software Server IP
Committed Release
Working Release
Active Release
:
:
:
:
:
:
138.120.203.132
/
R01.00.00-100
R02.00.00-100
R01.00.00-100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-68
show software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Last Operation
Operation Status
Operation Result
Percent Completion
:
:
:
:
:
Backout
Completed
Software Server IP
Committed Release
Working Release
Active Release
:
:
:
:
:
:
138.120.203.132
/
R01.00.00-100
Last Operation
Operation Status
Operation Result
Percent Completion
:
:
:
:
:
Load
Failure (Operation aborted)
100%
True
# show software upgrade status

R02.00.00-100
R01.00.00-100
1%
True
# show software server

Software Download Server Information:
Software
Software
Software
Software
Software
Server
Server
Server
Server
Server
Protocol
IP
Userid
Password
Root Directory
:
:
:
:
:
FTP
138.120.203.132
# show software server Transfer

Software Server Transfer Load
certificate)
Software Server Transfer Status
: SSLNECSR (The unsigned

: IP (In Progress)
Related commands

show database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-69
show sslcert
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show sslcert
Command description
This command is used to display the status of SSL certificate installation

Impact
Access levels

Administrator
Syntax
show sslcert
detail
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the detail SSL certificate information.
Examples

#show sslcert detail
Country
: CN
State
: NJ
Locality
: abc
Organisation
: efg
Organization Unit : 123
Host Name
: 1820
Email Address
: abc@yahoo.com
Signature Algorithm:
Validity
:
Related commands

config sslcert
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-70
show database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show database
Command description
This command displays the location and status of the network element database.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show database
Examples
# show database
Remote Server Configuration
--------------------------IP : 1.201.37.1
UserID:
Path: /nebackup/MH01-01/
Last Backup Information
----------------------File: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_R01.00.00-100_2008-04-10_10-5139.bak
Time: 2008/04/10 10:50:54 (EST)
Last Operation
-------------Command : Backup
Progress: 100 %
Status : Success
Related commands
config database
show software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-71
show admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show admin
Command description
This command displays the network element administrative options.

Display the user authentication configuration

Display the NE commissioning state
Display the status of NE features
Display the network element login message
Display the SONET or SDH system operation mode

Display the OCS IP address used for uplink communication with the OCS compound
Display the syslog configuration
Display the NE encrypted/normal mode

Display user accounts
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
show admin
commission
authentication [radius]
feature [iputilities | webui]
loginmsg
mode
ocsip
syslog
ui
user
Parameter
Description
authentication
Displays authentication information. Enter radius to

display the configured RADIUS servers and properties.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-72
show admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
commission
Displays the commission state for supporting NE

installation through stand-alone CLI. The stand-alone
CLI is the process that is launched when you login to
Linux as CLI on the Linux NE.
feature
Displays the status of network element features.

Enter this keyword followed by:
iputilities displays the status of the IP utilities
webui displays the status of the web interface
feature
loginmsg
Displays the message after a successful login.
mode
Displays if the system is configured to operate in SONET

or SDH mode.
ocsip
Displays the OCS IP address used for uplink

communication with the OCS compound. The default
value 0.0.0.0 indicates that no Partner-NE relationship is
established.
Syslog
Displays the syslog parameters.
Ui
Displays whether the system is configured for encrypted

or normal access.
User
Displays user account information configured on the

network element. See show admin user.
Examples
# show admin mode
SONET/SDH Mode: sonet
# show admin commission

Commission_state: yes
# show admin ocsip

OCS IP Address: 135.244.27.182
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-73
show admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config admin
config admin syslog
config admin ui
config admin users

Command description
This command displays the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the
network element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the
network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
Examples
# show interface loopback
Loopback IP Address
Current: 172.16.0.1/32

Loopback IP Address
Current: 80.80.80.80/32 (SNMP Source)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-74
show admin syslog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show admin syslog

Command description
This command displays the current configuration for syslog administration.

Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
show admin syslog
Examples
# show admin syslog
IP Address : 0.0.0.0
Port
: 514
Priority
: Notice
State
: Disabled
Related commands

config admin syslog
show admin user

Command description
This command displays network element user information.

Display user account information
Display the current configuration for user activity logging.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-75
show admin user
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show admin user
username | *
logging
Parameter
Description
username
Displays the username, user group, status, time of last

login, and number of failed logins for the specified
username.
Displays the username, user group, status, and time of last

login for all usernames provisioned on this Network
Element.
logging
Displays user activity logging settings for the Network

Element.
Examples
# show admin user admin
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
Failures
:
:
:
:
:
admin
administrator
enabled
18/02/2009 17:04:48 telnet
0
# show admin user *
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
admin
administrator enabled
18/02/2009 12:29:54
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
service
service
enabled
18/02/2009 12:46:09
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show admin user logging
User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-76
show admin user
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Admin
Service
no
no
yes
yes

User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes
Related commands
config admin users
show firmware
Command description
This command displays the installed firmware for a field replaceable unit.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show firmware
available [cardtype]
card [sh/sl] [detail]
NE [detail]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-77
show firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
upgrade [sh/sl]
Parameter
Description
Available
With no argument, this option displays the full contents

of the firmware subdirectory. With a cardtype argument,
this option displays the firmware configurations that are
available for provisioning to that cardtype. Cardtype is
one of the official identifiers for the cards with firmware
programmable devices.
card
Displays the firmware status of the card specified by

sh/sl.
NE [detail]
Displays the firmware installed in each card for the whole

NE in ascending order by shelf/slot. Those with
FwVersionNotDefault raised are highlighted with an
asterisk in the brief display (it should be evident from the
information in the detailed display).
With detail argument, provisioned and last loaded date
is also displayed
Upgrade
Displays the progress of firmware update for packs with

any of FPGAINIT[1-10] raised and the elapsed time since
the pack entered that state
Examples
# show firmware card 1/11
Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Type: 11STAR1 Fw: GbE_1.0.35 at 2008-Sep-11 01:05:
58 UTC
# show firmware card 1/11 detail

Display Card Firmware Info:
For: Shelf: 1 Slot: 11
Card-Type
:
11STAR1
Provisioned Release :
GbE_default_profile -> GbE_1.1.27
Last Provisioned :
2008-Oct-23 13:47:05 UTC
Active Release
:
GbE_1.0.35
Last Loaded
:
2008-Sep-11 01:05:58 UTC
# show firmware NE
NE Card Firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-78
show firmware
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sh/sl Type Loaded
1/11 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35

1/13 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35
1/15 11STAR1 ---------
# show firmware NE detail

NE Card Firmware details
Sh/sl Type Loaded
Time(UTC)
Provisioned Time
(UTC)
CardFwState
1/11
11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 2008Sep11 01:05:58 GbE_1.1
2008Oct23
13:47:05 FwLoaded
1/13
11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 2008Sep11 01:55:32 GbE_1.0.35 2008Oct23
11:00:25 FwLoaded
1/15
11STAR1 ---------- ------------------ GbE_1.0.35 2008Nov13
19:17:43 FwFailed
# show firmware available 11STAR1

Firmware Directory
:
All available firmware profiles for 11STAR1
GbE_1.0.35
GbE_1.1.27
/pssnfs/1830/fpga
# show firmware condition FwVersionNotDefault
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cards with non-recommended firmware loaded (cond =
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FwVersionNotDefaul)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sh/sl Type
Loaded
Date
Provisioned Date
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/11
11STAR1
GbE_1.0.35
11Sep2008
GbE_1.1.27 23Oct2008
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/13 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 11Sep2008 GbE_1.0.35 15Aug2008
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show firmware upgrade
Sh/Sl
2/11
Type
11STAR1
Provisioned
GbE_1.1.27
Progress
FwInit[2]
Elapsed
11:23
Related commands
config firmware
show condition
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-79
show snmpserver
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show snmpserver
Command description
This command displays the current configuration for the SNMP server.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator (Provisioner, for 'show

snmpserver trapdest' only)
Syntax
show snmpserver
trapdest
community
Parameter
Description
trapdest
Displays the SNMP trap destinations for the

network element. This command can also be
performed by a Provisioner user.
community
Displays the SNMP community strings for the

network element.
Examples
# show snmpserver community
SNMP Community Strings
Community
Name
------------------------------------ ------------------3rdpnms
3rdpnms_snmp
admin
admin_snmp
nms
nms_snmp
observer
observer_snmp
provisioner
provisioner_snmp
service
service_snmp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-80
show snmpserver
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config snmpserver
who
Command description
This command displays the user name and session identifier for all of the currently logged
in WebUI, CLI and TL1 users.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
who
Examples
# who
Session
Username
Date
Terminal
--------------------------------------------------------186 (console)
admin
Sep 12 20:29
127.0.0.1:53510
195 (console)
admin
Sep 12 20:21
127.0.0.1:40760
196 (console)*
admin
Sep 12 20:42
127.0.0.1:36573
Related commands
The following is a related command.

whoami
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-81
whoami
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
whoami
Command description
Displays information about the currently local logged in user. When login to the NE is
authenticated through Radius server then this command does not show user name.
The command displays the message:
"Can't get user information from Radius server"
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
whoami
Examples
# whoami
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Username : admin
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
User Group: administrator
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
: enabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Last Login: 12/09/2008 20:41:58 telnet
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

who
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-82
config cn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config cn
Command description
This command configures the control network. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow configuration of the routing table and system-level OSPF
attributes.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config cn
ospf
routes {default | static}
Parameter
Description
ospf
Configure the system-level OSPF attributes. See config

cn ospf.
routes
Configure the control network routing table.

Follow this keyword with one of:
Default - See config cn routes default.
Static - See config cn routes static.
Related commands
show cn
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-83
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config cn ospf
Command description
This command configures the system-level OSPF areas.

Impact
Access levels
Specifies the OSPF areas for the

network element
Syntax
config cn ospf
area *
area add area_id
type [normal | stub | totally_stub | nssa | nssa_totally_stub]
dns_opaque_lsa [y | n]
wavekey_opaque_lsa [y | n]
nssa_translate [candidate | always | never]
default_cost [value]
virtual_link [ip_address]
area mod<areaindex>
type[normal | stub| totally_stub | nssa | nssa_totally_stub]
dns_opaque_lsa[y | n]
wavekey_opaque_lsa [y | n]
nssa_translate[candidate | always | never]
default_cost [value]
virtual_link [ip_address]
area delete <areaindex>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-84
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
area detail
Parameter
Description
area add
Adds an OSPF area to the network element. A maximum

of 3 OSPF areas may be created at the system level in
addition to the default backbone area (0.0.0.0). Once an
area is configured at the system level, it can be assigned
to a particular DCN interfaces.
area delete
Deletes an OSPF area from the network element. The

OSPF area can only be deleted if it is not assigned to an
interface. The area 0.0.0.0 cannot be deleted.
area mod
Modify the parameters for area that is already created.

The areaindex value 0-3 is allowed for modify.
areaindex
Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3
Note: Area 0 is reserved for backbone area and always
exist
areaindex range is 1-3 when it is used for add and delete.
areaindex range is 0-3 when it is used for modify.
Only opaque_LSA_ dns and opaque_LSA_Wavekey for
areaindex 0 can be modified. Other OSPF parameters in
area 0 can not be modified.
area_id
Area ID of the OSPF area. This ID has the format of an

IP address that uniquely identifies the OSPF area. A valid
area id consists of four integer values separated by
periods.
Range: {0-255}.{0-255}.{0-255}.{1-254}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-85
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
Specifies whether an OSPF area is nonstub or stub or

nssa type. Enter this keyword followed by normal or
stub or totally_stub or nssa or nssa_totally_stub:
Specifies the OSPF area type:
dns_opaque_lsa
normal areas are defined as areas that can accept

intra-area, inter-area, and external routes.
stub areas do not accept routes belonging to external

autonomous systems (AS), however, these areas have
inter-area and intra-area routes.This reduces the size
of the routing databases for the areas internal routers.
Routers in the stub area also contain a default route
which is advertised to the area by the Area Border
Router (ABR).
totally_stub areas do not allow routes other than

intra-area and the default route to be propagated
within this area.This further reduces the size of the
routing databases for the area's internal routers. The
ABR advertises a default route into the area and all
the routers belonging to this area use the default route
to send any traffic outside the area. .
nssa(Not So Stub Areas): can import AS external

routes from within the area and send them to other
areas, but cannot receive AS external routes from
other areas. Inter-area and intra-area routes are
allowed along with a default route which is
advertised to the area by the ABR.
nssa_totally_stub areas are similar to nssa with the

added restriction that inter-area routes are not
allowed.
Default: normal.
Opaque LSA status for the DNS application. Determines,

whether opaque LSAs for the DNS application shall be
distributed into this OSPF area, and received from this
area.
Y: DNS opaque LSAs are distributed to the area, and

received from the area
N: DNS opaque LSAs are not distributed to the area,

and not received from the area
Default: Y
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-86
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
wavekey_opaque_lsa
Opaque LSA status for the Wave KEY application.

Determines, whether opaque LSAs for the Wave KEY
application shall be distributed into this OSPF area, and
received from this area. Wave Key opaque LSAs can only
be enabled in one OSPF Area.
Y: Wave KEY opaque LSAs are distributed to the

area, and received from the area
N: Wave KEY opaque LSAs are not distributed to the

area, and not received from the area.
Default: Y
nssa_translate
default_cost
Applicable only if area type is nassa. Determines

behavior of NSSA ABR router translation of internal area
type 7 LSAs to type 5 LSAs which get propagated into
other areas.
Candidate OSPF elects one of candidate routers to be

a translator for this area
Always router is always used as translator for this

area
Never router is never used as translator for this area

Default: candidate
Applicable only for stub, totally_stub, nssa or

nssa_totally_stub type areas. Specifies the cost for the
default route originated by stub, totally_stub, nssa or
nssa_totally_stub area ABR.
Range: 0-16777215
Default: 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-87
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
virtual_link
Applicable only for normal Areas. Allows for the creation

of a virtual link for this area. OSPF requires that all areas
attach directly to Area 0.0.0.0, but the attachment need
not be physical. One can take any physical arrangement
of areas and attach them logically through OSPF virtual
links. Specify the Loopback interface IP Address of the
network element to terminate the virtual link. This
network element must have an interface that is connected
to Area 0.0.0.0 and a non 0.0.0.0 Area.
Note: A virtual link must be configured on both network
elements. Virtual links cannot be established through

Area 0.0.0.0, stub, totally_stub, nssa or nssa_totally_stub
type areas.
Range: {1-99, 102-126, 128-223}-{0-255}{0-255}-{0-255}
Default: 0.0.0.0 (no virtual link)
detail
Displays a list of Areas configured on the NE to

areaindex in the modify command that follows.
When only dns opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability : dns
When only wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque
LSA capability : wavekey
When both dns and wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled
Opaque LSA capability : dns, wavekey
When NO Opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability : None
Examples
# config cn ospf add area 0.0.0.7 type stub opaque_lsa_dns y
# config cn ospf detail

Area_index: 0 OSPF Area ID: 0.0.0.0
Area Type: normal
Opaque
LSA Capability: none
NSSA translation: N/A
ABR Default Cost: N/A Virtual Link: N/A
Area Type: stub
Opaque
LSA Capability: wavekey, dns
ABR Default Cost: 20 Virtual Link: N/A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-88
config cn ospf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Area Type: nssa
Opaque
LSA Capability: dns
NSSA translation: candidate
ABR Default Cost: 10
Virtual Link: N/
A
Area Type: normal
Opaque
LSA Capability: dns
ABR Default Cost: N/A
Virtual Link:
192.168.0.1
Note: In the output examples above if a parameter is not applicable
to the OSPF area type, N/A shall be displayed
Related commands
config cn
show cn ospf

Command description
This command creates or deletes an IP address range for a given OSPF area.
1. Summarize into one Type-3 summary-LSA and announce to other OSPF areas
2. Filter intra area paths from the specified IP range that are not advertised into other
OSPF areas
3. The IP address range that is specified must exist within the OSPF area index specified
Up to 16 IP address ranges can be configured on the NE. This command makes sense in
an ABR only. In order to take advantage of OSPF IP address range summarization,
network numbers in OSPF areas must be assigned in a continuous way to be able to lump
these addresses into one range.
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the OSPF IP ranges

summarised/filtered for the network
element.
Syntax
config cn ospf iprange <add/del> <areaindex> <iprange>
<advertise>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-89
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
add
All parameters must be entered in the order specified above.

config cn ospf iprange detail
Parameter
Description
<add/del>
Creates/Deletes an IP address range for the OSPF area

specified.
<areaindex>

Range 0 -3
<iprange>
IP range specified in IPv4 prefix CIDR notation.
<advertise>
Yes summarized into one Type-3 summary-LSA and

announced to other OSPF areas.
No filtered such that intra area paths from this range are
not advertised into other OSPF areas.
detail
Displays a list of OSPF IP range entries configured on the

NE.
Examples

# config cn ospf iprange add 1 10.20.0.0/16 yes
# config cn ospf iprange add 2 172.0.0.0/8 no
# config cn ospf iprange detail

OSPF Area Index
OSPF Area Id
IP Range
1
1.1.1.1
10.20.0.0/16
yes
2
2.2.2.2
172.0.0.0/8
no
Advertise
Related commands
config cn ospf area
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-90
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the default routes in the control network routing table. A
default route is a manually configured route that defines the path to a specific gateway IP
address.
Access a subcommand for adding a default route to the control network routing table
Change the gateway of the default route

Change the redistribution of the default route
Change the distance of the default route
Change the OSPF redistribute metric-type and metric of the default route
Delete a default route from the control network routing table
Impact
Access levels
Deleting a default route can affect

routing in the control network.
Syntax
add
delete [gateway]
distribution [redist | nonredist]
gateway [ipAddress]
distance [value]
redistribute
Parameter
Description
add
Add a default route to the routing table. See config cn

routes default add.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-91
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
delete
Deletes the default route from the routing table. If there is

only one default route specified, then this keyword can be
entered alone. If there is more than one default route
(there can be more than one default route when the default
routes were specified in a previous release, which has
since been upgraded to this release), enter this keyword
followed by the gateway IP address of the route to be
deleted.
distribution
Specifies whether or not to distribute the default route.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current value or enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
redist
nonredist
Default is nonredist
gateway
Specifies the IP address of the gateway.
distance
The distance value is used to determine which route to be

entered in the NE routing table when there are multiple
identical routes discovered through different routing
protocols.
Lower values have higher precedence. The OSPF routing
protocol has a fixed distance value of 110. As a result, if a
default route is entered with a distance value of 1 and the
same route with a different next hop is discovered through
OSPF, the default route is installed in the NE routing
table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1
redistribute
Configures the global redistribute metric and metric type

for default route.
Examples

# conf cn routes default add 10.1.1.2
# config cn routes default distribution redist
# config cn routes default metric 100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-92
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
show cn

Command description
This command adds a default route to the control network routing table. Only one default
route can be specified for the NE.
Impact
Access levels
Adding a default route affects

control network behavior.
Syntax
config cn routes default add gateway
[distance] [redist | nonredist]
Parameter
Description
gateway
Specifies the IP address of the gateway
distance

protocols.
Lower values have higher precedence. The OSPF routing
protocol has a fixed distance value of 110. As a result, if a
default route is entered with a distance value of 1 and the
same route with a different next hop is discovered through
OSPF, the default route is installed in the NE routing
table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1
redist
Redistribute the static route
nonredist
Do not redistribute the static route. This is the default.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-93
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config cn routes default add 10.1.1.2 100 nonredist
Related commands
show cn

Command description
This command adds a metric type and redistribution metric value to control network
routing table of default route.
Impact
Access levels
Adding a default route affects

Syntax
metric_type [value]
metric [value]
Parameter
Description
metric_type
Internal OSPF cost when default route is redistributed
A metric type of 1 adds internal ospf cost when static

route is redistributed.
A metric type of 2 does NOT add internal ospf cost

when default route is redistributed
Range:1-2 (integer)
Default: 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-94
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
metric
The metric value is used within the OSPF routing

protocol to determine which route to be entered when
there are multiple identical routes. Precedence is given to
the route with a lower metric.
Range: 0-16777214
Default: 10
Examples

# config cn routes default redistribute metric 2
Related commands
config cn ospf
show cn

Command description
This command configures the static routes in the control network routing table. A static
route is a manually configured route that defines the path to a specific destination IP
address.
Display the currently configured static routes in the control network

Access a subcommand that allows you to add a static route to the control network
routing table
Delete a static route from the control network routing table

Configure global redistribute metric for default and static routes
Impact
Access levels
Deleting a static route can affect

routing in the control network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-95
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
brief
add
delete dest-ip/mask gateway
redistribute
Parameter
Description
brief
Displays the current control network routing table.
add
Add a static route to the routing table. The NE can support

up to 16 static routes. See config cn routes static add.
delete
Deletes a static route from the routing table.

Enter this keyword followed by the following information
for the route:
redistribute
The destination IP address (dest-ip)
The subnet mask (mask)
The IP address of the gateway (gateway)
Configures the global redistribute metric and metric type

for static routes.
Examples

# config cn routes static delete 134.67.98.0/24 134.67.98.4
Related commands
config cn ospf
show cn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-96
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command adds a static route to the control network routing table.
Impact
Access levels
Adding a static route can affect

Syntax
config cn routes static add destination_IP_address/subnet_mask
gateway [metric] [redist | nonredist]
Parameter
Description
destination_IP_address
Specifies the destination IP address for the route
subnet_mask
Specifies the subnet mask for the route
gateway
Specifies the IP address of the gateway
distance

protocols. Lower values have higher precedence. The
OSPF routing protocol has a fixed distance value of 110.
As a result if a static route is entered with a distance value
of 1 and the same route with a different next hop is
discovered through OSPF, the static route is installed in
the NE routing table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1
redist
Redistribute the static route
nonredist
Do not redistribute the static route
Examples

# config cn routes static add 10.1.20.13/32 10.1.20.4 100
nonredist
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-97
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config cn ospf
show cn

Command description
This command adds a metric type and redistribution metric value to all static routes
control network routing table.
Impact
Access levels
Adding a static route can affect

Syntax
metric_type [value]
metric [value]
Parameter
Description
metric_type
Internal OSPF cost when default route is redistributed
A metric type of 1 adds internal ospf cost when static

route is redistributed.
A metric type of 2 does NOT add internal ospf cost

when default route is redistributed
Range:1-2 (integer)
Default: 2
metric
The metric value is used within the OSPF routing

protocol to determine which route to be entered when
there are multiple identical routes. Precedence is given to
the route with a lower metric.
Range: 0-16777214
Default: 20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-98
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config cn routes static redistribute metric 2
Related commands
config cn ospf
show cn
config interface ec
Command description
This command configures the interface ports on an Equipment Controller card.

Display the list of all EC ports on the network element.
Access subcommands that allow you to configure the CIT, ES1, ES2 or OAMP port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface ec
*
shelf/slot/cit
shelf/slot/[es1, es2]
shelf/slot/oamp
Parameter
Description
Display a list of all EC ports on the network element
shelf/slot/cit
Configure the CIT port on the EC of the master shelf. See

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-99
config interface ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
Configure the extension shelf ports on an EC card. See

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}.
shelf/slot/oamp
Configure the OAMP port on the EC of the master shelf.

See config interface ec shelf/slot/oamp
Note: This subcommand only applies to 1830 PSS-4.
Examples
# config interface ec *
Admin Oper
Location
Type
Description
State State
--------------------------------------------------------1/1/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Up
1/1/AUX
AUX Port
Down
Down
1/1/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/1/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down
1/18/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/18/AUX
AUX Port
Down
Down
1/18/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/18/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down
Related commands
config interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
show interface ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the CIT port on an Equipment Controller card on the master
shelf. If the network element is equipped with redundant control cards, setting parameters
on one card will also set the parameters on the other card.
Display the current CIT port configuration
Set the port IP address

Set the routing state
Enable or disable proxy ARP on the port
Enable or disable DHCP on the port
Set physical LAN attributes

Set status of the CIT port
Set the auto mode to enable/disable
Set timeout value for enabling the CIT port in auto mode
Set area index
Impact
Access levels
The CIT port provides network management

communications.
Syntax
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
redistribute [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-101
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
state [up | down]

auto_state [enable | disable]
auto_state_interval
auto_state_count
ospf areaindex [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/cit
Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
description
Specifies a description for the CIT port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.
detail
Displays the current port address and status information.
dhcp
Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol on the CIT port.
set to enable to enable DHCP on the CIT port
set to disable to disable DHCP on the CIT port
Default: enabled
dhcp_defaultgateway
Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled, no Default
Gateway IP address is distributed through DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled
dhcp_range
This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses,
beginning with the CIT IP address. This parameter is
valid only when dhcp is enabled. For the CIT port, the
default value is 1. (for example, if the CIT port is
192.168.1.1, then the assigned IP address for the laptop
will be 192.168.1.2).
Range: 1-10
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
duplex
Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can
be set to auto, half, or full. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto.
ip
Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the CIT port.

Enter this keyword followed by an IP address and a
subnet mask or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Default: 172.16.0.1/24
Caution: Changing the IP address of the CIT port can
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.
proxyarp
Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled
redistribute
Specifies the OSPF routing state of the management port.

current OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:
Set to enabled to redistribute the OSPF routes. The

1830 PSS network element treats the CIT port as a
network outside its autonomous system and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels
through OSPF.
Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the CIT port is on is not distributed to
other 1830 PSS network elements over the OSC
communication channels through OSPF.
Default: disabled
Caution: The CIT port IP address must be unique before
setting redistribute to enabled.
speed
Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps, or auto. The auto specifies that the
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-103
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
state
Enable or disable the port.

When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW.
Set to up to enable the port
Set to downto disable the port
Default: up
auto_state
This parameter controls the CIT port's state (up/down)

autonomously.
When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW
Set to enable
Description: it shall set CIT port state either up or down

autonomously on different conditions as described below:
1. The CIT port shall be down if the NE detects the
source IP is reachable.
2. The CIT port shall be up autonomously when the
communication can not be reached to the
management system (source IP) within defined
period which can be provisioned.
Set to disable
Description: CIT ports state can not be set up or down

autonomously.
AUTO state cannot be enabled until the Source IP is
configured.
Default: disable
auto_state_interval
This timer value is to check that auto_state_ip is

reachable when auto_state is provisioned as enable.
Value= 10-7200 seconds
Default: 30 seconds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-104
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
auto_state_count
This timer value is to check the number of consecutive

counts that auto_state_ip is not reachable which results in
CIT admin port being enabled if auto_state is enabled.
CIT admin port will be down as a result of auto_ip
successfully reachablity on any given auto_state_interval
attempt if auto_state is enabled.
Value= 5 to 10000 count
Default: 10 count
auto_state_ip
This is Source IP address and is used to monitored from

NE if there is loss communication with management
system. This address may be OMS IP address.
Set the IP address. Enter this keyword followed by an IP
address or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address.
ospf areaindex

Range: 0-3
Examples

# config interface ec 1/1/cit ip 169.254.0.1/16
# config interface ec 1/1/cit auto_state disable
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-105
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the extension shelf ports on an Equipment Controller card.
Display the current status information

Enable or disable the port
Impact
Access levels
Disabling this port can impact

communications with subtending
shelves.
Syntax
config interface ec shelf/slot/ {es1,es2}
detail
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the
port number. See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
detail
Display the current status information.
state
Enable or disable the port.

Set to down to disable the port
Default: up
Examples

# config interface ec 1/1/es1 state down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-106
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the interface ports on a FAN card.

Display the list of all FAN ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to configure the CIT, LAN1, or LAN2 port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
*
cit
1/6/lan1
shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Parameter
Description
Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element.
cit
Configure the CIT port on the FAN card of master shelf.

See config interface fan cit.
1/6/lan1
Configure the external LAN1 port on the FAN card of

master shelf. See config interface fan lan1.
Configure the internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN

card.
See config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface. 1/6/LAN2
and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are internal
LAN interfaces.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-107
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface fan *
Admin Oper
Location Type
Description
State State
--------------------------------------------------------1/6/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
1/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Down
Down
Related commands
config interface fan lan1
show interface fan

Command description
This command configures the CIT port on the FAN card of the master shelf.
Display the current CIT port configuration

Set the port IP address
Set the routing state

Enable or disable proxy ARP on the port
Enable or disable DHCP on the port
Set physical LAN attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact
Access levels
The CIT port provides network

management communications.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-108
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
redistribute [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100]
Parameter
Description
description
Specifies a description for the CIT port. Enter this

detail
Display the current port address and status information.
dhcp
Enable or disable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

on the CIT port.
Set to enabled to enable DHCP on the CIT port
Set to disabled to disable DHCP on the CIT port
Default: enabled
dhcp_defaultgateway
Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled no Default
Gateway IP address will be distributed via DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-109
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
dhcp_range
Description
This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses,
beginning with the CIT IP address. This parameter is
valid only when dhcp is enabled. For the CIT port, the
default value is 1. (For example, if the CIT port is
192.168.1.1, then the assigned IP address for the laptop
will be 192.168.1.2)
Range: 1-10
Default: 1
duplex
Set the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can be
set to auto, half or full. The auto specifies that the port
will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto
ip
Set the IP address and subnet mask of the CIT port. Enter
this keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet
mask or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address and subnet mask.
Default: 172.16.0.1/24
Caution: Changing the IP address of the CIT port may
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.
proxyarp
Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-110
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
redistribute
Description
Specifies the OSPF routing state of the management port.
current OSPF routing state
. Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:
Set to enabled to redistribute the OSPF routes. The

1830 PSS network element treats the CIT port as a
network outside its autonomous system and
elements over the OSC communication channels via
OSPF.
Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the CIT port is on is not distributed to
other 1830 PSS network elements via OSPF.
Default: disabled
Caution: The CIT port IP address should be unique
before setting redistribute to enable.
speed
10Mbps, 100Mbps or auto. The auto specifies that the
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface fan cit dhcp disabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-111
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the external LAN1 port on the FAN card of the master shelf.
Display the current master shelf LAN1 port configuration

Enable or disable the master shelf LAN1 port
Set the master shelf LAN1 port IP address
Set the master shelf LAN1 port physical LAN attributes
Access a subcommand that allows configuration of OSPF options on the master shelf
LAN1 port
Impact
Access levels
The external LAN1 port provides

network management
communications.
Syntax
description
detail
ospf
routestate [enabled | disabled | redistribute]
speed [auto | 10 | 100]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-112
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
state [up | down]

Parameter
Description
description
Specifies a description for the port. Enter this keyword

followed by a string that describes the interface, or enter
this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.
detail
Displays the current port address, location, and status

information.
duplex
Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can be
set to auto, half or full. The auto specifies that the port
will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto
ip
Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the port. Enter this
keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet mask or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current IP address and subnet mask.
Note: Changing the IP address of the LAN1 port can
cause loss of IP connectivity to existing and other network
elements.
ospf
Configure the OSPF attributes for the port. See config

interface fan lan1 ospf.
proxyarp
Enables or disables the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the port shall reply back to ARP requests
from the remote server for all Remote NEs within the
internal network, using its own MAC address for the
response.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-113
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
routestate
Specifies the OSPF routing state of the port. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the current
OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enable, disable, or
redistribute:
Set to enabledenable to enable OSPF routing. OSPF

attempts to form adjacencies with other routers on the
LAN. The 1830 PSS-1 and LAN1 port are the same
autonomous system. The LAN1 port network is
distributed to other 1830 PSS and PSS-1 network
elements through OSPF.
Set to disableddisable to disable OSPF routing. The

network (or subnet) that the LAN1 port is on, is not
distributed to other 1830 network elements through
OSPF.
Set to redistribute to redistribute the OSPF routes.

The 1830 network element treats the LAN1 port as a
network outside its autonomous system, and
elements through OSPF.
Default: redistribute
speed
10Mbps, 100Mbps, or auto. The auto specifies that the
Default: auto
state
Enables or disables the LAN port.

Default: down
Examples

# config interface fan lan1 routestate enabled
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-114
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the OSPF interface on the external LAN1 port on the FAN card
of the master shelf.
Impact
Access levels
The external LAN1 port provides

network management
communications.
Syntax
area_index[value]
helloint [value]
metric [value]
rtrdeadint [value]
rtrpriority [value]
md5key [value]
md5keyid [value]
md5status [value]
Parameter
Description
area_index

Range: 0-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-115
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
helloint
Specifies the Hello interval for the link. The Hello

interval specifies how often (in seconds) a Hello packet is
sent out on the interface. Hello packets are used to
establish and maintain relationships with neighboring
network elements.
Hello interval or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current value for the Hello
interval.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 10 (seconds)
metric
Specifies the traffic engineering metric for the control

network link. The metric is an integer value that specifies
the cost of sending traffic over the link. OSPF always
detects the lowest cost route for a given prefix in the IP
forwarding table.
traffic engineering metric.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 10
rtrdeadint
Specifies the dead interval for the link. The dead interval
specifies how long (in seconds) that Hello packets have
not been seen before the network element's neighbors
declare the network element down. It is recommended
that the dead interval be a multiple of the Hello interval.
dead interval, in seconds.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 40 (seconds)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-116
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
rtrpriority
Specifies the router priority. The router priority is used to

determine which network elements on a broadband
network are the designated router (DR) and backup
designated router (BDR). The network element with the
highest router priority value is the DR. The network
element with the second highest router priority is the
BDR.
In the event that two routers have the same router priority,
router priority is resolved based on their loopback
addresses (see config interface loopback). The network
element with the highest loopback address is the DR. The
network element with the second highest loopback
address is the BDR.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the router
priority.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: 1
md5key
Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()
md5keyid
md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
md5status
Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.
Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-117
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf helloint 10
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN card. Use this
command to enable or disable the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1
Impact
Access levels
Disabling this port can impact

communications with subtending shelves.
Syntax
detail
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the port
number.
LAN interface.
Detail
Display the current status information. See show

interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
Enable or disable the port. Enter this keyword followed by

one of the following:
Default: up
Examples

# config interface fan 1/6/lan2 state down
Related commands

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Command description
This command configures the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the
network element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the
network element. You can log into a network element using the loopback address or
management port IP address.
Important! Use this command only when you have to commission a network
element. Do not use this command during normal operation.
Note: When a PC is connected to the NE's CIT port and the NE loopback IP address is
changed, the PC can lose connectivity to the NE. To regain connectivity, enter the
following commands in a cmd window on the PC.
ipconfig /release
ipconfig /renew
Impact
Access levels
Specifies the network element IP

address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-119
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask] {snmp_src}
Parameter
Description
ip
Set the IP address and subnet mask of the network

element. Enter this keyword followed by an IP address
and a subnet mask or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Note: Executing this command causes the network
element to undergo a warm reset.
snmp_src
snmp_src keyword not present: SNMP requests can be

made using any of the NEs interface IP addresses or
Loopback IP address. The source IP address in SNMP
trap/reply messages shall be the interface IP address on
which the packet leaves the NE. Hence it is the SNMP
clients responsibility to be able to associate an NE with
multiple IP addresses.
snmp_src keyword present: SNMP requests can be made
using ONLY the NEs Loopback IP address. The source IP
address in SNMP trap/reply messages shall be fixed as the
Loopback IP. Hence SNMP clients need only have a
single association to the NEs Loopback IP address.
Examples

# config interface loopback 172.16.0.1/32
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-120
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
The command can be used to associate (or disassociate) filters with particular physical
network interfaces (but not logical sub-interfaces). Two filters may be associated with
each interface, one receive and one transmit. The receive and transmit filters on an
interface may be independently enabled and disabled on that interface without
disassociating the specific filter numbers.
Impact
Access levels
Limited communication towards/ from

different IPs
Administrator
Syntax
config ip_acl_filter {OAMP | VOIP | E1 | E2}
filterID[value]
direction [RX | TX]
status
[ENABLED | DISABLED]
Parameter
Description
filterId
Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could

be either an integer in the range {100-199} or a
string of up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric
characters, where the first character is always a
letter , which uniquely identifies the filter being
defined.
direction
Access lists may be applied to inbound(RX) or

outgoing(TX) traffic in an interface (no default,
in or out must be specified).
status
Specifies the status of the filter on the interface

and for a given direction.
Enabled
Disabled
Default: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-121
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config ip_acl_filter flc 1/1/oamp
filterID 101 direction RX status ENABLED
filterID 102 direction TX status DISABLED
Related commands
Show ip_acl_filter{interface_name}

Command description
The command can be used to define a new filter on the system to be used for IP Access
Control, or to add additional ACL patterns to an existing filter.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
config acl_filter {filter_ID}
patternId[value]
index[value]
delete
Parameter
Description
filterId
Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could

be either an integer in the range {100-199} or a
string of up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric
characters, where the first character is always a
letter , which uniquely identifies the filter being
defined.
patternId
The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the

filter.
Entry required Range: 1-256
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-122
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
index
The pattern associated priority. If there is already

a pattern defined at the specified index, the new
pattern entry will replace the previous one.
Entry required Range: 1- 500
delete
Delete the filterID. FilterID can not be deleted if

filterID status is Enabled.
Examples
# config acl_filter 101
PatternID 10
Index 1
# config acl_filter 101

PatternID 11
Index 2
Note: Filter can be deleted.

Related commands
config acl_filter (FilterID} delete

Command description
The command can be used to define a new pattern on the system to be used for IP Access
Control.
An ACL Pattern is a set of packet field descriptors that can be tested against a packet. For
a pattern to match, each of its field descriptors must fit the data in the packet. The fields
that may be tested are:
Source IP address (or range)

Destination IP address (or range)
TCP/UDP destination port

IP protocol
IP fragmentation
ICMP type and code

Whether or not a TCP packet belongs to an established connection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-123
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Each field test is optional: a pattern may specify only some (or no) fields to test. Each
pattern also has an associated action to take when the pattern matches: block, pass.
Regardless of the specified action, a match count associated with the pattern is
incremented whenever a match occurs. If a pattern specifies a block action, it may also
specify an ICMP error reporting behavior, which affects generation of ICMP 3/13 errors
for forwarded packets that are blocked. Total combination of filterID and patternID shall
not exceed 4000.
By using the an patterned already created the system will overwrite the old pattern with
the new settings.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
config acl_pattern {patternID}
patternid 1-256
action
[PASS| BLOCK]
icmpError [TRUE| FALSE]
srcIpAddr
{ srcIpAddr}
srcIpPrefix { srcIpPrefix}
dstIpAddr { dstIpAddr}
dstIpPrefix { dstIpPrefix}
dstPort
{ dstPort}
ipProto
{ ipProto}
ipFragment [TRUE| FALSE]
icmpType
{ icmpType}
icmpCode
{ icmpCode}
tcpEstablished [TRUE| FALSE]
delete
Parameter
Description
patternId
The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the filter.

This can be an arbitrary integer, 1 256, or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric character, which
is selected by the user to uniquely identify the pattern in
subsequent provisioning requests.
action
Action to take on packets matching the ACL pattern.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-124
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
icmpError
ICMP Error Reporting behavior for blocked packets.

This field will only be populated when the action is
BLOCK. If no icmpError value is specified, the
behavior will be determined by the system default
setting.
srcIpAddr
Source IP Address. String xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format. Can

be specified explicitly to match only packets that
originate from a particular address, or can be used
along with the srcIpPrefix parameter to specify a range
of supported originating IP addresses.
Range: {1-99, 102-126,128-223}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0255}
srcIpPrefix
Source IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the source IP address. If the srcIpAddress is specified
and the srcIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the originating
IP address of the packet must match the srcIpAddress
exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow packets
whose originating IP is within the range implied by the
source IP and the subnet mask. This parameter is not
valid unless the srcIpAddress is also specified.
Range: {0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}
Default: 0-0-0-0
dstIpAddr
Destination IP Address. String, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

format. Can be specified explicitly to match only
packets that are destined for a particular address, or can
be used along with the dstIpPrefix parameter to specify
a range of supported destination IP addresses.
Range: {1-99, 102-126,128-223}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0255}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-125
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dstIpPrefix
Destination IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

the destination IP address. If the dstIpAddress is
specified and the dstIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the
destination IP address of the packet must match the
dstIpAddress exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow
packets whose destination IP is within the range
implied by the destination IP and the subnet mask. This
parameter is not valid unless the dstIpAddress is also
specified.
Range: {0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}
Default: 0-0-0-0
srcPort
TCP/UDP Source Port. Integer, 0 65535. Applicable

only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.
dstPort
TCP/UDP Destination Port. Integer, 0 65535.

Applicable only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.
ipProto
IP Protocol. Can be specified by explicit protocol

number (Integer, 0-255) or by keyword (for common
protocol types, listed below).
ipFragment
IP Fragmentation.
icmpType
ICMP Type identifier. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. If specified, the pattern will
only match packets with this exact ICMP type.
icmpCode
ICMP Code field. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. Used along with certain
ICMP types to further specify the message type. Must
also specify the ICMP type when setting this parameter.
If specified, the pattern will only match packets with
this exact ICMP code.
tcpEstablished
TCP Established flag. Matches a packet depending on

whether the TCP flags in the IP header correspond to
the established state. Applicable only when IP
Protocol is TCP.
Delete
Delete the patternID.
Examples
Note: Pattern can be deleted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-126
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config acl_pattern (patternID} delete
config acl_default
Command description
The command can be used to configure system level attributes for the IP Access Control
List feature. This includes system default Rx/Tx actions, default ICMP error behavior,
and SNMP configuration status.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
Config acl_default
defaultRxAction [PASS|BLOCK]
defaultTxAction [PASS|BLOCK]
snmpConfig
[ENABLED|DISABLED]
Parameter
Description
defaultRxAction
Default action to take on received (incoming) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.
BLOCK
PASS
Default: PASS
Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to

BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-127
config acl_default
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
defaultTxAction
Default action to take on transmitted (outgoing) packets

BLOCK
PASS
Default: PASS

snmpConfig
Indicates whether or not ACL configuration is

supported via SNMP.
ENABLED
DISABLED
Default: DISABLED
Examples
#config acl_default
defaultRXAction PASS
defaultTXAction BLOCK
snmpConfig
DISABLED
Related commands
None

Command description
This command displays a list of OSPF range entries configured on the NE to be

advertised as summary LSAs into other OSPF areas or filtered from advertisement into
other OSPF areas.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-128
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
Parameter
Description
iprange
Displays a list of OSPF IP range entries configured on the

NE.
Examples

# show cn ospf iprange
OSPF Area Index
OSPF Area Id
IP Range
1
1.1.1.1
10.20.0.0/16
yes
2
2.2.2.2
172.0.0.0/8
no
Advertise
Related commands
show interface ec
Command description
This command displays the interface ports on an Equipment Controller card.

Display the list of all EC ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the CIT, ES1 or ES2 port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface ec
*
shelf/slot/cit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-129
show interface ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shelf/slot/{es1, es2}
Parameter
Description
Displays a list of all EC ports on the network element
shelf/slot/cit
Displays the configuration of the CIT port on the active

EC of the master shelf of the network element. See show
interface ec shelf/slot/cit.
Displays the configuration of the extension shelf ports on

an EC card. See show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}.
Examples
# show interface ec *
Admin
Oper
Location
Type
Description
State
State
-------------------------------------------------------1/1/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Up
1/1/AUX AUX Port
Down
Down
1/1/ES1 ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/1/ES2 ES2 Port
Up
Down
1/18/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/18/AUX AUX Port
Down
Down
1/18/ES1 ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/18/ES2 ES2 Port
Up
Down
Related commands
show interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-130
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configuration of the CIT port on an Equipment Controller of
the master shelf of the network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/cit

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit,
or * to list all of the EC cards on the network element.
Examples
# show interface ec 1/1/cit
IP Address : 169.254.0.1/16
MAC Address : 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State : Up
Link Integrity
: Up
Redistribute : Disabled Proxy ARP
: Disabled
Conf. Speed : Auto
Actual Speed : 0.000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Range
: 1
Auto_state_ip
:
State
: down
auto_state: disable
auto_state_interval: 30
auto_state_count : 10
OSPF Area Index : 1
OSPF Area ID
: 1.1.1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-131
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configuration of the extension shelf ports on an Equipment
Controller card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
Parameter
Description
number or * to list all of the EC cards on the network
element. See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Examples
# show interface ec 1/1/es1
Admin State:
Up
Link Integrity: Up
Related commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-132
show interface fan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface fan

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on a FAN card.

Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the CIT, LAN1 or LAN2
port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface fan
*
cit
1/6/lan1
Shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Parameter
Description
Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element.
cit
Display the configuration of the CIT port on the master

shelf FAN card of the network element. See show
interface fan cit.
1/6/lan1
Display the configuration of the external LAN1 port on

the master shelf FAN card of the network element. See
show interface fan 1/6/lan1.
Shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Display the configuration of the internal LAN1 and

LAN2 port on the FAN card of the network element. See
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface.
1/6/LAN2 and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are
internal LAN interfaces.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-133
show interface fan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface fan *
Admin Oper
Location Type
Description
State State
--------------------------------------------------------1/6/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
1/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Down
Down
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the configuration of the CIT port on the master shelf FAN card of
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Examples
# show interface fan cit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
:
IP Address
: 169.254.0.1/16
MAC Address
: 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity : Up
Redistribute
: Disabled
Proxy ARP
: Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode: Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Range
: 1
Related commands
The following is a related commands:


Command description
This command displays the configuration of the external LAN1 port on the master shelf
FAN card.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-1.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Examples
# show interface fan 1/6/lan1
Description :
IP Address
: 0.0.0.0/0
MAC Address : 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State : Down
OSPF Adj State : Down
Link Integrity
: Up
OSPF Routing : Disabled
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
Router Priority: 1
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
Metric
: 10
Conf. Speed : Auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-135
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Actual Speed : 100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : Full Duplex

Proxy ARP
: Enabled
OSPF Area ID
: 0.0.0.0
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the configuration of internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
number.
LAN interfaces.
Examples
Admin State: Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-136
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Link Integrity: Up

Admin State: Up
Link Integrity: Up

Admin State: Up
Link Integrity: Up
Related commands

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Command description
This command shows the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the network
element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the network
element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Examples
Loopback IP Address
Current: 172.16.0.1/32

Loopback IP Address
Current: 80.80.80.80/32 (SNMP Source)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-137
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
The command can be used to retrieve filter associations for a particular IP network
interface, or a list of all interface/filter associations provisioned on the NE.
Impact
Access levels
None
Admin, Provisioner, Observer
Syntax
show ip_acl_filter {OAMP | VOIP | E1 | E2}
Parameter
Description
filterId
Identifier for the ACL filter being defined.

Could be either an integer in the range
{100-199} or a string of up to 30
case-sensitive alphanumeric characters, where
the first character is always a letter , which
uniquely identifies the filter being defined.
direction
Access lists may be applied to inbound(RX) or

outgoing(TX) traffic in an interface (no
default, in or out must be specified).
status
Specifies the status of the filter on the

interface and for a given direction.
Examples
# show ip_acl_filter flc 1/1/oamp
Access control list filter: 101 Direction: RX Status: Enabled
Access control list filter: 102 Direction: TX Status: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-138
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
The command can be used to define a new filter on the system to be used for IP Access
Control, or to add additional ACL patterns to an existing filter.
Impact
Access levels
None
Admin, Provisioner, Observer
Syntax
show acl_filter (filter_ID}
patternId
<1 - 4000>
index
<1 - 500>
action
[PASS|BLOCK]
icmpError [TRUE| FALSE]
srcIpAddr
{ srcIpAddr}
srcIpPrefix { srcIpPrefix}
dstIpAddr { dstIpAddr}
dstIpPrefix { dstIpPrefix}
dstPort
{ dstPort}
ipProto
{ ipProto}
ipFragment [TRUE| FALSE]
icmpType
{ icmpType}
icmpCode
{ icmpCode}
tcpEstablished [TRUE| FALSE]
statCount { statCount}
Parameter
Description
filterId
Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could be

either an integer in the range {100-199} or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric characters, where
the first character is always a letter , which uniquely
identifies the filter being defined.
patternId
index
The pattern associated priority. If there is already a

pattern defined at the specified index, the new pattern
entry will replace the previous one.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-139
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
action
icmpError

setting.
srcIpAddr

srcIpPrefix

dstIpAddr

dstIpPrefix

specified.
dstPort

ipProto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-140
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ipFragment
IP Fragmentation.
icmpType

icmpCode

tcpEstablished

Protocol is TCP.
statCount
Packet match counter. Integer, 0 - 65535, that

increments whenever a packet matches the specified
ACL pattern. This counter will increment regardless of
the provisioned action on that pattern.
Examples
This example shows a filter named TestExtACL containing two patterns. Pattern #1
simply pass incoming CLI packets on port 23. Pattern #2 blocks any incoming CLI traffic
on port 23 that comes from a specific IP address (10.17.0.46). Note: It is important that
the default Rx-Action be provisioned to PASS in order for this example to work correctly.
# show acl_filter TestExtACL
Pattern Name :
1
Pattern Index
: 1
Pack action : PASS
ICMP Error
:
Source IP : 10.17.0.46
Source wildcard
: 0.0.0.0
Destination IP:
Destination wildcard:
Destination port: 23
Protocol
: TCP
IP fragmentation:
ICMP type
:
ICMP code
:
TCP established flag:
Statistic counter : 98
Pattern Name :
2
Pattern Index
: 2
Pack action: BLOCK
ICMP error
: FALSE
Source IP: 10.17.0.46
Source wildcard
: 0.0.0.0
Destination IP:
Destination wildcard:
Destination port: 23
Protocol
: TCP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-141
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP fragmentation:
ICMP type:
ICMP code
TCP established flag:
Statistic counter: 4
Related commands
None.

Command description
The command can be used to retrieve an IP ACL pattern, or a list of patterns that have
been defined on the system.
An ACL Pattern is a set of packet field descriptors that can be tested against a packet. For
a pattern to match, each of its field descriptors must fit the data in the packet. The fields
that may be tested are:
Source IP address (or range)

Destination IP address (or range)
TCP/UDP destination port
IP protocol
IP fragmentation
ICMP type and code
Whether or not a TCP packet belongs to an established connection
Each field test is optional: a pattern may specify only some (or no) fields to test. Each
pattern also has an associated action to take when the pattern matches: block, pass.
Regardless of the specified action, a match count associated with the pattern is
incremented whenever a match occurs. If a pattern specifies a block action, it may also
specify an ICMP error reporting behavior, which affects generation of ICMP 3/13 errors
for forwarded packets that are blocked. Total combination of filterID and patternID shall
not exceed 4000.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-142
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
patternId

This can be an arbitrary integer, 1 256, or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric character, which
is selected by the user to uniquely identify the pattern in
subsequent provisioning requests.
action
icmpError

setting.
srcIpAddr

Range: {1-99, 102-126,128-223}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0255}
srcIpPrefix

Range: {0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}
dstIpAddr

Range: {1-99, 102-126,128-223}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0255}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-143
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dstIpPrefix

specified.
Range: {0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}-{0-255}
srcPort
TCP/UDP Source Port. Integer, 0 65535. Applicable

only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.
dstPort

ipProto

ipFragment
IP Fragmentation.
icmpType

icmpCode

tcpEstablished

Protocol is TCP.
Examples
# show acl_pattern *
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
: P1
: pass
ICMP Error
: 0.0.0.0 Source wildcard
: False
: 0.0.0.0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-144
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation
:
:
:
:
0.0.0.0 Destination wildcard : 0.0.0.0

0
Protocol
: 0
0
ICMP Code
: 0
Disabled TCP Established Flag : Disabled
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
P2
block
ICMP Error
: False
1.1.1.1 Source wildcard
: 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 Destination wildcard : 0.0.0.0
0
Protocol
: 0
0
ICMP Code
: 0
Disabled TCP Established Flag : Disabled
# show acl_pattern P1
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Source Port
Destination Port
Source Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
P1
pass
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
0
0
Disabled
ICMP Error
: False
Source wildcard
: 0.0.0.0
Destination wildcard : 0.0.0.0
Protocol
: 0
ICMP Code
: 0
TCP Established Flag : Disabled
Related commands
None
show acl_default
Command description
The command can be used to retrieve system level attributes for the IP Access Control
List feature. This includes system default Rx/Tx actions, default ICMP error behavior,
and SNMP configuration status.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
show acl_default
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-145
show acl_default
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
defaultRxAction
Default action to take on received (incoming) packets

defaultTxAction
Default action to take on transmitted (outgoing) packets

snmpConfig
Indicates whether or not ACL configuration is

supported via SNMP.
Examples
#show acl_default
Received packet action: PASS Transmitted packet action: BLOCK
ICMP error
: FALSE SNMP configuration access: DISABLED
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
3-146
4quipment Management
E
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to equipment management.

Contents
config card
4-4
config card 11dpe12
4-7
4-11
config card 11dpe12a
4-18
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot SYNC0
4-25
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3}
4-28
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot SYNC0
4-31
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3}
4-34
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4}
4-37
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam
4-42
4-44
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
4-46
4-50

loopback
4-54

CSF
4-56
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp
4-58
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2}
4-61
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1}
4-63
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port
4-65
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port{1-14}
4-67
config card 11qpa4
4-71
config card 11qpen4
4-74
config card 11qpe24
4-78
config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot SYNC0
4-82
4-84
config card 4dpa2
4-87
config card 4dpa4
4-90
config card 1dpp24m
4-94
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot SYNC0
4-98
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot lineref{0-2}
4-100
config card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
4-102
config card mvac
4-106
config card dcm
4-109
config card ec
4-112
4-115
config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}
4-117
config fan
4-119
config pf
4-120
4-123
config slot
4-127
config shelf
4-128
config slot shelf/slot type
4-132
show card
4-135
show card 11dpe12
4-138
show card 11dpe12e
4-140
4-141
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3}
4-144
show card 11dpe12a
4-147
4-149
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3}
4-152
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4}
4-155
4-158
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<interface>]
4-163
4-165
4-166
4-167
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} meplist
4-168
4-170

database
4-172

loopback
4-173
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} csf
4-176
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp
4-177
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2}
4-179
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1}
4-181
4-186
4-188
show card 11dpm12
4-190
show card 11qpa4
4-192
show card 11qpen4
4-193
show card 11qpe24
4-194
show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot SYNC0
4-195
show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot lineref{0-1}
4-199
show card 4dpa2
4-202
show card 4dpa4
4-203
show card 1dpp24m
4-204
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slot SYNC0
4-205
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slot lineref{0-2}
4-208
show card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
4-211
show card dcm
4-213
show card ec
4-214
4-215
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-3
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card inventory
4-217
show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}
4-218
show card mvac
4-220
show fan
4-221
show interface inventory
4-223
show pf
4-225
show pf shelf/slot housekeeping
4-226
show shelf
4-228
show shelf inventory
4-230
show slot
4-232
config card
Command description
This command configures a card on the network element.

This command provides access to subcommands that allow you to:
Configure general parameters (name, description, temperature thresholds) for any

card on the network element
Configure card-specific parameters

Note: For non-mandatory cards, you must either insert a card in a slot, or configure a
slot to accept a specific card type before you can configure the card options. See
config slot shelf/slot type.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config card
11dpe12
11dpe12a
11dpe12e
11dpm12
1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-4
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11qpa4
11qpe24
11qpen4
4dpa2
4dpa4
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg |am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
dcm
ec
mvac
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}
shelf/slot
Parameter
Description
11dpe12
Configure an 11DPE12 OT card. See config card

11dpe12.
11dpe12e
Configure an 11DPE12E OT card. See config card

11dpe12e.
11dpe12a
Configure an 11DPE12A OT card. See config card

11dpe12a.
11dpm12
Configure an 11DPM12 OT card. See config card

11dpm12.
1dpp24m
Configure an 1DPP24M OT card. See config card

1dpp24m.
11qpa4
Configure an 11QPA4 OT card. See config card

11qpa4.
11qpe24

11qpe24.
11qpen4

11qpen4.
4dpa2
Configure a 4DPA2 OT card. See config card

4dpa2.
4dpa4
Configure a 4DPA4 OT card. See config card

4dpa4.
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
Configure an amplifier or OSC card. See config card

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-5
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dcm
Configure a DCM card. See config card dcm.
ec
Configure an EC controller card. See config card

ec.
mvac
Configure an MVAC variable attenuator card. See

config card mvac.
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} Configure an SFD or SFC card.
See config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}.
shelf/slot
SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H
SFC2 includes SFC2A SFC2D
SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B
SFC8 includes SFC8 only
SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H.
SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D
Configure a card in a specific shelf and slot. This

command allows you to omit the card type, and have
the CLI automatically fill in the card type
programmed for the slot.
Enter the shelf, a slash, and the slot number
containing the card you want to configure. If the slot
is populated or pre-provisioned for a card, the
network element automatically determines the card
type and updates the command line appropriately.
Examples

# config card 11dpe12
# config card ahphg
Related commands
config slot
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-6
config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 11dpe12

Command description
This command configures card options for 11DPE12 OT.

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Set the pack rate mode
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11DPE12 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels
Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.
A cold reset is service affecting.
Syntax
config card 11dpe12 shelf/slot | *
name
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-7
config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mode [fullrate|subrate|qing|<tpid>]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *
Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11DPE12
cards on the network element by location.
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Name
Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot
Description
Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.
Hightemp
The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-8
config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Lowtemp
The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

to specify the temperature below which the low
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F
Default: -40C or -40F
Tolerance
The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared. For example, if the high temperature
alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C,
the alarm is not cleared until the card cools to below 52C.
Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared
when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin.
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F
Reset
Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-9
config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Mode
The valid pack mode values are:
Fullrate: The pack provides one full rate GbE service

on each client port with HIGIG mode.
Subrate: The pack provides more than one subrate

GbE service on each client port.
QinQ: The pack provides more than one sub-GbE

service on each client port. The CE-VLAN ID shall be
used to distinguish 10 sub-GbE services and. Each line
port can transport up to 100 sub-GbE services using Q
IN Q transporting . (QinQ supports both fullrate and
subrate service).
tpid value range: 0x0001 to 0xFFFF.
Default tpid is 0x88a8.
Default: Fullrate.
Note:
1. The pack mode of 11DPE12 shall not be allowed to
change if there is a valid VTS connection on the pack.
2. The tpid shall not be allowed to change if there is a
valid VTS connection on the pack.
3. If the 11DPE12 pack has been provisioned with an
ESNCP group, the pack mode of 11DPE12 shall not
be allowed to change.
4. Switching 11DPE12 pack rate mode among fullrate,
subrate and QinQ will reset the pack to the default
state of the corresponding mode.
5. To avoid ambiguity in processing the Ethernet frame,
we suggest not to use known public protocol value in
the tpid field, such as 0x0806 (ARP), 0x0200 (PUP),
0x8035(RARP), 0x0800(IP), 0x86DD(IPv6), and so
on.
Examples
Successful command example
# config card 11DPE12 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-10
config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/7
1/12
11DPE12
11DPE12
Up
Up
Up
Up
# config card 11DPE12 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11DPE12 1/12 hightemp 75
# Error Command example
Error Response text
Related commands
config slot <shelf/slot> type
config interface 11DPE12
show card

Command description
This command configures card options for 11DPE12E OT.


Reset the card
Set STPIDs attributes when pack is in QinQ mode
Set flow continuity monitoring attributes when pack is in QinQ mode
Set the synchronous Ethernet function status

Set the synchronous Ethernet system clock
Set the synchronous Ethernet line reference
Set the Ethernet OAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
accept an 11DPE12E card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot | *
detail
flowcm [value]
hightemp [degrees]
lineref{0-3}
lowtemp [degrees]
mode [fullrate | subrate| qinq]
name [[string]
reset {warm | cold}
stipd [stipd1 value] [stipd2 value] [stipd3 value] [stipd4 value]
sync0
syncesupp [enable|disable]
tolerance [degrees]
Ethoam md1
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the
slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11DPE12E
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Description

detail
Display the provisioned information for the current state.
Flowcm
Flow continuity monitoring. It is applicable when the pack

is in QinQ mode. In Fullrate or Subrate mode, the flowcm
value is APS/PCC only.
Value:
APS/PCC: The flow continuity monitoring is

implemented with OTU2 APS/PCC and it is used for
interworking with 11DPE12 pack.
CCM: The flow continuity monitoring is implemented

with Ethernet OAM CCM, and it is used for 11DPE12E
packs connection.
Default: APS/PCC
Hightemp

or F, depending on the temperature units configured on the
NE (see config admin.
lineref{0-3}
Configure the timing synchronization attributes. See

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ lineref{0-3}
Note: For PSS4, this cannot be provisioned when
syncesupp is disable .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Lowtemp

to specify the temperature below which the low temperature
alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F,
depending on the temperature units configured on the NE
(see config admin.
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature threshold
minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830 PSS-4
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4
Mode
Fullrate: The pack provides one full rate GbE service

on each client port with HIGIG mode.
Subrate: The pack provides more than one subrate

GbE service on each client port with HIGIG mode.

used to distinguish 10 sub-GbE services. Each line port
can transport up to 100 sub-GbE services using Q in Q
transporting. (QinQ supports both fullrate and subrate
service).
Default: QINQ
1. The pack mode of 11DPE12E shall not be allowed to
change if there is a valid VTS connection on the pack.
2. If the 11DPE12E pack has been provisioned with an
ESNCP group, the pack mode of 11DPE12E shall not
be allowed to change.
3. 11DPE12E only supports qinq mode.
Name
Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to display

the current name. To change the name, enter this keyword
followed by a character string that specifies the name of the
card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Reset
Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:
stpid

affecting.

service affecting.
The tag protocol identifiers In Q in Q mode, four global

STPIDs for SVLAN tag can be provisioned per pack. Enter
the keyword, followed by the stpid value.
Stpid value range: 0xFFFF
Default stpid1 : 0x88a8
Default stpid2 : 0x8100
To avoid ambiguity in processing the Ethernet frame, we

suggest not to use known public protocol value in the stpid
field, such as 0x0806 (ARP), 0x0200 (PUP),
0x8035(RARP), 0x0800(IP), 0x86DD(Ipv6), and so on.
sync0

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ sync0
Note: This cannot be provisioned when syncesupp is
disable .
syncesupp
Configure the Synchronous Ethernet function status, the

value can be enable or disable. When the value is enable,
the Synchronous Ethernet is supported for the pack and the
synchronization attributes can be configured (config card
11dpe12e shelf/slot sync0 and config card 11dpe12e
shelf/slot lineref{0-3} are supported; also the port level
parameter ssmtrans will take affect). When the value is
disable, the Synchronous Ethernet is not supported for the
pack and the synchronization attributes cannot be
configured (config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot sync0 and
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3} are not
supported; also the port level parameter synceoppmode
and port level parameter ssmtrans will not take affect).
Default value : disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tolerance

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance, enter
this keyword followed by an integer value to specify the
card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when
the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
Ethoam md1
Configure the Ethernet OAM attributes. See config card

11dpe12e shelf/slot/ ethoam md1.
Examples
# config card 11DPE12E *
Admin Oper State
State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11DPE12E
Up
Up
1/12 11DPE12E
Up
Up
# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 detail

Description : bank-W
Admin state : up
Oper state
: up
Mode
: qinq
Hightemp
: 75C
Lowtemp
: -5C
Tolerance
: 3C
Stpid1
: 0x88a8
Stpid2
: 0x8100
Stpid3
: 0x9100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stpid4
: 0x9200
Flowcm
: ccm
syncesupp
: enable
# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 hightemp 75
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 mode qinq
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2 stpid3 3
stpid4 4
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 flowcm ccm
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 ethoam
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 syncesupp enable
.
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234
Error Request Failed : invalid card rate mode

# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 flowcm ccm

Related commands
config interface 11DPE12e
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures card options for 11DPE12A OT.


Reset the card
Set STPIDs attributes when pack is in QinQ mode

Set flow continuity monitoring attributes when pack is in QinQ mode

Set link aggregation group
Set Packet Time Synchronization
Set the Ethernet OAM

accept an 11DPE12A card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot | *
detail
Ethoam
flowcm [value]
hightemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lag
lineref{0-3}
lowtemp [degrees]
mode [qinq]
name [[string]
ptp
reset {warm | cold}
stipd [stipd1 value] [stipd2 value] [stipd3 value] [stipd4 value]
sync0
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11DPE12A
type.
Description

detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Flowcm
Flow continuity monitoring. It is applicable when the pack

is in QinQ mode. In Fullrate or Subrate mode, the flowcm
value is APS/PCC only.
Value:
APS/PCC: The flow continuity monitoring is

implemented with OTU2 APS/PCC and it is used for
interworking with 11DPE12 pack.
CCM: The flow continuity monitoring is implemented

with Ethernet OAM CCM, and it is used for 11DPE12E
packs connection.
CSF - The flow continuity monitoring is implemented

with OAM CSF method .
Default: APS/PCC
Hightemp

lag
Configure the link aggregation group attributes . See

config card 11DPE12A shelf/slot/ lag{1-4}
lineref{0-3}

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ lineref{0-3}
syncesupp is disable .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Lowtemp

(see config admin.
Mode

used to distinguish 10 sub-GbE services. Each line port
can transport up to 100 sub-GbE services using Q in Q
transporting. (QinQ supports both fullrate and subrate
service).
Default: QINQ
Name

card.
ptp
Configure the Packet Time Synchronization attributes . See

config card 11DPE12A shelf/slot/ ptp
Reset

cold:

affecting.

service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid
The tag protocol identifiers In Q in Q mode, four global

STPIDs for SVLAN tag can be provisioned per pack. Enter
the keyword, followed by the stpid value.
Stpid value range: 0xFFFF
Default stpid1 : 0x88a8
To avoid ambiguity in processing the Ethernet frame, we

suggest not to use known public protocol value in the stpid
field, such as 0x0806 (ARP), 0x0200 (PUP),
0x8035(RARP), 0x0800(IP), 0x86DD(Ipv6), and so on.
sync0

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ sync0
disable .
syncesupp

11dpe12a shelf/slot sync0 and config card 11dpe12a
configured (config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot sync0 and
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3} are not
supported; also the port level parameter synceoppmode
and port level parameter ssmtrans will not take affect).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tolerance

admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
Ethoam
Configure the Ethernet OAM attributes. See config card

11dpe12a shelf/slot/ ethoam.
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A *
Admin Oper State
-------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11DPE12A
Up
Up
1/12 11DPE12A
Up
Up
# config card 11DPE12A 1/12 detail

Admin state : up
Oper state
: up
Mode
: qinq
Hightemp
: 75C
Lowtemp
: -5C
Tolerance
: 3C
Stpid1
: 0x88a8
Stpid2
: 0x8100
Stpid3
: 0x9100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stpid4
: 0x9200
Flowcm
: ccm
syncesupp
: enable
# config card 11DPE12A 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11DPE12A 1/12 hightemp 75
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 mode qinq
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2 stpid3 3
stpid4 4
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 flowcm ccm
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 syncesupp enable
.
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234

# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 flowcm ccm

Related commands
config interface 11DPE12A
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Synchronization Ethernet attributes for 11DPE12E OT.
Perform synchronization switch command for system timing entity

Configure the synchronization status message for system timing entity
Set the wait-to-restore time for the system timing reference
Impact
Access levels
Syntax
switchcmd swcmd switchto switchto
syncMsg [enable|disable]
wtr<value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-25
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
switchcmd
Performs switch commands for a line timing reference

entity or internal clock involved in the system timing
reference selection process. Allowable swcmd are:
Force: forced selection of the indicated line timing

reference or internal clock for system timing entity if
the reference is enabled (i.e. provisioned priority is not
0) and not lock-out.
Lockout: lockout of a line timing reference for system

timing.
Note: This command is only applicable to
lineRef{0-3})
Man: manual selection of the indicated line timing

reference for the system timing entity if the reference is
enabled (i.e. provisioned priority is not 0) and not
lock-out and the priority of the indicated line time
reference is higher than the one of the current
reference.
lineRef{0-3})
Clear: clear an active manual or force switch for a line

timing reference or internal clock.
Clear lockout: cancel the lockout of one specified line

timing reference.
lineRef{0-3})
switchto specifies the AID of the timing reference entity

which the switch command is designated.
Allowable switchto are: lineRef{0-3} and int
default: int
Note:
lockout is the highest request and always accepted
force is accepted if no lockout request is present for the

timing reference
man is accepted if no lockout or force request is

present and current reference status is Normal
For switch command of clear, it is not necessary to

follow Swithchto to specify the AID of timing
reference.
The int in switchto is the internal clock identifier .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-26
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
syncmsg
Determines if the timing reference selection for system

timing is using sync status messaging (SSM Qualities) or
not. Enter this keyword followed by enable or disable:
disable - Sync status Messaging is disabled. System

timing reference selection is done only by priorities.
enable - Sync status Messaging is enabled. System

timing reference selection is done by SSM quality
levels as first criteria and by priorities as second
criteria.
Default: disable
Specifies the value of wait to restore time for all line

references .
wtr
Range: 0- 12 minutes
Step: 1 minute
Default: 5 minutes
Note: This value is only for SDH mode .
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config card
config card
config card
config card
config card
lineref1
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
switchcmd force switchto lineRef1

syncmsg disable
wtr 5
switchcmd clear
switchcmd clear lockout switchto
Examples of error responses

# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd
man
switchto int
Error: Request Failed the man switch command is only applicable to

lineref{0-3}
lockout
switchto int
Error: Request Failed the lockout switch command is only

applicable to lineref{0-3}
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd man switchto lineRef1

lineRef1
lockout switchto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Error: Request Failed the lockout switch command cant be

applicable to the working lineref1
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd force switchto lineRef1

lineRef1
lockout switchto

Related commands

Command description
This command configures the line timing reference synchronization attributes for
11DPE12E OT.
Set the line timing reference priority

Set the port for the association line timing reference
Set the admin state of the line timing reference

Set the line reference incoming QL Enable/disable
Manually configure the line reference incoming QL value
Impact
Access levels
Syntax
admStat [up|down] assPort <value>
priority <value>
incssmsupp[enable|disable]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
provql <value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
adminStat
Specifies the admin state for the line timing reference.

Enter the keyword followed by one of the options below:
Value: up; down
Default: up
assport
priority
Each line timing reference can be associated to a port.

Specifies which port can be assigned as line timing
reference for the system timing entity.
Allowable values for lineRef0: one of the following:

C1, C2, C3, C4; C9, C10, C11, C12

C5, C6, C7, C8
Allowable values for lineRef2: L1
Null: no port is associated to the line timing reference

Default: Null
Set the priority of a line timing reference for the system

timing selection process.
Range of priority: 0-8
0: disabled the timing reference from the system timing

selection process
18: enabled the timing reference for the system timing

selection process
Default value: 0
Note:
1. The priority "0" means that the timing reference is
disabled from the selection process.
2. A greater parameter value means a lower the priority
for the selection except the value "0"
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-29
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
incssmsupp
Enable/disable the line reference incoming QL processing.

The value can be :
Enable
Disable
Default: disable
Note
The parameter can be provisioned only when syncMsg is
enable.
Provisioned incoming SSM value for the line reference :
The value can be :
provql
Auto
When the NE works in SDH mode

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
When the NE works in SONET mode

PRS
STU
ST2
ST3E
ST3
The default value is :AUTO
Note : The parameter can be provisioned only when
syncMsg is enable .
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
card
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
adminStat up
assPort C1
priority 1
incssmsupp enable
provQL AUTO

# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 lineRef1 assPort L1
Error: Request Fail wrong associated Port for lineRef1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the Synchronization Ethernet attributes for 11dpe12a OT.

Impact
Access levels
Syntax
wtr<value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
switchcmd


the reference is enabled (i.e. provisioned priority is not
0) and not lock-out.
Lockout: lockout of a line timing reference for system

timing.
lineRef{0-3})
Man: manual selection of the indicated line timing

reference for the system timing entity if the reference is
enabled (i.e. provisioned priority is not 0) and not
lock-out and the priority of the indicated line time
reference is higher than the one of the current
reference.
lineRef{0-3})
Clear: clear an active manual or force switch for a line

timing reference or internal clock.
Clear lockout: cancel the lockout of one specified line

timing reference.
lineRef{0-3})

Allowable switchto are: lineRef{0-3} and int
default: int
Note:
lockout is the highest request and always accepted
force is accepted if no lockout request is present for the

timing reference
man is accepted if no lockout or force request is

present and current reference status is Normal
For switch command of clear, it is not necessary to

follow Swithchto to specify the AID of timing
reference.
The int in switchto is the internal clock identifier .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
syncmsg



criteria.
Default: disable

references .
wtr
Step: 1 minute
Default: 5 minutes
Note: This value is only for SDH mode .
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config card
config card
config card
config card
config card
lineref1
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
switchcmd force switchto lineRef1

syncmsg disable
wtr 5
switchcmd clear
switchcmd clear lockout switchto

# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd
man
switchto int
Error: Request Failed the man switch command is only applicable to

lineref{1-4}
lockout
switchto int
Error: Request Failed the lockout switch command is only

applicable to lineref{1-4}
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd man switchto lineRef1

lineRef1
lockout
switchto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd force switchto lineRef1

lineRef1
lockout
switchto

Related commands

Command description
11dpe12a OT.


Set the line reference incoming QL Enable/disable
Impact
Access levels
Syntax
admStat [up|down] assPort <value>
priority <value>
incssmsupp[enable|disable]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-34
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
provql <value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
adminStat

Value: up; down
Default: up
assport
priority


C1-C12

C1-C12

Default: Null

0: disabled the timing reference from the system timing

selection process

selection process
Default value: 0
Note:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-35
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
incssmsupp
Enable/disable the line reference incoming QL processing.

The value can be :
Enable
Disable
Default: disable
Note
The parameter can be provisioned only when syncMsg is
enable.
The value can be :
provql
Auto

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC

PRS
STU
ST2
ST3E
ST3
The default value is : AUTO
syncMsg is enable .
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
card
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
adminStat up
assPort C1
priority 1
incssmsupp enable
provQL AUTO

# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lineRef1 assPort L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-36
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command configures link aggregation group(LAG) attributes for 11DPE12A OT.
Configure the LAG Name by user

Configure the LAG Actor Admin Key
Configure the LAG Actor System Priority
Configure the LAG MTU/MRU

Configure the LAG admin state
Configure the LAG LACP Enabled
Configure the LAG Max Port Size
Configure the LAG ports TPID

Configure the LAG ports Los propagation
Configure the LPT consequent action for the LAG ports
Attach physical port to LAG
Set the attached port Actor System Priority

Set the attached port actor port priority
Set the attached port Actor Admin State
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS4 and PSS.
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-37
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
create actadmkey < value > actsyspriority <value > name < value >
[admin < value > ] lacp <enable|disable>]
[losprop <laseron|laseroff>
lptac <noaction|oneshutdown|allshutdown>] [maxport<value>]
mtu <value>[tpid <value>]
modify [name <value>] [admin <value>] [lacp <enable|disable> ]
[losprop <laseron|laseroff>] lptac
<noaction|oneshutdown|allshutdown>] [maxport <value>] [mtu
<value>] [tpid <value>
add attachedport <interface>
[actadmstate [lacpactivity <value>] [lacptimeout <value>]
[Aggregation <value>] [actporpriority <value>]
modify attachedport <interface>
[actadmstate [lacpactivity <value>][lacptimeout <value>]
[Aggregation <value>] [actporpriority <value>]
delete attachedport <interface>
delete
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot lag{1-4}
Specifies the shelf and slot and lag interface. Enter the shelf
number followed by a slash and the slot number, and
LAG{1-4} for 11DPE12A cards .
type.
detail
Display the provisioned LAG information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-38
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a LAG on the pack. Follow this keyword with the

following:
Actadmkey: Specify the LAG actor admin key

the range : 1 to 123
actsyspriority: Specify the LAG actor system Priority.

The range: 1-65535
default value is 32768
Admin: specify the Administration status.

The values are up or down.
Default value is down
lacp: Specify the LACP status , the value can be enable

or disable. when the LACP is enable, it means that the
LACP function is supported ,when the LACP is disable
, it means that the LACP is not supported and the
manual LAG configuration is supported.
Default value is enable
Note : In the R5.1 only enable value is supported .
Losprop: Specify the lospropagation behaviour ,

the value can be laseron or laseroff .
Default value is laseron
Lptconaction: Specify the LPT consequent action

behaviour , the value can be noaction, oneshutdown,
allshutdown. When the value is noaction , then there is
no consequent action when detecting a client port
failure in peer port . when the value is allshutdown , it
means that the laser will be shutdown only when all the
flows in the client port detecting failure . when the
value is oneshutdown , it means that the laser will be
shutdown when any flow in the client port detecting
failure.
The default value is noaction.
maxport : Specify the max ports that the LAG can be

supported .
Value range :1 to 4 .
Default value is 4.
Mtu: Specify the max transport unite for the LAG ports
.
Value range :1518 to 9600.
Default value is 9600.
Name :Specify the name of the lag .

Value range is 1-160 size charstring .
Tpid: Specify the TPID for the LAG .

Value range :STPID1, STPID2, STPID3, STPID4
Default value is STPID1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Modify
Modify LAG parameter on the pack. Follow this keyword

with the following:
Delete
actsyspriority : Specify the LAG actor system Priority.

The range: 1-65535
Default value is 32768
Admin: Specify the Administration status.

The values are up or down.
Default value is down
Losprop: Specify the lospropagation behaviour ,

The value can be laseron or laseroff .
Default value is laseron
Lptconaction: Specify the LPT consequent action

behaviour , the value can be noaction, oneshutdown,
allshutdown. When the value is noaction , then there is
no consequent action when detecting a client port
failure in peer port . when the value is allshutdown , it
means that the laser will be shutdown only when all the
flows in the client port detecting failure . when the
value is oneshutdown , it means that the laser will be
shutdown when any flow in the client port detecting
failure.
The default value is noaction.
maxport: Specify the max ports that the LAG can be

supported .
Value range :1 to 4.
Default value is 4.
Mtu: Specify the max transport unite for the LAG ports
.
Value range :1518 to 9600. .
Default value is 9600
Name: Specify the name of the lag .

Value range is 1-160 size charstring .
Tpid: Specify the TPID for the LAG .

Value range :STPID1, STPID2, STPID3, STPID4
Default value is STPID1.
Delete the LAG entity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-40
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
add attachedport
<interface>
Attach physical ports to the LAG and set the lag port
parameters , Follow this keyword with the following:
modify attachedport
<interface>
Attachedport: Specify the LAG attached port interface

number.
Value range is C{1-12}.
actadmstate: Specify the lag port actor admin state .

Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:
Lacpactivity : the value can be active or passive (Active
LACP is encoded as a 1; Passive LACP is encoded as a
0.) default value is active.
Lacptimeout : the value can be short or long (Short
Timeout is encoded as a 1; Long Timeout is encoded as
a 0.) default value is short.
Aggregation : the value can be only true( TRUE
(encoded as a 1) indicates that the System considers
this link to be Aggregateable; i.e., a potential candidate
for aggregation. )
actporpriority : Specify the lag actor port priority.

The value Range: 0-65536 .
Modify the lag port parameters , Follow this keyword with

the following:
Attachedport : Specify the LAG attached port

interface number.
Value range is C{1-12}.
Actadmstate : Specify the lag port actor admin state.

values:
Lacpactivity : the value can be active or passive (Active
LACP is encoded as a 1; Passive LACP is encoded as a
0.) default value is active.
Lacptimeout : the value can be short or long (Short
a 0.) default value is short.
Aggregation : the value can be only true( TRUE
(encoded as a 1) indicates that the System considers
this link to be Aggregateable; i.e., a potential candidate
for aggregation. )
actporpriority : Specify the lag actor port priority .

The value Range: 0-65536.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-41
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
delete attachedport
<interface>
Detach the port from the LAG
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 create actadmkey 20 actsyspriority
10000 name lagtestadmin enable lacp enable losprop laseroff
lptconaction allshutdown maxport 4 mtu 9600 tpid stpid1
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 modify actsyspriority 10000 name
lagtestadmin up losprop laseroff lptconaction allshutdown maxport
4 mtu 9600 tpid stpid1
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 create attachedport c1 actadmstate
Lacpactivity active Lacptimeout short Aggregation true
actporpriority 20
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 modify attachedport c1 actadmstate
Lacpactivity active Lacptimeout short Aggregation true
actporpriority 20
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 delete attachedport c1
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the ethoam attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Configure the LBM interval
Configure the LBR timeout timer

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-4 and PSS.
Impact
Access levels
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-42
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
lbminterval <value>
lbrtimeout <value>
md{1-32}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
Specifies the shelf, slot, and MD number. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash.
type.
lbminterval
Specifiy the interval between consequent LBM messages ,

default value is 1 second and within the range of [10,100]
* 100ms
lbrtimeout
Specifiy the LBR timeout timer , default value is 5

seconds and within the range of [1 second, 30 seconds]
Md{1-32}
Configure maintenance domain (MD). See config card

11DPE12A shelf/slot/ethoam md{1-32}
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam lbminterval 20
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam lbrtimeout 10
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-43
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ethoam maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the
11DPE12A card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance domain (MD)

Configure a maintenance association within a MD
Delete a specific MD
Show the details information of the created MD

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md {1-32}
detail <value>
create format<value> mdname <value>level <value>
delete
ma{1-312}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam md{1-32}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and MD number. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and MD number.
type.
detail
Display the provisioned MD information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-44
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a MD on the pack. Follow this keyword with the

following:
Format: the format of the MD name as it is used in the

maintenance association identifier (MAID) in CFM
PDUs. If string, the MD name is used; if null, no MD
name present.
Range: string or null
Default: string
Mdname: Specifies the maintenance domain name,

represented by a character string or null. Each
Maintenance Domain has unique name amongst all
those used or available to a service provider or
operator. Maintenance domain name is char string if
the MD name format is Character String. No MD
name shall be specified if the MD name format is
NULL.
Range: 1-43 characters
Level: Sets the level of the maintainance domain. NE

shall allow changing the specified maintenance level
only if there is no MEP associated with it.
Default: 4
Value: 0-7
ma{1-312}
Configure maintenance association (MA) within the

maintenance domain (MD). See config card 11DPE12A
shelf/slot/ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
delete
Deletes a specific MD.
Examples
# config
level
# config
# config
# config
card
4
card
card
card
11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 create format string mdname md1

11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 create format null level 5
11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 delete
11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 detail
Md index
: 1
Md name
: ma1
Format
: string
Level
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 detail
Md index
: 1
Md name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-45
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Format
Level
: null
3
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the 11dpe12a card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance association (MA) within a specific maintenance

domain (MD)
Modify the parameters of a specific MA
Delete a specific MA within a MD
Add a remote maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to the MEPID list for a
specific MA within a MD.
Delete a specific remote MEPID for a specific within a MD
Show the detail information of a specific MA
Configure a maintenance end point (MEP) within a MA

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md {1-32} ma{1-312}
detail <value>
create
modify
delete
add mepid <integer>
delete mepid <integer>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-46

ma{1-312}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mep{1-8191}
Parameter
Description
ma{1-312}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md {1-32} ma

{1-312}. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number,
a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}.
type.
detail
Display the provisioned MA information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-47

ma{1-312}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
manet
Create a MA within a MD on the pack. A MA include a

manet and a macomp :
macomp
manet maname <value> format <value>

ccminterval <value>
macomp vid <integer>
Follow this keyword with the following:
Maname: Set the name of the maintenance name. It is

unique within the specified maintenance domain. If
MD name format is character string, then the
Maname is 1-(44-X) characters, X is the length of MD
name. If MD name format is none , then the
Maname is 1-45 characters. If MD name format is
none and the MA name format is ITU ICC format ,
then the Maname is 13 ASCII chars string . (note :The
ITU ICC consists of two subfields: the ITU carrier
code (ICC) followed by a unique MEG ID code
(UMC). The ITU Carrier Code consists of 1 6
left-justified characters, alphabetic (i.e., A-Z) and or
numeric (i.e., 0-9). The UMC code immediately
follows the ICC and shall consist of 7-12 characters,
with trailing NULLs, completing the 13-character
MEG ID Value. UMC character can be any character
defined in ITU-T T.50, excluding and space. The
UMC shall be a matter for the organization to which
the ICC has been assigned, provided that uniqueness
within a country is guaranteed.)
Format: The format of the MA name as it is used in

the maintenance association identifier (MAID) in
CFM PDUs.
Range: string or ITU ICC
Default: string
Note : ITU ICC mean that
dot1agCfmMaNetFormat=32
Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this

maintenance association, with value 0 indicating that
the MA is not attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range:integer 1- 4094, null
Ccminterval: Specifies interval between continuity

check message (CCM) transmissions to be used by all
maintenance associated end points (MEPs) in the MA.
Default: 3.33 ms
Value: 3.3ms|10ms|100ms | 1sec | 10sec | 1min |
10min
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-48

ma{1-312}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
modify
manet
Modify the pareameters of a specific MA, a MA includes

two part: manet and macomp :
macomp
manet ccminterval <value>

Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this

maintenance association, with value 0 indicating that
the MA is not attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range: integer
1- 4094, null

Value: 3.3ms|10ms|100ms | 1sec | 10sec | 1min |
10min
manet
Delete a specific MA , a MA include two parts :manet part

and macomp part :
macomp
manet : it will delete the manet entry indexed by MAID.
delete
macomp:it will delete the macomp entry indexed by

MAID.
add mepid <value>
Add a maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to the

MEPID list for a specific MA.
MEPID: maintenance end point identifier
Range: 1-8191
Note : in one MA, only one local MEPIDand one remote
MEPID can be configured .
delete mepid <value>
Delete a specific local MEPIDor remote MEPID

Note: when delete a local MEPID in the MEPList , the
local MEP in the MEP entry should be deleted first.
mep{1-8191}
Configure maintenance end point (MEP) within a

maintenance association. See config card 11DPE12A
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 create manet maname ma10 vid
10
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 create macomp vid 10
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 modify macomp vid 20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-49

ma{1-312}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete manet
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete macomp

# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 add mepid 8
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 add mepid 9
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete mepid 8
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Ma name
: ma10
Ma index
: 10
Md index
: 1
Vid
: 12
Ccminterval : 3.33ms
mepid
: 1 ,2
Related commands
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma {1-312}

mep {1-8191}
Command description
This command configures the maintenance end point (MEP) attributes on the 11dpe12a
card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance end point indentifier (MEPID) within a

maintenance association (MA)
Modify the parameters of a new ethoam maintenance end point indentifier (MEPID)
within a maintenance association (MA)
Delete a specific MEPID within a specific MA
Show the details information of MEPID
Impact
Access levels
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-50

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot
ethoam md {1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}
detail
create
[interface <value>] [mepcc <enable|disable>] [active <false|true>
] lowprdef <value>] [direction <up|down>] [ccmpriority <value>]
modify
[interface <value>] [mepcc <enable|disable>] [active <false|true>
] lowprdef <value>] [direction <up|down>] [ccmpriority <value>]
loopback
csf <integer>
delete <integer>
Parameter
Description
ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}

{1-312} {mepid <value}. Enter the shelf number, a slash,
the slot number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32}
ma{1-312} and mep{1-8191}.
type.
detail
Display a specific MEP information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-51

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create the maintenance association end point (MEP).
Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a

down-MEP (pointing away from the MAC relay
entity) or up-MEP (pointing towards the MAC relay
entity)
Default: down
Range: down or up
interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be

configured
Default: L1
Range: C{1-12}, L1, L2 and Lag{1-4}
Actsta: Set the MEP active status

Default: false
Range: true or false
Mepcc: Enabling or disabling the generation of

continuity check messages (CCMs) by this MEP
Default: disable
Range: enable or disable
Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is

allowed to generate a defect.
Default: macRemErrXcon
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon;
errXcon; xcon; noXcon
ccmpriority: priority for CCM PDU that will be

transmitted.
Default: 7
Range: 0-7
Note: when create a MEP , the MEP ID is in the MA
MEP list.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-52

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
modify
Modify the parameters of a specific MEP.
Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a

down-MEP (pointing away from the MAC relay
entity) or up-MEP (pointing towards the MAC relay
entity)
Default: down
interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be

configured
Default: L1
Range: C{1-12}, L1, L2 and Lag{1-4}
Active: Set the MEP active status Default: disable


Default: false
Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is

allowed to generate a defect.
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon;
errXcon; xcon; noXcon
ccmpriority: priority for CCM PDU that will be

transmitted.
Default: 7
Range: 0-7
loopback
Configure loopback function within a maintenance end

point (MEP) . See config card 11DPE12A
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-312} mep{18191}loopback
csf
Configure csf function within a maintenance end point

(MEP). See config card 11DPE12A shelf/slot/ethoam
md1 ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} csf
delete
Delete a specific MEP.
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 create interface
active false mepcc disable lowprdef macRemErrXcon ccmpriority
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 create interface
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 modify interface
mepcc disable
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 delete
L1
6
Lag1
L1
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-53

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Md index
: 1
Ma index
: 1
Mepid
: 1
Direction : down
interface : L1
Actsta
: false
Mepcc
: disable
Lowprdef
: macRemErrXcon
Ccmpriority :7
Related commands
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot
ethoam md{1-32} ma {1-312} mep{1-8191}

mep {1-8191} loopback
Command description
This command configures the loopback attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Configure the loopback parameters within a maintenance end point(MEP)

Show the details information of loopback function
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md {1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} loopback
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-54

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191} loopback
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Destinationtype <macaddress|mepid>[macaddress|mepid] <value>

[NumberofLBM <value> ] [priority <value> ] [dataTLV <value> ]
[DropEligibility <value> ]
Parameter
Description
ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}
loopback

{1-312} mep {1-8191}. Enter the shelf number, a slash,
ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} loopback.
type.
detail
Display a specific MEP loopback information.

Set the loopback function parameters in the maintenance
association end point (MEP).
destinationtype: specify the destination identify type

is MEP ID or MAC address .
Value Range: MEP ID or MAC address
MEP ID: specify the MEP ID for the destination when

the destinationtype is MEPID .
Value Range: 1- 8191
MAC address: specify the MAC address for the

destination when the destinationtype is mac address .
Value Range: 48 bytes MAC
Number of LBM: specify the number of LBM packet

will be sent to the destination. Default value :3
Value Range: 1-1023
Priority: specify the priority of LBM packet will be

sent to the destination.
Default value :7
Value Range: 1-7
DataTLV: specify the length of dataTLV in LBM

packet.
Default value :0
Value Range: 0-1480
DropEligibility: Specify the DropEligibility of LBM

packet supporting or not .
Default value: false
Value Range: true or false
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-55

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191} loopback
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 loopback
destinationtype MEPID MEPID 2 NumberofLBM 10 Priority 6 dataTLV 100
DropEligibility enable
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 loopback
destinationtype macaddress macaddress 88:88:88:88:88:01
NumberofLBM 10 Priority 6 dataTLV 100 DropEligibility enable
Related commands
ethoam md{1-32} ma {1-312} mep{1-8191} loopback

mep {1-8191} CSF
Command description
This command configures the loopback attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Modify the parameters of CSF within maintenance end point (MEP )
Show the details information of CSF function

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md {1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} CSF
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-56

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191} CSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
modify [interval <value> ] [priority <value> ] [direction <value> ]

Parameter
Description
ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} CSF

{1-312} mep {1-8191}. Enter the shelf number, a slash,
ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} CSF.
type.
detail
Display a specific MEP CSF information.
modify
Modify the CSF parameter in the maintenance association

end point (MEP).
interval: The CSF frame transmit period .

default :1min
Value Range: 1min
priority: the CSF frame priority in the VLAN .

default :7
value range: 0-7
direction: Specify the CSF function direction for LPT.

default : disable
value range: disable ,uni and bi
Examples
# # config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 csf create interval 1
priority 7 direction uni
Related commands
ethoam md{1-32} ma {1-312} mep{1-8191} CSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-57
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ptp system attributes for 11dpe12a OT.
Set the ptp clock mode

Select the frequency reference for the local ptp clock
Select the time reference for the local ptp clock
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
clockMode [ptpDisabled | ocMaster | ocSlave |bc]
freqReference [layer1a | ptp]
timeReference [extPps | extTod | ptp]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *
Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11dpe12a cards on the network element by location.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-58
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clockMode
Specify the PTP clock mode for this card. Enter this
keyword followed by either of the following values:
freRef
ptpDisabled: The PTP/1588 function of this card is

disabled
ocMaster: The PTP clock of this card is OC-master.
ocSlave: The PTP clock of this card is OC-slave.
bc: The PTP clock of this card is BC

Default: ptpDisabled.
Note: Change of the clockmode is allowed only from
ptpDisabled to any other mode, or from any other
mode to ptpDisabled. Other changes will be denied.
Selects the frequency reference for the local PTP clock.

values:
layer1a: The PTP clock uses the physical layer

synchronous clock which is synchronized to the
grandmaster.
ptp: The PTP clock uses the recovered 1588

frequency.
Default: layer1a.
Note: This command will be denied when the clockmode

is in ptpDisabled.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timeRef
Selects the time reference for the local PTP clock. Enter
this keyword followed by either of the following values:
extPps: The PTP clock uses the local free-running

time but align to the external 1pps signal.
extTod: The PTP clofk aligns the time to the external

ToD signal.
ptp: The ptp clock aligns the time to the grandmaster.

Default: extTod.
Note:
1. This command will be denied when the clockmode is
in ptpDisabled.
2. timeRef is not applicable when the clkmode is
ocSlave.
3. Valid values when clkmode is ocMaster are:
extPps
extTod
4. Valid values when clkmode is bc:
extPps
extTod
ptp
Examples
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clockMode bc
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp freqReference ptp
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp timeReference extTod

# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clockMode ptpDisabled
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ptp freqReference
ptp
Error: Request Failed the command is invalid for this clock mode
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp timeReference extTod

# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clockMode ocSlave
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp timeReference exttod

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-60
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the attributes of the ToD interfaces for 11dpe12a OT.
Set the direction attribute for the specified ToD interface

Set the validity of the ToD signal for the specified ToD interface
Set the cable correction value for the specified ToD interface
Set the admin state for the specified ToD interface
This command is valid only when the clockMode is ocMaster | ocSlave | bc.
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
direction [input|output]
todValidity [true|false]
cableCorrection <value>
adminState [up|down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ptp tod{1-2}.

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-61
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
direction
Set the direction for the 1pps&ToD interface.

values:
input
output
Default: input.
Set validity of the ToD signal for the 1pps&ToD interface.
todValidity

values:
true: The ToD signal is valid
false: The ToD signal is invalid

Default: true.
Set the cable correction value (integer) for the the

1pps&ToD interface.
cableCorrection
Value range: {-100ms, +100ms}

Unit: ns
Default: 0
Specifies the admin state for the the 1pps&ToD interface.
adminState

values:
up
down
Default: down
Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
tod1
tod1
tod1
tod1
direction input
todValidity yes
cableCorrection 100
adminState up

# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ptp clockMode ptpDisabled
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ptp tod1 direction input

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-62
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the attributes of a specific ptp clock for 11DPE12A OT.
Set the domain attribute

Set the priority1 attribute
Set the priority2 attribute
Set the admin state
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
domain <value>
priority1 <value>
priority2 <value>
adminState [up|down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot ptp clock{1}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ptp clock{1}. In R5.1 only a

single ptp clock is supported.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-63
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
domain
Set the value for the domain attribute. Enter this keyword
followed by an integer in the range.
Range: 0- 255
Default: 0
Set the integer value for the priority1 attribute. Enter this
keyword followed by an integer in the range.
priority1
Range: 0- 255
Default: 255
Set the integer value for the priority2 attribute. Enter this
keyword followed by an integer in the range.
priority2
Range: 0- 255
Default: 255
Specifies the admin state for the ptp clock of this card.
adminState

values:
up
down
Default: down
Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
domain 2
priority11
priority23
adminStateup

# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 clockMode ptpDisabled
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 domain 2

Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-64
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Use this command for a specific PTP clock to:
Create a ptp port

Delete a ptp port
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
create assPort <shelf/slot/port>
delete <value>
Parameter
Description

single ptp clock is supported
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-65
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a new ptp port for the ptp clock. Follow this
keyword with the following:
delete
assPort: Specify the physical port which the ptp port

will be associated to.
For 11dpe12a, the assPort shall be only the
intra-card ports, so the shelf and slot of
assPort shall be the same as the card. The allowed
ports are: L1, L2, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7,
C8, C9, C10, C11, C12
Different ptp ports shall be associated to different
physical ports. If the specified physical port is
already associated to another ptp port, the
command will be denied.
Note:
1. The availability of ptp port is controlled by NE.
An OC-master/slave clock supports a single ptp
port, and a BC clock supports multiple ptp ports
(maximum 14).
2. After the successful setting, response message
shall contain the created ptp port number.
Delete a specified ptp port.

Enter this keyword followed by an integer in the range to
specify an existing ptp port.
Range: 1-14.
Examples
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port create assPort 1/7/C2
Request Succeeded ptp port 1 of clock1 is created.
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port delete 5

# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp
C2
clock1 port16 create assPort 1/7/
Error: Request Failed this physical port has been associated with
another ptp port.

C2
clock1 port16 create assPort 1/8/
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-66
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Error: Request Failed this physical port cannot be associated with

the ptp port.
# config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port create assPort 1/7/L1
Error: Request Failed exceed the maximum number of ptp ports for
this clock
config card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port delete 12

Error: Request Failed the specified ptp port does not exist
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the attributes of a specific ptp port for 11dpe12a OT.
Set the transmitting interval for the Announce message

Set the transmitting interval for the Sync message
Set the receipt timeout value for the Announce message
Set the transmitting interval for the Delay_Req message

Set the ptp port role
Set the asymmetry correction value
Set the addressing mode
Set the VLAN-ID

Set the destination MAC address
Set the admin state
Impact
Access levels
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-67
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
logAnnounceInterval <value>
logSyncInterval <value>
LogDelayReqInterval <value>
announceTimeout <value>
portRole [auto|master|slave|passive]
asyCorrection <value>
VID
addrMode [unicast|multicast]
destMac <value>
adminState <value>
Parameter
Description
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ptp clock{1} port{1-14}. In

R5.1 only a single ptp clock is supported.
type.
logAnnounceInterval
Specifies the interval (unit: seconds) to transmit the

Announce message. The input number is the logarithm to
the base of 2 of the interval.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following
values: -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default: 0
logSyncInterval
Specifies the interval (unit: seconds) to transmit the Sync

message. The input number is the logarithm to the base of
2 of the interval.
values: -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default: -7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-68
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
logDelayReqInterval
Specifies the interval (unit: seconds) to transmit the

Delay_Req message. The input number is the logarithm to
the base of 2 of the interval.
values: -7, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default: -4
announceTimeout
Specifies the number of announceInterval for receipt

timeout of the Announce message.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer in the range.
Range: 2-255
Default: 3
portRole
Specifies the role of the ptp port.

values:
auto: The status of the port is determined by the

BMCA
master: The status of the port is forced to master
slave: The status of the port is forced to slave
passive: The status of the port is forced to passive.
Default: auto.
Note: portRole is applicable only when clockmode is bc,
setting portRole when clockmode is ocMaster or ocSlave
shall be rejected.
asyCorrection
Specifies the asymmetry correction value (integer) for the

ptp port.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer in the range.
Range: {-100ms, +100ms}
Unit: ns
Default: 0
VID
Specifies the VLAN ID which the port will use to

transport PTP packets over it.
Range: 0- 4094. 0 means no tag will be added.
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-69
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
addrMode
Specifies the addressing mode for the ptp port. Enter this
Unicast: The clock uses unicast address for this ptp

port
Multicast: The clock uses multicast address for this

ptp port
Default: Multicast
Specifies the 48-bit unicast destination MAC address for

the ptp port to send 1588 messages. Enter a string
containing six groups of two hexadecimal digits, separated
by colons (:).
destMac
A valid example for the MAC address is

01:23:45:B3:F4:65
This parameter is valid only when addrMode=unicast.
Specifies the admin state for the ptp port.
adminState

values:
up
down
Default: down
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
card
card
card
card
card
card
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
11dpe12a
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
ptp
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
clock1
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
port2
logAnnounceInterval 1
logSyncInterval -7
logDelayReqInterval 1
announceTimeout 5
portRole master
asyCorrection 100
VID 20
addrMode unicast
destMac 00:15:58:7C:E8:29
adiminStat up

clock1 port2 logSyncInterval -8
Error: Request Failed invalid number
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-70
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config card 11qpa4

Command description
This command configures card options for 11QPA4 OT.


Reset the card
accept an 11QPA4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 11QPA4 shelf/slot | *
name
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-71
config card 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
reset {warm | cold}

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11QPA4 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Name

name of the card.
Description

Hightemp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-72
config card 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Lowtemp

Tolerance

admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
Reset
Resets the card.


affecting.

service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-73
config card 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# Successful Command example
# config card 11QPA4 *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11QPA4
Up
Up
1/12
11QPA4
Up
Up
# config card 11QPA4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11QPA4 1/12 hightemp 75
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command.

Error Response text
Related commands
config interface 11QPA4
show card
config card 11qpen4

Command description
This command configures card options for 11QPEN4 OT.


Reset the card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-74
config card 11qpen4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
accept an 11QPEN4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 11QPEN4 shelf/slot | *
name [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11QPEN4 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Name

name of the card.
Description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-75
config card 11qpen4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Hightemp

Lowtemp

Tolerance

admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-76
config card 11qpen4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Reset
Resets the card.


affecting.

service affecting.
Examples
# config card 11QPEN4 *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11QPEN4
Up
Up
1/12
11QPEN4
Up
Up
# config card 11QPEN4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11QPEN4 1/12 hightemp 75
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command.

Error Response text
Related commands
config interface 11QPEN4
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-77
config card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 11qpe24

Command description
This command configures card options for 11QPE24 OT.


Reset the card

accept an 11QPE24 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 11QPE24 shelf/slot | *
detail
hightemp [degrees]
lineref{0-1}
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
sync0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-78
config card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11QPE24 cards
on the network element by location.
type.
Description

detail
Hightemp

lineref{0-1}

config card 11QPE24 shelf/slot/ lineref{0-1}
Lowtemp

(see config admin.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-79
config card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Name

card.
Reset

cold:
sync0

affecting.

service affecting.

config card 11QPE24 shelf/slot/ sync0
disable .
syncesupp

11QPE24 shelf/slot sync0 and config card 11QPE24
configured (config card 11QPE24 shelf/slot sync0 and
config card 11QPE24 shelf/slot lineref{0-1} are not
supported; also the interface level parameter
synceoppmode and port level parameter ssmtrans will
not take affect).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-80
config card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tolerance

admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
Examples
# config card 11QPE24 *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------1/7
11QPE24
Up
Up
1/12
11QPE24
Up
Up
# config card 11QPE24 1/12 detail

Admin state : up
Oper state
: up
Hightemp
: 75C
Lowtemp
: -5C
Tolerance
: 3C
syncesupp
: enable
# config card 11QPE24 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11QPE24 1/12 hightemp 75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-81
config card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config card 11QPE24 1/7 syncesupp enable

# config card 11QPE24 1/7 syncesupp no
Error Request Failed : invalid value
Related commands
config interface 11QPE24
show card

Command description
This command configures the Synchronization Ethernet attributes for 11QPE24 OT.

Impact
Access levels
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-82
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wtr<value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
switchcmd


the reference is enabled.
Clear: clear an active force switch for a line timing

reference or internal clock.

Allowable switchto are: lineRef{0-1}
Note: For switch command of clear, it is not necessary to
follow Switchto to specify the AID of timing reference.
To force the reference to the internal clock set the assPort
parameter to null for both lineref0/1.
syncmsg
wtr



criteria.
Default: disable

references .
Range: 0 or infinity
Default: 0
Note: 0 means switching is revertive. Infinity means non
revertive.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-83
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
11qpe24
11qpe24
11qpe24
11qpe24
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
SYNC0
switchcmd force
syncmsg disable
wtr 0
switchcmd clear
switchto lineRef1

# config card 11qpe24 1/7 SYNC0 SwitchCmd
lockout
switchto ref1
Error: Request Failed the lockout switch command is not supported
Related commands

Command description
11qpe24 OT.

Impact
Access levels
Syntax
adminStat [up|down] assPort <value>
priority <value>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-84
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
provql <value>
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
adminStat

Value: up; down
Default: up
assport
priority


C1-C22 for 1G, X1-X4 for 10G

C1-C22 for 1G, X1-X4 for 10G

Default: Null


selection process
Default value: 1
Note:
1. To disable a line timing reference set the adminStat to
down.
for the selection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-85
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
provql

The value can be :
Auto (do not override)

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC/EEC1

PRS
STU
ST2
TNC
ST3E
ST3/EEC2
The default value is : AUTO
syncMsg is enable .
Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
card
card
card
card
11qpe24
11qpe24
11qpe24
11qpe24
1/7
1/7
1/7
1/7
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
lineRef1
adminStat up
assPort C1
priority 1
provQL AUTO

# config card 11qpe24 1/7 lineRef1 assPort L1
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-86
config card 4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 4dpa2

Command description
This command configures card options for a 4DPA2 OT.


Reset the card
accept a 4DPA2 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 4dpa2 shelf/slot | *
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-87
config card 4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

4DPA2 cards on the network element by location..
type.
description

hightemp

threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
lowtemp

value to specify the temperature below which the low
Default: -5C or 23F
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-88
config card 4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
name

name of the card.
reset
Resets the card.

tolerance
Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

service affecting.

enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
admin).
Default: 3C or 5F
Examples
# config card 4DPA2 *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/12
4DPA2
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-89
config card 4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/13
4DPA2
Up
Up
# config card 4dpa2 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 4dpa2 1/12 hightemp 75
Related commands
config interface 4dpa2
show card
config card 4dpa4

Command description
This command configures card options for a 4DPA4 OT.

Change the card mode.

Reset the card
accept a 4DPA4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.
Impact
Access levels
Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
Syntax
config card 4dpa4 shelf/slot | *
cardmode [dualtran | flexmux]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-90
config card 4dpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
name
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

4DPA4 cards on the network element by location..
type.
cardmode
Enter this keyword to display the current card mode. To

change the card mode, enter this keyword followed by
dualtran or flexmux.
Set to dualtran to support FC400 client signals

only.
Set to flexmux to support all client signals, except

FC400.
Setting the card mode parameter is allowed only when

there are no connections and all ports are unassigned.
Changing the card mode to a different value
automatically clears any non-default provisioning of
firmware release (package identifier), and automatically
triggers a cold restart of the card to download the default
version of the firmware line corresponding to the new
cardmode.
description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-91
config card 4dpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
hightemp

lowtemp

Default: -40C or -F40F
name

name of the card.
reset
Resets the card.


service affecting.

service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-92
config card 4dpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tolerance

warms to above 8C.
admin).
Default: 3C or 5F
Examples
# config card 4DPA4 *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/7
4DPA4
Up
Up
1/12
4DPA4
Up
Up
# config card 4dpa4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 4dpa4 1/12 hightemp 75
Related commands
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-93
config card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card 1dpp24m

Command description
This command configures card options for 1DPP24M OT.


Reset the card
Specify the card mode

Specify the impedance

accept an 1dpp24mcard before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot | *
cardmode {slave|master}
hightemp [degrees]
impedance [75ohm|120ohm]
lineref {0-2}
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-94
config card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sync0
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 1DPP24M cards
type.
cardmode
The Card Mode parameter determines the operational

mode of the 1DPP24M. two card mode values are
supported:
Master: 1DPP24M with master mode provides 21 E1

access, one line port (STM-1/OC-3) as the uplink,
clock recovery/distribution and grooms total 42 E1 into
one STM-1/OC-3.
Slave: 1DPP24M with slave mode provides 21 E1

access, connects with master mode 1DPP24M in ESSI
serial bus through backplane.
Default value: master
Description

Hightemp

impedance
Nominal impedance of E1 interfaces. Valid value is:
75 ohm
120 ohm
Default: 75ohm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-95
config card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
lineref{0-2}

config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot/ lineref{0-2}
syncesupp is disabled.
Lowtemp

(see config admin.
Default: -5C or 23F
name

card.
Reset
Resets the card.


affecting.

service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-96
config card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tolerance

admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
Sync0

config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot/ sync0
disabled.
Examples
# config card 1dpp24m *
Admin Oper State
-------------------------------------------------------------1/7
1dpp24m
Up
Up
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 description ABC

# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 hightemp 75
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 cardmode master
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 sync0
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 impedance 120ohm
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineref0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-97
config card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config interface 1dpp24m
show card

Command description
This command configures the Synchronization Ethernet attributes for 1dpp24m OT.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slotSYNC0
wtr <value>
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot |*

1dpp24m cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-98
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
syncmsg



criteria.
Default: disable
wtr

references .
Step: 1 minute
Default: 5 minutes
Examples
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 SYNC0 syncmsg disable
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 SYNC0 wtr 5
Related commands

show card 1dpp24m shelf/slotSYNC0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-99
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
1dpp24m OT.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config card 1dpp24m shelf/slotlineref{0-2}
admStat [up|down]
assPort <value>
Priority <value>
provql <value>
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot |*

adminStat

Value: up, down
Default: up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
assPort

Specifices which port can be assigned as line timing
Allowable values for lineRef0: one of client ports

C{1-21}
Allowable values for lineRef1: one of client ports

C{1-21}
Default: Null
priority

Range of Priority: 0-8
0: disabled the timing reference from the system

timing selection process
1 - 8 : enabled the timing reference for the system

timing selection process
Default value: 0
Note:
provql
Provisioned incoming SSM value for the line reference.

The value can be:
Auto

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
The default value is :AUTO
Examples
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1 adminStat up
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1 assPort C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-101
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1 priority 1

# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1 provQL AUTO
Error Response
# config card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1 assPort L1
Related commands

show card 1dpp24m shelf/slotlineref{0-2}
config card
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
Command description
This command configures card options for an amplifier.


Reset the card
accept an A2325A, AHPHG, AHPLG, AM2125A, AM2125B, AM2318A card before
you can configure the card options. See config slot shelf/slot type.
Impact
Access levels

Administrator, Provisioner.
Syntax
config card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg |am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
shelf/slot | *
hightemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-102
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
intrusion
detection [on | off]
baseline [value]
threshold [value]
pollperiod [value]
clearalarm
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display list of
A2325A, AHPHG, AHPLG, AM2125A, AM2125B,
AM2318A cards on the network element by location.
type.
description

hightemp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-103
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
lowtemp

Default: -5C or 23F
name

name of the card.
reset
Resets the card.


service affecting.

service affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-104
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tolerance

warms to above 8C.
admin).
Default: 3C or 5F
detection
Set this to on to enable optical intrusion monitoring, or

off to disable monitoring.
baseline
Specifies the baseline span loss value that is used in

optical intrusion monitoring.
Settable range: 1 to 50 dB
Initial value: -1 dB
help display the valid and initial values

threshold
Specifies the allowed deviation from the baseline span

loss. If detection is set to on, and the deviation from the
baseline span loss is greater than or equal to the threshold
value, then the Optical Intrusion Detected alarm is raised.
Settable range: 1.0 to 5.0 dB
Default: 1.5 dB

pollperiod
Specifies the polling period for optical intrusion

monitoring. The span loss is measured and compared
with the baseline once every pollperiod.
Settable range: 20 to 120 seconds
Default 30 seconds

clearalarm
Clears an existing Optical Intrusion Detected alarm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-105
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config card ahphg *
#
#
#
#
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
AHPHG
Up
Up
1/13
AHPHG
Up
Up
config card ahphg 1/12 description Bank-W
config card ahphg 1/12 hightemp 75
config card ahphg 1/12 baseline 22.5
config card ahphg 1/12 clearalarm
Related commands
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
show card
config card mvac

Command description
This command configures card options for MVAC single variable attenuator.
Set the temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element you must configure a slot to
accept an MVAC card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type
Impact
Access levels

incorrectly, can lead to card overheating and
possible failure.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-106
config card mvac
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config card mvac shelf/slot | *
name [ string ]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *
Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains, the
card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of MVAC cards on the
network element by location.
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
name
Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to display the
current name. To change the name, enter this keyword followed
by a character string that specifies the name of the card.
description
Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to display the

current description. To change the description, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that provides a
description of the card.
hightemp
The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword
to display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter
temperature above which the high temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE . Seeconfig admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the temperature
tolerance must be greater than the low temperature threshold
plus the temperature tolerance.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-107
config card mvac
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
lowtemp
The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword
to display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter
temperature below which the low temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE. See config admin.
Default: -5C or 23F
tolerance

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance, enter this
keyword followed by an integer value to specify the card
temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance defines the
change in temperature that must occur before the alarm is
cleared. For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered
at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not cleared
until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly, where lowtemp =
5C, the alarm is cleared when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (See config admin.
Default: 3C or 5F
reset
Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warmor cold:

affecting.

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is service
affecting.
Examples
# Successful Command example:
# config card mvac *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-108
config card mvac
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
MVAC
Up
Up
1/30
MVAC
Up
Up
# config card mvac 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card mvac 1/12 hightemp 75
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command:

Error Response text
Related Commands

config interface mvac
show card
config card dcm

Command description
This command configures card options for a DCM card.


Specify the programmed compensation distance
Specify the fiber type contained in the DCM. DCM ending in B contain Fiber
Bragg Grating instead of dispersion compensating fiber.
Impact
Access levels
Programmed compensation distance

will be checked against actual fiber
length.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-109
config card dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config card dcm shelf/slot | *
distance [10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100 | 110
| 120 | 130 | 140 | 160 | 180 | 200 | 220 | 240]
name [string]
fibertype [SSMF | ELEAF | TWRS | SSMFB | ELEAFB]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

the DCM cards on the network element by location.
type.
description

distance
Specifies the programmed (expected) compensation

distance in km, for comparison the with actual fiber
length in the DCM module. Enter this keyword to display
the current programmed distance.
To change the programmed distance, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following values, in km:
name
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130,
and 140 for SSMF.
20, 40, 60, 80, 100, and 120 for ELEAF and TWRS.
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 140,
160, 180, 200. 220 and 240 for SSMFB
40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200. 220 and 240
for ELEAFB

name of the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-110
config card dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fibertype
Specifies the fiber type the DCM is designed to

compensate.
To change the programmed type enter this keyword
followed by SSMF, ELEAF or TWRS for DCM
containing dispersion compensating fiber. Enter SSMFB
or ELEAFB for DCM containing FBG.
Default: SSMF
Examples
# config card dcm *
Admin Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------25/1
DCM
Up
Up
26/1
DCM
Up
Up
# config card dcm 25/1 distance 60
Related commands
config shelf
config slot shelf/slot
config interface dcm
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-111
config card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config card ec
Command description
This command configures card options for EC card.


Reset the card
Access a sub-command to configure options for EC card-level PMs
Impact
Access levels

Syntax
config card ec shelf/slot | *
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
pm
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

EC cards on the network element by location.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-112
config card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

hightemp

lowtemp

name

name of the card.
pm
Configure the options for gathering PMs for the card. See
config card ec pm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-113
config card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
reset

cold:
tolerance

service affecting.

reinitializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

warms to above 8C.
admin).
Default: 3C or 5F
Examples
# config card ec *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/1
ec
Up
Up
2/1
ec
Up
Up
# config card ec 1/1 hightemp 75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-114
config card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config interface ec
show card

Command description
This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified control card.
Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Impact
Access levels
Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored for
the card.
Syntax
config card ec shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw
interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-115
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile [profile_id | *]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot

slash and the slot number.
Range (shelf): 1 to 16 (1 on PSS-1)
Range (slot): 1, 18 (1 on PSS-1)
clearRaw
Clears the raw counts for this PM group.
interval
Specifies the interval to be configured.
bins
Set to 0 for 15-minute interval
Set to 1 for 1-day interval
Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword to

display the current number of bins. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At
the end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored
in bin 1, and bin 1 contents are stored in bin 2, and so on.
The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins
clear
Clears the data in all of the bins for the specified interval.
profile
Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword to

display the current profile identifier. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Use the command
config profile pm card to configure profiles.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 0)# clear
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 1)# bins 20
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 1)# profile 2
Related commands
config card ec
config profile pm card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-116
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show profile pm card

Command description
This command configures card options for SFDs and SFCs.


Configure one fiber mux or two fiber mode for SFC cards
SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H; 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4 only
SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H; 1830 PSS-4 only
SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D; 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4 only
accept an SFD or SFC card before you can configure the card options. See config
slot shelf/slot type.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} shelf/slot | *
mode [OneFiberMux | TwoFiber]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-117
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
name [string]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

the SFD or SFC cards on the network element by
location.
type.
description

mode
Specifies the card mode for SFC2, SFC4 or SFC8 cards.

OneFiberMux supports bidirectional transmission
over a single fiber
TwoFiber supports bidirectional transmission over
two fibers
Default: TwoFiber
name

name of the card.
Examples
# config card sfc2a *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/4
SFC2A
Up
Up
1/5
SFC2A
Up
Up
# config card sfc2a 1/4 description west
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config slot shelf/slot
config interface {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}
show card
config fan
Command description
This command configures the card options for a FAN.


Set fan speed for maintenance activity
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config fan shelf
fanspeed [normal | maximum]
name [string]
Parameter
Description
shelf
Specifies the shelf that contains the fan.

values of shelf for each supported shelf type.
description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-119
config fan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fanspeed
Specifies the fan speed. Applies only to 1830 PSS and

1830 PSS-4.
Enter this keyword to display the current fan speed
setting. To change the fan speed, enter this keyword
normal - Fan speed controlled automatically by the

system for normal operation
maximum - Fan runs at constant full speed for

maintenance operation.
Default: normal
name

name of the card.
Default: Fan-shelf
Examples
# config fan 1 description installed by Joe 11/20/2008
Related commands
config shelf
show fan
config pf
Command description
This command configures options for a PF (power filter).

Use this command:
Specify a name and description for the card.
Access the subcommand that allow you to configure the housekeeping on the PF of
master shelf in 1830 PSS-4.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-120
config pf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config pf shelf/slot |*
hightemp [degrees]
housekeeping
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot

contains the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
PF cards on the network element by location.
description

hightemp

housekeeping
Configure the housekeeping on the PF cards of the master

shelf. See config pf shelf/slot housekeeping.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-121
config pf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
lowtemp

Note: The low temperature threshold plus the
temperature tolerance must be lower than the high
temperature threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Default: -5C or 23F
name

name of the card.
Default: pf-shelf/slot
tolerance

occur before the alarm is cleared. For example, if the high
temperature alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance
is set to 3C, the alarm is not cleared until the card cools
to below 52C. Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the
alarm is cleared when the card warms to above 8C.
admin).
Default: 3C or 5F
Examples

# config pf 1/2 description abc xyz
# config pf 1/2 housekeeping
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-122
config pf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Error response
Error: command not found: housekeeping
Related commands
config shelf
show pf

Command description
This command configures options for a PF (power filter) on the master shelf. Use this
command:
Enable or disable the general purpose relays on the PF.

Specify whether the general purpose inputs are active on a high or low signal.
Provide rack lamp control function in PSS-4
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config pf shelf/slothousekeeping
[1-4]genRelay [opr | rls | auto <shelf/slot>| racklamp]
[1-4]outputLabel [string]
[1-8]inputActive [high | low]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-123
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[1-8]inputMessage [string]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot

Note 1: Housekeeping only applies to master shelf.
Note 2: For PSS-4, the provision can be set only when
the shelf expectedamps is 8.5 or is mix with
expectedpfa/expectedpfb is 8.5.
Note 3: For PSS-4, the housekeeping can work properly
only when related slot contains -48VDC PF card and
shelf expectedamps is 8.5 or is mix with
expectedpfa/expectedpfb is 8.5.
Note 4: For PSS-4, the racklamp control via
housekeeping can work properly only when two -48VDC
PF cards present and shelf expectedamps is 8.5.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-124
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
[1-4]genRelay
Enable or disable the general purpose relay [1-2]. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by opr, rls, auto, or
racklamp.
Set to opr to close dry contact [1-4].
Set to rls to open dry contact [1-4].
Set to auto to place the contact under software

control [1-2] or [1-4].
Set to racklamp to switch housekeeping function to

rack lamp control function.
Default: rls
Note:
1. Shelf/slot is specified only for the auto parameter
value. The shelf/slot value cannot be the same as a
shelf/slot value that is already provisioned for any
other relay.
If there is an existing auto value for a relay, any
attempt to change the value will require a
confirmation from the user. The confirmation will be
accompanied by the following message:
Warning: This relay is currently set to AUTO, and
changing its value could affect the shut down and
restart of Raman pumps. Do you want to proceed?
2. racklamp option is applicable to PSS-4 only.
All external control outputs must be in rls
state before setting any external control output to
racklamp
Setting any external control output point to
racklamp will change all other external control
points to racklamp too.
Setting from racklamp to other state will affect
all other external control output points (other
external control output points are automatic
changed to rls state).
[1-4]outputLabel
User defined label for general purpose output [1-2]. Enter

this keyword to display the current label. To change the
label, enter this keyword followed by a character string
up to 56 characters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-125
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
[1-8]inputActive
Configure the state at which general purpose input [1-3]

becomes active. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by high or low.
[1-8]inputmessage
Set to high to have the input become active on a high

signal.
Set to low to have the input become active on a low

signal
Default: high
Configure the message to be delivered when the general

purpose input [1-3] becomes active. Enter this keyword to
display the current message. To change the message,
enter this keyword followed by a character string up to 56
characters.
Examples

# config pf 1/2 housekeeping 1inputMessage Door Open sensor
triggered
# config pf 1/2 housekeeping 1genRelay auto 1/5
Error response
Error: command not found: housekeeping
# config pf 1/3 housekeeping 1genRelay racklamp

Error: Request Failed not all external control points in rls state.
# config pf 1/3 housekeeping 1genRelay opr

Error: Request Failed wrong expectedamps.
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-126
config slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config slot
Command description
This command configures a slot in a shelf.

Pre-provision the network element database to expect a specific card type in the slot
Specify the administrative state of the card in the slot
Note: The slot type must be specified before the state can be provisioned.
Impact
Access levels
Setting the state to down puts the

card in the slot administratively out
of service.
Syntax
config slot {shelf/slot | *}
state [up | down | mt]
type
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

slash and the slot number, or enter a * to diplay a list of
all slots in the network element.
type.
state
Sets the administrative state of the card in the slot.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the values below,
or enter this keyword alone to display the current
administrative state of the card:
up to set the admin state to in-service.
down to set the admin state to out-of-service.
mt to set the admin state to maintenance.
Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-127
config slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
Specifies the card type that is or will be inserted into the

slot. See config slot <shelf/slot> type.
Examples
This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# config slot 1/4 state up
# config slot 1/7 state mt
Related commands
config slot
config interface
show shelf
show slot
config shelf
Command description
This command configures a shelf on the network element.

Create and delete shelves
Set the shelf type and associated parameters

Specify a name and description for the shelf
Set the WaveTracker mode for the shelf
Note: The shelf type must be specified before other parameters can be specified
Impact
Access levels
The settings can affect shelf behavior
Syntax
config shelf {1 | shelfnum}
connectivity [required | notrequired]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-128
config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
expectedamps [Auto | 3.7 | 4.1 | 8.5 | 20.6| 20 | 30 | 35| 50 |

60 | 70 | mix]
expectedpf [pfa value] [pfb value]
name [string]
serialnum [string]
type [{dcm | pss4 | empty} [ains]]
Parameter
Description
Configure the main shelf.
Shelfnum
Configure a non-main shelf. For PSS-4 shelf,

shelfnum must agree with the rotary dial setting on
shelves, shelfnum must agree with the rotary dial
setting on the backplane.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf ranges for each supported
shelf type.
Connectivity
description
Specifies for a DCM shelf whether it is expected to be

read and managed via the serial electrical inventory
interface. Does not apply to universal shelves.
required: readability indicates presence/absence
notrequired: the shelf is unmanaged and treated

as always present even though not readable
Specifies the shelf description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a character
string.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-129
config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
expectedamps
Specifies for a PSS-4 shelf the expected current rating

of the shelf PF modules. Does not apply to DCM
shelf.
Range (PSS-4): AUTO, 3.7, 4.1, 8.5, 20.6, mix
Default: AUTO - When the shelf is equipped, the EC
reads the ID of the two PF cards and take the value
(they should both be the same. But if they are
different, the smaller one will be the shelf power
capacity).
mix applies to PSS-4 only.
1. If the expectedamps is not set to mix, the
expectedamps value applies to both PSFs, also
expectedpfa and expectedpfb are NA (not
applicable).
2. If the expectedamps is set to mix, the shelf is
provisioned with one VAC PF and one VDC PF
via expectedpfa and expectedpfb setting.
expectedpfa refers to PF card located in slot 2, and
expectedpfb refers to PF card located in slot 3.
expectedpf
Set the expectedpfa and expectedpfb. Applies to PSS-4

only.
Value Range: 3.7, 4.1, 8.5, 20.6
Default: 3.7 for expectedpfa, 8.5 for expectedpfb
Note: The provision will be denied if expectedamps is
not mix.
Name
Specifies a name for the shelf. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter
this keyword followed by a character string that
specifies the name.
Default (main shelf): Master Shelf
Default (non-main shelf): Shelf-shelfnum
serialnum
Specifies for a DCM shelf the expected serial number.

Enter this keyword to display the serial number. To
change serial number, enter this keyword followed by
a character string. Does not apply to PSS-4 shelf.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-130
config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Type
Specifies the type of non-main shelf to be created, or

deletes a shelf. Enter this keyword to display the
current type.
To create a shelf, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:
dcm: External DCM shelf
pss4: PSS-4 shelf
To enable AINS non-main PSS-4 shelf and DCM

shelf, follow the shelf type value with the ains
qualifier. If set, alarms will be suppressed until after
the shelf is first detected.
To deprovision (delete) a shelf, enter the keyword
followed by empty. Shelf 1 cannot be deleted. A
PSS-4 shelf cannot be deleted until all non-mandatory
cards have been deleted. A DCM shelf cannot be
deleted until the contained card has been set to
administrative state down.
shelfVoltHigh
Set the high voltage threshold for the power filter

input voltage.
When expectedAmps is set to mix the threshold must
be set independently for pfa and pfb, otherwise
pfa.shelfVoltHigh=pfb.shelfVoltHigh
Default is the high voltage specified in the operating
range.
shelfVoltLow
Set the low voltage threshold for the power filter input
voltage
When expectedAmps is set to mix the threshold must
be set independently for pfa and pfb, otherwise
pfa.shelfVoltLow=pfb.shelfVoltLow
Default is the low voltage specified in the operating
range.
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
shelf
shelf
shelf
shelf
shelf
5 expectedamps 100
30 type dcm
30 connectivity notrequired
1 expectedamps mix
1 expectedpf pfb 20.6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-131
config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config shelf 1 expectedpf pfa 8.5 pfb 3.7

# config shelf 1 expectedpf pfa 8.5 pfb 3.7
Error: expectedamps is not set to mix
Related commands
config slot
config card
show shelf

Command description
This command configures a slot for a specific card type.

Pre-provision the network element database to expect a specific card type in the slot
Change the setting for a pre-provisioned card type to the card type that is currently
inserted into the slot
AINS (automatic in-service): When pre-provisioning a slot for a specific card type, you
can set the ains qualifier to specify that no alarms is generated for the card until it is first
inserted in the slot.
Impact
Access levels
Configures the card type for the

specified slot.
Syntax
empty
11dpe12 [ains]
11dpe12e [ains]
11dpe12a [ains]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-132
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11dpm12 [ains]
1dpp24m [ains]
11qpa4 [ains]
11qpe24 [ains]
11qpen4 [ains]
4dpa4 [ains]
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a} [ains]
ec [ains]
pf [ains]
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} [ains]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot

type.
type
Enter this keyword alone to display the current card type

in the specified shelf/slot.
empty
Configure the selected slot as empty. This de-provisions

(deletes) the card.
If you insert a card into a slot configured as empty, the
slot is automatically configured for the inserted card type
using its default values.
11dpe12
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPE12 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.
11dpe12e
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPE12E card in the

qualifier.
11dpe12a
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPE12A card in the

qualifier.
11dpm12
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPM12 card in the

qualifier.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-133
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
1dpp24m
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 1DPP24M card in the

qualifier.
11qpa4
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11QPA4 card in the

qualifier.
11qpe24
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11QPE24 card in the

qualifier.
11qpen4
Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11QPEN4 card in the

qualifier.
4dpa4
Pre-provision the NE to expect a 4DPA4 card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
Pre-provision the NE to expect an A2325A, AHPHG, and

AHPLG, AM2125A, AM2125B, AM2318A card in the
qualifier.
|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
ec
Pre-provision the NE to expect an EC card in the slot.

qualifier.
pf
Pre-provision the NE to expect a PF card in the slot. Enter

this keyword, followed optionally by the ains qualifier.
Pre-provision the NE to expect an SFD or SFC card in the
slot.
qualifier:
SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config slot 1/12 type ahphg
Related commands
config slot
config card
config interface
show shelf
show slot
show card
Command description
This command shows card configuration information on the network element.

This command provides access to subcommands that allow you to:
Show brief information for all cards of a specific type
Show detailed information for a specific card
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card
11dpe12
11dpe12e
11dpe12a
11dpm12
11qpa4
11qpe24
11qpen4
4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-135
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4dpa4
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg |am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
dcm
ec
inventory
shelf/slot
Parameter
Description
11dpe12
Show 11DPE12 OT information. See show

card 11dpe12.
11dpe12e
Show 11DPE12e OT information. See show

card 11dpe12e.
11dpe12a
Show 11DPE12A OT information. See show

card 11dpe12a..
11dpm12
Show 11DPM12 OT information. See show

card 11dpm12.
1dpp24m
Show 1DPP24M OT information. See show

card 1dpp24m.
11qpa4
Show 11QPA4 OT information. See show

card 11qpa4.
11qpe24
Show 11QPE24 OT information. See show

card 11qpe24.
11qpen4
Show 11QPEN4 OT information. See show

card 11qpen4.
4dpa2
Show 4DPA2 OT information. See show card

4dpa2.
4dpa4
Show 4DPA4 OT information. See show card

4dpa4.
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}
Show amplifier information. See show card
dcm
Show DCM information. See show card

dcm.
ec
Show EC controller information. See show

card ec.
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-136
show card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Show SFD or SFC information . See show

card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8}.
SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H
inventory
Show SEEPROM inventory information. See

show card inventory.
mvac
Show MVAC variable attenuator information.

See show card mvac
shelf/slot
Show configuration information for a card

inserted in a particular shelf and slot. Enter the
shelf and slot of the card for which you want
to display configuration information. The
correct card type is determined automatically.
Examples

# show card 11dpe12
# show card ahphg
Related commands
config slot
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-137
show card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card 11dpe12

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11DPE12 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11DPE12 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11DPE12 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11DPE12 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 11DPE12 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11DPE12 (Equipped: 11DPE12)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Operational Mode: fullRate
TPID: NA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-138
show card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

----------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED : Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold : 85 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C
Operational Mode : subRate
TPID
: NA

-----------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C
Operational Mode: QinQ
TPID
: 0x8100

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-139
show card 11dpe12e
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card 11dpe12e

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11dpe12e cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11dpe2e card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11DPE12E cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 11DPE12E 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12E (Equipped: 11DPE12E)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-140
show card 11dpe12e
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

STPID1: 0x8100
STPID2: 0x9100
STPID3: 0x9200
STPID4: 0x9300
Flow CM: CCM

Error Response text
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11DPE12E OT.
Display the timing reference source for the system timing entity
Display the synchronization status message for system timing entity

Display the synchronization clock mode state
Display the synchronization switch state
Display the wait-to-restore timer for system timing entity
Display the details information of the system timing entity

Display the system quality level
Impact
Access levels
Syntax
activeRef
clkModStat
detail
syncMsg
sysql
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-141
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
refswState
wtr
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
activeRef
Shows information about the Current selected (active) line

timing Reference for system timing entity.
values: none, lineRef{0-3}
Default: none
ClkModeStat
Shows the current clock mode status for the system timing
entity, the values are shown as:
locked: the system timing is locked to a line timing

reference signal
autohldovr: Auto hold-over mode for system timing

entity. This value indicates that all timing references
available for the system timing selection have failed
and the clock is using history data previously acquired
(when it was operating in the normal mode) to control
its output signal.
autofrng: Auto free-running mode for system timing

and that no history data previously acquired (when it
was operating in the normal mode) is available
forcefrng: Forced free-running mode for system timing

entity
Detail
Display the current settings for the system timing entity
Syncmsg
Shows information about sync messaging (SSM Qualities)

for system timing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-142
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Sysql
Show the value of the system quality level (SSM). The

value as shown in following :

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
ST3E
ST3
DUS
wtr
Shows the value of wait to restore time for all timing

references.
refswstat
Show the current state of switch command for the system

timing entity.
Force: forced switch to line timing reference or internal

clock
Man: manual switch to line timing reference
Auto: automatic system synchronization switch of line

timing reference
NR: no request (no switch command is active)
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 SYNC0
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e (Equipped: 11dpe12e)
-----------------------------------------------activeRef : lineRef1
clkmodestat : locked
syncmsg
: enable
wtr
: 5
refSwStat : force
SysQL
: PRC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-143
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11DPE12E OT.
Display the line timing reference priority

Display the assigned port for the association line timing reference
Display the operation state for the line timing reference
Display the state of the line timing reference

Display the switch status for the line timing reference
Display the admin state for the line timing reference
Display the details information of the line timing reference
Display the line reference incoming QL status enable/disable

Display the line reference incoming QL operation status
Display the line reference incoming QL Value
Display the provisioned line reference incoming QL value
Impact
Access levels
Syntax
AdminStat
assPort
detail
incssmmsg
incssmstatus
incssmsupp
operStat
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-144
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
priority
provql
refstat
reflock
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
assPort
Shows which port is assigned as a line timing reference.
adminStat
Shows admin status for the line timing reference connected

port.
detail
Display the current settings for the line timing reference.
Syncmsg

for system timing.
incssmmsg
Show the incoming QL value. the value can be :
not applicable

Unknown
PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
TNC
ST3E
ST3
SMC
ST4
DUS
PNO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-145
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
insssmstatus
Show the line reference incoming QL Status , the value can

be :
0: valid
1: invalid
2: not supported
3: not applicable
incssmsupp
Show the line reference incoming QL processing status.
operStat
Shows the line timing reference operation status. The value

can be :
up
down
priority
Shows the priority of a line timing reference
provql
Show the manually provisioned incoming QL value
reflock
Shows the present line timing reference lockout status. The

values are shown as below:
refstat
enable
disable
Shows the actual signal status for the line timing reference
as forwarded to the system timing. The values are shown as
below:
Not assigned: Synchronization line timing reference is

unassigned
Normal: Line timing reference is assigned and

operating normally without faults
Signal failure: Synchronization line timing reference

failure
WTR: Synchronization line timing reference is

recovered and the WTR timer is running
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 lineRef1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e (Equipped: 11dpe12e)
-----------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-146
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
assPort : C5
adminStat : up
operStat :up
priority : 1
refstat : NORMAL
reflock : disable
incssmsupp : enable
incssmstatus : valid
incssmmsg :SSU_A
provql :AUTO
Related commands
show card 11dpe12a

Command description
Show a list of all 11dpe12a cards on the network element with brief information for each
card, or detailed information for a specific 11dpe12a card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11DPE12a cards on the network element by location.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-147
show card 11dpe12a
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11DPE12a 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12a (Equipped: 11DPE12a)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-7
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C
STPID1: 0x8100
STPID2: 0x9100
STPID3: 0x9200
STPID4: 0x9300
Flow CM: CCM

syncesupp : enable

Error Response text
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-148
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11dpe12a OT.

Impact
Access levels
Syntax
activeRef
clkModStat
detail
syncMsg
sysql
refswState
wtr
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-149
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
activeRef

Default: none
ClkModeStat

reference signal

its output signal.

forcefrng: Forced free-running mode for system timing

entity
Detail
Syncmsg

for system timing.
Sysql


PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
ST3E
ST3
DUS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-150
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
wtr

references.
refswstat

timing entity.

clock
Man: manual switch to line timing reference

timing reference
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 SYNC0
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A (Equipped: 11DPE12A)
syncmsg
: enable
wtr
: 5
refSwStat : force
SysQL
: PRC
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-151
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11dpe12a OT.



Impact
Access levels
Syntax
AdminStat
assPort
detail
incssmmsg
incssmstatus
incssmsupp
operStat
priority
provql
refstat
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-152
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
reflock
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
assPort
adminStat

port.
detail
incssmmsg
insssmstatus
not applicable

Unknown
PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
TNC
ST3E
ST3
SMC
ST4
DUS
PNO

be :
0: valid
1: invalid
2: not supported
3: not applicable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-153
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
incssmsupp
Show the line reference incoming QL processing status.
operStat

can be :
up
down
priority
provql
reflock

refstat
enable
disable
below:

unassigned


failure

Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 lineRef1
-----------------------------------------------------------assPort : C5
adminStat : up
operStat up
priority : 1
refstat : NORMAL
reflock : disable
incssmsupp : enable
incssmstatus : valid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-154
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
incssmmsg :SSU_A
provql :AUTO
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the LAG attributes for 11DPE12A OT.

Display the LAG name

Display the LAG actor admin key
Display the LAG actor operation key
Display the LAG actor system priority

Display the LAG actor system ID
Display the LAG MTU
Display the LAG admin state
Display the LAG bandwidth

Display the LAG ingress/egress available bandwidth
Display the LAG LACP state
Display the LAG max port size
Display the LAG TPID

Display the LAG lospropagation behaviour
Display the LAG LPT consequent action behaviour
Display the LAG mac address

Display the LAG partner system id
Display the LAG partner system priority

Display the LAG partner operator key
Display the LAG selected ports number
Display the LAG attached ports number

Display the LAG primary port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-155
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot lag{1-4}
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-156
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the following information of the provisioned LAG:

Actadmkey: Show the LAG actor admin key
Actopekey: Show the LAG actor operator key
actsysid : Show the LAG actor system id
actsyspriority : Show the LAG actor system priority
admin: show the LAG admin state
bandwidth: Show the LAG bandwidth
egravabandwidth: Show the LAG egress available
bandwidth
ingavabandwidth: Show the LAG ingress available
bandwidth
lacp: Show the LAG lacp state, always enable
losprop: Show the LAG lospropagation behaviour
lptconaction: Show the LAG lpt consequent action
behaviour
mac: Show the LAG mac address
maxport: Show the LAG max port size
mtu: Show the LAG MTU/MRU
name: Show the LAG name
n_attached: Show the number of attached ports in the LAG
n_selected: Show the number of selected ports in the LAG
parsysid: Show the LAG partner system id
parsyspriority: Show the lag partner system priority
paropekey: Show the lag partner operator key
priport: Show the lag primary port number
tpid: Show the lag TPID
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 lag1 detail
-----------------------------------------------lag number
: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-157
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
actadmkey
:10
Actopekey
:10
actsysid
:10:11:22:33:44:55
actsyspriority
:32768
admin
:up
bandwidth
:4Gbps
egravabandwidth :4Gbps
ingavabandwidth :4Gbps
lacp
:enable
losprop
:laseroff
lptconaction
noaction
mac
: 10:11:22:33:44:55
maxport
:4
mtu
:9600
name
:test lag 1
n_attached
:4
n_selected
:4
parsysid
: 10:11:22:33:44:54
parsyspriority :32769
paropekey
:30
priport
:c1
tpid
:stpid1
Related commands
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4} attachedport

[<interface>]
Command description
This command displays the lag port attributes for 11DPE12A OT.
Display the port actor system priority
Display the port actor system id

Display the port actor admin key
Display the port actor operator key

Display the port partner operation system priority
Display the port partner operation system id
Display the port selected agg id

Display the port attached agg id
Display the port actor port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-158

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the port actor port priority

Display the port partner operation port
Display the port partner operation port priority
Display the port actor admin state

Display the port actor operation state
Display the port partner operation state
Display the port state

Dislay the port receive LACP pkt number
Display the port receive unkown pkt number
Display the port receive illegal pkt number
Display the port transmit LACP pkt number
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot lag{1-4}
attachedport
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-159

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Specify the LAG attached port attributes :

actadmkey:
Display the port actor admin key value
actadmstate:
Display the port actor admin state .
The Actors state variables for the port, encoded as
individual bits within a single octet, as follows :
1. LACP_Activity is encoded in bit 0. This flag indicates
the Activity control value with regard to this link.
Active LACP is encoded as a 1; Passive LACP is
encoded as a 0.
2. LACP_Timeout is encoded in bit 1. This flag indicates
the Timeout control value with regard to this link. Short
a 0.
3. Aggregation is encoded in bit 2. only TRUE value is
supported (encoded as a 1), this flag indicates that the
System considers this link to be Aggregateable; i.e., a
potential candidate for aggregation.
4. Synchronization is encoded in bit 3. If TRUE (encoded
as a 1), the System considers this link to be IN_SYNC;
i.e., it has been allocated to the correct Link
Aggregation Group, the group has been associated with
a compatible Aggregator, and the identity of the Link
Aggregation Group is consistent with the System ID
and operational Key information transmitted. If FALSE
(encoded as a 0), then this link is currently
OUT_OF_SYNC; i.e., it is not in the right Aggregation.
5. Collecting is encoded in bit 4. TRUE (encoded as a 1)
means collection of incoming frames on this link is
definitely enabled; i.e., collection is currently enabled
and is not expected to be disabled in the absence of
administrative changes or changes in received protocol
information. Its value is otherwise FALSE (encoded as
a 0).
6. Distributing is encoded in bit 5. FALSE (encoded as a
0) means distribution of outgoing frames on this link is
definitely disabled; i.e., distribution is currently
disabled and is not expected to be enabled in the
absence of administrative changes or changes in
received protocol information. Its value is otherwise
TRUE (encoded as a 1).
7. Defaulted is encoded in bit 6. If TRUE (encoded as a

1), this flag indicates that the Actors Receive machine
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is using Defaulted operational Partner information,
1830 PSS-4
4-160
Release 5.1
administratively configured 3KC-13197-AAAA-TQZZA
for the Partner. If FALSE
(encoded as a 0), the operational Partner information in
use has been received in a LACPDU.
8. Expired is encoded in bit 7. If TRUE (encoded as a 1),

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A shelf/slot LAG1 attachedport detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 lag 1 attachedport :c1 11DPE12A
-----------------------------------------------------------actadmkey
:2
actadmstate
:lacpactiviey active
actadmstate
:lacptimeout short
actadmstate
:aggregation true
actopekey
:2
actopestate
actopestate
:lacptimeout short
actopestate
:aggregation true
actopestate
:Synchronization true
actopestate
:Collecting true
actopestate
:Distributing true
actopestate
:Defaulted false
actopestate
:Expired false
actporpriority :128
actport
: 1
actsysid
:101111111111
attaggid
lag 1
IllegalRx
:0
LACPDUsRx
:0
LACPDUsTx
:0
paropekey
:4
paropeporpriority :220
paropeport
: 1
paropestate
paropestate
:lacptimeout short
paropestate
:aggregation true
paropestate
paropestate
:Collecting true
paropestate
:Distributing true
paropestate
:Defaulted false
paropestate
:Expired false
Paropesysid : 101111111112
Paropesyspriority :32766
portstate
:active
selaggid
:lag 1
UnknownRx
:0
-----------------------------------------------------------actadmkey
:2
actadmstate
actadmstate
:lacptimeout short
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-161

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
actadmstate
:aggregation true
actopekey
:2
actopestate
actopestate
:lacptimeout short
actopestate
:aggregation true
actopestate
actopestate
:Collecting true
actopestate
:Distributing true
actopestate
:Defaulted false
actopestate
:Expired false
actporpriority :129
actport
: 3
actsysid
:101111111111
attaggid
lag 1
IllegalRx
:0
LACPDUsRx
:0
LACPDUsTx
:0
paropekey
:4
paropeport
: 2
paropestate
paropestate
:lacptimeout short
paropestate
:aggregation true
paropestate
paropestate
:Collecting true
paropestate
:Distributing true
paropestate
:Defaulted false
paropestate
:Expired false
portstate
:active
selaggid
:lag 1
UnknownRx
:0
# show card 11DPE12A shelf/slot lag2 c10 attachedport c12 detail

-----------------------------------------------------------actadmkey
:3
actadmstate
actadmstate
:lacptimeout short
actadmstate
:aggregation true
actopekey
:3
actopestate
actopestate
:lacptimeout short
actopestate
:aggregation true
actopestate
actopestate
:Collecting true
actopestate
:Distributing true
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-162

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
actopestate
:Defaulted false
actopestate
:Expired false
actporpriority :128
actport
: 12
actsysid
:101111111111
attaggid
lag 2
IllegalRx
:0
LACPDUsRx
:0
LACPDUsTx
:0
paropekey
:4
paropeport
:10
paropestate
paropestate
:lacptimeout short
paropestate
:aggregation true
paropestate
paropestate
:Collecting true
paropestate
:Distributing true
paropestate
:Defaulted false
paropestate
:Expired false
portstate
:active
selaggid
:lag 2
UnknownRx
:0
Related commands
config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lag{1-4} attachedport
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack

[<interface>]
Command description
There is one CFM Stack table per bridge. It permits the retrieval of information about the
Maintenance Points configured on any line port on the 11dpe12a card.
Display OAM infomation of the maintenance points configured on any given

interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-4 and PSS
Impact
Access levels
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-163
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack

[<interface>]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<interface>]
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | ethoam
cfm stack
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam cfm stack. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and ethoam
cfm stack.
type.
Interface: C{1-12}, L1, L2, and LAG{1-4}.
detail
Display the following information of the CFM stake in line

port.
Mdindex: MD index Maindex: MP is attached
MA index Level: The level of the Maintenance Domain
(MD) to which the MPs MA is associated.
Mepid: MEPID if a MEP is configured, else value 0
Direction: indicating the direction of the MP.
Vid: The VLAN ID to which the MP is attached.
Macaddress: MAC address of the MP.
interface: the interface (port) to which the MP is attached.
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam cfm stack L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam cfm stack L1
--------------------------------------------------------------interface
: L1
md index
: 1
ma index
: 6
level
: 6
mepid
: 100
direction
: up
vid
: 200
mac address : 00:60:1d:2c:bd:aa
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-164
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ethoam attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Display detailed information for Ethernet oam

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md 1. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the ethoam.
type.
detail
Display the following information of the provisioned

maintenance domain:
lbminterval: The LBM packet interval
lbrtimeout: The LBR timeout value
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam
-----------------------------------------------------Lbm interval : 1s
lbr timeout : 5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-165
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the ethoam maintenance domain attributes on the 11DPE12A
card.
Display detailed information for Ethernet oam

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32}

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the ethoam
md{1-32}.
type.
detail

maintenance domain:
Mdindex: Md index
Mdname: Md name
Level: md level
Format: the format of MD
Note: when pack is initialized, no any ethoam MD
information. After only MD1 has been created, the user can
show detailed information of MD.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-166
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1
------------------------------------------------------------Md index : 1
Md name : md1
level
: 6
Format : String
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the ethoam maintenance association attributes on the 11dpe12a
card.
Display detailed information for a specific MA

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash,
and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-167
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail

maintenance association:
Mdindex: Md index
Maindex: MA index
Mdname: Md name
Format :MA name format
Vid: vid monitored by the maintenance association
Ccminterval: The interval between ccm transmission to be
used by all maintenance associations in the MA
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10
------------------------------------------------------------Md index
: 1
Ma index
: 10
Ma name
: ma10
MA name format :string
vid
: 100
ccminterval : 3.33 ms
Related commands

meplist
Command description
This command displays the remote MEPID of the ethoam maintenance association
attributes on the 11dpe12a card.
Display detailed information for a specific remote maintenance associated end point
identifier (MEPID) within MA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-168

meplist
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} meplist
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}
meplist
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}

remote mepid. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot
number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} meplist.
type.
detail
Display the information the remote mepid in a specific

maintenance association.
Md index
Ma index
Remote mepid: remote mepid
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10 meplist detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10 meplist
--------------------------------------------------------Md index
: 1
Ma index
: 10
meplist
: 7,8
Related commands
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} add remote mepid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-169

mep{1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mep{1-8191}
Command description
This command displays the MEP attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Display detailed information for a specific maintenance associated end point identifier
(MEPID) within MA
Display the MEP database
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}
detail
database
loopback
csf
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191}

mep{1-8191}. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot
number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191}.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-170

mep{1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the following information of a specific mepid

within the provisioned MEP:
Mdindex: md index
Maindex: ma index
Mepid: mepid Direction: the direction of maintenance
associated end point
interface: the port of this MEP
Mepcc: the continuity check messages (CCMs) by this
MEP
Active: the active status by this MEP
Lowprdef: the lowest priority defect of this MEP
Macaddress: the mac address of this MEP
database
Show the MEP database, for details see the show card
11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} database
loopback
Show the MEP loopback, for details see the show card
11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} loopback
csf
Show the MEP csf, for details see the show card
11DPE12A shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} csf
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10 mep1
--------------------------------------------------------Ma index
1
Md index
: 10
interface : L1
mepid
: 1
direction : down
mepcc
: disable
active
: false
lowprdef
: macRemErrXcon
mac address : 40:32:c8:6d:b3:2a:
priority
:7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-171

mep{1-8191}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191}

Command description
This command displays the MEP database attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} database
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}

mep{1-8191}database. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} database.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-172

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the following information of the mep database:

Remote mepid: The Maintenance association End Point
Identifier of a remote MEP whose information from the
MEP Database is to be returned
Mac address: The mac address of the remote MEP (the
source address of the last received CCM) or 0 if no CCM
has been received
RDI: The State of the remote defect indication (RDI) bit in
the last received CCM (true for RDI=1), or false if none has
been received.
Value: true or false
interface status: the value of the interface status TLV
received in the last CCM from the remote
Value: No interface status , up , down
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma8 mep1 database
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10 mep database
--------------------------------------------------------Remote mepid
: 100
Mac address
: 11:0a:2d:04:ac:82
Rdi
: false
interface status : up

Command description
This command displays the MEP loopback attributes on the 11dpe12a card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-173

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} loopback
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}

mep{1-8191} loopback. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} loopback .
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-174

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
destinationtype: Specify the destination identify type is

MEP ID or MAC address .
Value Range: MEP ID or MAC address
MEP ID: Specify the MEP ID for the destination when

the destination type is MEPID .
MAC address: Specify the MAC address for the

destination when the destination type is mac address .
Value Range: 48 bytes MAC
Number of LBM: Specify the number of LBM packet

will be sent to the destination. Default value :3
Value Range: 1-1023
Priority: Specify the priority of LBM packet will be

sent to the destination.
Default value :7
Value Range: 1-7
DataTLV: Specify the length of dataTLV in LBM

packet.
Default value :0
Value Range: 0-1480
DropEligibility: Specify the DropEligibility of LBM

packet supporting or not .
Default value: false
Value Range: true or false
Receive LBR: Specify the total number of valid,

in-order LBRs received.
Receive out of order LBR : Specify the total number of

valid, out-of-order LBRs received.
Receive badmac LBR: Specify the total number of

LBRs received whose mac_service_data_unit did not
match (except for the OpCode) that of the
corresponding LBM.
Transmit LBR: specify the total number of transmitted

LBRs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-175

mep{1-8191} csf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mep{1-8191} csf
Command description
This command displays the MEP csf attributes on the 11dpe12a card.
Display the MEP csf

Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} mep{1-8191} csf
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam
md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} csf

mep{1-8191} csf. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot
number, a slash, and ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}
mep{1-8191} csf .
type.
detail

interval: the CSF frame transmiting period
priority: the CSF frame priority in VLAN
direction: specify the CSF of LPT is disable or unidirection
or bidirection .
Examples
# show card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 ma8 mep1 csf
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12A ethoam md1 ma10 mep1 csf
--------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-176

mep{1-8191} csf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Priority : 7
interval : 1min
direction : disable

Command description
This command displays the ptp system attributes for 11dpe12a OT.
clock mode
frequency reference
time reference
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
clockMode
freqReference
timeReference
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-177
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clockMode
Display the configured value for the clockMode attribute.

Available values are:
freRef
ptpDisabled: 1588 function of this card is disabled
ocMaster: The PTP clock of this card is OC-master.
ocSlave: The PTP clock of this card is OC-slave.
bc: The PTP clock of this card is BC
Display the configured value for the freqReference

attribute. It is valid only the clockMode=ocMaster |
ocSlave | BC.
layer1a: The PTP clock uses the physical layer

synchronous clock which is synchronized to the
grandmaster.
ptp: The PTP clock uses the recovered 1588

frequency.
Default: layer1a.

is in ptpDisabled.
timeRef
Display the configured value for the timeReference

attribute. It is valid only the clockMode=ocMaster | BC.
extPps: The PTP clock uses the local free-running

time but align to the external 1pps signal.
extTod: The PTP clofk aligns the time to the external

ToD signal.
ptp: The ptp clock aligns the time to the grandmaster.

is in ptpDisabled.
detail
Display the following information for the ptp system:
clockMode
freqRef
timeRef
Examples
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clockMode
PTP clock mode: BC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-178
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp freqReference

Frequency reference: ptp
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp timeReference

Time reference: extTod
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp detail

PTP clock mode
: BC
Frequency reference : ptp
Time reference
: extTod
Related commands

Command description
This command Display the attributes for the 1pps&ToD interfaces on 11dpe12a OT.
Know the detailed information of a 1pps&ToD interface
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot ptp tod{1-2}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ptp tod{1-2}.

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-179
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

direction
Display the following information for the specified

1pps&ToD interface:
direction: indicate the direction of the interface,

which could be input or output.
todSignalValidity: indicate the validity of the tod

signal. truemeans the tod signal is valid and
falsemeans the tod signal is invalid.
ppsFormat: indicate the format of the 1pps signal,

which could be:
1 pulse per second
1 pulse per minute
1 pulse per hour
todFormat: indicate the format of the tod signal,

which could be:
UBX
IRIG-B
IRIG-D
cableCorrection: indicate the configured cable

correction value. The unit is ns.
ppsStatus: indicate the status of the 1pps signal,

which could be one of:
normal
absent
todStatus: indicate the status of the tod signal, which

could be one of:
normal
degrade
DNU (do not use)
absent
adminState: indicate administrative state of the tod

interface, which could be:
up
down
Examples
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp tod1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-180
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Direction
: input
todSignalValidity : true
ppsFormat
:
1 pulse per second
todFormate
:
UBX
cableCorrection :
20ns
ppsStatus
:
normal
todStatus
:
normal
adminState
: up
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the attributes of a specific ptp clock for 11dpe12a OT.
attributes of a ptp clock default data set
attributes of a ptp clock current data set

attributes of a ptp clock parent data set
attributes of a ptp clock time property data set
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
defautDS <value>
currentDS <value>
parentDS <value>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-181
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
timePropertiesDS [up|down]
Parameter
Description

type.
defautDS
Display the default attributes of the ptp clock for the the
following information:
clockIndex: The ptp clock index in the system
clockID: The ptp clock identifier
domain: The domain that the ptp clock belongs to
priority1: The priority1 attribute
priority2: The priority2 attribute
clock class: The clock class attribute.
clock accuracy: The clock accuracy attribute
offsetScaledLogVariance: The offsetScaledLogVariance attribute
two-step flag: indicate if the ptp clock uses two-step

mode or not
number of ports: The number of ptp ports
adminState: The administrative status of the ptp

clock
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-182
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
currentDS
Display the current status of the ptp clock for the

OffSetFromMaster: The time difference between the

master clock and the local clock. The unit is ns.
MeanPathDelay: The mean propagation time

between the master clock and the local clock. The unit
is ns
CurrentTime: The current ptp time of the local clock.

The format is as below: 'S, N', where S stands for
the second part of time (48 octets) and N stands for
the nano-second part of time (32 octets).
ClockState: The status of the local clock. It shows

one of the following values:
Unknown: The local clock is in an unknown state.
FreeRun: The local clock does not synchronize its
time to the network, instead, it generates the time
locally.
Acquiring: the local clock is just starting to lock
to the selected reference.
Phasetracking: the local clock is aligning its time
to the reference before going to the locked state.
Holdover: The local clock is in the holdover
status. This value indicates that all time references
have failed, and the clock is using history data
previously acquired (when it was operating in the
locked state) to control its time.
Locked: The local clock is stablely locked to a ptp
port or external 1pps&ToD interface
LockedPtpPort: The ptp port index which the
local clock is synchronizing to. It is meaningful
only when the PTP node operates as OC-slave/BC
and tnPtpSystemTimeReference = the recovered
PTP time, and clockStatue = locked.
StepsRemoved: The number of communication
path traversed between the grandmaster clock and
the local clock
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-183
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
parentDS
Display the attributes of the parent clock and grandmaster

clock (which the local clock is synchronizing to) for the
clockID: clock identifier of the parent clock.
ptp port number: The ptp ports number of the

parent clock which the local clock is synchronizing to.
statisticCollected: indicate if the parent clock

statistics are collected or not.
offsetScaledLogVariance: The offset scaled log

variance of the current master, observed by the local
clock. It is valid only statisticCollected is true.
phaseChangeRate: The phase change rate of the

current master, observed by the local clock. It is valid
only statisticCollected is true.
grandmasterClockId: The clock identifier of the

grandmaster.
grandmasterClass: The clock class of the

grandmaster.
grandmasterAccuracy: The clock accuracy of the

grandmaster.
grandmasterOffsetScaledLogVariance: The offset

scaled log variance of the grandmaster.
grandmasterPriority1: priority1 value of the

grandmaster.
grandmasterPriority2: priority2 value of the

grandmaster.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-184
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timePropertiesDS
Display the time properties of the ptp clock for the

CurrentUtcOffset: The current offset between TAI

and UTC. Unit is second.
CurrentUtcOffsetValid: indicate if the value of the

currentUtcOffset is valid of not.
Leap59: indicate if the last minute of the current UTC

day contains 59 seconds or not.
Leap61: indicate if the last minute of the current UTC

day contains 61 seconds or not.
TimeTraceable: indicate if the timescale and value of

current UTC offset are traceable to a primary
reference or not.
FrequencyTraceable: indicate if the frequency

determining the timescale is traceable to a primary
reference or not.
PtpTimescale: indicate if the clock timescale of the

grandmaster clock is ptp or not.
TRUE = PTP timescale
FALSE = ARB timescale
PtpTimeSource: The source of time used by the

grandmaster clock.
Examples
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 defaultDS
Clock index: 010701
ClockID: 00-15-58-7C-FF-01-E8-29
Domain: 0
Priority1: 1
Priority2: 2
Clock class: 6
Clock accuracy: 0x21
OffsetScaledlogVariance: 0xFFFF
Two-step flag: false
Number of ports: 16
AdminState: up
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 currentDS

Offset from master index: 30ns
Mean path delay: 95ns
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-185
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current time: 98778838 seconds, 3568 ns

Clock state: locked
Locked ptp port: 8
Step removed: 4
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1
parentDS
ClockID: 00-15-58-7C-FF-01-E8-32
PTP port number: 2
Statistics clloected: false
OffsetScaledLogVariance: 0xFFFF
PhaseChangeRate: 0x7FFF FFFF
Grandmaster clockID: 00-15-58-7C-FF-01-E8-55
Grandmaster class: 6
Grandmaster accuracy: 0x21
Grandmaster offsetScaledLogVariance: 0xFFFF
Grandmaster priority1: 0
Grandmaster priority2: 1
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1
timePropertiesDS
Current UTC offset: 6

CurrentUtcOffsetValid: true
Leap59: false
Leap61: false
Time traceable: true
Frequency traceable: true
PTP timescale: true
PTP time souuce: 0x40
Related commands

Command description
This command displays the list of ptp ports for a specific ptp clock of 11DPE12A OT.
Use this command to know the ptp ports of the ptp clock
Impact
Access levels
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-186
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
Parameter
Description

type.
port
Display the list of ptp ports in this clock. For each ptp
port, the following information will be displayed:
port index: The port number of this ptp port.
assPort: The physical port which the ptp port is

associated to
assVID: VLAN-ID which the ptp port is associated

to.
portStatus: indicate the port status, which could be

one of:
unknown
initializing
faulty
disabled
listening
premaster
master
passive
uncalibrated
slave
adminState: administrative state of the PTP port
Examples
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12a
Clockindex: 1/7/1
-----------------------------------------------------portIndex assPort assVID portStatus adminState
1
1/7/2
100
slave
up
2
1/7/3
0
master
up
3
1/7/4
200
master
up
4
1/7/5
300
master
up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-187
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ptp port attributes of a specified ptp port for 11dpe12a OT.
Detailed information for a specific ptp port.
Impact
Access levels
None.
Syntax
Parameter
Description

port{1-14}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ptp clock{1} port{1-14}. In

R5.1 only a single ptp clock is supported.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-188
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
port{1-14}
Display the data set of the specified ptp port for the
assPort: The physical port which the ptp port is

associated to
assVID: VLAN-ID used by the ptp port in the

associated physical port.
logAnnounceInterval: Transmitted Announce

message interval (unit: seconds), which is calculated
at the logarithm to the base of 2
logSyncInterval: Transmitted Sync message

interval(unit: seconds), which is calculated at the
logarithm to the base of 2
logDelayReqInterval: Transmitted Delay_Req

message interval (unit: seconds), which is calculated
at the logarithm to the base of 2
announceTimeout: Number of Announce message

interval for the receipt timeout
delayMechanism: The delay mechanism scheme used

for the ptp port, which could be end-to-end, or
peer-to-peer
two-step flag: Indicate if the ptp port uses one-step or

two-step mode.
version: The PTP version for this ptp port, 1 or 2.
portRole: Indicate the configured port role of the ptp

port
portStatus: Indicate the port status, which could be

one of:
unknown
initializing
faulty
disabled
listening
premaster
master
passive
uncalibrated
slave
asyCorrection: asymmetry correction value of the ptp

port. The unit is ns.
encapType: indicate which encapsulation type is used

for the ptp port: Ethernet, or UDP/IPv4
addrMode: addressing mode of the ptp port
destMac: destination MAC address of the remote PTP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
port. Valid only when addrMode=unicast
1830 PSS-4
4-189
UnicastNegotiation: indicate if unicast negotiation is
enabled or not
PeerPathDelay: the path delay between the master

clock and slave clock. The unit is ns.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11dpe12a 1/7 ptp clock1 port10
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12a ptp port10
-----------------------------------------------------------assPort
: 1/7/2
assVID
: 100
logAnnounceInterval : 1
logSyncInterval : -7
logDelayReqInterval : -4
announceTimeout : 3
two-step flag : false
version
: 2
portRole
: auto
portStatus
: master
asyCorrection : 100ns
encapType
: Ethernet
addrMode
: unicast
addrModeDelayReq : unicast
destMac
: 00:15:58:7C:E8:35
unicastNegotiate : false
peerPathDelay : 30ns
adminState
: up
Related commands
show card 11dpm12

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11dpm12 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11dpm12 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-190
show card 11dpm12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show card 11dpm12 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11dpm12 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 11dpm12 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpm12 (Equipped: 11dpm12)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 11dpm12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-191
show card 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card 11qpa4

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11QPA4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11QPA4 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11qpa4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11QPA4 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 11QPA4 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11QPA4 (Equipped: 11QPA4)
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-192
show card 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 11qpa4
show card 11qpen4

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11QPEN4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11QPEN4 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11qpen4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11QPEN4 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 11QPEN4 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11QPEN4 (Equipped: 11QPEN4)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-193
show card 11qpen4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 11qpen4
show card 11qpe24

Command description
This command shows a list of all 11QPE24 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11QPE24 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

11QPE24 cards on the network element by location.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-194
show card 11qpe24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11QPE24 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11QPEN4 (Equipped: 11QPEN4)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C
syncesupp : enable

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 11qpe24

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11qpe24 OT.


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-195
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
Syntax
activeRef
clkModStat
detail
syncMsg
sysql
refswState
wtr
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
activeRef

Default: none
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-196
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ClkModeStat

reference signal

its output signal.

Detail
Syncmsg

for system timing.
Sysql

wtr

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
ST3E
ST3
DUS
TNC
PNO
Shows the value of wait to restore time.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-197
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
refswstat

timing entity.

clock

timing reference
Examples
# show card 11qpe24 1/7 SYNC0 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11qpe24 (Equipped: 11qpe24)
-----------------------------------------------Active Reference:
lineRef0
Clock Mode State:
locked
Sync Status Messaging: enable
Wait To Restore Time:
999999
Ref SwCmd Stat:
NR
System QL:
PRS
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-198
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 11qpe24 OT.



Impact
Access levels
Syntax
AdminStat
assPort
detail
incssmmsg
incssmstatus
operStat
priority
provql
refstat
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-199
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
reflock
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
assPort
adminStat

port.
detail
incssmmsg
insssmstatus
not applicable

Unknown
PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

PRS
STU
ST2
TNC
ST3E
ST3
SMC
ST4
DUS
PNO

be :
0: valid
1: invalid
2: not supported
3: not applicable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
operStat

can be :
up
down
priority
provql
reflock

refstat
enable
disable
below:

unassigned


failure

Examples
# show card 11qpe24 1/7 lineRef1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11qpe24 (Equipped: 11qpe24)
--------------------------------------------------------Assign Port
: C1
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
Priority
: 1
Stat
: Normal
Switch Stat
: NR
Inc SSM Support
: Enabled
Inc SSM Status
: Valid
Inc SSM Msg
: PRS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-201
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provql
Ref LockOut
: AUTO
: Disabled
Related commands
show card 4dpa2

Command description
This command shows a list of all 4DPA2 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 4DPA2 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 4dpa2 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

4DPA2 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 4dpa2 1/15
Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 4DPA2 (Equipped: 4DPA2)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-202
show card 4dpa2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-15
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 'C
Temp Tolerance : 3 'C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 'C
Temperature
: 32 'C
Related commands

config card 4dpa2
show card 4dpa4

Command description
This command shows a list of all 4DPA4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 4DPA4 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 4dpa4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

4dpa4 cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card 4dpa4 1/11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-203
show card 4dpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 11 4DPA4 (Equipped: 4DPA4)

-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-11
Card Descr
:
Card Mode
: Dual Tran
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 'C
Temp Tolerance : 3 'C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 'C
Temperature
: 32 'C
Related commands

config card 4dpa4
show card 1dpp24m

Command description
This command shows a list of all 1dpp24m cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 1dpp24m card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slot | *
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
detail
Display the current detailed settings for the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-204
show card 1dpp24m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 1dpp24m 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 1DPP24M (Equipped: PSS1P21)
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up S/W Load
:
Status LED
: Blink Red
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 28C
Card modemaster
Syncesupp: disable
Impedance: 75ohm

Error Response text
Related commands

config card 1dpp24m

Command description
This command displays the system timing synchronization attributes for 1dpp24m OT.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-205
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slotSYNC0
activeRef
clkModStat
detail
syncMsg
sysql
refswState
wtr
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot |*

activeRef
Shows information about the Current selected (active)

line timing Reference for system timing entity.
Values: none, lineRef{0-2 }
Default: none
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-206
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ClkModeStat
Shows the current clock mode status for the system

timing entity, the values are shown as:

reference signal

and the clock is using history data previously
acquired (when it was operating in the normal mode)
to control its output signal

forcefrng: Forced free-running mode for system

timing entity
Detail
Syncmsg
Shows information about sync messaging (SSM

Qualities) for system timing.
sysql

value as shown in following ( NE works in SDH mode):
wtr
PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU

references.
Examples
# show card 1dpp24m 1/7 SYNC0
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 1dpp24m (Equipped: 1dpp24m)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-207
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
syncmsg
: enable
wtr
: 5
SysQL
: PRC
Related commands

config card 1dpp24m shelf/slotSYNC0

Command description
This command displays the line timing reference synchronization attributes for 1dpp24m
OT




Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card 1dpp24m shelf/slotlineref{0-2}
AdminStat
assPort
detail
incssmmsg
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-208
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
incssmstatus
operStat
priority
provql
refStat
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot |*

adminStat
Shows admin status for the line timing reference

connected port.
assPort
detail
incssmmsg
Show the incoming QL value. The value can be :
incssmstatus
Not applicable

PRC
SSU_A
SSU_B
SEC
DNU
Note: For lineref1 and lineref1, as they are always
assigned to E1 client port (C1~C21) while E1 client
port does not support SSM monitoring or termination,
so parameter incssmmsg is always with value of
not applicable for lineref0 and lineref1.
Show the line reference incoming QL Status , the value

can be :
0:valid
1:invalid
2:not supported
3:not applicable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-209
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
operStat
Shows the line timing reference operation status.the value

can be :
Up
Down
priority
provql
refstat
Shows the actual signal status for the line timing

reference as forwarded to the system timing. The values
are shown as below:
Not assigned: Synchronization line timing reference

is unassigned


failure

Examples
# show card 1dpp24m 1/7 lineRef1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 1dpp24m (Equipped: 1dpp24m)
-----------------------------------------------------------assPort : C1
adminStat : up
operStat :up
priority : 1
refstat : normal
incssmstatus : not supported
incssmmsg :not applicable
provql :AUTO
Related commands

config card 1dpp24m shelf/slotlineref{0-2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-210
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command shows a list of all A2325A, AHPHG, and AHPLG cards on the network
element with brief information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator, Provisioner, Observer: all parameters

other than those listed below.
Admin: intrusion detection, spanloss, baseline,
threshold, pollperiod.
Syntax
show card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list
of all A2325A, AHPHG, and AHPLG cards on the
network element by location.
numeric values of shelf and slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.
detection
This is on when optical intrusion monitoring is enabled,

or off when disabled.
spanloss
The most recently measured span loss in dB. If

detection is turned off, span loss returns NA.
baseline
Shows the current baseline value for the span loss. A

value of -1 indicates that the baseline has not been set.
threshold
Displays the value of the threshold difference between

the measured span loss and the baseline that is used for
declaring an optical intrusion.
pollperiod
Shows the polling period for optical intrusion

monitoring.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-211
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card ahphg 1/2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 AHPHG (Equipped: AHPHG)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-2
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature
: 23 C
Pump1 Temperature:
Pump2 Temperature:
Pump3 Temperature:
Detection :
Spanloss :
Baseline :
Threshold :
Pollperiod:
Pump1 LBC:
Pump2 LBC:
Pump3 LBC:
On
22.7 dB
21.5 dB
2.5 dB
30 s
Related commands

config card {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-212
show card dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card dcm

Command description
This command shows a list of all DCM cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card dcm shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

all DCM cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card dcm 25/1
Shelf: 25 Slot: 1 DCM (Equipped: DCM)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State
: Up
Card Name
: Card-25-1
Card Descr
:
Compensation Distance
: 20 km
Fiber Type
: SSMF
Related commands

config card dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-213
show card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card ec
Command description
This command shows a list of all EC cards on the network element with brief information
for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card ec shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

all EC cards on the network element by location.
numeric values of shelf and slot ranges for each
Examples
# show card ec 1/1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 1 EC (Equipped: EC)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-3.6-1
Capacity
: 16G
EQPS LED
: Solid Off
Card Name
: Card-1-1
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 35 C
Activity State : Active
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-214
show card ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config card ec

Command description
This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified control card.

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Impact
Access levels
Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored
for the card.
Syntax
show card ec shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot | *

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-215
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
Clears the raw counts for the PM group.
raw
Displays the raw counts for this PM group.
interval
Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.
Set to 0 for 15 minute interval
clear
Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin
detail
Displays the PM configuration values
bin
Displays collected data for the specified bin
Examples
# (show-card-ec-1/1-pm-card-0)# detail
PM Config Data Shelf=1 Slot= 1 Group=Card
Interval Length
: 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins
: 32
Card Stats Profile Id
: 7
Interval=0
# (show-card-ec-1/1-pm-card-0)# 0
Group: Card Interval: 0 Bin: 0 Location: 1/1 Processor: 1
______________________________________________________________
Start Time
Bin Status
CPU Average (%)
Heap Usage (%)
Pool Usage (%)
: 2008/04/04
: Invalid
:
:
:
10:15:00
4
37
17
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-216
show card inventory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card inventory

Command description
This command displays remote inventory information for a specific card, or for all cards
in a shelf, or for all cards on the network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show card inventory shelf/slot | shelf/* | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | shelf/* | *
Specifies the location of the card you want to query. Enter

the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot number.
Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash and a * to
display a list of all cards in one shelf. Or enter a * to
display a list of all cards on the network element.
type.
When a specific shelf/slot is entered, a full detail,
multi-line report will be displayed. If a wildcard retrive is
requested then a single-line per card report will be
displayed.
Examples
# show card inventory 1/1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 1 - EC
---------------------------------------------------------------Company Identifier : AUSA
Unit Mnemonic : EC
CLEI Code
: G59241M110 Unit Part Number : 8DG59241AAM110
Software Part Number : -------------Factory Identifier : PB
Serial Number
: F6081700196
Date
: 080505
Customer Inventory Field : M1 1B
400:60:1D:7C:56:A8
# show card inventory 1/*

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-217
show card inventory
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Location Card Type Part Number

Serial Number CLEI
Pmax (W)
---------------------------------------------------------------1/3
11STAR1 8DG59249AAAA PB075141081
NG17AFDMAA
47
1/7
11STMM10 8DG59251AAM120 PB082841827 G59251M120 127
1/8
11STMM10 8DG59251AAM120 PB082541788 G59251M120 127
1/16
43STX4P
8DG59251AAM120 PB082541788
G59251M466 147
1/23
FLC
8DG59241AA10
PB080141299445566 NG45DFGMAA
55
1/41
FAN
8DG59243AAAA1B PB080141284667788 G59243M11B 255
1/42
BTC
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089112233 NG17AFDMAA
12
1/43
BTC
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089111222 NG17AFDMAA
12
1/44
PF
8DG59242AAAA10 PB080141323223344 G5924AM145
10
1/45
PF
8DG59242ABAA02 F6081200147334455 G5924AM145
10
1/11
MT0C
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089008855 NG17AFDMCC
76
Related commands
show slot
show card

Command description
This command shows a list of all SFD or SFC cards on the network element with brief
SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H; 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4 only
SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H; 1830 PSS-4 only
SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D; 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4 only
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-218
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} shelf/slot | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *

all SFD or SFC cards of the specified type on the network
element by location.
type.
Examples
# show card sfc4b 1/4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 SFC4B (Equipped: SFC4B)
---------------------------------------------------------------Card Name
: Card-1-4
Card Descr :
Card Mode : TwoFiber
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-219
show card mvac
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show card mvac

Command description
This command displays a list of all MVAC cards on the network element with brief
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator, Provisioner, Observer.
Syntax
show card mvacshelf/slot |*
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot|*
Specifies the shelf and slot that it is reserved

for, or contains the card. Enter the shelf
number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of all
MVAC cards on the network element by
location.
Range (shelf): 7,8
Examples
in bold, responses in bold text.
# show card mvac 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 MVAC (Equipped: MVAC)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-7
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-220
show card mvac
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Temp Tolerance: 3 C

Error Response text
Related commands

config card mvac
show fan
Command description
This command shows a list of all FAN cards on the network element with brief
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show fan shelf | *
Parameter
Description
shelf | *
Specifies the shelf that contains the fan. Enter the shelf
number, or enter a * to display a list of all FAN cards on
the network element by location.
values of shelf ranges for each supported shelf type.
Examples
Example of 1830 PSS
# show fan 1
Shelf: 1
Slot: 37 FAN (Equipped: FAN)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-221
show fan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability : Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Fan Name
: Fan-1
Description
:
Fan Speed Setting : Normal

# show fan 1
Shelf: 1
Slot: 37 FAN (Equipped: FAN)
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Fan Name
: Fan-1
Description
:

# show fan 1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 6 FAN (Equipped: FAN)
------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
Fan Name
: Fan-1
Description
:
Fan Speed Setting : Normal
Related commands

config fan
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-222
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the remote inventory information for a SFP/XFP/CFP pluggable
module in a port on a card, or for all ports on a card, or for all ports on a shelf, or for all
ports on the network element..
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface inventory shelf/slot/port | shelf/slot/* | shelf/*
| *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port |
shelf/slot/* | shelf/* | *
Specifies the location of the port you want to query.

Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number followed by a slash and the port number to
display the details of the addressed port SFP, XFP, or CFP.
Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number followed by a slash and a * to display a list of all
port SFPs, XFPs, or CFPs in one shelf.
display a list of all port SFPs, XFPs, CFPs in one shelf.
Or enter a * to display a list of all port SFPs, XFPs, or
CFPs on the network element.
type.
When a specific shelf/slot/port is entered, a full detail,
multi-line report will be displayed. If a wildcard retrieve is
requested then a single-line per port report will be
displayed.
Examples
# show interface inventory 1/6/C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-223
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 6 Port: C1 - 11STAR1 Client Port [10GbE LAN]

------------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: XI-64.1
CLEI Code
: ---------Unit Part Number : 1AB214540001
Software Part : TRF5012FS-LA01 Factory Identifier :
Number
Module Vendor Ser Num : T07D16115 Date
: 070509
Max Case Temperature
: 75C
Frequency
: 1310
Customer Inventory : ---------------------------------------------Field

Shelf: 3 Slot: 3 Port: C5 - 11STGE12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: 1000B-LX
CLEI Code
: ---------Unit Part Number
:
Software Part Number
: FTLF1319P1BTLL Factory Identifier : Module Vendor Ser Num
: PAD51T3
Date
: 061002
: 85 C
Frequency
: 1310
Customer Inventory Field : ----------------ETR---------------------

Shelf: 3 Slot: 7 Port: C1 112SCA1 Client Port [100GbE]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: C113G10C
CLEI Code
: CLEIXXXXXX
Unit Part Number :
112233445566
Software Part Number: AABBCCDDEEFFGG
Factory Identifier: Module ALU Ser Num : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR Date
: 100912
: 70 C
Frequency
: 1523
Interchangeabililty
: 222222
Acronym Code
: C10L3W11G10C
Customer Inventory Field : --------------------------------------

Shelf: 3 Slot: 7 Port: C1 112SCA1 Client Port [100GbE]
-----------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: C113G10C
CLEI Code
: CLEIXXXXXX
Unit Part Number
: 112233445566
Software Part Number : AABBCCDDEEFFGG
Factory Identifier : Module ALU Ser Num
: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR Date
: 100912
: 70 C
Frequency
: 1523
Interchangeabililty
: 222222 Acronym Code
: C10L3W11G10C
Customer Inventory Field : ----------------------------------------
# show interface inventory 1/*

Location
Module Type
Part Number
Serial Number
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-224
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
--------------------------------------------------------1/6/C1
XI-64.1
1AB214540001
PAD51T3
1/8/C5
1000B-LX
8DG59249AAAA
PB0XXXX
1/9/C4
SI-16.1
1AB196370005NG
83E304N00622
1/17/OSCT SI-16.2O
1AB373110001
7Y1203N00073
Related commands
show slot
show card
show pf
Command description
This command shows a list of all PF cards on the network element with brief information
for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show pf shelf | *
Parameter
Description
shelf | *

all PF cards on the network element by location.
type.
Examples
# show pf 1/2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-225
show pf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 PF (Equipped: PF)

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : FLT
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED : Solid Red
Card Name
: Power Filter-1-A
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Amp Rating : 5 Amps
Related commands

config pf

Command description
This command shows detailed information for the PF (Power Filter) on the master shelf.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot
Specifies the shelf, slot of the card. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number.
type.
Note: Housekeeping only applies to master shelf.
Examples
ZZ05L# show pf 1/2 housekeeping
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-226
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 - PF (Equipped: PF)

---------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Major Alarm LED
: Solid Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange Status LED
: Solid Green
General Purpose Relays:
Relay State Label
Connected To
---------------------------------------------------------------1 OPR Release cabinet magnetic lock
-NA2 OPR Activate video surveillance camera -NAGeneral
1: High
2: High
3: High
Purpose Inputs:
-- MN Inlet air temperature >40 deg C
-- MN Ambient Relative humidity >60 %
-- CR Equipment Room fire sensor activated

----------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Major Alarm LED
: Solid Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange Status LED
: Solid Green
Relay State Label
Connected To
----------------------------------------------------------------1 OPR Release cabinet magnetic lock
-NA2 OPR Activate video surveillance camera -NAGeneral Purpose Inputs:
1: High -- MN Inlet air temperature >40 deg C
2: High -- MN Ambient Relative humidity >60 %
3: High -- CR Equipment Room fire sensor activated

----------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Red
Major Alarm LED
: Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Orange
Status LED
: Solid Green
Relay State Label
Connected To
----------------------------------------------------------------1 racklamp Critical Alarm Indication -NA2 racklamp Major Alarm Indication
-NAGeneral
1: High
2: High
3: High
Purpose Inputs:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-227
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

---------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Blank
Major Alarm LED
: Blank
Minor Alarm LED
: Blank
Status LED
: Solid Green
Relay State Label
Connected To
---------------------------------------------------------------1 racklamp Minor Alarm Indication
-NA2 racklamp No Alarm
-NAGeneral
1: High
2: High
3: High
Purpose Inputs:
Related commands

show shelf
Command description
This command shows information about the shelves in the network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show shelf shelfnum | *
Parameter
Description
shelfnum | *
Specifies the shelf. Enter the shelf number, or enter a * to

display a list of all shelves on the network element.
values of shelf ranges for each supported shelf type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-228
show shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
Example of 1830 PSS-4 master shelf
ZZ05L# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master Shelf
ExpectedAmps
: 3.7
ExpectedPFA
: NA
ExpectedPFB
: NA
Programmed Type : PSS-4 Shelf Present Type
Status LED
: Solid Red
High Voltage Thresh A: 57.0
PFA Input Voltage : 53.0
Low Voltage Thresh A: 40.5
High Voltage Thresh B: 57.0
PFB Input Voltage : 52.8
Low Voltage Thresh B: 40.5
: PSS-4 Shelf
Example of 1830 PSS-4 shelf

ZZ05L# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master Shelf
ExpectedAmps
: MIX
ExpectedPFA
: 3.7
ExpectedPFB
: 8.5
Programmed Type : PSS-4 Shelf Present Type
Status LED
: Solid Red
High Voltage Thresh A: 57.0
Low Voltage Thresh A: 40.5
High Voltage Thresh B: 57.0
Low Voltage Thresh B: 40.5
: PSS-4 Shelf

NE145# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master
Shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-229
show shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Programmed Type : Universal Shelf

Shelf
Status LED
: Solid
High Voltage Thresh: 57.0
Low Voltage Thresh: 40.5
Present Type
: Universal
NE145# show shelf 2

Shelf 2 Information
Name
: Shelf-2
Description
: Shelf-2
AINS
: Disabled
Programmed Type : Universal Shelf Present Type :Universal Shelf
Status LED
: Solid
High Voltage Thresh: 57.0
Low Voltage Thresh: 40.5
Related commands

config shelf

Command description
Display remote inventory information for a specific shelf or for all shelves on the network
element. This command is not applicable for external shelf, such as DCM shelf and so on.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-230
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show shelf inventory | shelfnum | *
Parameter
Description
shelfnum | *
Specifies the shelf. Enter the shelf number, or enter a * to

display a list of all shelves on the network element.
type.
Examples
ZZ05L# show shelf inventory *
Shelf type Part Number Serial Number CLEI
--------------------------------------------------------1 PSS-4 8DG59240AAAA01 EZ091330233 WOCUAKCUAA
ZZ05L# show shelf inventory 1

Shelf: 1 Type: PSS-4
---------------------------------------------------------Company Identifier : AITA
Unit Mnemonic :
CLEI Code
: WOCUAKCUAA Unit Part Number
:
8DG59240AAAA01Software Part Number : -------------Factory
Identifier : EZ
Serial Number
: EZ091330233
Date
: 090330
Customer Inventory Field : -----------------------400:60:1D:7D:B2:A8
Related commands
config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-231
show slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show slot
Command description
This command displays the current configuration for a specific slot, or for all slots in a
shelf, or for all slots on the network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show slot shelf/slot | shelf/* | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | shelf/* | *
Specifies the location of the slot you want to query. Enter

the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot number.
display a list of all slots in one shelf. Or enter a * to
display a list of all slots on the network element.
type.
Examples
# show slot 3/12
Shelf: 3 Slot: 12 - 11STMM10
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Present Type: 11STMM10
# show slot 1/*

Admin
Oper
State
Slot Programmed Type
Present Type
State
State
Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------1/1 EC
EC
Up
Up
1/2 AHPHG
AHPHG
Up
Up
1/3 CWR8
CWR8
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-232
show slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/4 see slot

1/5 Empty
1/6 11STAR1
1/7 11STAR1
1/8 11STMM10
1/9 11STMM10
1/10 Empty
1/11 11STAR1
1/12 Empty
1/13 11STAR1
1/14 Empty
1/15 CWR8
1/16 see slot
1/17 AHPHG
1/18 Empty
1/19 PF
1/20 see slot
1/21 see slot
1/22 see slot
1/23 Empty
1/24 11STAR1
1/25 SVAC
1/26 see slot
1/27 see slot
1/28 Empty
1/29 11STAR1
1/30 Empty
1/31 11STAR1
1/32 Empty
1/33 see slot
1/34 see slot
1/35 see slot
1/36 PF
1/37 FAN
1/38 Empty
1/39 Empty
1/40 USRPNL
15
2
3
3
8
9
15
15
17
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STMM10
11STMM10
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
CWR8
see slot
AHPHG
Empty
PF
see slot
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
SVAC
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
see slot
see slot
see slot
Empty
FAN
Empty
Empty
USRPNL
3
Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
UAS UEQ
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
UAS UEQ
Up
Up
Down
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Down
Up
UEQ
AINS UEQ
UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ
15
UAS UEQ
2
3
3
UAS UEQ
UEQ
8
9
UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ
15
15
17
UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ
Related commands

config slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-233
show slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
4-234
5 ore optics management

C
commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to core optics management.

Contents
5-5
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM
5-6
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out
5-8
5-10
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm
5-13
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm opin
5-15
5-17
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout
5-19
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
5-21
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey
5-23
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey in|out
5-25
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC
5-27
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm
5-31
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
5-33
5-35
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt
5-37
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh
5-39
5-41
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/port state
5-43
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-45
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey
5-49
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out
5-52
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port
5-54
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state
5-56
config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
5-58
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM
5-58
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN
5-60
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
5-62
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
5-64
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
5-66
5-68
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in
5-70
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT
5-72
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
5-77
5-78
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
5-80
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey
5-82
5-84
5-87
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
5-90
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
5-92
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
5-94
5-96
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
5-98
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
5-100
5-102
config interface am2318a
5-104
5-104
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
5-107
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
5-108
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
5-110
5-112
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in
5-114
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT
5-116
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
5-120
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
5-122
5-124
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey
5-126
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out
5-128
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP
5-131
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
5-134
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
5-136
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
5-138
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
5-140
5-142
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
5-144
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state
5-146
config interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port
5-148
config interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port state
5-151
config interface powermgmt
5-153
config powermgmt
5-161
config powermgmt general
5-162
config powermgmt egress
5-166
5-172
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM
5-177
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/ LINE
5-179
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm
5-182
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
5-183
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin
5-185
5-187
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
5-189
5-190
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm
5-192
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
5-194
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr
5-195
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-3
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-197
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh
5-199
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet
5-201
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG
5-203
show interface dcm
5-206
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM
5-208
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN
5-209
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
5-212
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
5-213
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
5-215
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT
5-217
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
5-220
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
5-221
5-223
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP
5-224
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
5-226
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
5-228
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
5-229
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
5-231
5-233
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
5-235
5-237
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
5-240
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
5-241
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
5-243
5-245
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
5-248
5-249
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
5-251
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP
5-252
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
5-254
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
5-256
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
5-257
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-4
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
5-259
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
5-261
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
5-263
5-265
show interface powermgmt
5-266
show powermgmt
5-270
show wavekey
5-273
5-276
show wavekey wtmonitor
5-277
show wavekey wtsource
5-279

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on
Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the SIG, LINE,
DCM, or OSC port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSC | *
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
cards on the network element.
See 1830PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ports on a:

Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekeys [missing | summary | out]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

description
Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
detail
Displays the current settings for the port.
state
See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}

shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.
type
Displays the port type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
wavekey
Configures the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

DCM port. See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
.shelf/slot/dcm wavekeys
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-ahphg-1/9/dcm)# detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: DCM ahphg DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-7

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey out
Command description

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength
Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Impact
Access levels
Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

out
Specifies the direction port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-8

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
frequency
Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail
Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel.
power
Configure the expected output power (dBm).

help - Display the valid and default values.
value - Specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm
devpower
off - Disable wave key monitoring.
Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
tolpower
Configure the expected power tolerance (dBm).

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected
Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-9

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-ahphg-1/9/dcm-wavekey)# out 9470

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the re-enable delay

Define the IP address on any equipped Raman or Booster Amplifiers
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
deviationin [value]
deviationout [value]
oppdirection [value | delete]
PM
targetpower [value]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in | out]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

clearasontopo
Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINE port.
description

detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
deviationin
Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 1.5 dB
help display the valid and default values.

deviationout
Specifies the allowed deviation-out from the target power

per channel.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 1.5 dB
help: display the valid and default values.

oppdirection
Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bidirectional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value
PM
Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/line PM.
state
See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}shelf/slot/

port/ state for additional details on the state parameter.
targetpower
Specifies the target power per channel.
value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.
help - display the valid and default values
type
wavekey
Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the LINE

port. See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
shelf.slot/line wavekey.
Examples
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/line# targetpower 0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


Command description

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opin
opout
opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opochout
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

clearAll
Clears all bins in all groups on this interface
Opin
Configures the received line optical power group PM

options. See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
shelf/slot/line pm opin.
Opout
Configure the transmitted line optical power group PM

shelf/slot/line pm opout.
opochin
Configure the received channel optical power group PM

shelf/slot/line pm opochin.
opochout
Configure the transmitted channel optical power group

PM options. See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
shelf/slot/line pm opochout.
Examples
ILA(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/line-PM) clearAll

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None

opin
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm opin
clearRaw
interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

port number, or * to list all of the {} cards on the network
element.
clearRaw
Clear the raw counts for this PM group.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-15

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins
Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.
Set to 1 for 1-day interval.
Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.
clear
Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/LINE pm opin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-16

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochin
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-17

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- ahphg -1/3/LINE pm opochin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-18
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm

opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochout
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-19

opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/LINE pm opochout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-20

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opout
Command description
Configure the interface ports on a:

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/line pm opout
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-21

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- ahphg -1/3/line pm opout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-22
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey
Command description

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey
missing
summary
in | out
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

missing
Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-23

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
summary
Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).
in | out
Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the line port in the specified
direction.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-ahphg-1/17/line)# wavekey summary
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINE
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ahphg
Line
Port
6
5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Programmed *..*.*....*.......... .*.*...... *..*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Received . .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected
WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-ahphg-1/17/line)# wavekey missing
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing
WK
Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-24

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

wavekey in|out
Command description


Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm
Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
Syntax
shelf/slot/line wavekey in |out [frequency]
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-25

wavekey in|out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
unexpected
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

in
Specifies the port direction
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail

for the specified band and channel
devpower

help - display the valid and default values.
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power


Default: -99 dBm
tolpower
off - disable wave key monitoring.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-26

wavekey in|out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-ahphg-1/9/line-wavekey)# out 9470 detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric | md5status value
md5key value md5keyid value]
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.2O] ]
PM
type [ots | unassigned]
mtu [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

description

the current description for the interface:
detail
Display the current settings for the port.
mode
Specifies the port type:
ospf helloint
set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal
set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal
HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf deadint
DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric
METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better.
Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable
area.
Set to disable
Default: disable
mtu
Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-29
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ots
Specifies the SFP moduletype:
set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.
set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.
set to SUL-1.20 to set the port to carry an ultra long

range OC-3 signal.
set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal
Note: This entry does not apply to 1830 PSS-1

PSS1AHP.
pm

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc PM
state
See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}shelf/slot/

port/ state for additional details on the state parameter.
type
set to ots to set the port to OTS
set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/9/osc)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Configure the sonet group pm options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

clearAll
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interface
Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm
interface.
opr
Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opr.
opt
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

shelf/slot/OSC pm opt.
sdh
Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh.
sonet
Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm
sonet.
Examples
(config-interface-{ahphg}-1/3/osc pm clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-32

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interface
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-33

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile
Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm interface clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-34

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-35

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline
Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:
0 to 9, user-defined reason
losclrd, LOS Cleared
newsystem, new system
otreplaced, OT is replaced
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm opr clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-36

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-37

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

baseline

reason:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-38

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc pm opt clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm sdh
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-39

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc pm sdh clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-40

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

sonet
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-41

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}cards on the network element.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc pm sonet clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-42

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/port state

Command description


Set the state for the port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSC | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-43
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/port

state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
up
down
Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.
mt
Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance
ains
Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]
Default value: system
set ains to disabled
set ains to enabled
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/line# state down

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-44
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Set the amplifier gain and the per channel parameters

Note: For additional amplifier provisioning, see the config powermgmt egress and
config powermgmt ingress commands.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
aprenable [enable | disable]
deltamaxgain
detail
deviationout
gain [value]
maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
splicemargin
targetpower [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-45
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tilttarget
type
wavekey [missing | summary | out]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/SIG | *

aprenable
deltamaxgain
Specifies whether APR is enabled or disabled for an

egress LD in an add/drop node, or for an LD in an ILA.
The disable option should be chosen if the span is going
to be run without an optical supervisory channel.
disable: If the LD is used in an ILA or as an egress

LD at an add/drop node, the amplifier can start up
and remain on even if the fiber span has been cut.
enable: The optical amplifier will shut down if the

fiber span has been cut, and cannot restart until the
span has been repaired.
Default: enable
The disable value for this parameter can be applied
only to following LD types:
AHPHG
AHPLG
The optical amplifiers in these LD's do not
require APR to meet safety standards. Attempts
to disable APR in other LD types will be denied.
Attempts to disable APR for an LD that is not in
an ILA or is not an egress LD will also be denied.
Specifies the maximum allowed difference between the

provisioned gain and the measured gain before an alarm
is raised.
Range: 0 to 5 dB.
description

detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-46
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
deviationout
Specifies the deviation out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB.
gain
Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword without

arguments to display the current gain setting. Enter this
keyword followed by help to display the default and valid
values for the gain, or with a valid value to change the
gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (A2325A): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A): 16.00
Range (AHPHG): 13.00 to 33.00 dB
Default (AHPHG): 10.00
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical lines
using manual power management.
maxflatgain
Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0
maxgain
Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (A2325A): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A): 16.00
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-47
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
mingain
Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this

Range (A2325A): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A): 16.00
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
splicemargin
Specifies the splicemargin value used by the system.

Range: 0 to 10 dB.
state
For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}shelf/slot/port/ state.
targetpower
Specifies the per channel target power.

Range: -30 to 11 dBm.
tiltcaldcm
Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent
Default: 0
tilttarget
Specifies the amplifier tilt value used by the system.

Range: -3 to 0 dB.
type
wavekey
Configures the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the SIG

port. See config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg}.shelf/
slot/sig wavekey.
Examples
(config-interface-ahphg-1/3/sig # gain 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


wavekey
Command description


WaveKeys that are being received
received)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/sigwavekey
missing
summary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-49

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
out
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/SIG | *

missing

summary

out
Configures the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the SIG port.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-ahphg-1/17/sig-wavekey)# summary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-50

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/SIG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ahphg
Signal
Port
6
5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT -----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-ahphg-1/17/sig-wavekey)# missing
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-51
...

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey out
Command description

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
Syntax
config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
unexpected
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/line | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-52

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
out
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9600
detail

devpower
Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power


Default: -99 dBm
tolpower

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
Examples
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-53

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ZZ05L(config-interface-ahphg-1/9/sig-wavekey)# out 9600

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description
This command configures the ports on a DCM card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-54
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
type
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM |*
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the DCM cards on the network
element.
See 1830PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
description
Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
description for the interface.
detail
state
See config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state

for additional details on the state parameter.
type
Examples
ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# detail
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: DCM - External DCM InOut
Port
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State
Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Direction : Bidirectional
Description:
ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# type
Type:
ots
ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# type ?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-55
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ots
Configure the port type to ots

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show interface dcm

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for a port on a DCM card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-56
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM |*

slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the DCM cards on the network
element.
See 1830PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
up
down
Set to down to disable the port. Follow this

keyword with force to force the port down.
This can affect service.
mt
Examples
ZZ05U# config interface dcm 26/1/dcm state up
ZZ05U# config interface dcm 26/1/dcm state

down
mt
up
Configure the admin state to down [force]

Configure the admin state to maintenance
Configure the admin state to up

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show interface dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-57
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Modular Amplifier, 21 dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the LINEIN,
LINEOUT, DCM or OSCSFP port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/LINEININ |
shelf/slot/LINOUT |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}

Command description
Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-58
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
type
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

description

detail
state
See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

parameter.
type
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/dcm)# detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: DCM AM2125A DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
: -25.2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
: -15.4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
deviationin [value]
PM
type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-60
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wavekey [missing | summary | in ]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

clearasontopo
Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINEIN

port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised
against the port AID and the clearasontopo command is
executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
accepted but no action is actually taken.
description

detail
deviationin

per channel.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 1.5 dB

oppdirection

PM

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.
state

parameter.
type
wavekey
Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

LINEIN port. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf.slot/LINEIN wavekey.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-61
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN# deviationin 3

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


Command description
Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEIN interface

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-62
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opochin
Parameter
Description

clearAll
Opin
Configures the received LINEIN optical power group PM

options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin.
opochin

shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin.
Examples
ILA(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM) clearAll

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-63

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opin
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

port number, or * to list all of the {} cards on the network
element.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-64

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN pm opin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-65

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochin
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-66

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEIN pm opochin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-67

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey
Command description

received).h
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LINEOUT.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
missing
summary
in
Parameter
Description

missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-68

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
summary

in

direction.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey summary
1/17/LINEIN
CCCCCCCCCC CCC
AM2125A LINEIN Port
2222222222 111
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC

6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
9876543210 987
-IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
*..*...... ***
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey missing
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
-------------------------------------------------------------------Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-69

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

wavekey in
Command description

Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in
[frequency]
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-70

wavekey in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
unexpected
Parameter
Description

in
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail

devpower

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power


Default: -99 dBm
tolpower

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-71

wavekey in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/LINEIN-wavekey)# out 9470
detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Set the amplifier gain parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-72
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For additional amplifier provisioning, refer to the config powermgmt egress and
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
deltamaxgain
detail
gain[value]
maxflatgain[value]
maxgain[value]
mingain[value]
PM
splicemargin
targetpower[value]
tiltcaldcm[value]
tilttarget
type
voasetting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-73
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wavekey [missing | summary | out ]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

deltamaxgain

is raised. Range: 0 to 5 dB.
description

detail
deviationout
Specifies the deviation-out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
gain

Range (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB The provisioned
gain value is only used on optical lines using manual
power management.
maxflatgain

Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-74
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
maxgain

Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB The provisioned
maxgain value is only used on optical lines using manual
power management.
mingain

Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB
oppdirection

PM

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.
splicemargin

Range: 0 to 10 dB.
state

parameter.
targetpower

Range: -30 dBm to 11 dBm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tiltcaldcm

Range: 0 to 100.00 percent Default: 0
tilttarget

Range: -3 to 0 dB
type
voasetting
Specifies the output VOA setting.

Range: 0 to 18 dB
Default: 0 dB
wavekey

LINEOUT port. See config interface
{am2125a|am2125b} shelf.slot/LINEOUT wavekey.
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT# gain 20

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-76

pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEOUT interface

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opout
opochout
Parameter
Description

clearAll
Opout
Configure the transmitted LINEIN optical power group

PM options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout.
opochout

PM options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-77

pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ILA(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM) clearAll

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

opochout
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-78

pm opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opochout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-79

pm opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.

opout
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-80

pm opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-81

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey
Command description

received).
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter
Description

missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-82

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
summary

out

wavelengths passing through the LINEOUT port in the
specified direction.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEOUT)# wavekey summary
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINEOUT
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AM2125A LINEOUT Port
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Programmed *..*.*....*.......... .*.*...... *..*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received . .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# missing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-83

wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

wavekey out
Command description

Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-84

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
unexpected
Parameter
Description

out
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail

power


Default: -99 dBm
devpower

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-85

wavekey out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tolpower

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/LINEOUT-wavekey)# out 9600

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-86
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
PM
mtu [value]
Parameter
Description

description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-87
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
mode
ospf helloint

100baseFX signal

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-88
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
Set to enable
area.
Set to disable
Default: disable
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
ots

OC-3 signal.

OC-3 signal.

range OC-3 signal.


PSS1AHP.
pm

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP PM
state

parameter.
type
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/OSCSFP)# ots moduletype SL-16.20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-89
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSC pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-90
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description

clearAll
interface

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSC pm
interface.
opr

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.
opt

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.
sdh

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
sdh.
sonet

sonet.
Examples
(config-interface-ahplg-1/3/OSCSFP pm clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-91
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None

interface
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-92

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm interface clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-93

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opr
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-94

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

reason:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opr clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-95

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

opt
Command description
Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-96

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

baseline

reason:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-97

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opt clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

sdh
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-98

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sdh clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-99

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

sonet
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-100

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

{am2125a|am2125b}cards on the network element.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sonet clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-101

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINEOUT |
shelf/slot/DCM |

up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
down

mt
ains


system value
set ains to enabled
Examples
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT# state down

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-103
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the LINEIN,
LINEOUT, or OSCSFP port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINOUT |

port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-104
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
deviationin [value]
PM
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in ]
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearasontopo
Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINEIN

against the port AID and the clearasontopo command is
executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
description

detail
deviationin

per channel.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 1.5 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-105
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oppdirection

PM

a specific interface. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.
state
See config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port/ state for

additional details on the state parameter.
type
wavekey

LINEIN port. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey.
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN# deviationin 3

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show interface am2318a
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-106
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEIN interface

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opin
opochin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearAll
Opin
Configures the received LINEIN optical power group PM

options. See config interface am2318a
opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-107
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ILA(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM) clearAll

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-108
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEIN pm opin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-109
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-110
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEIN pm opochin clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-111
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

received).h
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
missing
summary
in
Parameter
Description

network element.
missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-112
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
summary

in

direction.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey summary
summary
1/17/LINEIN
CCC
AM2318A LINEIN Port 6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222
111
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
987
-IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
*..*...... ***
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
missing
CCCCCCCCCC CCC
2222222222 111
9876543210 987
-------------------------------------------------------------------Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-113
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in [frequency]
detail
power {help |value|off}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-114
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
unexpected
Parameter
Description

network element.
in
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail

devpower

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power


Default: -99 dBm
tolpower

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-115
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/LINEIN-wavekey)# in 9470
detail 9470

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Set the amplifier gain parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-116
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For additional amplifier provisioning, refer to the config powermgmt egress and
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
deltamaxgain
detail
gain[value]
maxflatgain[value]
maxgain[value]
mingain[value]
PM
splicemargin
targetpower[value]
tiltcaldcm[value]
tilttarget
type
voasetting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-117
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wavekey [missing | summary | out ]

Parameter
Description

network element.
deltamaxgain

is raised. Range: 0 to 5 dB.
description

detail
deviationout
Specifies the deviation-out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB
gain

Range (AM2318A): 7.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (AM2318A): 18.00 dB
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical lines
using manual power managemen
maxflatgain

Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
maxgain

Range (AM2318A): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
mingain

Range (AM2318A): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
oppdirection

PM

shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.
splicemargin

Range: 0 to 10 dB.
state

targetpower

Range: -30 dBm to 11 dBm
tiltcaldcm

Range: 0 to 100.00 percent Default: 0
tilttarget

Range: -3 to 0 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-119
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
voasetting
Specifies the output VOA setting.

Range: 0 to 18 dB
Default: 0 dB
wavekey

LINEOUT port. See config interface am2318a
shelf.slot/LINEOUT wavekey.
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT # gain 20

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


Command description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-120
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEOUT interface

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opout
opochout
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearAll
Opout
Configure the transmitted LINEIN optical power group

PM options. See config interface am2318a
opochout

PM options. See config interface am2318a
Examples
ILA(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM) clearAll

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-121
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-122
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opochout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-123
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-124
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
Examples
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opout clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-125
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

received).
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
missing
summary
out
Parameter
Description

network element.
missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-126
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
summary

out

wavelengths passing through the LINEOUT port in the
specified direction.
Examples
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# summary
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINEOUT
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AM2318A LINEOUT Port
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected
WK
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OUT --------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*......
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# missing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-127
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey

Command description

Impact
Access levels

the link budget.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-128
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
unexpected
Parameter
Description

network element.
out
frequency

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605
detail

power


Default: -99 dBm
devpower

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-129
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tolpower

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

port.
Examples
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/LINEOUT-wavekey)# out 9600

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-130
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
PM
mtu [value]
Parameter
Description

network element.
description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-131
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
mode
ospf helloint

100baseFX signal

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key

Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-132
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
Set to enable
area.
Set to disable
Default: disable
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
ots

OC-3 signal.

OC-3 signal.

range OC-3 signal.


PSS1AHP.
pm

shelf/slot/OSCSFP PM
state

type
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/OSCSFP)# ots moduletype SL-16.20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-133
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands


Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSC pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearAll
interface

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSC pm interface.
opr

See config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
opr.
opt

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.
sdh

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.
sonet

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.
Examples
(config-interface-{AM2318A|AM2318A|ahplg}-1/3/OSCSFP pm clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-135
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-136
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm interface clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-137
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-138
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

reason:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opr clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-139
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-140
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

network element.
baseline

reason:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-141
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opt clearall

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-142
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sdh clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-143
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description

network element.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-144
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sonet clearraw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-145
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINEOUT |
shelf/slot/DCM |

network element.
up
down

mt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-146
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


system value
set ains to enabled
Examples
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT# state down

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-147
config interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

shelf/slot/port
Command description
This command configures the ports on an SFC or SFD card.


Set the LOS threshold
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
type
losthreshold [value]
tolerence [value]
losthresholdout [value]
tolerenceout [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |
shelf/slot/xxxx (chan I/O)
| *

port number, or * to list all of the BBA cards on the
network element.
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-148

shelf/slot/port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

oppdirection

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value - specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete - clear a previous value

State
For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}
shelf/slot/port/ state.
Type
losthreshold
Specifies the power setting used for setting the OMD port
input LOS alarm.
Range:
-32.0 to +17.0 dBm for SFD4
-32.0 to +20.0 dBm for SFD5, SFD8
-26.0 to +9.8 dBm for SFC2, SFC4, SFC8
Default:
tolerence
-32.0 dBm for SFD4, SFD5, SFD8
-26.0 dBm for SFC2, SFC4, SFC8
Specifies the difference above the LOS set and clear

points in dBm.
Range: 0.5 to 6.0 dB
Default: 2.0 dB
losthresholdout
Specifies the power setting used for setting the OMD port
input LOS alarm.
Range:
-32.0 to +17.0 dBm for SFD4
-32.0 to +20.0 dBm for SFD5 and SFD8
Default: -32.0 dBm for SFD4, SFD5, SFD8

Tolerenceout
Specifies the difference above the LOS set and clear

points in dBm.
Default: 2.0 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-149

shelf/slot/port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-interface-sfd8-1/4/omd# losthreshold -24.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-sfd8-1/4/omd# losthreshold -24.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 2 Slot: 5 Port: OMD SFD8A
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Input Power :
3.41 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS
Set
Threshold
:
-21.00
dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS Clear Threshold :
2.0 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average Mux Loss
4.8 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average Demux Loss
4.2 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-150

shelf/slot/port state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for a port on an SFC or SFD card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
state
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |*

port number, or * to list all of the SFC or SFD cards on
up
down

mt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-151

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer

system value
set ains to enabled
Examples
(config-interface-sfd8a-1/3/omd# state down

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-152
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the power management options for the specified ingress or
egress port.
Impact
Access levels
Setting the power management

options may impact services.
Administrator: all commands

Provisioner: brief, commissioning, type
Syntax
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINE | *
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINEOUT | *
brief
gainadjtype [ no | yes ]
tiltadjtype [ no | yes ]
commissioning [completed | inprogress]
gainadjsch [ value ]
gainadjtmlen [ value ]
gainadjtmper [ value ]
type [auto | manual]
wtdusage [wtdonon | wtdoffoff | wtdonoff | wtocm | wtdinferred]
poweroffsetdata in|out [OTUBitRate Encoding value]
spantilt [value]
tiltmaintenancemode [ enabled | disabled ]
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINEIN | *
brief
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-153
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
poweroffsetdata in [OTUBitRate Encoding value ]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE
(Bi-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEOUT
(Uni-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEIN
(uni-directional LD cards)
| *

port number, or enter * to display a brief summary for all
of the ingress and egress ports on the network element. *
will also display any Anydirection Add/Drop blocks by
shelf/slot/SIG.
brief
Display the current commissioning status for the

specified port.
gainadjtype
This command is only applicable to LINE or LINEOUT

ports of LDs.

Gain Adjustment Auto Gain Adjustment Enabled Turns

on ( yes) or off ( no) the automatic gain adjustment
routine.
For advanced users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [no, yes]
Default: no
tiltadjtype

ports of LDs.
Auto Tilt Adjustment Enabled Turns on ( yes) or off (
no) the automatic tilt adjustment routine.
For advanced users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [no, yes] Default: no
commissioning
Set the commissioning state of the port (this command

can be used only on an LINE port, and that LINE port
must have its type set to auto). Enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current state.
To specify a commissioning state for the port, follow this
keyword with one of the following:
completed - sets the commissioning state of the port

to completed
inprogress - sets the commissioning state of the port

to in progress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-154
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
gainadjsch
Gain Adjustment Time Offset Past midnight For

advanced users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [-1, 00:00:00.0 to 23:39:59.9] hh:mm:ss.x
Default: -1
gainadjtmlen
Gain Adjustment Allocated Adjustment Time - For

Range: [-1, 00:00.0 to 59:59.9] mm:ss.x
Default:-1
gainadjtmper
Gain Adjustment Time Period Between Adjustments - For

Range: [-1, 00:00:00.0 to 23:39:59.9] hh:mm:ss.x
Default: -1
type
Set the type of power management for the port. Enter this
type.
To specify the power management type for the port,
follow this keyword with one of the following:
auto - sets the power management of the port to

automatic
manual - sets the power management of the port to

manual
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-155
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Wtdusage

ports of LDs.
Set the type of power management for the port. Enter this
type. To specify the power management type for the port,
follow this keyword with one of the following for
shelf/slot/LINE or shelf/slot/LINEOUT port reference:
wtdonon All power per channel (PPC)

measurements and channel alarms are detected using
the WaveTracker Decoder (WTD) equipped on the
LD and CWR cards. This matches the channel
monitoring capabilities of releases prior to R3.0
wtdoffoff All WTD in the line will NOT report

power per channel or channel alarms. This will be
used for in-line amplifier sites when the terminal ends
use WTOCM cards. This will also be the default for
Greenfield networks until provisioned to another
value.
wtdonoff All WTD in the line will report power per

channel measurements and will NOT report channel
alarms.
wtocm All PPC measurements and channel alarms

are detected on the WTOCM card and reported at the
assigned LD Card port.
Wtdinferred Reserved for use in ILA nodes. PPC

measurements at certain points are calculated and
reported at LD card output port in the amplified
direction (Sig Out or Line Out depending on LD
type).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-156
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
poweroffsetdata in|out
Used to configure the channel target power offset

corresponding to a technology type. Technology types
must be previously defined in the technology type table
(see config powermgmt general techtypes).
spantilt
in|out in or out specify directionality data is set for.

For (LINE) ports can be in or out. For unidirectional
ports in or out must match supported direction of
port, out for LINEOUT, or in for LINEIN.
If command is given without [OTUBitRate Encoding

value ] argument, the table of data is displayed.
If [OTUBitRate Encoding value ] is given, sets the

offset value for the technology type defined by
OTUBitRate and Encoding (both are enumerated
values, and integers are expected).
If the technology is not defined, the NE will
report an error.
If value is out of range, the NE will report an
error and not set the value.
Technology type using OUTBitRate in range
9001 to 10000, and Encoding in range 9001 to
10000 cannot be assigned a value.
If the technology type is not defined, the NE will
report an error
Range of value: -3.00 to +3.00 dB
If [OTUBitRate Encoding] is given, displays the

value for the technology type defined by OTUBitRate
and Encoding (both are enumerated values, and
integers are expected).
If the technology type is not defined, the NE will
report an error
See config powermgmt general techtypes for
definition of technology types in the NE.

ports of LDs.
Span Tilt - For advanced users who need to override EPT
values. Used to record fiber span attenuation versus
frequency tilt for span following egress port.
Range: 0 to 3.00 dB
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-157
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tiiltmaintenancemode

ports of LDs.
Tilt Maintenance Mode When set to true by giving
keyword enabled, sets SCOT in a mode where it does not
apply changes to tilt related parameters immediately
when changed. When set to false by giving keyword
disabled, sets SCOT back into normal operating mode
where tilt related parameters will be used.
Range: [Enabled, Disabled]
Default: Disabled
Examples
# config interface powermgmt *
Location
Port Role Power Mgmt
Power Mgmt WT Decoder
Type
Type
Commissioning
Usage
---------------------------------------------------------------- 1/3/
LINEOUT AM2125B Line Out Port Line Auto In Progress wtdonon
1/11/LINEOUT AM2125B Line Out Port
Line
Auto
Completed wtdonon
Line
Manual
In
Progress wtdonon
1/8/SIG WR8-88A SIG Port
AddDrop
Auto
Completed Add:
wtocmad/
Drop:wtocm
# configure interface powermgmt 1/3/lineout brief

Interface 1/3/LINEOUT - AM2125A Line Out Port
-------------------------------------------------------------Power Management Type
: Auto
Power Management Commissioning
: Completed
Auto Gain Adjustment Enabled
: Yes
Auto Tilt Adjustment Enabled
: Yes
Time Offset Past Midnight
: 0:1:24.0
Time Period Between Adjustments : 0:2:31.0
Allocated Adjustment Time
: 0:28.0
Span Tilt
:
0.00 dB
Auto Tilt Adjust Maintenance Mode: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-158
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Wavelength Tracker Decoder Usage : wtdPpcOnAlmOn
# config interface powermgmt 1/4/sig brief

Interface 1/4/SIG WR8-88A SIG Port
------------------------------------------Power Management Type : Auto
Power Management Commissioning : Completed
WTD Usage Add : wtdonon
WTD Usage Drop : wtdonon
# config interface powermgmt 1/4/sig wtdusagedrop wtocm
# config interface powermgmt 1/11/line wtdusage wtocm
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -2
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Power Offset
(enum) (enum)
Description
Description Value (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
nrz
otm10G709 -2
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
(enum) (enum)
Description Description Value (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -2
# config interface powermgmt 1/3/linein poweroffsetdata in 1 1 -2
# config interface powermgmt 1/4/lineout tiltmaintenancemode

# config interface powermgmt 1/4/lineout tiltmaintenancemode

enabled
#

Example of technology type has not previously been defined:
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 8 7 -2

Error: Technology type not defined
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 8 7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-159
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example of offset value not within valid range:# config

interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -6
Error: Out of range
Example of trying to modify reserved technology type:
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 9999

9999 -1
Error: Technology type is reserved.
Example of trying to address the technology type reserved for
unassigned:
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 9998

9998
Example of providing the incorrect direction for a unidirectional port:
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdata in 1 1 3

Error: Direction is not applicable to port.
# config interface powermgmt 1/4/sig

Error: Specified shelf/slot/port is not a valid power management
port.
Related commands
config slot
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-160
config powermgmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config powermgmt
Command description
This is an access command that is used to perform an automated power adjustment and
configure the options used when performing an automated power adjustment.
Access a subcommand that allow you to configure general data used by power
management
Access a subcommand that allows you to adjust and accept the ingress power
Access a subcommand that allows you to adjust and accept the egress power
Access a subcommand that allows you to display the settings used when adjusting the
powers
Note: The network element topology must be defined before you can automatically
balance the powers.
Impact
Access levels
Changes power settings.
Syntax
config powermgmt
general
egress
ingress
Parameter
Description
general
Allows user to add optical channel technology types.

Allows user to add wtocm calibration data by channel
technology type. See config powermgmt general
egress
Adjust the egress power and accept the changes. See

config powermgmt egress.
ingress
Adjust the ingress power and accept the changes. See

config powermgmt ingress.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-161
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Access subcommands to provision channel technology types for the node.

Access subcommands to provision wtocm channel power measurement correction by
technology type.
Impact
Access levels
Changing the power management

settings may impact services.
Admin: all commands

Provisioner: techtypes brief
Observer: techtypes brief
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-162
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
techtypes [create | delete | brief]

Parameter
Description
techtypes
Allows user to define new channel optical technology

types for the node. These types must be defined to support
features using the technology types. The information
about which technology types need to be defined for the
node will normally come from the Engineering Planning
Tool. The following subcommands are used to make
modifications to the table.
The couple { OTUBitRate Encoding} must be given to
create, modify or delete a technology. OTUBitRate and
Encoding are enumerated values, therefore integers are
expected.
Create Create a technology type by giving

{OTUBitRate Encoding} [WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor
[BitRateTextDescription EncodingTextDescription]]
OTUBitRate and Encoding in the range 1001 to
9000 are allowed. Values outside this range are
rejected by the NE.
WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor is an optional
parameter that provides the correction applied to
the WTOCM pack power readings for this
technology type.
BitRateTextDescription andEncodingTextDescription are optional parameters that provide text
descriptions corresponding to OTUBitRate and
Encoding.
If create is attempted and the entry already exists,
the NE rejects the command.
Modification of the fields

WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor, BitRateTextDescription and EncodingLabel for an existing technology
type is possible:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-163
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Provide OTUBitRate Encoding WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor BitRateTextDescription EncodingTextDescription to modify all three fields for a technology
type.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding wtocmcalib

WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor to modify correction
applied to WTOCM pack power readings for a
technology.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding bitratelabel

BitRateTextDescription to modify the text label for
the bit rate.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding encodinglabel

EncodingTextDescription to modify the text label for
the encoding.
If modify is attempted and an entry does not exist

corresponding to OTUBitRate Encoding , the NE
returns an error.
Modification of WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor is only

allowed for technology types using OTUBitRate and
Encoding in the range 1 to 9000.
Modification of BitRateTextDescription or
EncodingTextDescription is only allowed for
technology types using OTUBitRate and Encoding in
the range 1001 to 9000.
Modify of a technology type that is reserved on theNE

is denied. The reserved types use OTUBitRate and
Encoding in the range 9001 to 10000.
delete Delete a technology type by giving

{OTUBitRate Encoding}
Deleting a technology type that is in use by a cross

connect on the NE is denied.
Deleting of technology types is only allowed for

technology types using OTUBitRate and Encoding in
the range 1001 to 9000.
The user must confirm a technology type deletion

after a warning message is displayed.
brief List the defined technology types. See show

powermgmt general techtypes.
WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor default is 0 dB, range is
-5 to +5 dB.
BitRateTextDescription default is empty string,
maximum length is 50 characters.
EncodingTextDescription default is empty string,
maximum length is 50 characters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-164
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config powermgmt general techtypes
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1300 1300 1.2 40G dpsk SR
40G dpsk SR
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1350 1350 1.3
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# modify 1350 1350 1.3 10G interop
alien 10G interop alien
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1400 1400 bitratelabel Router 1
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1400 1400 encodinglabel Router 1
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1500 1500 wtocmcalib 0.5
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# delete 1500 1500
WARNING: Deleting a technology type eliminates it from use by this
network element. Confirm delete (yes/no)?
yes
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# brief
BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding
Wtocm
(enum) (enum)
Description
Description Calib (dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
0
9999 9999
alien
alien
0
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
0
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
0
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
1.0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0.5
1300
1300
40G dpsk SR
40G dpsk SR
1.2
1350
1350
10G interop alien 10G interop alien 1.3

Example of of technology type that does not exist
config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1800 1800 0.0 10G interop

alien 10G interop alien
Example of modify of technology type that is in restricted range
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 9999 9999 1.0 10Gig

RZ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-165
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example of create of technology type that already exists
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1300 1300 0.0

10G interop alien 10G interop alien
Example of delete of reserved technology type

Example of delete of technology type in use

Error: Technology type is used by cross connect

Command description
This command automatically adjust the NE egress power in one direction.

Use this command:
Adjust the egress power for optical lines using automatic power management
Display the status of the power adjustment
Impact
Access levels
None.

Provisioner: adjust, detail, gain, maxgain, mingain,
targetpower
Observer: detail
Syntax
config powermgmt egress shelf/slot | *
addpath
adjust [abort | result | status]
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-166
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
gain
launchatt [value]
losstospan [value]
maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
deltamaxgain [value]
ochtargetpower [frequency]
ochuserpoweroffset [frequency | value]
targetpower [value]
tiltcal [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]
tiltmult [value]
tiltprecomp [value]
spantiltprecomp [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *
Specifies the shelf, and slot of the AHPHG, AHPLG,

A2325A for the auto power managed optical line. Enter
the shelf number, a slash, and the slot number.
addpath
Access subcommands for the CWR8 or CWR8-88 pack

associated with the egress line for a TOADM line.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-167
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
adjust
Adjust the egress power to reach the target power

specified for the selected card. This command
automatically calibrates the gain on an egress amplifier
and the attenuation on its associated {CWR8|CWR888|WR8-88A} card to achieve the target per-channel
power at the egress balance point.
Optionally follow this keyword with abort or status:
follow with abort to abort the power adjustment and

return the power levels to their original values
follow with result to display the result of the power

adjustment
follow with status to display the completion status of

the power adjustment
detail
Display details of the egress point.
gain
Displays the current gain.
launchatt
Service Launch Attenuation Offset - For advanced users

who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 10.00 dB
Default: 0
losstospan
Tilt Calculation Connector Loss to Span - For advanced

Range: 0 to 10.00 dB
Default: 0
maxflatgain

Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0
maxgain
Displays the maximum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The maximum gain is determined by the
Engineering planning tool.
mingain
Displays the minimum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The minimum gain is determined by the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-168
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
deltamaxgain
Configure the amount of additional gain allowed above

the maximum gain value before PWRADJFAIL occurs.
Default: 0
The value is determined by the Engineering planning
tool.
ochtargetpower
Displays the target powers at the adjustment point and the

offsets. If frequency is specified, then the target power,
system derived offset, user set offset, and offset in use are
displayed for the specified channel. Otherwise, the data
for all channels is returned. If there is no channel
provisioned at a frequency, then the display reads -- for
the offset values, - - - user offset value, -- for the target
value, and NA for the applicability.
ochuserpoweroffset
Displays the user configured offset value at the

adjustment point for the target power of the specified
channel. The user can set the offset for a channel by
specifying channel and value.
Range: -3.00 to +3.00 dB, set -99.00 to clear.
Default: -99.00.
targetpower
The target channel power as determined by the

tiltcal
Tilt Calculation Coefficient - For advanced users who

Range: 0 to 10000
Default: 0
tiltcaldcm

Range: 0 to 10000
Default: 0
tiltmult
Tilt Calculation Multiplier - For advanced users who need

to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 3.0
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-169
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tiltprecomp
Pre-compensated Tilt Percentage - For advanced users

Range: 0 to 3.00
Default: 0
spantiltprecomp
Span Tilt Pre-compensated - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values. For fiber span attenuation
versus frequency tilt.
Range: 0 to 3.00 dB
Default: 0
Examples
# config powermgmt egress 1/2
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochtargetpower
System
User Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB) (dB) (dB) (dBm)
--------------------------------------------------------------9170
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.75
applicable
9175
----NA
9180
-1.5
-99.00 -1.5
-2.5
applicable
9185
----NA
9190
-1.0
-99.00 -1.75 -2.5
applicable
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt- egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350 -99.00 (unassigned)
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350 -1.3
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-170
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-1.3
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# tiltprecomp
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# spantiltprecomp 1.0
# config powermgmt egress 1/2 #
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# spantiltprecomp
Pre-Comp Span Tilt
# config powermgmt
: 1.00 dB
(config-powermgmt)# egress 1/17 detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 17 - AHPHG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Egress Amp
: 1/16 - AHPHG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: -0.94 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current Gain
: 17.92 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min
Gain
: 16.92 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max
Gain
: 17.92 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
DeltaMax Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Maximum Flat Gain Offset :
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Calculated
Required
Gain
:
19.70
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Egress Wss
: 1/14 - CWR8-88
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add Path Egress Power
: -18.34 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add Path Target Power
: -8.56 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add
Path
Channel
Count
: 88
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add Path Degree Count
: 4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Result
: No through services provisioned
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Adjust Status
: Completed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Adjust Result
: Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Calculation
Multiplier
:1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Calculation
Coefficient
:1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Calculation Offset : 0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Pre-Comp SRS Tilt Fraction : 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connector Loss to Span
: 0.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Service
Launch
Attenuation
: 2.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Pre-Comp Span Tilt
: 1.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-171
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show powermgmt

Command description
This command automatically adjusts the NE ingress power in one direction.

Use this command:
Adjust the ingress power for optical lines using automatic power management
Display the status of the power adjustment
Impact
Access levels
None.

Provisioner: adjust, detail, gain, maxgain, mingain,
targetpower
Observer: detail
Syntax
config powermgmt ingress shelf/slot | *
adjust [result | status]
detail
gain
gainadjoff [value]
headroom
[value]
maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
deltamaxgain [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-172
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ochtargetpower [frequency]
ochuserpoweroffset [frequency | value]
targetpower [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]
tiltpostcomp [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot | *
Specifies the shelf and slot of the AHPHG, AHPLG,

A2325A for the auto power managed optical line. Enter
the shelf number, a slash, and the slot number.
adjust
Adjust the egress power to reach the target power

specified for the selected card. This command
automatically calibrates the ingress amplifier to achieve
the desired per-channel ingress power. It does so by
adjusting the gain on the ingress amplifier to achieve an
average channel power at the amplifier output that is as
close as possible to the target ingress power level
(typically 0 dBm).
Optionally follow this keyword with result or status:
follow with result to display the result of the power

adjustment
follow with status to display the completion status of

the power adjustment
detail
Displays the details of the ingress point.
gain
Displays the current gain value.
gainadjoff
Gain Adjustment Calculation Offset - For advanced users

Range: -3.00 to 3..00 dB
Default: 0
headroom
Displays the headroom allocated to channel equalization,

or is settable by value. The headroom is determined by
the Engineering planning tool
maxflatgain

Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-173
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
maxgain
Displays the maximum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The maximum gain is determined by the
mingain
Displays the minimum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The minimum gain is determined by the
deltamaxgain
Configure the amount of additional gain allowed above

the maximum gain value before PWRADJFAIL occurs.
Default: 0
The value is determined by the Engineering planning
tool.
ochtargetpower
Displays the target powers at the adjustment point and the

offsets. If frequency is specified, then the target power,
system derived offset, user set offset, and offset in use are
displayed for the specified channel. Otherwise, the data
for all channels is returned. If there is no channel
provisioned at a frequency, then the display reads -- for
the offset values, - - - user offset value, -- for the target
value, and NA for the applicability.
ochuserpoweroffset
Displays the user configured offset value at the

adjustment point for the target power of the specified
channel. The user can set the offset for a channel by
specifying channel and value.
Range: -3.00 to +3.00 dB, set -99.00 to clear.
Default: -99.00.
targetpower
Displays per channel target outpower or that can be set by

value.
The target channel power as determined by the
tiltcaldcm

Range: 0 to 10000
Default: 0
tiltpostcomp
Post-compensated Tilt Percentage - For advanced users

Range: 0 to 3.0
Default: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-174
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochtargetpower
System
User
Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset
In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
---------------------------------------------------------------9170
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75
-2.75
applicable
9175
----NA
9180
-1.5
-99.00 -1.5
-2.5
applicable
9185
----NA
9190
-1.0
-99.00 -1.75
-2.5
applicable
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-99.00 (unassigned)
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350 -1.3
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-1.3
(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-175
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
:
0.60 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
:
26.91
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min
Gain
:
13.00
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Splice Repair Margin
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Headroom
:
2.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target
tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In
:
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out
:
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Calculated Required Gain : 26.91 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust
Result
: Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Adjust
Status
:
Completed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Adjust Result
: Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Post-Comp Tilt Fraction
:1.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain Adjust Calculation Offset :0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain at Commission Complete
: 19.52 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

show powermgmt ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-176
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Display the interface ports on a:

Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM | *
detail
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM | *

[srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM | * [wavekey]
out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

detail
Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface
srvcactivity
Displays all service activity on this interface.

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface
detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-177
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
wavekey out [frequency]
Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.
wavekey missing
Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.
wavekey summary
Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.
Examples
ZZ06U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/10/dcm detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: DCM - ahphg DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-178
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on a:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port
Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific channel in the in or out direction.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE | * detail
shelf/slot/LINE | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/line | * [wavekey]
in|out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

detail
Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-179
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
srvcactivity

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

wavekey missing
wavekey summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/4/line
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - AHPHG Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State:
Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
LED
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/4/line detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-180
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - AHPHG Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: -0.90 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power
Deviation
In
:
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Input Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Output Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface ahphg 2/5/LINE wavekeys out 59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-181
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Display the received line optical power group PM options
Display the received channel optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opin
opochin
opochout
opout
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

Opin
Display the received line optical power group PM. See

show interface {a2325a| ahphg|ahplg| ahphg| pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opin.
opochin

show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE
pm opochin.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-182
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opochout

pm opochout.
Opout

pm opout.
Examples
#show interface ahphg 1/3/line PM opout
Related commands
None

Command description


Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-183

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.
bin
Displays collected data for the specified bin.
Examples
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/line-PM-opin)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-184

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINE
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN
Max
(dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

opochin
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-185

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/line-PM-opochin)# 1 clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-186

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.

opochout
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-187

opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/line-PM-opochout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-188

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opout
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-189

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/line-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.

Command description
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ahphg)


Display the OSC SFP temperature, OSPF area, hello interval, dead interval, and
metric
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-190
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC | *
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

detail

interface
Examples
(ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/osc detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSC - AHPHG OSC Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Adj State
: Full
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Helloint
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Deadint
: 40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MTU
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC SFP Temperature:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-191
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None

Command description

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the SDH group PM options
Display the SONET group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
interface
opr
opt
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-192
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

interface
Display the interface group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm interface.
opr
Display the received optical power group PM. See show

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm opr.
opt
Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm
opt.
sdh
Display the SDH group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm sdh.
sonet
Display the SONET group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/osc pm sonet.
Examples

#show interface ahphg 1/3/oscsfp PM opr
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-193

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interface
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-194

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.
bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands
None.

Command description

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-195

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

baseline
Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-196

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-opr)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
:
-10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
Max
(dBm)
:
-9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
:
-17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-197

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

baseline
Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-opt)# base
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-198

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-opt)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
:
1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Max (dBm)
:
2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Average
(dBm)
:
-17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-199

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahplg-1/3/osc-PM-sonet)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-200

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OSC | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-201

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-sonet)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-202

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-203
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG | * detail
shelf/slot/SIG| * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/SIG| * [wavekey]
in | out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/SIG | *

aprenable
Shows whether APR is enabled or disabled.
detail

interface
srvcactivity

wavekey in [frequency]
brief - displays a brief summary of all service


Show WaveKey information for the in direction only.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-204
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

wavekeys missing
wavekeys summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/sig detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - AHPHG Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
:
0.60 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
:
23.76
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min
Gain
:
13.00
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
Off
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Power Out
:
nil
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/sig
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-205
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - AHPHG Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface ahphg 2/5/sig wavekey out 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Key
1
Key
2
Status
Rcvd
(dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/SIG
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
show interface dcm

Command description
This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a DCM card. Use this
command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-206
show interface dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show interface dcmshelf/slot/port
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

port number, or * to list all of the DCM cards on the
network element.
Examples
ZZ05U# show int dcm *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function
Description Dir
---------------------------------------------------------------26/1/DCM DcmInOut
temp
Bi
Up
Up
ZZ05U# show interface dcm 26/1/dcm

Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: DCM - External DCM InOut
Port
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State
Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Description:
temp

Error Response text
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-207
show interface dcm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
Display the interface ports on a:
Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM | *
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/DCM | *

detail

interface
Examples
ZZ06U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/10/dcm detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-208
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: DCM - AM2125A DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
: -25.2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
-15.4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN | * detail
shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-209
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [wavekey]

in|out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description

detail

interface
srvcactivity


on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

wavekey missing
wavekey summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-210
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - AM2125A LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEIN detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEININ
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2125A 2/5/LINEIN wavekeys out 59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-211
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opin
opochin
Parameter
Description

opin
Display the received LINEIN optical power group PM.

See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-212
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
#show interface AM2125A 1/3/LINEIN PM opout
Related commands
None

opin
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-213

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opin)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Max (dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-214

opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

opochin
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-215

opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opochin)# 1 clear
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-216
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * detail
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *
[wavekey] out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description

detail

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-217
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
srvcactivity


on this interface


wavekeys missing
wavekeys summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEOUT
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/5/LINEOUT detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - AM2125A Signal Port [OTS]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Associated Port
Target Power
: 1/7/LINEIN
:
0.60 dBm
Current Gain
: 23.76 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset: 1.05 dB
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
Input to Output Gain:
22.22 dB
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
Tilt Calculation Coefficient DCM: 0.00
Target tilt
:
0.00 dB
Actual tilt
:
0.5 dB
Gain Tilt
:
0.00 dB
1.50 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-218
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Total Power Out

Signal Power Out
VOA setting
:
:
:
Off
nil
3.0 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State:
Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
LED
:
Solid
Green
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINEOUT Out 9600 9 553 Up Yes 0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-219
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opout
opochout
Parameter
Description

opochout
Display the received LINEOUT optical channel power

group PM. See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
Opout
Display the received LINEOUT optical power group PM.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-220
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
#show interface AM2125A 1/3/LINEOUT PM opout
Related commands
None

opochout
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-221

opochout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opochout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-222

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opout
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-223

opout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.

Command description
Modular amplifier, 21 dBm power(AM2125A|AM2125B)

metric
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-224
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
Parameter
Description

detail

interface
Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/5/OSCSFP detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - AM2125A OSCSFP Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Adj State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mtu
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC SFP Temperature
: 2029 'C
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Index
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Hello Interval
: 10s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF
metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5
Key
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 KeyId
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 Status
: disable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
RtrDeadInterval
: 40s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Failure Threshold: 10-4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Degrade Threshold: 10-6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-225
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
interface
opr
opt
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-226
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description

interface

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.
opr

opr.
opt

pm opt.
sdh

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.
sonet

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.
Examples

#show interface AM2125A 1/3/oscsfp PM opr
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-227

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interface
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-228

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-229

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opr)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-230

opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
: -10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
Max
(dBm)
: -9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
: -17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

opt
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-231

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# base
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-232

opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
:
1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Max
(dBm)
:
2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Average (dBm)
:
-17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

sdh
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-233

sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-am2125b-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-234

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-235

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-236

sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN | * detail
shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [wavekey]
in|out [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description

network element.
detail

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-237
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
srvcactivity


on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

wavekey missing
wavekey summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/4/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State:
Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
LED
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/4/LINEIN detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-238
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Key
1
Key
2
Status
Rcvd
(dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-239
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opin
opochin
Parameter
Description

network element.
opin

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin.
opochin

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opochin.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-240
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
#show interface AM2318A 1/3/LINEIN PM opout
Related commands
None

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-241
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opin)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Max (dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-242
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-243
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opochin)# 1 clear
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-244
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * detail
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [wavekey] out
[frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter
Description

network element.
detail

interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-245
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
srvcactivity


on this interface


wavekeys missing
wavekeys summary

Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/5/LINEOUT detail
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
Target Power
:
0.60 dBm
Current Gain
: 23.76 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset: 1.05 dB
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
Input to Output Gain:
22.22 dB
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
Target tilt
:
0.00 dB
Actual tilt
:
0.5 dB
Gain Tilt
:
0.00 dB
1.50 dB
Total Power Out
:
Off
Signal Power Out
:
nil
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-246
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOA setting
3.0 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State:
Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2318A 2/5/LINEOUT wavekey out 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Key
1
Key
2
Status
Rcvd
(dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINEOUT Out 9600 9 553 Up Yes 0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-247
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opout
opochout
Parameter
Description

network element.
opochout
Display the received LINEOUT optical channel power

group PM. See show interface am2318a
Opout
Display the received LINEOUT optical power group PM.

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
opout.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-248
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
#show interface AM2318A 1/3/LINEOUT PM opout
Related commands
None

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-249
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opochout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-250
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-251
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.

Command description

metric
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-252
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
Parameter
Description

network element.
detail

interface
Examples
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/5/OSCSFP detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - AM2318A OSCSFP Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Adj State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mtu
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC SFP Temperature
: 2029 'C
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Index
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Hello Interval
: 10s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF
metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5
Key
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 KeyId
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 Status
: disable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
RtrDeadInterval
: 40s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Failure Threshold: 10-4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Degrade Threshold: 10-6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-253
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
interface
opr
opt
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-254
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description

network element.
interface

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.
opr

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.
opt

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.
sdh

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.
sonet

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.
Examples

#show interface AM2318A 1/3/oscsfp PM opr
Related commands
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-255
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-256
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-257
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opr)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-258
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
: -10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
Max
(dBm)
: -9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
: -17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-259
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# base
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-260
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
: 1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Max
(dBm)
: 2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Average (dBm)
: -17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-261
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples

(show-interface-ahplg-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# clearRaw
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-262
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description

network element.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-263
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# raw
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-264
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
None.

Command description
This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a SFC or SFD card.
Display the measured power at the SFDx OMD port.

Display the LOS threshold setting for the OMD port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface {sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |
shelf/slot/xxxx (Chan I/O)
| *

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the SFD|SFC cards on
Examples
# show interface sfd8 2/5/OMD
Shelf: 2 Slot: 5 Port: OMD SFD8A
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Description:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-265
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Associated Port
: 1/7/L1
Total Input Power

:
LOS Set Threshold
:
LOS Clear Threshold
:
Total Output Power
:
LOS Out Set Threshold
:
LOS Out Clear Threshold :
3.41 dBm
-21.00 dBm
2.0 dB
3.41 dBm
-21.00 dBm
2.0 dB

Error Response text
Related commands
None.

Command description
This command displays the power management options for the specified ingress or egress
port.
Impact
Access levels
Setting the power management

options can impact services.
Administrator, Provisioner and Observer.
Syntax
show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINE | *
show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *
brief
gainadjtype
tiltadjtype
commissioning
gainadjsch
gainadjtmlen
gainadjtmper
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-266
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
type
wtdusage
tiltmaintenancemode
show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINEIN | *
brief
poweroffsetdata in
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/LINE(Bidirectional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEOUT
(Uni-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEIN
(uni-directional LD cards)
| *

port number, or enter * to display a brief summary for all
of the ingress and egress ports on the network element.
shelf/slot/LINEIN (uni-directional LD cards) supports a
limited set of commands.
gainadjtype

ports of LDs.

Display the Gain Adjustment Auto Gain Adjustment

value Enabled value.
tiltadjtype

ports of LDs.
Display the Auto Tilt Adjustment Enabled value
commissioning
Display the power management commissioning status
gainadjsch

ports of LDs.
Display the Gain Adjustment Time Offset Past Hour
value
gainadjtmlen

ports of LDs.
Display the Gain Adjustment Allocated Adjustment Time
value
gainadjtmper

ports of LDs.
Display the Gain Adjustment Time Period Between value
Adjustments value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-267
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type

ports of LDs.
Display the power management type on the interface
wtdusage

ports of LDs.
Display the WaveTracker Detector usage value
Used to show the channel target power offset

correspondnig to each defined technology type.
in|out in or out specify directionality data is shown for.
For (LINE) ports can be in or out. For unidirectional ports
in or out must match supported direction of port, out for
LINEOUT, or in for LINEIN.
tiltmaintenancemode

ports of LDs.
Display the state of the tilt maintenance mode for the line.
Examples
# show interface powermgmt *
Location
Port
Role Power Mgmt
Power Mgmt WT
Decoder
Type
Type
Commissioning
Usage
---------------------------------------------------------------- 1/
3/LINEOUT AM2125B Line Out Port
Line Auto
In Progress
wtdonon
Line
Auto
Completed wtdonon
Line
Manual
In
Progress wtdonon
# show interface powermgmt 1/2/line

Interface 1/2/LINE - ALPHG LINE Port
------------------------------------------Power Management Type : Auto
Power Management Commissioning : Completed
Auto Gain Adjust Enabled: On
Auto Tilt Adjust Enabled: On
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-268
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Gain Adjust Time Offset:

00:08:10.1
Gain Adjust Allocated Time: 00:05:00.0
Gain Adjust Time Period:
00:10:08.3
WTD Usage: WTOCM
# show interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
(enum) (enum)
----------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0
# show interface powermgmt 1/4/linein poweroffsetdata in

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
(enum) (enum)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0
# show interface powermgmt 1/4/lineout tiltmaintenancemode


Example of wrong direction specified for port
# show interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdatain

Error: Direction is not supported by port.
#
Related commands
config slot
config card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-269
show powermgmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show powermgmt
Command description
This command displays the network element power management status or configuration.
Display the current power management configuration on the network element

Display the status of a power balancing operation on the network element
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Note: the general subcommands do not need a pack or port reference because there
is only one table per node for techtypes and wtocmcalib.
show powermgmt
general techtypes
egress shelf/slot [ochtargetpower [freq]]
ingress shelf/slot [ochtargetpower [freq]]
Parameter
Description
general techtypes
Displays channel technology types defined for

this node.
egress
Displays the power management settings for

the specified egress point.
Ochtargetpower [freq] if given lists the per
channel power offset and target power for all
the channels. If freq is also given, lists the data
for the specific channel.
ingress
Displays the power management settings for

the specified ingress point.
Ochtargetpower [freq] if given lists the per
channel power offset and target power for all
the channels. If freq is also given, lists the data
for the specific channel.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-270
show powermgmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show powermgmt general techtypes
BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding
Wtocm
(enum) (enum)
Description Description Calib (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
0
9999 9999
alien
alien
0
1
1
otm10G709 nrz
0
3
1
otm11G096 nrz
0
8
3
otm43G018 dpsk
1.0
7
5
otm111G810 cohpmqpsk
0.5
1300
1300
40G dpsk SR 40G dpsk SR
1.2
1350
1350
10G interop alien 10G interop alien 1.3
# show powermgmt ingress 1/17 ochtargetpower 9185

System
Applicability
---------------------------------------------------------------9185
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.5
applicable

System
User offset Absolute
Cald offset offset In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB) (dB)
(dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9350
----NA
ZZ09U# show pow
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)#
egress Display egress adjustments

ingress Display ingress adjustments
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)# egress
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)#
<sh/sl>|*
Enter egress card location (1..16/2..17,20..35) or * for
a list
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# *
Admin
Oper
State
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-271
show powermgmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/2
1/5
1/17
AHPHG
AHPHG
AHPHG
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# 1/2
-------------------------------------------------------------Egress Amp
: None
Target Power
: -8.20 dBm
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
Adjust Result
: Success
Service Launch Atten Offset
: 0.50 dB
Tilt Calculation Loss to Span
: 1.00 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset
: 1.05 dB
Tilt Adjust Result
: None
Tilt Adjust Status
: NotinProgress
Tilt Calculation Coefficient
: 0.00
Tilt Calculation Multiplier
: 100
Tilt Calculation Offset
: 0.00
Pre-Compensated Tilt Fraction
: 1.0
Pre-Compensated Span Tilt
: 1.00 dB
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# ..
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)# ingress 1/2

----------------------------------------------------------Target Power
Current Gain
Min Gain
Max Gain
Splice Repair Margin
Headroom
:
:
:
:
:
:
3.57
18.76
14.80
19.80
0.00
0.00
dBm
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Delta Max Gain

Target tilt
Power Deviation In
Power Deviation Out
Calculated Required Gain
:
:
:
:
:
2.00
0.00
1.50
1.66
18.76
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Adjust Status
Adjust Result
Adjust Target Gain
: Not In Progress
: Success
: Success
Gain Adjust Calculation Offset

Gain at Commissioning Complete
: 0.50 dB
: 18.50 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-272
show powermgmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Maximum Flat Gain Offset

: 1.05 dB
Tilt Adjust Result
: None
Tilt Adjust Status
: Not inProgress
Post-compensated Tilt Fraction: 1.0
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# 1/2 ochtargetpower 9185

System
Applicability
Chan (dB)
(dB) (dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9185
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.5 applicable

System
User
Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset
In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9350
----NA

Error Response text
Related commands

config powermgmt
show wavekey
Command description
This command displays Wavelength Tracker information.

Display the WaveKey properties on an interface port that has Wavelength Tracker
monitoring capabilities.
Display the power and programmed WaveKeys on the interface ports that generate the
Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys (ahphg, ahplg, and a2325a cards).
Display the unexpected WaveKeys detected on a port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-273
show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM then wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show wavekey
wtmonitor shelf/slot/port
wtsource
unexpected shelf/slot/port
Parameter
Description
wtmonitor
Displays the WaveKey properties on an

interface port that has Wavelength Tracker
monitoring capabilities. See show wavekey
wtmonitor.
wtsource
Display the power and programmed

WaveKeys on the interface ports that generate
the Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys. See show
wavekey wtsource.
unexpected
Display the unexpected WaveKeys detected on

a port. See show wavekey unexpected.
Examples
# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7A Port: 1 - ROADM WDM Port [OTS]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Total Power Ingress
Off
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-274
show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG wavekeys in 60

Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------1/7A/1
0
0
UAS
No
Off
Off
2.50
0.00
In C60
# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG

Shelf: 1 Slot: 5A Port: 1 - BBA-HG Amp Out Thru In Port [OTS]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Total Output Power
:
Signal Output Power
:
Programmed Power Gain :
3.41 dBm Measured Amp Temp :

3.28 dBm
10.00 dB
25 C
Amplifier Status: Enabled

Power Management Gain Range : 11.60 dB to 17.00 dB
Auto re-enable Mode
: On
Auto re-enable Debounce time : 10 s

Error Response text
Related commands

config interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-275
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the unexpected WaveKeys detected on a port.

Use this command without any parameters to show the unexpected WaveKeys detected on
all ports on the network element or use the command line parameters as filters to display
the current WaveKey settings for:
A specific port.
In or out direction on the port.

A specific band carried over the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show wavekey unexpectedshelf/slot/port
in [band]
out [band]
Parameter
Description
in
Shows only the unexpected WaveKeys

detected on the receiver. Enter this keyword
followed by a band number to show the
unexpected WaveKeys in that band only, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to
show all unexpected WaveKeys detected on
the receiver.
out
Shows only the unexpected WaveKeys

detected on the transmitter. Enter this keyword
followed by a band number to show the
unexpected WaveKeys in that band only, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to
show all unexpected WaveKeys detected on
the transmitter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-276
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show wavekey unexpected
Unexpected
Measured
Location
WaveKey
Power
-----------------------------------------------1/3/line
4 548
-18.94 dBm

Error Response text
Related commands
config interface

Command description
This command displays WaveKey properties on an interface port that has Wavelength
Tracker monitoring capabilities.
A specific port.
In or out direction on the port.
A specific band carried over the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show wavekey wtmonitor [shelf/slot/port | *]
in [frequency]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-277
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
out frequency
missing
summary
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *
Enter * to show all of the expected wavekeys

for all directions, band, and channels on all
ahphg, ahplg, and A2325A cards.
Enter a shelf, slot, and port to show all of the
expected wavekeys for all directions bands,
and channels on the specified port.
in
Show only the programmed and received

WaveKeys for the in direction on the selected
port. Enter this keyword followed by a band
number to show WaveKey information for that
band only, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to show WaveKey information for
all bands on the port.
out
Show only the programmed and received

WaveKeys for the out direction on the selected
port. Enter this keyword followed by a band
number to show WaveKey information for that
band only, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to show WaveKey information for
all bands on the port.
missing
Displays a list of missing WaveKeys on the

interface.
summary
Displays a listing showing the expected

WaveKeys that have been programmed on the
port, the expected WaveKeys that are being
received on the port, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port.
Examples
# show wavekey wtmonitor 1/10/sig out
Wave
Wave
Expected
Measured
Power
Power
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-278
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Location Key 1 Key 2 Rcvd Power

Power
Dev
Tol
----------------------------------------------------------------1/10/sig
7
550
-20.00 dBm -20.37 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50
dB
Out B1 C1
1/10/sig
23
567
-20.00 dBm -20.29 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50
dB
Out B1 C2
1/10/sig
40
580
-20.00 dBm -20.57 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50 dB
Out B1 C3
1/10/sig
60
600
-20.00 dBm -20.39 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50 d
Out B1 C4

Error Response text
Related commands
config interface

Command description
This command displays the power and programmed WaveKeys on the interface ports that
generate the Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys. These ports reside on a MVAC and OT
cards.
Display a summary of the expected and measured output power on all channels with
an admin state of up
Display all of the programmed WaveKeys on every OT and MVAC port on the
network element
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-279
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
power
keys
Parameter
Description
power
Displays a summary of the expected and

measured output power on all channels with an
admin state of up.
keys
Display all of the programmed WaveKeys on

every OT and MVAC port on the network
element. The list includes the WaveKey
transmitter state and the administrative and
operational state of the port.
Examples
# show wavekey wtsource
(show-wavekey-wtsource)# power
Admin
Oper
Location
Expected Power
Measured Power
State
State
------------------------------------------------------------1/9/L1
-17.59 dBm
Up
Up
1/10/L1
-16.45 dBm
Up
Up
(show-wavekey-wtsource)# keys
WaveKey
Admin
Oper
Location
WaveKey 1
WaveKey 2
Tx State
State
State
--------------------------------------------------------------1/10/L1
7
550
Enabled
Up
Up
1/11/L1
23
567
Enabled
Up
Up
1/12/L1
40
580
Enabled
Up
Up
1/13/L1
60
600
Enabled
Up
Up

Error Response text
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-280
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands
config interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-281
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
5-282
6 T Management
O
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to OT management.

Sections
This chapter is divided into the following sections:
11DPE12 CLI Commands (p. 6-18)
11DPE12e CLI Commands (p. 6-128)
11DPE12a CLI Commands (p. 6-262)
11QPA4 CLI Commands (p. 6-383)
11QPEN4 CLI Commands (p. 6-520)
11QPE24 CLI Commands (p. 6-645)
4DPA4 CLI Commands (p. 6-729)
11DPM12 CLI Commands (p. 6-854)
1DPP24M CLI commands (p. 6-1070)
Other Commands (p. 6-1111)
Contents
6-18
6-20
6-21
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
6-23
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-25
6-28
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
6-31
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-32
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
6-34
6-36
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
6-38
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-40
6-42
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
6-45
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-47
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-49
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
6-57
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-60
6-61
6-63
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-65
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-67
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}
6-69
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
6-70
6-72
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-74
6-75
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-77
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state
6-79
show interface 11dpe12
6-81
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-82
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-86
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-88
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
6-89
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-91
6-92
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-94
6-95
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-97
6-98
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-104
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-106
6-110
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-111
6-113
6-114
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-116
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-117
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}
6-119
6-120
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-122
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-123
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-124
6-125
6-128
config interface 11dpe12e
6-130
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-131
6-134
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
6-136
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep
6-139
6-142
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-144
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-148
6-151
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-153
6-155
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-157
6-159
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-161
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-163
6-166
6-168
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-170
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-3
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
6-179
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-183
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-184
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
6-186
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-188
6-190
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
6-192
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}
6-194
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
6-196
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-198
6-199
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-200
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-202
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state
6-204
show interface 11dpe12e
6-206
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-207
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-210
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-212
6-214
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-215
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
6-217
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-218
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
6-220
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-221
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-223
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]
6-227
6-229
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
6-230
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid
6-231
6-232
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-235
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-238
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
6-242
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-4
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-244
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-245
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
6-247
6-249
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-250
6-252
6-253
6-255
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-256
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-257
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-258
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-260
6-262
config interface 11dpe12a
6-264
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-265
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-267
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-272
6-276
6-278
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-279
6-281
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-283
6-285
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-287
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-289
6-292
6-294
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-296
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
6-303
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-308
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-309
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
6-311
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-313
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-5
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-315
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
6-317
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}
6-319
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
6-321
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-323
6-324
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-325
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-327
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state
6-329
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10}
6-331
show interface 11dpe12a
6-333
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-334
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-338
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-340
6-342
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-343
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
6-345
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-346
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
6-348
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
6-349
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-351
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-355
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-358
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
6-362
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-364
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-365
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
6-367
6-368
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-370
6-371
6-373
6-374
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-376
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-6
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-377
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-378
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-379
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10}
6-381
11QPA4 CLI Commands
6-383
6-385
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
6-386
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
6-389
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ddr
6-391
6-393
6-395
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
6-398
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
6-401
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
6-404
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
6-407
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
6-408
6-413
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
6-415
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
6-417
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-419
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
6-421
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-423
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-425
6-427
6-429
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state
6-431
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
6-433
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
6-435
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
6-442
6-443
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
6-445
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
6-447
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
6-449
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-7
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-451
6-453
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
6-454
6-455
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
6-457
show interface 11qpa4
6-459
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
6-460
6-466
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g
6-468
6-469
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
6-471
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
6-473
6-475
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
6-477
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
6-479
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
6-483
6-485
6-486
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-488
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
6-489
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-491
6-492
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-494
6-495
6-499
6-501
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
6-506
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
6-507
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
6-509
6-510
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
6-512
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
6-514
6-515
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-8
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-516
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
6-517
6-520
6-522
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
6-523
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
6-526
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g
6-528
6-530
6-532
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
6-535
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
6-536
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
6-541
6-543
6-545
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-547
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
6-549
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-551
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-553
6-555
6-557
6-559
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state
6-561
6-562
6-565
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
6-572
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
6-573
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
6-575
6-577
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
6-579
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
6-581
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
6-583
6-584
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
6-585
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-9
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
6-587
show interface 11QPEN4
6-589
6-590
6-596
6-598
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
6-599
6-601
6-603
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
6-607
6-609
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
6-610
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-612
6-613
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-615
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
6-616
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-618
6-619
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} encrypt
6-623
6-625
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
6-627
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
6-631
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
6-633
6-634
6-636
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
6-637
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
6-639
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
6-640
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
6-641
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
6-643
6-645
config interface 11qpe24
6-646
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22}
6-648
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} 1gbe
6-650
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-10
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe
6-653
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} state
6-655
6-657
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opr
6-658
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opt
6-660
6-662
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} state
6-664
6-666
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) otu2
6-668
6-674
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm
6-678
6-679
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr
6-681
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opt
6-683
6-685
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
6-687
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
6-688
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
6-689
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
6-691
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
6-693
6-695
6-696
6-698
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe
6-699
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm
6-701
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opr
6-702
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opt
6-703
6-705
6-708
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} otu2
6-711
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} tengige
6-714
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm
6-715
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm dw
6-717
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-11
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr
6-718
6-720
6-721
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
6-723
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
6-724
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
6-725
6-727
4DPA4 CLI Commands
6-729
6-731
6-732
6-737
6-741
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}
6-745
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}
6-749
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
6-753
6-755
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-757
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
6-759
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-761
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
6-763
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-765
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
6-767
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}
6-769
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-773
6-775
6-779
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-784
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-785
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-787
6-789
6-791
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
6-793
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-795
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-12
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-796
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-797
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-799
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
6-801
show interface 4dpa4
6-803
6-804
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe
6-809
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
6-811
6-813
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}
6-815
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
6-817
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
6-818
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
6-820
6-822
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
6-824
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
6-825
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
6-827
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}
6-829
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-831
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1
6-834
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1
6-836
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-840
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-841
6-843
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-844
6-846
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-848
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-849
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-850
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-852
6-854
6-857
6-858
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-13
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-867
6-870
6-872
6-874
6-877
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk
6-880
6-883
6-886
6-888
6-891
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}
6-893
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk
6-897
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1
6-900
6-901
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
6-906
6-908
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
6-909
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
6-911
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-913
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
6-915
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh
6-917
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet
6-918
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr
6-920
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr looduk
6-924
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi
6-926
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk
6-929
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
6-931
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}
6-933
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
6-937
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-940
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-944
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}
6-950
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-953
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-14
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
6-959
6-960
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
6-962
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-964
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
6-966
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
6-968
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-970
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-971
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-972
6-974
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state
6-976
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
6-978
6-984
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
6-985
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
6-992
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk
6-994
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi
6-996
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk
6-997
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
6-999
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk
6-1001
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe
6-1002
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe looduk
6-1004
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi
6-1005
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk
6-1007
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}
6-1008
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk
6-1010
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1
6-1013
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1
6-1014
6-1017
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw
6-1019
6-1020
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
6-1022
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
6-1024
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-15
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
6-1026
6-1027
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet
6-1029
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr
6-1031
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdr looduk
6-1033
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi
6-1034
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk
6-1036
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16}
6-1037
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
6-1039
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
6-1041
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
6-1044
6-1047
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
6-1048
6-1052
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
6-1053
6-1055
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
6-1057
6-1059
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
6-1060
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
6-1062
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
6-1063
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
6-1064
6-1066
6-1070
6-1071
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24}
6-1072
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} e1
6-1074
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm
6-1076
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm e1
6-1077
6-1078
6-1080
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm
6-1082
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
6-1083
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-16
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
6-1085
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh
6-1087
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 state
6-1088
6-1090
show interface 1dpp24m
6-1093
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24}
6-1094
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} e1
6-1096
6-1097
6-1098
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1
6-1100
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm
6-1102
6-1103
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
6-1105
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh
6-1107
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 stm1
6-1108
Other Commands
6-1111
6-1111
6-1113
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-17
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11DPE12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-20
6-21
6-23
6-25
6-28
6-31
6-32
6-34
6-36
6-38
6-40
6-42
6-45
6-47
6-49
6-57
6-60
6-61
6-63
6-65
6-67
6-69
6-70
6-72
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-18
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-74
6-75
6-77
6-79
6-81
6-82
6-86
6-88
6-89
6-91
6-92
6-94
6-95
6-97
6-98
6-104
6-106
6-110
6-111
6-113
6-114
6-116
6-117
6-119
6-120
6-122
6-123
6-124
6-125
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11DPE12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client C{1-12} ports, the line ports
L{1-2} or VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
11DPE12 cards on the network element.
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Examples
#config interface 11dpe12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir
---------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C8
3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports on the 11DPE12 card.

Specify a description for the port

Set the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Set the FE attributes

Set the loopback mode
Set the performance monitoring
Set the administrative state
Set the client port type

Set the virtual time slot attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
1gbe
fe
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
loopback [facility | terminal]

pm
state
type [1gbe | fe | unassigned]
vts{1-10}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
description

detail
1gbe
Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
loopback
Configures the loopback.

of the following:
fe
facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback
terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback
Sets the Fast Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe. This
sub-command applies only to 1830 PSS-4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pm
Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to configure
pm attributes.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12

shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.
type
vts{1-10}
Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client
Set to fe for Fast Ethernet client (applies to 1830

PSS-4 only)
Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned
Sets the virtual time slot attributes. See config interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1)#
Related commands

show interface 11DPE12 # shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11DPE12
card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configure the automatic in-service timer
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ains
Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
disabled disable AINS
enabled enable AINS
down

mt
up
Set to up to enable the port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

#config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 state down
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11DPE12 card.
Set autonegotiation
Set the transmit frequency for the pluggable module
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type
Set the timeslot assignment on the line port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
autoneg [disabled | enabled]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-25
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
timeslot [line line vts vts]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
autoneg
Attribute that controls the status of auto-negotiation.

values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
channel
Specifies the wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
of the following values:
losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:
laserOn transmitter stays on
laserOff turn off the transmitter
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-26
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype
Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module
user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user
Default: auto
timeslot[line line vts vts]
Configure the virtual timeslot on the selected line port.

Only applicable when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See
config card 11DPE12 shelf/slot).
Enter this keyword followed by the following:
Range of line: {0 to 2}
Range of vts: {0-10}
Notes:
1.
For timeslot provisioning, values for line and vts are entered at the same time.
2.
The timeslot provisioning is only applicable when the card mode is set to FullRate.
3.
Allowable combinations for line and vts: either the values are both zero or both non-zero.
Any other combinations are denied.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 0 vts 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 1
Error: insufficient arguments Must enter both line and vts values
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 0 vts 1

Error: Odu1 and vts must be both 0 or both non-zero.
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the Fast Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11DPE12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
channel

losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:

values:
100BFXS

user If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm, this
attribute is set to user
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-29
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timeslot[line line vts vts]

Only applicable when the card mode is set to Fullrate
(See config card 11DPE12 shelf/slot).
Range of vts: {0-10}
Notes:
1.
For timeslot provisioning, values for line and vts are entered at the same time.
2.
The timeslot provisioning is only applicable when the card mode is set to FullRate.
3.
Allowable combinations for line and vts: either the values are both zero or both non-zero.
Any other combinations are denied.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/1 fe timeslot line 1 vts 1
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 fe timeslot line 0 vts 0

fe timeslot line 1
fe timeslot line 1 vts 1
fe timeslot line 0
vts 1
Error: Odu1 and vts must be both 0 or both non-zero.
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (pm)

attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearAll
Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface
ethernet
Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-31
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Opr

See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
pm opt.
pcs
Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
bins
Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
clear
Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11DPE12 card.
Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-34
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

slash, and the port number.
type.
baseline

Enter one of the following values:
clearRaw
Clears the raw counts for this PM group
Interval`
bins

followed by an integer value for the number of
bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the
end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The
contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
clear
profile

followed by an integer value for the profile
identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-35
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm opr

(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-36
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-37
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with PCS layer Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-38
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12} client ports with the CE-VLAN ID map attributes
on the 11DPE12 card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to
Subrate or QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12 shelf/slot). Use this command to set
the CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
cevlanid [value][direction]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
vts{1-10}
Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts1, vts2, vts3, vts4, vts5, vts6,
vts7, vts8, vts9, vts10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-40
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Cevlanid
Configures the CE-VLAN ID map for the specified

VTS within the port.
Enter the keyword followed by the ID number or ID
ranges separated by comma:
Range: [1-4095], all, none
In Subrate mode, the client VTS/CE-VLAN ID
mapping is bidirectional. Users do not need to
configure the direction.
In QinQ mode, the client VTS/CE-VLAN ID mapping
is unidirectional. Users must specify the CE-VLAN ID
map direction. The valid directions are :
Egress The mapping direction is out from the

port
Ingress The mapping direction is into the port
IngressAndEgress - Ingress and Egress
Examples
Example of SubRate
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 cevlanid 1-200,300
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 vts1 cevlanid none
Example of QinQ
#
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
1-200,300 ingress
none ingress
1-200 egress
none egress
1-200 ingressAndEgress
none ingressAndEgress

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 vts1 cevlanid 1-200

egress
vts1 cevlanid 1,2,4,1-200
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. Only QinQ mode need
direction.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-41
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vts1 cevlanid 1,2,4,1-200
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. QinQ mode must
provide direction.
vts1 cevlanid none
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. QinQ mode must
provide direction.
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings
Configure the loopback
Set the ODU2 attributes

Set the OTU2 attributes
Set the tengige attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring
Configure the administrative state

Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-42
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
type [otu2 | tengige | unassigned]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearasontopo

If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised against
the port AID and the clearasontopo command is executed
to clear the alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is actually taken.
Detail
description

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
current description for the interface,
loopback

ETo change the setting, enter this keyword followed by


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-43
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
odu2
Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.
pm
Sets the performance monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 11dpe12
shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
state

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.
tengige
Sets the tengige attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige.
Type
set to otu2 to set the port to OTU2.
Set to tengige to set the port to tenGige singal
Note: 11DPE12 line port can be provisioned to tengige

only when the pack is under QinQ mode.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1
(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/L1)#

Error Response
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 type tengige
Error: Pack is not under QinQ mode.
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-44
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the L1 or L2 ports on the 11DPE12
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-45
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
disabled - disable AINS
enabled - enable AINS
down

force to force the port down. This may affect service.
mt
Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.
up
Example

(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1)# state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-46
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE {L1, L2} ports on the
11DPE12 card.
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
pldtype
Display the value of Payload Type Field within the ODU2

payload overhead.
ptmmresp
ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
of the following:
enabled - enable the consequent action
disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-47
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)
timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled
trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled
tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
00).
Example
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 odu2
(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/L1-odu2)#
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Configure the FEC used
Set the hold off timer attributes
Configure the GCC status

Configure the GCC communication channel type
Set the OSPF area for the GCC channel
Configure the moduletype

Set the OTU2 rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Configure the virtual time slot
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [efec2 | rsfec]
holdofftimer [disabled | enabled]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
gcctype [gcc0|gcc1|gcc2]
ospf [helloint [value] | deadint value | metric value | md5status
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-49
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
oturate [value]
vts [vts source]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
channelrx
Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-50
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx
Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
fectype
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:
efec2, for Enhanced FEC type 2
rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC
Default: efec2
holdofftimer
gccstat
Specifies whether OT will use a hold-off timer to delay taking

a consequent action for line failure.
Set to disabled Disabled holdoff timer
Set to enabled Enabled holdoff timer

Default: Disabled
Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:
enabled to enable GCC0 processing
disabled to disable GCC0 processing
Default: enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-51
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
gcctype
Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2
Default: GCC0
Note : when GCCSTAT is enabled, the change of gcctype
shall be denied.
ospf helloint
HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key is used for Md5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
or lowercase alphanumeric characters, the first character can
not be of a numeric value. The parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range:1255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-52
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The md5 authentication is activated on the
OSPF area.
Set to disable: The md5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area.
This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default.
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
moduletype

the following:

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.
user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is

not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.
Default: auto
oturate
OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate.

Set to:
11.049, for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate
Default: 11.096
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-53
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled
trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled
tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-54
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
vts
Configure the virtual time slot information. Only applicable

when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See config card
11DPE12 shelf/slot).
Enter this keyword followed by the virtual time slot selected:
vts1 - configure virtual time slot 1
For each selected virtual time slot ( vts1 to vts10), select one
of the following:
none - configure the virtual time slot to none.
c1 - configure the virtual time slot to c1
l1slot1 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-55
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
12slot8 - configure the virtual time slot to l2slot8
Example
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 l2slot1
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 c1

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 otu2 vts vts1 c1
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-56
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports with tengige attributes on the 11DPE12
card.

Configure the pluggable module type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-57
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channelrx

channeltx
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-58
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

specified interface port. Enter this keyword to display the
current setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
- Enter one of the acceptable line port moduletype values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
10GB-SR
Auto - If this value is configured, then the network

User - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is
be set to user.
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 tengige
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Performance Monitoring
Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the Ethernet group options

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearAll
Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.
dw
Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm
dw.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-60
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ethernet

interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm ethernet.
opr
Configures the received optical power group PM options.

opr.
Configures the transmitted optical power group PM
options.
opt

opt.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Digital Wrapper Performance

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-61
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
clear
profile
Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-62
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Ethernet Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-63
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-64
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configure the LINE ports L{1-2} for received optical power group
Baseline
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins and the Threshold Crossing Alert profile
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
losclrd, for LOS Cleared
newsystem, for a new system
otreplaced, after an OT is replaced
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-65
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-66
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{12} for transmitted optical power group
Baseline
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-67
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/1 pm opt
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-68
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} line ports with the SVLAN ID map attributes on
the 11DPE12 card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to QinQ
mode (See config card 11DPE12 shelf/slot. Use this command to set the SVLAN ID
map for each VTS within the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}
svlanid [value] [direction]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

The valid values are: vts{1-100}
svlanid
Configures the SVLAN ID map for the specified VTS

within the port.
Enter the keyword followed by the ID number:
ID number Range: [1-4095], none
Line VTS/SVLAN ID mapping is unidirectional. User
must specify the SVLAN ID map direction. The valid
directions are:
Egress The mapping direction is out from the port.
Ingress - The mapping direction is into the port.
IngressAndEgress Ingress and Egress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-69
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
1/7/L1
1/7/L1
1/7/L1
1/7/L1
vts2
vts2
vts1
vts1
svlanid
svlanid
svlanid
svlanid
1 ingress
100 egress
none ingress
none ingressAndEgress

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1
vts1 svlanid 1 ingress

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1,2,3,100
Error: Request Failed - invalid svlanid.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1-200
Error: Request Failed - invalid svlanid.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1
Error: Request Failed VTS/SVLAN mapping must provide direction.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid none
Error: Request Failed VTS/SVLAN mapping must provide direction.
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11DPE12 card.

Set OCH attributes
Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the expected optical power output of the port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-70
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
type [och | unassigned]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
description

detail
och
Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm
Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11DPE12
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-71
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
power
Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by the expected power
value.
Range: -20 to -5.5 dBm
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11DPE12

shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.
type
set to och to assign the port.
set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-72
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
moduletype [auto |value]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVOA - fast VOA
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-73
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
clearAll
Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.
opr

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.
opt

options.
See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-74
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-76
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-77
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-78
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-79
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-80
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 11DPE12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports C{1-12}, the line ports
L{1-2}, or the VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 11DPE12 interfaces on
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 *
Port
Admin Oper
State
Location Function Description
Dir State State Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-81
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2
Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client ports C{1-12} on the 11DPE12 card.
Display client port settings

Display the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Display the FE attributes
Display the performance monitoring

Display all service activity on this interface
Display the virtual time slot attributes
Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
detail
fe
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
vts{1-10}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-82
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cevlanid
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
1gbe
Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
detail
fe
Displays the Fast Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe.
pm
Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.
srvcActivity

After this keyword, enter one of the following:
brief
detail
vts{1-10}
Display the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
cevlanid
Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

This entry is applicable when the card mode is set to
Subrate or QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12
shelf/slot).
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
Oper State: Down
Status LED
: Solid Off
Description:
Example of client information when pack mode is fullRate.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-83
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled
1GbE Settings
------------AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Auto Negotiation : Enabled
Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: 1000B-LX
Channel
: 1310
Time Slots
---------Working line
Working vts
Protection line
Protection vts
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
Example of client information when pack mode is subRate

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
: Disabled
: Disabled
Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps

Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps
1GbE Settings
------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-84
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
:
Module Type
Channel
:
: System
: 0m
: Enabled
Laser On
: 1000B-LX
1310
Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled
1GbE Settings
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
Module Type
Channel
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
Enabled
Laser On
1000B-LX
1310
Example of client information when pack mode is subRate

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 cevlanid
VTS CE-VLAN ID
----------------------------------1
1-200
2
300-400
3
None
4
None
5
None
6
None
7
None
8
None
9
None
10
500-1000

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 cevlanid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-85
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS CE-VLAN ID
Direction
------------------------------------1
1-200
ingress
1
1-200
egress
2
300-400
ingress
10
500-1000
ingress
Example of error responses

# show interface 1/3/C1 cevlanid
Error: CE-VLAN ID mapping is applicable only in Sub-Rate or QinQ
card mode.
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slotC{1-12}

Command description
This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port attributes C{1-12} attributes on the
11DPE12 card.
Display the automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display autonegotiation setting
Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

Display the timeslot allocation
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
autoneg
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-86
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
channel
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ainstimer
Displays the Automatic In-Service debounce time.
autoneg
Displays auto-negotiation.
channel
Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
losprop
Displays loss propagation behavior status.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

timeslot
Displays the timeslot assignment on the line port.
Example

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 1gbe
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-87
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Fast Ethernet client port attributes C{1-12} attributes on the
11DPE12 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ainstimer
channel

module.
losprop
moduletype

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-88
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timeslot
Example

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 fe
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} client ports on
the 11DPE12 card.
Display the Ethernet performance monitoring data options

Display the receive optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the transmitted optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the PCS group performance monitoring options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ethernet
opr
opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-89
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
See 1830 PSS4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
ethernet
Displays the Ethernet group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.
opr
Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.
opt
Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.
pcs
Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-90
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the C{1-12}Client ports with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
on the 11DPE12 card.

Display the raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bins
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-91
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays performance monitoring configuration values.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the

C{1-12}Client ports of the 11DPE12 card.
Display the baseline data.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-92
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval
clear
detail
bins
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
Displays baseline data.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-93
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the C{1-12} Client ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Display the baseline data

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-94
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12}Client
ports on the 11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-95
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-96
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the virtual time slot data for the C{1-12}Client ports on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within
the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
cevlanid
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
vts{1-10}

cevlanid
Displays the CE-VLAN ID map for the specified VTS

within the port.
Examples
Example of SubRate display
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 cevlanid
CE-VLAN ID: 1-10
Example of QinQ display

CE-VLAN ID: 1-10 ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-97
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CE-VLAN ID: 1-5 egress

CE-VLAN ID: 1-10 ingress
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11DPE12 card.
Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the tenGige attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring

Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
svlanid
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-98
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vts{1-100}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
detail
odu2
Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
Display the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
otu2.
pm
Display Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
svlanid
Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

QinQ mode See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot
srvcActivity
Display all service activity on this interface.

brief
detail
tengige
Display the tengige attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige
vts{1-100}

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-99
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
Example of line information when pack mode is fullRate.

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 detail
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Received Power
Transmitted Power
: -10.04 dBm
: 2.19 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled
OTU2 Settings
: System
AINS Countdown : 0m
Channel
: 1491
Channel Rx
: 1471
Rate
: 11.096 Gbps
FEC Mode
: EFEC2
OSPF Adj State : Down
GCC Status
: Disabled
Operational Mode : ADDDROP

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
ODU2 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 131 (0x83)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Virtual Time Slots

-----------------Virtual Time Slot 1:
Virtual Time Slot 2:
c1
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
Example of line information when pack mode is subRate

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 detail
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
: -40.00 dBm
: -33.01 dBm
Facility Loopback
: Disabled
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps
OTU2 Settings
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down
GCC Status
: Disabled

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
ODU2 Settings
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-101
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is OTU2
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
: -40.00 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -33.01 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled

OTU2 Settings
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down
GCC Status
: Disabled

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
ODU2 Settings
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
---------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
Status
:
Disabled
Disabled
???????????????
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is 10GbE
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [10GbE LAN]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
:
:
Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
10GbE LAN Settings

------------------Channel Rx
: 9170
Channel Tx
: 9170
Module Type
: Auto
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 svlanid
VTS SVLAN ID
Direction
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
ingress
1
1
eress
2
300
ingress
10
500
egress

# show interface 1/3/L1 svlanid
Error: SVLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-103
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11DPE12
card.
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
mappingmode
otu2rate
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
type.
mappingmode
Display the mappingmode for the CBRX mapping to

ODU2P. The value is bitsync.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-104
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pldtype
Specifies the value of the Payload Type field within

the ODU2 payload overhead. pldtype has a default
value and is based on the encoded client signal. Valid
value is {0-255}.
ptmmresp
Display the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.
tti
Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier
inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier.
status - status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

Mismatch Response
trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare
tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-odu2)#
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping gmode
: bitsync
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-105
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the LINE ports L{1-2} with OTU2 attributes on the 11DPE12
card.
Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency
Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the FEC used

Display the GCC status
Display the GCC communication channel type
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC channel

Display the OTU2 rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Display the virtual time slot mappings
Impact
Access Levels
None
Administrator, Provisioner, observer
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
packettype [std | nonstd]
mtu
oturate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-106
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vts [vts{1-10}]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.
channelrx
Displays the receive frequency.
channeltx
Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.
fectype
Displays the forward error correction mode.
gccstat
Displays the GCC0 status
gcctype
Displays the GCC communication channel type
ospf [area | adjstate]
Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

ospf helloint
Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID
Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-107
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5key

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enableD
Default: NULL()
ospf md5keyid
md5keyid is used for md5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5status is enabled.
Range:1 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on
the OSPF area.
Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required
on the OSPF area.

This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key and
md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
oturate
Displays the line OTU2 rate
tti
Displays the OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Mismatch Response
tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-108
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
vts
Displays virtual time slots:
md5_key
vts1 - display virtual time slot 1

This parameter is mandatory if KEYID is entered.
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters. This
parameter is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
keyid
KEYID is used for md5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Range:1 255
Default: 1
md5_status
the OSPF area.
on the OSPF area.

This parameter can be set to enable only if a MD5KEY
and KEYID has been set.
Default: disable
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2 vts vts1
Virtual Time Slot 1: c1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-109
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN line (L{1-2}) port attributes on the 11DPE12
card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-110
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/29/L1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :
10m
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE ports on
the 11DPE12 card.
Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the Ethernet group options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-111
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
Display the Digital Wrapper group PM.
dw
See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

ethernet
Display the Ethernet group PM. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.
opr
Display the received optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt
Display the transmitted optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-112
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper performance monitoring data for the L{1-2}
LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.

display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-113
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE
ports on the 11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-114
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-115
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the received optical power performance monitoring data for the
L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-116
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
the L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-117
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the virtual times slot data for the L{1-2} Line ports on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the SVLAN ID map for each VTS within
the port.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
svlanid
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

The valid values are: vts{1-100}.
svlanid
Specifies the virtual time slot within the port. The valid
values are: vts{1-100}.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 vts2 svlanid
SVLAN ID: 10 ingress
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 vts2 svlanid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-119
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SVLAN ID: 10 ingress

SVLAN ID: 15 egress
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12 card.
Display the eVOA port detailed settings

Display the OCH attributes
Display Performance Monitoring data
Display the expected power setting
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
detail
Display the current detailed settings for the port.
och
Display the OCH interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-120
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pm
Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
power
Display the expected optical output power.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpe12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
Expected Optical Output Power: -5.98 dBm
Pluggable Module Type: sVOA
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 power

Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-121
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type on the specified

interface port
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : sVOA
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-122
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports
(VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
opr
Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Example

# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-123
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-124
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.
detail

bin
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related command


Command description
This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-125
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-126
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-127
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11DPE12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-130
6-131
6-134
6-136
6-139
6-142
6-144
6-148
6-151
6-153
6-155
6-157
6-159
6-161
6-163
6-166
6-168
6-170
6-179
6-183
6-184
6-186
6-188
6-190
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-128
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-192
6-194
6-196
6-198
6-199
6-200
6-202
6-204
6-206
6-207
6-210
6-212
6-214
6-215
6-217
6-218
6-220
6-221
6-223
6-227
6-229
6-230
6-231
6-232
6-235
6-238
6-242
6-244
6-245
6-247
6-249
6-250
6-252
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-129
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-253
6-255
6-256
6-257
6-258
6-260

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to
L{1-2} or VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 11dpe12e cards on the
network element.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Examples
#config interface 11dpe12e *
Port
Admin Oper
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-130
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Location Function Description Dir State State Qualifier

----------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C9
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C10
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C11
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C12
Client
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/VA1
VOA
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/VA2
VOA
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports on the 11dpe12e card.



Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-131
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
1gbe
pm
state
vts{1-10}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
description

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.
detail
1gbe

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-132
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
loopback


To change the setting, enter this keyword followed

pm
Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to
configure pm attributes.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.
type
vts{1-10}
Sets the virtual time slot attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1
(config-interface-11DPE12e-1/7/C1)#
Related commands

show interface 11DPE12e # shelf/slot/C{1-12}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-133
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ethoam maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the
11DPE12E card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance domain (MD)

Configure a maintenance association within a MD
Delete a specific MD
Show the details information of the created MD
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
create format <value> [mdname <value> ] [level <value> ]
ma{1-400}
delete
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam md1
Specifies the shelf, slot, and MD 1. Enter the shelf number,

a slash, the slot number, a slash, and MD 1.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.
detail
Display the provisioned MD information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-134
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a MD on the pack. Follow this keyword with the

following:
Format: the format of the MD name as it is used in the

PDUs. If string, the MD name is used; if null, no MD
name present.
Range: String or null
Default: String
Mdname: Specifies the maintenance domain name,
represented by a character string or null. Each

Maintenance Domain has unique name amongst all
those used or available to a service provider or
operator. Maintenance domain Default name is
"DEFAULT" if the MD name format is Character
String. No MD name shall be specified if the MD
name format is NULL
Default: DEFAULT
Range: 1-43 characters
Level: Sets the level of the maintenance domain. NE
will allow changing the specified maintenance level

only if there is no MEP associated with it
Default:4
Value: 4 (not provisionable in R1.5)
Ma{1-400}
Configure maintenance association (MA) within the

maintenance domain (MD). See 'config card 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
Delete
Deletes a specific MD.
Examples
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 create format string
mdname md1 level 4
# config card 11DPE12A 1/7 ethoam md1 create format null level 4
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 delete
Md index : 1
Md name : ma1
Format : string
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-135
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Level

Md index : 1
Md name :
Format : null
Level
4
Related commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ethoam md1 detail

Command description
This command configures the maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance association (MA) within a specific maintenance

domain (MD)
Modify the parameters of a specific MA

Delete a specific MA within a MD
Add a remote maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to the MEPID list for a
specific MA within a MD
Delete a specific remote MEPID for a specific within a MD

Show the detail information of a specific MA
Configure a maintenance end point (MEP) within a MA
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
create
modify
delete
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-136
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
add remote mepid <integer>

delete remote mepid <integer>
mep
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/ethoam md1
ma{1-400}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md {1-8} ma {1-400}.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
ethoam md1 ma{1-400}.
detail
Display the provisioned MA information
create
Create a MA within a MD on the pack. A MA include a

manet and a macomp :
Manet
macomp
manet maname <value> format <value>

ccminterval <value>
Maname: Set the name of the maintenance name. It is
unique within the specified maintenance domain. if the

name format is character string , then the Maname is
1-43 characters ;
Format: The format of the MA name as it is used in the

PDUs.
Range: string
Default: string
Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this maintenance
association, with value 0 indicating that the MA is not

attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range: integer 1- 4094

Default: 3.33 ms
Value: 3.33 ms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-137
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Modify
Modify the parameters of a specific MA.
Manet
Manet ccminterval <value>
macomp
Macomp vid <integer>
Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this maintenance
association, with value 0 indicating that the MA is not

attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range: integer 1- 4094
delete
Manet
macomp

Value: 3.33 ms
Delete a specific MA , a MA include two parts :manet part

and macomp part :
Manet : it will delete the dot1agcfmnettable entry indexed by
MAID .
Macomp: it will delete the dot1agcfmcomptable entry
indexed by MAID
Add [remote mepid

<value> ]
Add a remote maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to

the MEPID list for a specific MA.
MEPID: Remote maintenance end point identifier
Range: 1-8191
Note : in one MA, only one remote MEPID can be
configured .
delete [remote mepid

<value> ]
Delete a specific remote MEPID
mep
Configure maintenance end point (MEP) within a

maintenance association. See detail config card 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep
Examples
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 create manet maname
ma10
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 modify macomp vid 10
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 add remote mepid 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-138
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete remote mepid 8
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Ma name
: ma10
Ma index
: 10
Md index
: 1
Vid
: 12
Ccminterval : 3.33ms
remote mepid : 1
Related commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ ethoam md 1 ma {1-400} detail

Command description
This command configures the maintenance end point (MEP) attributes on the 11DPE12E
card.
Create a new ethoam maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) within a maintenance
association (MA)
Modify the parameters of a new ethoam maintenance end point identifier (MEPID)
within a maintenance association (MA)
Delete a specific MEPID within a specific MA
Show the details information of MEPID
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slotethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep
detail mepid mepid
create mepid mepid interface <value> mepcc <enable|disable> active
<false|true>lowprdef<value>direction <up|down>
modify mepid mepid [interface <value> ][mepcc <enable|disable>
][active <false|true>][lowprdef<value>][direction <up|down> ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-139

mep
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
delete mepid mepid

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/ethoam md1
ma{1-400} mep
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md {1-8} ma {1-400}

mep {mepid <value>}. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
mep{mepid <value>}.
detail
Display a specific MEP information.

Mepid: maintenance association end point identifier
(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA, identify
by a specific MEP.
create
Create the maintenance association end point (MEP).
(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA,

identify by a specific MEP.
Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a down-MEP
(pointing away from the MAC relay entity) or up-MEP

(pointing towards the MAC relay entity)
Default: down (not provisionable in R1.5)
Interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be
configured
Default: L1
Range: L1 and L2
Default: false

Default: disable
Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is allowed
to generate a defect.
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon; errXcon;
xcon; noXcon
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-140

mep
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
modify
Modify the parameters of a specific MEP
(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA,

identify by a specific MEP.
Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a down-MEP

(pointing away from the MAC relay entity) or up-MEP
(pointing towards the MAC relay entity)
Default: down (not provisionable in R1.5)
Interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be
configured (not allowed to modify)
Default: false

Default: disable
Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is allowed
to generate a defect.
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon; errXcon;
xcon; noXcon
delete
Delete a specific MEP

(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA, identify

by a specific MEP.
Examples
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep create mepid1
interface L1 active false mepcc disable lowprdef macRemErrXcon
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep create mepid1
interface L1
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep modify mepid1
interface L1 mepcc disable
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep delete mepid1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-141

mep
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep detail mepid1
Md index
Ma index
Mepid
:
Direction
interface
Actsta :
Mepcc
:
Lowprdef
: 1
: 1
1
: down
: L1
false
disable
: macRemErrXcon
Related commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep detail

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11dpe12e
card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-142
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

mt
up
Examples

#config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-143
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12e card.
Set autonegotiation

Set Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode
Set SSM/Quality Level Transmission

Set the STPID in QinQ mode
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
ssmstrans [value]
stpid [stpid1 | stpid2 | stpid3 | stpid4]
SYNCEOPRMODE [sync|non-sync]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-144
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
autoneg

values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
Note: The autoneg is provisionable only when the port
state is in OOS.
channel

losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-145
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-T2
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C


set to user
Default: auto
ssmstrans
Manually configure SSM/Quality Level Transmission in

each port.
The value can be:
In SDH mode : ACT, PRC, SSU_A, SSU_B, SEC,

DNU NONE
In SONET mode :ACT, PRS, STU, ST2, ST3E, ST3,

DUS, NONE
Default value is ACT
Note: This parameter only takes effect only when
config card 11dpe12e syncesupp is set to enable.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-146
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid
SVLAN Tag Protocol Identifier (STPID) it is used for

CE-VLAN tagged packets in QinQ mode.
stpid1 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Default: stpid1
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode .
when the port is in SYNC mode , recovered clock of its
input signal can be selected as a reference clock to the
system clock. when the port is in NON-SYNC mode , the
recovered clock of its input signal shall not be a candidate
to system timing references.
SYNCEOPRMODE
The value can be sync or non-sync.

Default value is sync
timeslot [line line vts
vts]

Only applicable when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot").
Range of vts: {0 to10}
Note:
1. For timeslot provisioning, value of line and vts are entered at the same time.
2. Timeslot provisioning is not only applicable when the card mode is set to FullRate.
3. Allowable combinations for line and vts: either the values are both zero or
non-zero. Any other combinations are denied.
Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1gbe
1gbe
1gbe
1gbe
timeslot line 1 vts 1

timeslot line 0 vts 0
stpid stpid2
ssmtrans NONE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-147
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC

1gbe timeslot line 1
1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode
1gbe timeslot line 0
vts 1
Error: Odu1 and vts must be both 0 or both non-zero
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe autoneg disable

Error: Request Failed - invalid port state
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe stpid stpid2

Related commands


Command description
This command configures the fast Ethernet client port (C{112} attributes on the
11DPE12e card.
Set autonegotiation
Set the timeslot assignment on the line port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-148
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-4 and PSS..

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C {1-12} fe
channel [value]
moduletype [auoto | value]
ssmstrans [value]
stpid [ stpid1 | stpid2 | stpid3 | stpid4 ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
autoneg
Attribute that controls the status of auto-negotiation. Enter this

enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
Note: This parameter is only applied for 1000B-T2 SFP,.

channel

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change
the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-149
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop
Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port reacts
to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other
defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype values:
100BLX10
100B-T2
auto: if the value is configured, then the network element
must accept the pluggable module.

Default: auto
ssmstrans
Manually configure SSM/Quality Level Transmission in each

port.
The value can be:
stpid
In SDH mode : ACT, PRC, SSU_A, SSU_B, SEC, DNU,

NONE
In SONET mode : ACT, PRS, STU, ST2, ST3E, ST3,

DUS, NONE
Default value is ACT .
Note: This parameter only takes effect only when config
card 11dpe12e syncesupp is set to enable.

Stpid1 The client stpid is provisioned with global stpid1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-150
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
SYNCEOPRMODE
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode. when

the port is in SYNC mode , recovered clock of its input signal
can be selected as a reference clock to the system clock. when
the port is in NON-SYNC mode , the recovered clock of its
input signal shall not be a candidate to system timing
references.
The value can be sync or non-sync .
Default value is sync.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 fe ssmtrans NONE
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 fe SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12} client ports performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-151
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
clearAll
Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups

on this interface
ethernet
Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See

ethernet.
Opr
Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.
pcs

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-152
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-153
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
clear
profile

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-154
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
baseline

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-155
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-156
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-157
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-158
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-159
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-160
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the 11dpe12e card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to
QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot).
Set the classification Mode for each VTS flow within the port in QinQ mode
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ingress
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} egress
cmode cmodevalue
delete
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-161
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cmode
Classification mode, it is used to differ classification

mode in Q in Q mode. User must enter the keyword
followed by specific cmode, cmode_value and
cmode_direction.
SVLANID: SVLANID is used for SVLAN tagged

traffic.
CEVLANID The CEVLANID is used for CVLAN

traffic.
PORT: PORT is used for the fullrate service (fullrate

service is different from fullrate mode), all the port
packets which includes CE-VLAN tagged, SVLAN
tagged and un-tagged packets are mapped into the
line VTS.
Untagged: When the cmode is configured as

untagged mode, a CEVLAN ID is provisioned for
untagged mode. then the incoming untagged and
priority tagged packet and CVLAN tagged which the
VLAN ID is same as the provision CEVLANID will
be treated as a flow , and a SVLAN will be added ,
when the flow is out from a client port ,the svlan will
be popped . The cevlan id for untagged mode can
only be a signal value The default value is NULL.
The valid value for each cmode are following:
Value of CEVLANID: ID number or ID ranges

separated by comma:
ID Range: [1-4095], null
Default: Null
Note: null string (zero length) is used to indicate that
no traffic flow is mapped into the client VTS.
Value of SVLANID unique ID number. ID Range:

[2- 4094], null
Default: Null
Value of untagged: unique ID number

ID Range : [1-4094], NULL.
Default: null
Value of PORT: All, null

Default: ALL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-162
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
Example of QinQ
# config
300
# config
# config
# config
# config
# config
# config
interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,

interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
ingress cmode cevlanid null

egress cmode svlanid 1
egress cmode svlanid null
egress cmode untagged 1
egress cmode untagged null
egress cmode port null
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}vts{1-10}

Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports on the 11dpe12e card.


Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-163
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearasontopo

Detail
description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-164
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
loopback



odu2

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.
pm

the line port. See config interface 11dpe12e
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12e

tengige

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige.
Type
Note: 11dpe12e line port can be provisioned to tengige

Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-165
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface- 11dpe12e -1/7/L1)#

Error Response
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 type tengige
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the L1 or L2 ports on the 11dpe12e
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-166
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1)# state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-167
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE L{1-2} ports on the
11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
pldtype

payload overhead.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-168
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti

00)

Mismatch Response.
following:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
Default: disabled

00).
Example
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 odu2
(config-interface- 11dpe12e -1/7/L1-odu2)#
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12eshelf/slot/L{1-2}odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-169
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12e card.


Set the OTU2 rate


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [efec2 | rsfec | efec]
ospf [helloint [value] |deadintvalue |metric] [value] | md5status
[value] | md5key [value] md5keyid [value]
pkttype [std]
mtu
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-170
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oturate [value]
ssmstrans [value]
vts [vts source ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
channelrx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-171
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx

fectype
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

Set to:
Set to efec2, for Enhanced FEC type 2
Set to efec, for Enhanced FEC type 1
Set to rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC
Default: efec2
gccstat

Set to:
enabled to enable GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 processing
disabled to disable GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 processing
Default: disabled
gcctype
Specifies with GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0, GCC1, GCC2
Default: GCC0.
Note: when GCCSTAT is enabled, the change of gcctype
shall be denied.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-172
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can
not be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid
md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
packettype
Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF area.
Set to disable
area.
md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11DPE12E), the packet type is fixed/default to standard
(std).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-173
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
moduletype

the following:

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C


be set to user.
Default: auto
oturate

Set to:
Default: 11.096
ssmstrans

port.
The value can be:

DNU,NONE
In SONET mode : ACT, PRS,STU, ST2, ST3E,

ST3,DUS,NONE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-174
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid

SVLANTagged packets in QinQ mode.
Stpid1 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Default: stpid1
SYNCEOPRMODE
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode . when

can be selected as a reference clock to the system clock. when
references.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-175
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti


Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-176
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
vts
Configure the virtual time slot information. Only applicable

when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See config card
11dpe12eshelf/slot. Enter this keyword followed by the
virtual time slot selected.
vts1- configure virtual time slot 1
For each selected virtual time slot (vts1 to vts10), select one
of the following:
none- configure the virtual time slot to c1
c1- configure the virtual time slot to c1
11slot1- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-177
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Example
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7/L1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/11
1/7/11
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
otu2
otu2
otu2
otu2
otu2
otu2
otu2
vts vts1 l2slot1

vts vts1 c1
pvid 2
stpid stpid2
ssmtrans NONE
synceoppmode NON-SYNC

otu2 vts vts1 c1
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 otu2 pvid 2

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 otu2 stpid stpid2

Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-178
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports with tengige attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
ssmtrans [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-179
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channelrx

channeltx
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-180
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
10GB-SR
Auto - If this value is configured, then the network element

shall accept the pluggable module.
User - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is not
on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable modules,
without generating an alarm, this attribute shall be set to user.
Default: auto
ssmtrans

port.
The value can be:

NONE
In SONET mode : ACT, PRS,STU, ST2, ST3E,

ST3,DUS, NONE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-181
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid

SVLANTagged packets in QinQ mode.

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Default: stpid1
SYNCEOPRMODE
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode .

when the port is in SYNC mode , recovered clock of its input
signal can be selected as a reference clock to the system
clock. when the port is in NON-SYNC mode , the recovered
clock of its input signal shall not be a candidate to system
timing references.
Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12e 1/7/L1 tengige

11dpe12ee 1/7/l1 tengbe pvid 2
11dpe12e 1/7/c1 tengbe stpid stpid2
11dpe12e 1/7/l1 tengbe ssmtrans NONE
11dpe12e 1/7/l1 tengbe SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-182
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Performance Monitoring attributes
on the 11dpe12e card.

Configure the PCS layer monitor group PM options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearAll

interface.
dw

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-183
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ethernet

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.
opr

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
options.
opt
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Configure the transmitted optical power group PCS
options.
pcs
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Digital Wrapper Performance

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-184
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-185
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Ethernet Performance Monitoring

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-186
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-187
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Baseline
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-188
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-189
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} for transmitted optical power group
Baseline
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-190
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-191
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} Line ports with PCS layer Performance Monitoring

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-192
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-193
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} line ports with the classification mode map
attributes in Q in Q mode on the 11dpe12e card. This command is only applicable when
the card mode is set to QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot.
Use this command to set the SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ingress
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} egress
cmode cmodevalue
delete
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-194
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cmode

cmode_direction.
The valid cmode are:
SVLANID SVLANID is used for SVLAN tagged

traffic.
CEVLANID - The CEVLANID is used for CVLAN

traffic
Untagged: When the cmode is configured as

only be a signal value . The default value is NULL.
The valid values for each cmode are:

separated by comma:
ID Range: [14095], null SVLAN tagged traffic.
Default: null
Note: null string (zero-length) is used to indicate that
Value of untagged: unique ID number.

ID Range:[14094],NULL.
Default: null
Note: In 11DPE12e, when we use the CCM mode for
FlowCM (flow continuity monitoring), the line port
ingress VTS SVLAN ID and line port egress VTS
SVLAN ID must be same. So when the pack
FlowCM is set to CCM and the line ingress VTS#i
entity COMDE and line egress VTS#i entity COMDE
are set as SVLAN tagged, the line ingress VTS#i and
line egress VTS#i entity SVLAN ID must be same.
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/l1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,300
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/l1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-195
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
11dpe12e
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/C1
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
egress
egress
egress
egress
egress
cmode
cmode
cmode
cmode
cmode
svlanid 1
svlanid 3
untagged 1
untagged 3
port null
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12e card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-196
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
description

detail
och

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11dpe12e
power

value.
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpe12e

type
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-197
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12e card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

of the following:

values:
fVOA - fast VOA
sVOA - slow VOA
auto - If this value is configured, then the
network element shall accept and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-198
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
clearAll

this interface.
opr

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-199
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

options.
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.
Example

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-201
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-202
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-203
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-204
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-205
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports C{1-12}, the line ports
L{1-2}, or the VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 11dpe12e interfaces on
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e *
Port
Admin Oper State
Dir State State Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-206
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2
Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client ports C{1-12} on the 11dpe12e card.


Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both of them.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
fe
detail
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-207
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vts{1-10}
cevlanid
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
1gbe

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
detail
pm

11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.
srvcActivity

brief
detail
vts{1-10}

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
cevlanid

This entry is applicable when the card mode is set to QinQ
mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot).
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11dpe12e Client Port [1GbE]
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
Oper State: Down
Status LED
: Solid Off
Description

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-208
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11dpe12e Client Port [1GbE]

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled

Egress Available Bandwidth
: 100 Mbps
1GbE Settings
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
Module Type
Channel
Stpid
: 8
Time Slots
Working vts
Protection line
Protection vts
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
Enabled
Laser On
1000B-LX
1310
0
0
0
0

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 cevlanidVTS CE-VLAN ID
rection
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1-200
ingress
1
1-200
egress
2
300-400
ingress
10
500-1000
ingress
Di-

Error: CE-VLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-209
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slotC{1-12}

Command description
11dpe12e card.


Display the stpid in Q in Q mode

Display Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode
Display SSM/Quality Level Transmission
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
ssmtrans
stpid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-210
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ainstimer
autoneg
channel

module.
losprop
moduletype

timeslot
SSMTRANS
Display SSM/Quality Level Transmission.

Note: This is only applied to PSS4.
stpid
Display the SVLAN Tag Protocol ID
SYNCEOPRMODE

Example

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 1gbe
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-211
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the fast Ethernet client port (C{112} attributes on the
11DPE12e card.
Display the automatic In-service Debounce time

Display the loss propogation behaviour

Display the time slot allocation

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpe12eshelf/slot/C {1-12} fe
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
losprop
moduletype
ssmtrans
stpid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-212
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
Ainstimer
Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time
Autoneg
Display auto-negotiation
channel
Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.
losprop
Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.
SSMTRANS

stpid
Display SVLAN Tag Protocol Identifier
SYNCEOPRMODE

Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 fe
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-213
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ethernet

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.
opr

opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-214
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pcs

pcs.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-215
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-216
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the C{1-12}
Client ports of the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-217
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
the C{1-12} Client ports on the 11dpe12e card.


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-218
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-219
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} Client
ports on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-220
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands


Command description
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to :
Display the classification mode mape for each VTS flow with the port in Q in Q
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-221
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
vts{1-10}

cmode
Display the classification mode mape for the specified

VTS flow within the port in Q in Q mode.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts2 cmd
CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
PORT
----------------------------------------------------------------CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLNA ID 11
ingress
ALL ingress
CE-VLANID: 1-5 egress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLNA ID 11
egress
ALL egress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts2 cmd cevlanid

CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd svlanid

SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 vts1 cmd untagged

CE-VLAN ID :11 ingress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd port

Port: all ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-222
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port: all egress
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12e card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
svlanid
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-223
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vts{1-100}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
detail
odu2
Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
otu2.
pm
DisplaysPerformance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
svlanid
Displays SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the

port. This entry is applicable when the card mode is set
to QinQ mode See show interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot
srvcActivity

brief
detail
tengige
Displays the tengige attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige
vts{1-100}
Displays the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}.
Examples
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
--------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-224
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType

is OTU2.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
: -40.00 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -33.01 dBm
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Facility Loopback
: Disabled
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
OTU2 Settings
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
stpid
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down
: 8
GCC Status
GCC type
: Disabled
: GCC0

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
ODU2 Settings
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
INCFTFL
---------------------------------------------------------------Incforwardftfltypeid : Hex: 00
Incforwardftfloperid : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incbackwardftfltypeid : Hex: 00
Incbackwardftfloperid : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
INCRES
---------------------------------------------------------------Incresrow2
: HEX: 00 00
Incresrow4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incexp
: HEX: 00 00
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-225
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
---------------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is 10GbE.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [10GbE LAN]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
10GbE LAN Settings
------------------Channel Rx
:
Channel Tx
:
Module Type
:
stpid
:
9170
9170
Auto
8
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 svlanid

VTS SVLAN ID
Direction
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
ingress
1
1
egress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-226
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
10
300
500
ingress
egress
Examples of Error responses

Error: SVLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode
Related commands


Command description
This command configures one CFM Stack table per bridge. It permits the retrieval of
information about the Maintenance Points configured on any line port on the 11dpe12e
card.
Display OAM information of the maintenance points configured on any given

interface
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port |
ethoam cfm stack
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam cfm stack. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and ethoam cfm
stack.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-227
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
Display the following information of the CFM stake in line

port.
Mdindex: MD index
Maindex: MA index
Level: The level of the Maintenance Domain (MD) to which
the MPs MA is associated.

Mepid: MEPID if a MEP is configured, else value 0
Direction: indicating the direction of the MP
Vid: The VLAN ID to which the MP is attached.
Macaddress: MAC address of the MP.
interface: the interface (port) to which the MP is attached.
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam cfm stack L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam cfm stack L1
----------------------------------------------------------------interface : L1
md index
: 1
ma index
: 6
level
: 6
mepid
: 100
direction : up
vid
: 200
mac address : 00:60:1d:2c:bd:aa
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-228
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ethoam maintenance domain attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Display detailed information for a specific MD
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/ethoam md1

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the ethoam
md1
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
for each supported shelf type.
detail

maintenance domain:
Mdindex:Md index
Mdname: Md name
Level: md level
Format: the format of MD
Note: when the pack is initialized no ethoam MD1
information is available. Only after MD1 has been created,

the user can show detailed information of MD1.
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1
-------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-229
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Md index : 1
Md name : md1
level
: 6
Format : String
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ethoam maintenance association attributes on the 11dpe12e
card. Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MA.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/ ethoam md1

ma{1-400}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}. Enter

ethoam md1 ma {1-400}.
detail

maintenance association:
Mdindex: MD index
Maindex: MA index
Maname: MA name
Vid: vid monitored by the maintenance association
Ccminterval: the interval between ccm transimission to be
used by all maintenance associations in the MA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-230
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10
-----------------------------------------------------------Md index
: 1
Ma index
: 10
Ma name
: ma10
vid
: 100
ccminterval : 3.33 ms
Related commands
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote

mepid
Command description
This command displays the remote MEPID of the ethoam maintenance association
attributes on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to display detailed information for a
specific remote maintenance associated end point identifier (MEPID) within MA.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/ ethoam md 1 ma
{1-400} remote mepid
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md 1 ma {1-400}

remote mepid. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot
number, a slash, and ethoam md 1 ma {1-400} remote
mepid.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric shelf/slot
ranges for each supported shelf type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-231

remote mepid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the information the remote mepid in a specific

maintenance association.
Md index
Ma index
Remote mepid: remote mepid
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 remote mepid detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 remote mepid
------------------------------------------------------------Md index
: 1
Ma index
: 10
Remote mepid : 8
Related commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md 1 ma 10 remote mepid

Command description
This command displays the Electrical Fast Ethernet client port attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.
Display detailed information for a specific maintenance associated end point

indentifier (MEPID) within MA
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-232
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}mep
mepid mepid
database
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep
Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md1

ma{1-400} mep{mepid <value>}. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep{mepid <value>}
mepid
Display the following information of a specific

mepid within the provisioned MEP:
Mdindex: md index
Maindex: ma index
Mepid: mepid
Direction: the direction of maintenance associated
end point
interface: the port of this MEP
Mepcc: the continuity check messages (CCMs) by
this MEP
Active: the active status by this MEP
Lowprdef: the lowest priority defect of this MEP
Macaddress: the mac address of this MEP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-233
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
database
Display the following information of the mep

database:
Remote mepid: the Maintenance association End
Point Identifier of a remote MEP whose

information from the MEP Database is to be
returned
Mac address: the mac address of the remote MEP
(the source address of the last received CCM) or 0

if no CCM has been received
RDI: the State of the remote defect indication
(RDI) bit in the last received CCM (true for

RDI=1), or false if none has been received.
Value: true or false
interface status: the value of the interface status
TLV received in the last CCM from the remote

MEP
Value: No interface status , up , down
Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep mepid1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 mep mepid1
------------------------------------------------------------Ma index
1
Md index
: 10
interface : L1
mepid
: 1
direction : down
mepcc
: disable
active
: false
lowprdef
: macRemErrXcon
mac address : 40:32:c8:6d:b3:2a:
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma8 mep database

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 mep database
----------------------------------------------------------Remote mepid
: 100
Mac address
: 11:0a:2d:04:ac:82
Rdi
: false
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-234
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interface status : up
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12e
card.


Display the ODU2 incftfl attributes
Display the ODU2 incres attributes
Display the ODU2 incexp attributes
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-235
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
type.
incftfl
incres
Displays the FTFL information of this port, which

includes:
incoming forward fault indication field
incoming forward operator-specific field
incoming backward fault indication field
incoming backward operator-specific field
Displays the RES ODUK overhead of this port, which

includes:
Incoming RES in row 2
incexp
Display the incoming EXP ODUK overhead.
mappingmode

ODU2P. The value is bitsync
pldtype

value is {0-255}.
ptmmressp
Displays the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch response
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-236
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

Point Identifier
inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

Point Identifier

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-odu2)#
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming
exp : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping mode
: bitsync
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-237
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the LINE ports L{1-2} with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.


Dispaly the GCC communication channel type

Display the virtual time slot mappings

Display the OTU2 incoming res attributes

Display the 1 second pre-fec and post-fec BER
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-238
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
incres
ospf [area | adjstate]| helloint| deadint | metric | md5status
value | md5key value | md5keyid value
packettype [std]
mtu
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
ssmtrans
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE
vts [vts{1-10}]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
Displays the GCC0 status
gcctype
Displays the GCC communication channel type.
Incres
Display the incomingRES OTUk overhead of this port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-239
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

ospf helloint

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval
is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is
1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF area.
Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF area
Default: disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-240
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
packettype
Display the packet type.
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
oturate
postfecber
Displays the 1second post-fec BER
prefecber
Displays the 1second pre-fec BER
SSMTRANS

stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE

tti
vts

Identifier.

Identifier

Mismatch Response
Displays virtual time slots:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-241
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 vts vts1
Virtual Time Slot 1: c1
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 incres

Incoming res : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type: GCC0
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER: 1.23 E-9
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN line (L{1-2}) port attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-242
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
moduletype
ssmtrans
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
moduletype

SSMTRANS

stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE

Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :
10m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-243
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

Command description
the 11dpe12e card.


Display the PCS layer monitor group PM options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-244
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dw

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
ethernet

11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.
opr

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
pcs
Display the PCS layer monitor group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-245
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-246
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
ports on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-247
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12e-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-248
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-249
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
the L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-250
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-251
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} Line ports

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-252
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands


Command description
11dpe12e card. Use this command to:
Display the classification mode map for each VTS flow with the port in Q in Q
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-253
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

cmode
Display the classification mode map for the specified VTS

flow within the port in Q in Q mode.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd
CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLAN ID 11
ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLAN ID 11
egress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd cevlanid

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd svlanid

SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd untagged

Related commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-254
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
detail
och

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
power
Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-255
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
Pluggable Module Type: fVOA
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 power

Related commands


Command description
11dpe12e card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-256
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

interface port
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : fVOA
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 och moduletype

Module Type : sVOA
Related command


Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-257
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
opr

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Example

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-258
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
baseline
Display the baselined OPR values for the interface.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-259
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related command


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-260
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Example
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT
Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Average (dBm): -8.98
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-261
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11dpe12a CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-264
6-265
6-267
6-272
6-276
6-278
6-279
6-281
6-283
6-285
6-287
6-289
6-292
6-294
6-296
6-303
6-308
6-309
6-311
6-313
6-315
6-317
6-319
6-321
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-262
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-323
6-324
6-325
6-327
6-329
6-331
6-333
6-334
6-338
6-340
6-342
6-343
6-345
6-346
6-348
6-349
6-351
6-355
6-358
6-362
6-364
6-365
6-367
6-368
6-370
6-371
6-373
6-374
6-376
6-377
6-378
6-379
6-381
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-263
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11dpe12a card. Use this command to
L{1-2}, TOD port TOD{1-2} or VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
11DPE12A cards on the network element.
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2},
TOD{1-2}
Examples
#config interface 11dpe12a *
Port
Admin Oper State
---------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1 Network
Bi
Up Down SGEO
3/2/L2 Network
Bi
Up Down SGEO
3/2/C1 Client
Bi
Up Down SGEO
3/2/C2 Client
Bi
Up Down SGEO
3/2/C3 Client
Bi
Up Down SGEO
3/2/C4 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C5 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C6 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-264
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C7 Client
3/2/C8 Client
3/2/C9 Client
3/2/C10 Client
3/2/C11 Client
3/2/C12 Client
3/2/VA1 VOA
3/2/VA2 VOA
3/2/tod1
TOD
3/2/tod2
TOD
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Down Down UAS

Up Down SGEO
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up Down
SGEO
Up Down
SGEO
Uni
down
Uni
down
down
down
UAS
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports on the 11dpe12a card.


Set the FE attributes

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-265
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1gbe
pm
state
vts{1-10}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
description

detail
1gbe

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
loopback

of the following:
pm



interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to configure
pm attributes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-266
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
state

11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.
type
vts{1-10}
Set to fe for Fast Ethernet client (applies to 1830

PSS-4 only)
Sets the virtual time slot attributes. See config interface

11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1)#
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12a # shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description
11dpe12a card.
Set autonegotiation

Set the port Ethernet MTU

Set the LPT consequent action option
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-267
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
ethmtu [value]
lptca[disable|shutdownany|shutdownall]
ssmtrans [value]
synceoppmode [sync|non-sync]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
autoneg

values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
Note: The autoneg is provisionable only when the port
state is in OOS.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-268
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

ethmtu
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specify the max transport unites on the specified port .

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. The
range of the value is 1518-9600 bytes.
Default :9600
losprop

the following:
Default: laserOn
Note: This parameter can be provisioned only when the
FlowCM is APS/PCC or CCM
lptca

reacts to Link pass through function (pass the Loss of
Signal (LOS), Loss of SYNC (LSS) or other defect from
the far-end client-facing receiver ).
the following:
disable disable the LPT consequent action
shutdownany -turn off the transmitter when the client

port any flow has failure
shutdownall -turn off the transmitter when the client

port all flows have failure
Default: disable
Note: this parameter can be provisioned only when the
FlowCM is CSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-269
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-T2
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C


set to user
Default: auto
ssmtrans

each port.
The value can be:

DNU,NONE
In SONET mode :ACT, PRS,STU, ST2, ST3E,

ST3,DUS,NONE
config card 11DPE12A syncesupp is set to enable.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-270
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid

Stpid1 The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Default: stpid1.
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode

.when the port is in SYNC mode , recovered clock of its
system clock when the port is in NON-SYNC mode , the
synceoppmode

Examples
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
11DPE12A
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1/7/c1
1gbe
1gbe
1gbe
1gbe
1gbe
MTU 1600
lptca shutdownany
stpid stpid2
ssmtrans NONE
SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC

# config interface 11DPE12A 1/3/C1
1gbe losprop laseroff
Error: the FlowCM must be APS/PCC
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/3/C1

Error:
1gbe Portrole LAG
Port VTS is exist
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/7/c1 1gbe autoneg disable

Error: Request Failed - invalid port state
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/7/c1 1gbe stpid stpid2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-271
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the Fast Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpe12a card.
Set autonegotiation

Set the LPT consequent action option

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
ethmtu [value]
lptca[disable|shutdownany|shutdownall]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-272
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ssmtrans [value]
synceoppmode [sync|non-sync]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
autoneg

values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
Note: This parameter is only applied for 1000B-T2 SFP

channel

ethmtu
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specify the max transport unites on the specified port .

The range of the value is 1518-9600 bytes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-273
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop

the following:
Default: laserOn
FlowCM is APS/PCC or CCM
lptca

reacts to Link pass through function (pass the Loss of
Signal (LOS), Loss of SYNC (LSS) or other defect from
the far-end client-facing receiver ).
the following:
disable - disable the LPT consequent action
shutdownany - turn off the transmitter when the

client port any flow has failure
shutdownall - turn off the transmitter when the client

port all flows have failure
Default: disable

FlowCM is CSF
moduletype

the following:

values:
100BLX10
1000B-T2

Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-274
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ssmtrans

each port.
The value can be:

DNU,NONE
In SONET mode: ACT, PRS,STU, ST2, ST3E, ST3,

DUS, NONE
Default value is ACT.

card 11DPE12A syncesupp is set to enable.
stpid
synceoppmode

stpid1 The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode.

Examples
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/7/c1 fe ssmtrans NONE
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/7/c1 fe synceoppmode NON-SYNC
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-275
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11dpe12a
card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-276
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

mt
up
Examples

#config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-277
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12} client ports performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearAll

interface
Ethernet

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-278
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Opr

See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11dpe12a
pcs

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-279
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-280
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands


Command description
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-281
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
baseline

clearRaw
Interval`
bins

followed by an integer value for the number of
bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the
end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The
contents of the last bin are purged.
bins
clear
profile

followed by an integer value for the profile
identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-282
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm opr

(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-283
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-284
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-285
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-286
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the 11dpe12a card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to
QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot). Use this command to set the
classification Mode for each VTS flow within the port in QinQ mode.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ingress
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} egress
cmode cmode value
delete
detail
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-287
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cmode

cmode_direction.
SVLANID - SVLANID is used for SVLAN tagged

traffic.
CEVLANID - The CEVLANID is used for

CVLAN traffic.
PORT - PORT is used for the fullrate service

(fullrate service is different from fullrate mode), all
the port packets which includes CE-VLAN tagged,
SVLAN tagged and un-tagged packets are mapped
into the line VTS.
Untagged - When the cmode is configured as

untagged mode ,a CEVLAN ID is provisioned for
priority tagged packet and CVLAN tagged which
the VLAN ID is same as the provision
CEVLANID will be treated as a flow , and a
SVLAN will be added , when the flow is out from
a client port ,the svlan will be popped . The cevlan
id for untagged mode can only be a signal value
.The default value is NULL.

separated by comma:
ID Range: [1-4095]
Default: null
Note: Null string (zero-length) is used to indicate
that no traffic flow is mapped into the client VTS
Value of SVLANID unique ID number.

ID Range: [2- 4094]
Default: null

ID Range : [1-4094]
Default: null
Value of PORT: All

Default: ALL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-288
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
Example of QinQ
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,300

Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports on the 11dpe12a card.


Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-289
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearasontopo

Detail
description

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-290
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
loopback

of the following:


odu2

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.
pm

the line port. See config interface 11dpe12a
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12a

tengige

See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige.
Type
Note: 11dpe12a line port can be provisioned to tengige

Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-291
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface- 11dpe12a -1/7/L1)#

Error Response
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 type tengige
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the L1 or L2 ports on the 11dpe12a
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-292
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1)# state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-293
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE {L1, L2} ports on the
11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
pldtype

payload overhead.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-294
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti

00)

Mismatch Response.
following:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
Default: disabled

00).
Example
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 odu2
(config-interface- 11dpe12a -1/7/L1-odu2)#
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12ashelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-295
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12a card.


Set the OTU2 rate


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
ethmtu [value]
fectype [rsfec | efec]
ospf [helloint [value] | rtrdeadint value | metric value
| md5status value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-296
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu [value]
oturate [value]
ssmtrans [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
channelrx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-297
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx

ethmtu
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specify the Ethernet max transport unites on the specified

port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. The range of
the value is 1518-9600 bytes.
Default :9600
fectype

Set to:
efec, for Enhanced FEC type 1
Default: efec
gccstat

Set to:
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-298
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
gcctype

selected.
Default: GCC0
Note : when GCCSTAT is enabled, the change of gcctype
shall be denied.
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf rtrdeadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key is used for Md5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
or lowercase alphanumeric characters, the first character can
not be of a numeric value. The parameter is mandatory if
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range:1255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-299
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The md5 authentication is activated on the
OSPF area.
Set to disable: The md5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area.
This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this card
(11DPE12A), the packet type is fixed/default to standard
(std).
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
moduletype

the following:

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C


be set to user.
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-300
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oturate

Set to:
Default: 11.096
ssmtrans

port.
The value can be:

NONE

DUS, NONE

NOTE: this is only applied to PSS4.
stpid


stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Default: stpid1
synceoppmode
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode . when

can be selected as a reference clock to the system clock.when
references.
Note: this is only applied to PSS4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-301
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti


Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled

Example
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12a 1/7/L1 otu2

11DPE12Ae 1/7/l1 otu2 stpid stpid2
11DPE12A 1/7/l1 otu2 ssmtrans NONE
11DPE12A 1/7/l1 otu2 SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC

# config interface 11DPE12A 1/3/L1
otu2 vts vts1 c1
# config interface 11DPE12Ae 1/7/c1 otu2 pvid 2

# config interface 11DPE12Ae 1/7/c1 otu2 stpid stpid2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-302
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports with tengige attributes on the 11dpe12a
card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
ethmtu [value]
ssmtrans [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-303
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
channelrx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-304
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx

ethmtu
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specify the Ethernet max transport unites on the specified

port. Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
The range of the value is 1518-9600 bytes.
Default :9600
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-305
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
10GB-SR
Auto - If this value is configured, then the network

be set to user.
Default: auto
ssmtrans

each port.
The value can be:

DNU,NONE

DUS, NONE

Note: this is only applied to PSS4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-306
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
stpid

SYNCEOPRMODE

stpid1.

stpid2.

stpid3.

stpid4.
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode.

Examples
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12a 1/7/L1 tengige

11DPE12Ae 1/7/l1 tengbe stpid stpid2
11DPE12A 1/7/l1 tengbe ssmtrans NONE
11DPE12A 1/7/l1 tengbe SYNCEOPRMODE NON-SYNC
Related commands

show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-307
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Performance Monitoring attributes
on the 11dpe12a card.

Configure the PCS layer monitor group PM options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearAll

interface.
dw

See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-308
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ethernet

interface 11DPE12A shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.
opr

See config interface 11DPE12A shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
opr.
opt

options.
See config interface 11DPE12A shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
opt.
pcs
Configures the transmitted optical power group PCS

options.
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Digital Wrapper Performance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-309
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-310
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm dw
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11dpe12a card

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-311
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-312
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
Baseline
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-313
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-314
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Baseline
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-315
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11dpe12a 1/7/1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-316
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Assign Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-317
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11DPE12A-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-318
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the L{1-2} line ports with the SVLAN ID map attributes on
the 11dpe12a card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to QinQ
mode (See config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot. Use this command to set the SVLAN ID
map for each VTS within the port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} egress
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ingress
cmode cmode value
delete
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-319
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cmode

cmode_direction.

traffic.

traffic.

untagged mode ,a CEVLAN ID is provisioned for
only be a signal value. The default value is NULL.

separated by comma:
ID Range: [1-4095]
Default: null

ID Range: [2- 4094]
Default: null

ID Range : [1-4094]
Default: null
Note: In 11DPE12A, when we use the CCM mode
for FlowCM(flow continuity monitoring) t,the line
port ingress VTS SVLAN ID and line port egress
VTS SVLAN ID should be same .so when the pack
FlowCM is set to CCM and the line ingress VTS#i
entity COMDE and line egress VTS#i entity COMDE
are set as SVLAN tagged , the line ingress VTS#i and
line egress VTS#i entity SVLAN ID should be same .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-320
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

#
#
#
#
#
#
#
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/C1
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,300

Related commands


Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12a card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-321
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
power
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
description

detail
och

See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11dpe12a
power

value.
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpe12a

type
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 type och
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-322
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
11dpe12a card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

of the following:

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVOA - fast VOA
auto If this value is configured, then the
network element shall accept and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-323
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
clearAll

this interface.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-324
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opr

See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.
options.
opt
See config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

opt.
Example

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-325
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-326
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-327
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-328
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-329
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-330
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures Lag{1-4} with classification mode map attributes in Q in Q

mode on the 11DPE12A card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set
to QinQ mode (See config card 11DPE12A shelf/slot). Use this command to set the
classification Mode for each VTS flow within the port in QinQ mode
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10} ingress
config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/Lag{1-4} vts{1-10} egress
cmode cmode value
delete
detail
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/Lag{1-4}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and lag of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
Lag number.
vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-331
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cmode

cmode_direction.

traffic.

traffic.
PORT - PORT is used for the fullrate service (fullrate

service is different from fullrate mode), all the port
packets which includes CE-VLAN tagged, SVLAN
tagged and un-tagged packets are mapped into the
line VTS.

untagged mode. Then the incoming untagged and
only be a signal value .The default value is NULL.

separated by comma:
ID Range: [1-4095]
Default: null
Note: Null string (zero-length) is used to indicate that
no traffic flow is mapped into the client VTS

ID Range: [2- 4094]
Default: null

ID Range : [1-4094]
Default: null
Value of PORT: All

Default: ALL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-332
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

Example of QinQ
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/lag1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid
1-200,300
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/lag1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid null
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 11dpe12a card. Use this command to
access sub-commands that allow you to configure the client ports C{1-12}, the line ports
L{1-2}, TOD port TOD{1-2} or the VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 11dpe12a interfaces on
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}, TOD{1-2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-333
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a *
Port
Admin Oper
State
---------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C9
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C10
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C11
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C12
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/VA1
VOA
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/VA2
VOA
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/tod1
TOD
Uni
down
down
UAS
3/2/tod2
TOD
Uni
down
down
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client ports C{1-12} on the 11dpe12a card.


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-334
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
detail
fe
pm
vts{1-10}
cevlanid
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
1gbe

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
detail
fe
Displays the Fast Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe.
pm

11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.
srvcActivity

vts{1-10}
brief
detail

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-335
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
cevlanid

Subrate or QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12a
shelf/slot).
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11dpe12a Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
Oper State: Down
Status LED
: Solid Off
Description:
Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ.

# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12A Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled

1GbE Settings
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
LBC
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
Enabled
Laser On
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-336
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser Temperature
:
Module Type
: 1000B-LX
Channel
: 1310
Stpid
: 8
Time Slots
Working vts
Protection line
Protection vts
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ.

# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 cevlanid
VTS CE-VLAN ID
Direction
------------------------------------1
1-200
ingress
1
1-200
egress
2
300-400
ingress
10
500-1000
ingress

Error: CE-VLAN ID mapping is applicable only in Sub-Rate or QinQ
card mode.
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slotC{1-12}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-337
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12a card.


Display the port Ethernet MTU

Display the LPT consequent action option
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
ethmtu
losprop
lptca
moduletype
ssmtrans
Stpid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-338
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ainstimer
autoneg
channel

module.
ethmtu
Displays the Ethernet max transport units
losprop
lptca
Display the LPT consequent action behavior setting
moduletype

ssmtrans
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE
Example

# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 1gbe
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-339
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Fast Ethernet client port attributes C{1-12} attributes on the
11dpe12a card.


Display the LPT consequent action option

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
ethmtu
losprop
lptca
moduletype
ssmtrans
stpid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-340
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ainstimer
channel

module.
ethmtu
Displays the Ethernet max transport units
losprop
lptca
Display the LPT consequent action behavior setting.
moduletype

ssmtrans
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE
Example

# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 fe
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-341
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
See 1830 PSS4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
ethernet

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.
opr

opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-342
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pcs

pcs.
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-343
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-344
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the C{1-12}
Client ports of the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-345
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
the C{1-12} Client ports on the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-346
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-347
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12}Client
ports on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-348
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands


Command description
11dpe12a card. Use this command to display the classification mode map for each VTS
flow with the port in Q in Q
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-349
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
vts{1-10}

cmode
Display the classification mode mape for the speicified

Examples
Example of SubRate display
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/C1 vts2 cmd
CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
PORT
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLAN ID 11
ingress
ALL ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLAN ID 11
egress
ALL egress

# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/C1 vts2 cmd cevlanid
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd svlanid
SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/c1 vts1 cmd untagged

# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-350
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port: all ingress

Port: all egress
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
svlanid
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-351
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vts{1-100}
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
detail
odu2
Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
Display the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}
otu2.
pm

11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
svlanid
Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

QinQ mode See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot
srvcActivity

brief
detail
tengige
Display the tengige attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige
vts{1-100}

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12a NW Port [OTU2]
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-352
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is OTU2
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12a NW Port [OTU2]
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
: -40.00 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -33.01 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled

OTU2 Settings
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
stpid
: 8
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down
GCC Status
: Disabled

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
ODU2 Settings
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
INCFTFL
Incbackwardftfloperid
: Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
INCRES
---------------------------------------------------------------Incresrow2
: HEX: 00 00
Incresrow4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incexp
: HEX: 00 00
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-353
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
-------------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is 10GbE
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12a NW Port [10GbE LAN]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
:
:

LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
10GbE LAN Settings
------------------Channel Rx
: 9170
Channel Tx
: 9170
Module Type
: Auto
stpid
: 8
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 svlanid
VTS SVLAN ID
Direction
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
ingress
1
1
eress
2
300
ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-354
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
500
egress

Error: SVLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode.
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12a
card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
otu2rate
ptmmresp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-355
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
type.
incftfl
Incres
Display the FTFL information of this port, which

includes:
incoming forward operator-specific field
incoming backward operator-specific field
Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:
incexp
Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead.
mappingmode

ODU2P. The value is bitsync.
pldtype

value is {0-255}.
ptmmresp
tti

Point Identifier

Point Identifier

Mismatch Response

Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-356
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-odu2)#
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming
exp : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/29/L1 odu2 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping mode
: bitsync
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-357
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the LINE ports L{1-2} with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12a
card.





Display the 1-second pre-fec and post-fec BER
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
ethmtu
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-358
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
incres
ospf [area | adjstate] | helloint| rtrdeadint | metric| md5status
packettype [std]
mtu
postfecber
prefecber
ssmtrans
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
ethmtu
Displays the Ethernet max transport unitus
fectype
gccstat
Displays the GCC status
gcctype
Incres
Display the incomingRES OTUk overhead of this port

ospf helloint

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-359
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf rtrdeadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
mandatory if md5_status is enableD
Default: NULL()
ospf md5keyid
md5keyid is used for md5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5status is enabled.
Range:1 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.
on the OSPF area.

md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
oturate
postfecber
Display the 1-second post-fec BER.
prefecber
Display the 1-second pre-fec BER.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-360
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
SSMTRANS

stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE

tti

Identifier.

Identifier

Mismatch Response
Example
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 otu2 incres
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type: GCC0
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 otu2 prefecber

Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-361
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN line (L{1-2}) port attributes on the 11dpe12a
card.



Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
ethmtu
moduletype
ssmtrans
stpid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-362
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYNCEOPRMODE
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
ethmtu
Displays the Ethernet max transport unitus
moduletype

SSMTRANS
Display SSM/Quality Level Transmission. .

NOTE: this is only applied to PSS4
stpid
SYNCEOPRMODE

Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/29/L1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :
10m
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-363
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
dw

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
ethernet

11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.
opr

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-364
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Display the PCS layer monitor group PM.
pcs
See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
LINE ports on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-365
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-366
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
ports on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-367
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands


Command description
L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-368
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-369
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
the L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-370
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/7/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12a-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the L{1-2}Line ports
on the 11DPE12A card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-371
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11DPE12A-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-372
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12a card. Use this command to display the SVLAN ID map for each VTS within
the port.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
cmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
vts{1-100}

cmode

Example
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd
CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLAN ID 11
ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLAN ID 11
egress
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd cevlanid

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-373
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd svlanid

SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd untagged

Related commands

config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-374
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
detail
och

interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
power
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11DPE12A NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
AINS Countdown
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 power

Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-375
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpe12a card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

interface port
Example
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : fVOA
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/8/VA1 och moduletype

Module Type : sVOA
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-376
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
opr

show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.
Example

# show interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands

config interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-377
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-378
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related command


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12a card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-379
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-380
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpe12a 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related command


Command description
This command displays the virtual time slot data for the Lag{1-4} on the 11DPE12A
card.
Use this command to display the classification mode mape for each VTS flow with the
port in Q in Q
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpe12a shelf/slot/LAG{1-4} vts{1-10}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-381
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/Lag{1-4}

port number.
vts{1-10}

cmode

Example
# show interface 11DPE12A 1/7/lag1 vts1 cmd untagged
CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress
CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-382
11QPA4 CLI Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11QPA4 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPA4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-385
6-386
6-389
6-391
6-393
6-395
6-398
6-401
6-404
6-407
6-408
6-413
6-415
6-417
6-419
6-421
6-423
6-425
6-427
6-429
6-431
6-433
6-435
6-442
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-383
11QPA4 CLI Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-443
6-445
6-447
6-449
6-451
6-453
6-454
6-455
6-457
6-459
6-460
6-466
6-468
6-469
6-471
6-473
6-475
6-477
6-479
6-483
6-485
6-486
6-488
6-489
6-491
6-492
6-494
6-495
6-499
6-501
6-506
6-507
6-509
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-384
11QPA4 CLI Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-510
6-512
6-514
6-515
6-516
6-517

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11QPA4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} )
port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 11QPA4 cards on
type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}
Examples
#config interface 11qpa4 *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-385
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port
Admin Oper State
Dir
------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L12 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L13 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L14 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/C1 Client
Bi
Down Down
UAS
1/11/C2
Client
Bi
Down Down
UAS
1/11/C3 Client
Bi
Down Down
UAS
1/11/C4 Client
Bi
Down Down
UAS
1/11/VA1 eVOA1
Bi
Down Down
1/11/VA2 eVOA2
Bi
Down Down
1/11/VA3 eVOA3
Bi
Down Down
1/11/VA4 eVOA4
Bi
Down Down
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPA4 card.

Set the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} and attributes
Set the PM attributes
Set the state
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-386
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ddr
fc10g
fc8g
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige
type [ddr | fc10g | fc8g | oc192 | otu2 | tengige | stm64 |
unassigned]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
description

detail
ddr
Sets the Infiniband DDR port attributes, See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ddr.
fc10g
Sets the 10G Fibre Channel port attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g.
fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-387
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
loopback

of the following:


oc192
Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.
Odu2
Sets the ODU2 port attributes. To configure ODU2

attributes, see config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.
Otu2
Sets the OTU2 port attributes. To configure OTU2

attributes, see config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.
pm

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} PM to configure pm
attributes.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpa4

Stm64
Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.
Tengige
Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-388
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
set to ddr for Infiniband ddr client
set to oc192 for SONET client
set to stm64 for SDH client
set to fc10g for 10G fiber channel client
set to tengige for 10GbE LAN client
set to otu2 for OTU2 client
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/c1
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1)
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-4} port on the 11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-389
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
ains


timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use
the system value.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down
Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword

with force to force the port down. This can affect
service.
mt
up
Examples

(config-interface-11qpa4-1/3/c1)# state up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-390
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{14}) port 10G Fiber channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card
Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the loss propogation behaviour
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4} ddr
channel[value]
losprop [laserOn |laserOff]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/c{1-4}

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number,
a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-391
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
Specifies the channel frequency for the client

port.
followed by one of the following values:
losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551,

1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Loss propagation specifies how the near end

client facing transmitter port reacts to a Loss of
Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other
defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Default: laserOn
Moduletype
Specifies the pluggable module type to be used

on the specified interface port.
Enter one of the acceptable Client port

moduletype values:
X8FCL-L
X8FCSN
auto If this value is configured, then the

network element shall accept the pluggable
module
user - If the user wants to use a pluggable

module that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent
qualified list of pluggable modules, without
generating an alarm, this attribute is set to
user
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-392
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 ddr
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-ddr)#
Related commands
show interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4}ddr

Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port 10G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-393
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Loss propagation.Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
of the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
10GB-SR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


set to user
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-394
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 fc10g
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-fc10g)#
Related commands


Command description
11QPA4 card.

Set the encapsulation mode
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
encmode [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-395
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
channel

encmode
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

8G- FC client signal. Enter this keyword followed by the
value of gfp-t.
Default: gfp-t.
losprop

of the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-396
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:
Enter the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

X8FCLC-L
X8FCSN-I


set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 fc8g
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-fc8g)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-397
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes

Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-398
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

j0
losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Configure J0 attributes.
j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte
j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16
trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(i.e., expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled
Loss propagation. Specifies how the near end client facing

of the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-399
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype
Pluggable module type. Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


set to user
Default: auto
sdth`
Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6
sfth
Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 oc192
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-oc192)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-400
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.


Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
sdth [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-401
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sfth [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
channel

j0
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte
j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-402
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop
Loss propagation specifies how the near end client facing

of the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype
Pluggable module type. Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

attribute is set to user
Default: auto
sdth`
Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6
sfth
Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-403
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 stm64
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-stm64)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 11QPA4
card.

Set the error frame drop behavior
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
encmode [value]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-404
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
channel

encmode
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following four
values:
cbrlan11.049
cbrlan11.096
gfp-f Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.
gfp-p - Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

Default: gfp-f
errfrmdrop
Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-405
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop

of the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-SR
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 tengige
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-tengige)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-406
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace Identifier attributes.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
tti

00)

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-407
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 odu2
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-odu2)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.

Set the type of FEC used on this interface
Set the status of the GCC channel
Set the GCC communication channel type

Set the OSPF attributes
Set the OTU signal rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Set the packet type and MTU size for GCC interface
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-408
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gcctype [GCC0|GCC1|GCC2]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
mtu [value]
oturate [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
channelrx

following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
channeltx

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-409
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fectype

Set to:
nofec, for FEC correction disabled
Default: rsfec
gccstat

Set to:
Default: enabled
gcctype

selected.
Default: GCC0
Note: This parameter is only applicable to 1830 PSS.
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-410
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.
on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable

only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

is standard, the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard, the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


be set to user.
Default: auto
oturate

Set to:
10.709 , for standard OTU2 rate
11.049 , for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate
Default: 10.709
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-411
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti



Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled
Example
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 otu2
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-otu2)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-412
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options

Configure the SONET group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-413
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearAll

interface.
dw
Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cconfig interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.
ethernet

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
Opr

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.
pcs

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh
Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet
Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 pm
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-414
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-415
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm dw 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-dw-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-416
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Ethernet Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-417
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-418
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline

lsclrd, LOS Cleared
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-419
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-420
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for transmitted optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-421
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-422
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with PCS layer Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-423
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-424
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SONET/SDH Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-425
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-426
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-427
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-428
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the 11QPA4 card.


Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-429
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
type [otu2 | unassigned]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}

port number.
clearasontopo

Detail
description

loopback

of the following:


odu2

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.
otu2
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.
pm

the line port. See config interface 11qpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-430
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpa4

Type
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the L{1-4} port on the 11QPA4 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-431
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1)# state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-432
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4}) port on the
11QPA4 card.
Set the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
mappingmode
ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode. This attribute specifies

the mappng mode that wil be used when the client port
signal is provisioned to OC-192, STM-64 or 10GbE WAN.
Set to:
bitsync bit synchronous CBR mapping
async asynchronous CBR mapping
Default: bitsync
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-433
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pldtype
Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
This attribute only applies when the client signal is not an
OTM0.2 signal.
Range: 0-255
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
Default: disabled
tti

00)

Mismatch Response.
following:
Default: disabled

keyword turns the comparison between the incoming
sapi value and the provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value
as either on or off.
Set to:
Configure comparison to enabled.
Configure comparison to disabled.
Default: disabled

00).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-434
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.


Set the Operational Mode
Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC channel

Configure the FEC used on this interface
Set the OTU2 signal rate

Set the CrossRegPartner port
Set the packet type and MTU size
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface {11qpa4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
gcctype [GCC0/GCC1/GCC2]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-435
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
oprmode [adddrop | crossregen <value>]

| addonly<value> | dropcontinue]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | mdstatus
value | md5key value | md5keyid value]
mtu [value]
fectype [efec | rsfec | efec2 | nofec]
oturate [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
channelrx

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-436
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx

gccstat

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

Set to:
Default: disabled
gcctype

selected.
Default: GCC0
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-437
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status

the OSPF area.
Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only
if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype

Default: std
mtu

Range: 576 -1500
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-438
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oprmode
Operational mode of the 11QPA4. This parameter applies to

all line ports.
Set to ADDDROP In this mode pack is processing

signal in both transmission directions (ingress, from
client port towards the line side; egress, from line side to
client port)
Set to CROSSREGEN In this mode the Line port input

signal is looped towards another line port output via 8x8
matrix. Corresponding client ports cannot be used.
1. Value : L{1-4}
2. value must be different than its own port
Set to ADDONLY: in this mode, pack is processing
signal in ingress direction (form client port towards
the line side)
Value: C{14}
Set to DROPCONTINUE: in this mode, pack is
processing the signal in egress direction and looping
the signal from the line side input towards the line
side output
Default: ADDDROP
fectype

Set to:
efec - FEC connection established
rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC
Set to efec2 ALU Enhanced FEC
Set to nofec FEC disabled
Default: fec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-439
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
oturate


Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled


Set to:
10.709 - for standard OTU2 rate
11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate
11.096 ffor 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate
11.27 when client signal is set to 10G FC
10.714 when client signal is set to DDR
Default: 10.709
Note:
1. When the line side oprmode is ADDDROP, this

parameter is retrieval only. It can be 10.709, 11.049,
11.096 or 11.27, or 10.714
2. When the line side oprmode is CROSSREGEN, this
pramater is provisionable. It can be set to 10.709, 11.049
or 11.096.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-440
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
otu2
otu2 oprMode crossRegen L2
otu2 oprMode addonly C1
otu2 oprMode adddrop
// delete the L2 port in the multicast connection

otu2 oprMode crossRegen
Error: missing CrossRegPartner
otu2 oprMode crossRegen l1
Error: CrossLinePort must be different than current provisioning

line port
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 otu2 oprMode addonly

Error: missing corresponding client port for this multicast
connection.
Config 11QPA4 shelf/slot/L3 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the client port C3 associated to line port L3 must be
unassigned
Config 11QPA4 shelf/slot/L2 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the default multicast member C1 -- > L1 must be created
firstly
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-441
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11QPA4 card.

Configure the tandem connection monitoring group options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearAll

interface.
dw

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.
opr

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-442
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt
Configures the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Digital Wrapper Performance

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-443
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/l1 pm dw
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm-dw)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-444
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configure the LINE (L{1-4}) port for received optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-445
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-446
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port for transmitted optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-447
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-448
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPA4 card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-449
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

detail
och

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
pm
Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated with

the eVOA port. See config interface 11qpa4
power
Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by the expected power value.
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See cconfig interface 11qpa4

type
Examples

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-450
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-451
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-452
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPA4 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype [auto | value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
moduletype

the following:

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVO A - fast VOA

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype sVOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-453
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
clearAll
Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.
opr

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr.
opt

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-454
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.

Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-455
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 33
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 1-day bins.
Default: 8
clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-456
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11qpa shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-457
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-458
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 11QPA4 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} ) port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *
number, or * to list all of the 11qpa4 interfaces on the
network element.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}
Example
# show interface 11qpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L2 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L3 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L4
Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/C1 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C2 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C3 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C4 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/VA1 eVOA
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/VA2 eVOA
Bi
Up
Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-459
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/11/VA3
1/11/VA4
eVOA
eVOA
Bi
Bi
Up
Up
Down
Down
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPA4 card.

Display the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} attributes
Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port

Display current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port
Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
fc10g
fc8g
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
stm64
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-460
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
detail
Displays the current settings and current analog data for

the port.
Analog data includes received optical power and
transmitted optical power, transmitted laser bias current
and laser temperature.
fc10g
Displays the 10G Fibre Channel port attributes. See show

fc8g

oc192
Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.
Odu2
Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2.
Otu2
Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2.
pm
Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.
Stm64

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.
tengige
Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.
srvcActivity

brief
detail
Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-461
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
Oper State: Down
Direction : Bidirectional Status LED :
Description:
# show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [10GbE LAN]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-F
Error Frame Drop
: Disabled
# Show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-462
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type : Auto
FEC Mode
: RSFEC
TTI
--exp_sapi
:
tx_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
timmresp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown
ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP : Hex: 00
00

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [FC10G]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power :
LBC
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-463
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser Temperature :

FC10G Settings
:
AINS Countdown:
Channel
:
Laser
:
Module Type
:
System
0m
None
Laser On
Auto

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OC192]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
:
:

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming
:
Status
: unknown

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11QPA4 SDH Client Port [STM64]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-464
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power

STM64 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [FC8G]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
FC8G Settings
:
:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-465
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
----------------------------Channel
: None
Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encmode : GFP-T
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:
OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1
Location Description
Status
APS Group
APS Member
------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
1/8/C1 11QPA4 Client Port
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
Inactive
Working
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction
ITU
Status
Member
------------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End
25
Active
-Z-End
25
Active
--
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port Infiniband ddr attributes on the 11QPA4
card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-466
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the loss propagation parameter

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/c{1-4}

slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric
ainstimer
Displays the configured Automatic In-Service

Debounce time
channel
Displays the wavelength of the pluggable

module.
losprop
Displays the configured loss propagation

provisioning
moduletype
Displays the configured pluggable module type

used on the specified interface port.
Example
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 ddr
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-fc10g)#
ainstimer
Display AINS debounce time
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-467
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
losprop
Display laser action
Related commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/ C{1-4} ddr

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 10G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-468
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
losprop
Displays the Loss propagation provisioning.
moduletype
Displays the configured pluggable module type used on

the specified interface port.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 fc10g
ainstimer
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
Related commands


Command description
11QPA4 card.

Display the encapsulation mode

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-469
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
encmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel
encmode
Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

FC 8G signal.
losprop
moduletype
Displays the configured pluggable module type used

Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 fc8g
ainstimer
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
encmode
Display encapsulation mode
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-470
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.

Display the J0 attributes

Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
ainstimer
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-471
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
j0
j0_ex - Expected J0
j0_fmt - J0 format
j0_inc - Incoming J0
j0_status - Incoming J0 status
losprop
Displays the Loss propagation setting.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type.
sdth`
Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.
sfth
Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-472
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.


Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | timmresp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
ainstimer
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-473
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
j0
j0_ex - Expected J0
j0_fmt - J0 format
j0_status - Incoming J0 status
timmresp - J0 mismatch response
losprop
Displays the loss propagation setting.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type.
sdth`
Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.
sfth
Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type: XI-64.1
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-474
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 11QPA4
card.

Display the error frame drop behavior

Display the client port multicast information
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
MulticastTo
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-475
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
encmode

10GbE LAN signal.
errfrmdrop
Displays the error frame drop behavior.
losprop
moduletype

MulticastTo
Display the client port multicasts information if it exists.

Values: Any combination of L1, L2, L3 and L4 seperated
by space; none.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :
10m
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto

Multicast To: L1 L2 L4
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto

Multicast To: none
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-476
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.

Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes
Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
incftfl
incexp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1, shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
incftfl
incexp

includes:
incoming forward operator-identifier field
incoming backward operator-identifier field
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-477
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.
inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 odu2
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-odu2)#
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 odu2 incftfl

00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-478
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.

Display the type of FEC used on this interface
Display the status of the GCC channel


Display the OSPF attributes
Display the OTU signal rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
losprop
moduletype
mtu
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-479
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

value md5key value md5keyid value]]
mtu
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
Displays the status of GCC signal processing.
gcctype
moduletype

interface port.
mtu
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead interval
value must always be greater than the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-480
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
parameter is mandatory if md5keyidis entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or
lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can not
be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled
Default: NULL ()
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on the
OSPF area.

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only if
a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it is

standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype is
non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack (11QPA4)
the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std
postfecber
prefecber
losprop
Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

oturate

adjacency state
Displays the client OTU2 rate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-481
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti

Identifier

Mismatch Response
tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier
Example
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 gccstatus
GCC Status : disabled
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER : 1.23 E-9
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-482
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPA4 card.
Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the Ethernet group PM options
Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM

Display the PCS group PM
Display the SDH group PM
Display the SONET group PM
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1, shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-483
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dw
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cshow interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.
ethernet
Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
Opr

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
opr.
Opt
Displays the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.
pcs
Displays the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh
Displays the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet
Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 pm
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/11/C1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-484
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-485
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-486
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-487
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
C{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.
Display baseline data

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1, shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-488
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-489
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-490
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-491
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-492
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sdh
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-493
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card..

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-494
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sonet
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port configuration data on the 11QPA4 card.
Display details of the network port settings

Display the Performance Monitoring data
Display the current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-495
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
odu2
otu2
pm
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}

port number.
Detail
odu2
Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.
otu2
Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.
pm
Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm.
srvcActivity

Enter one of the following:
brief
detail
Examples
# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-496
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
:
AINS
:
Use System AINS Timer
Receive Power
Transmit Power
:
:
Pluggable Module Type

Channel: 1471
AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
: Auto
LOS Propagation: Laser On
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: crossRegen
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: L2
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type Mismatch Response :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled
# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Channel :
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-497
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Receive Power :
Transmit Power :
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
Pluggable Module Type: Auto

Channel: 1471
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: addDrop
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: none
ODU2 Settings
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

00 00 00
00 00 00 00

Incoming EXP: Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11qpa4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction ITU
Status Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1 A-End
60
Active
-Z-End
60
Inactive
Working
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-498
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11qpa4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:
OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1

Status
APS Group APS Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
Inactive
Working
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the 11QPA4
card.

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-499
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
incftfl
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
incftfl
Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:
incexp
Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead
mappingmode
Displays ODU2 mapping mode.
pldtype
Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.
ptmmresp
Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.
tti

Identifier.
- timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

Identifier
trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.
tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-500
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode
Mapping mode :
BITSYNC

00 00 00
00 00 00 00

Incoming EXP : Hex: 00 00
Related commands

config interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description
This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.

Display the expected channel values of the pluggable module
Display the operating mode

Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-501
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the CrossRegPartner port

Display the line port multicastfrom information
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface {11qpa4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
moduletype
mtu
oprmode
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
CrossRegPartner
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-502
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
multicastfrom
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
Display the expected receive channel wavelength.
channeltx
Display the expected transmit channel wavelength or

frequency.
gccstat
Display the status of GCC signal processing.
gcctype
Display the GCC communication channel type.
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.
mtu
oprmode
Display the operating mode of the line port.

ospf helloint

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-503
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5key
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area

only if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype

Default: std
postfecber
Display the 1-second post-fec BER
prefecber
Display the 1-second pre-fec BER
fectype

Range: 1-65535
oturate
Displays the OTU2 rate.
tti

Identifier.

Mismatch Response
tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-504
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
CrossRegPartner
Displays the CrossRegPartner port when oprmode is

crossRegen
Note: When oprMode is not crossRegen, this field shall
display as NONE.
multicastfrom
Displays the multicastfrom information when oprmode is

addonly.
Value: C{1-4}, None
Note: when oprmode is not addonly, this field will display as
none.
Example
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode
oprMode : CROSSREGEN
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine Port: L3
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode

oprMode : ADDDROP
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine: NONE
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 prefecber

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicastfrom

MulticastFrom : C1
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicasrfrom

MulticastFrom : none
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-505
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (L{1-4} ) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPA4 card.

Display the transmitted optical power PM

Display the tandem connection monitoring group PM
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
dw
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.
opr

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-506
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/11/L1 pm
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/11/L1-pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-507
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-508
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
L{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.
Displays the baseline data

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline
Displays baseline data
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-509
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the
L{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.

Display raw PM data

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-510
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-511
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPA4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
detail
och
Displays the OCH interface port parameters.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-512
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pm
Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm.
power
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Receive Power :
Transmit Power :
Expect Power
:
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 power

The expected optical output power of the port: -20.00 dBm
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-513
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPA4 card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type on the specified interface

port.
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : sVOA
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-514
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card. Use this command to display the transmitted optical
power group PM options.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opt
opr
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
opt
Display the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.
opr

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.
Example

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-515
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-516
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

including number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason: losclrd
Baseline Value: -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-517
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

including number of Bins and assigned TCA Profile ID.
bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-518
11QPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-519
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPEN4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-522
6-523
6-526
6-528
6-530
6-532
6-535
6-536
6-541
6-543
6-545
6-547
6-549
6-551
6-553
6-555
6-557
6-559
6-561
6-562
6-565
6-572
6-573
6-575
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-520
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-577
6-579
6-581
6-583
6-584
6-585
6-587
6-589
6-590
6-596
6-598
6-599
6-601
6-603
6-607
6-609
6-610
6-612
6-613
6-615
6-616
6-618
6-619
6-623
6-625
6-627
6-631
6-633
6-634
6-636
6-637
6-639
6-640
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-521
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-641
6-643

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11QPEN4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} )
port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 11QPEN4 cards
on the network element.
type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}
Examples
#config interface 11QPEN4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Dir
---------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L12 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L13 Network
Bi
Up
Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-522
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/11/L14 Network
1/11/C1 Client
1/11/C2
Client
1/11/C3 Client
1/11/C4 Client
1/11/VA1 eVOA1
1/11/VA2 eVOA2
1/11/VA3 eVOA3
1/11/VA4 eVOA4
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPEN4 card.

Set the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, tengige, otu2} and attributes

Set the PM attributes
Set the state
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
fc10g
fc8g
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-523
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
type [fc10g | fc8g | otu2 | tengige | unassigned]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
description

detail
fc10g

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g.
fc8g

loopback

of the following:


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-524
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Odu2
Sets the ODU2 port attributes. To configure ODU2

attributes, see config interface 11QPEN4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.
Otu2
Sets the OTU2 port attributes. To configure OTU2

attributes, see config interface 11QPEN4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.
pm

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} PM to configure
pm attributes.
state

11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state.
Stm64

11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.
Tengige
Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.
type
set to tengige for 10GbE LAN client
set to otu2 for OTU2 client
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/c1
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-525
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-4} port on the 11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-526
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
the system value.
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

service.
mt
up
Examples

(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1)# state up
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-527
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
channel

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-528
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop

of the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
10GB-SR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 fc10g
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1-fc10g)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-529
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
encmode [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
channel

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-530
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
encmode

8G- FC client signal. Enter this keyword followed by the
value of gfp-t.
Default: gfp-t.
losprop

of the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:
Enter the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

X8FCLC-L
X8FCSN-I


set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 fc8g
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1-fc8g)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-531
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the
11QPEN4 card.

Set the error frame drop behavior

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
encmode [value]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-532
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

encmode
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following four
values:
cbrlan11.049
cbrlan11.096
gfp-f Specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)
gfp-p - Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

Default: gfp-f
errfrmdrop
Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
values:
enabled
disabled
Default: disabled
losprop

of the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-533
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-SR
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 tengige
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1-tengige)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-534
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPEN4
card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace Identifier attributes.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
tti

00)

Set to:
Default: disabled
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1-odu2)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPEN4
card.

Set the type of FEC used on this interface


Set the OSPF attributes
Set the OTU signal rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes

Set the packet type and MTU size for GCC interface
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
gcctype [GCC0|GCC1|GCC2]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-536
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu [value]
oturate [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
channelrx

following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
channeltx

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-537
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fectype

Set to:
nofec, for FEC correction disabled
Default: rsfec
gccstat

Set to:
Default: enabled
gcctype

selected.
Default: GCC0
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1255
Default: 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-538
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.

only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

(11QPEN4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
moduletype

the following:

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C


be set to user.
Default: auto
oturate

Set to:
10.709 , for standard OTU2 rate
Default: 10.709
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-539
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti



Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled
Example
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 otu2
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-otu2)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-540
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11QPEN4 card.
Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-541
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearAll

interface.
dw
Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cconfig interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.
ethernet

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
Opr

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11QPEN4
pcs

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 pm
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/c1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-542
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-543
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm dw 0
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-dw-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-544
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Ethernet Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-545
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet 0
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-546
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-547
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
Interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-548
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for transmitted optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-549
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-550
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with PCS layer Performance

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-552
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-553
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-554
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-555
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 0
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh-0)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-556
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the 11QPEN4 card.


Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-557
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Detail
description

loopback

of the following:


odu2

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.
otu2
config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.
pm

the line port. See config interface 11QPEN4
state

11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state.
Type
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-558
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the encryption parameters of the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the
11QPEN4 card.
Configure a Well Known Answer Test (WKAT)

Configure an encryption key
Configure Encryption state

Switch to the next encryption key
Impact
Access levels
None
Administrator
Syntax
detail
wkat [string]
nextkey [string]
encryptstate [enable/disable]
switchkey
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-559
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current encryption settings for the port.
wkat
Specifies a well-known-answer-test for the interface

port. Enter this keyword followed by string of XX
characters, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface: The
WKAT string used to authenticate the far end and validate
the keys are correct.
interval
Specifies a next encryption key for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by string of
nmpAdminString (SIZE(32)){are these hex?}S, or
date/time of when the nextkey was set.
encryptstate
Enable or disable encryption for the port.
switchkey
Commands the port to switch to the next key for

encryption.
Examples

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/2/L1 encrypt detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 11QPEN4 NW Port [OTU2] [Encrypt Details]
----------------------------------------------------------------Encryption State
: Enable
CurrentKey Date-Time
: 20111002-14:20
Valid
NextKey Date-Time
: 20111002-14:20
Clear
WKAT
: 12A34F1289435085
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-560
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the L{1-4} port on the 11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-561
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
down

mt
up
Example

(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1)# state down
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4}) port on the
11QPEN4 card.
Set the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
pldtype [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-562
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
mappingmode
ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode. This attribute specifies

the mappng mode that wil be used when the client port
signal is provisioned to OC-192, STM-64 or 10GbE WAN.
Set to:
bitsync bit synchronous CBR mapping
async asynchronous CBR mapping
Default: bitsync
pldtype
Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
This attribute only applies when the client signal is not an
OTM0.2 signal.
Range: 0-255
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-563
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti

00)

Mismatch Response.
following:
Default: disabled

sapi value and the provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value
as either on or off.
Set to:
Configure comparison to enabled.
Configure comparison to disabled.
Default: disabled

00).
Related commands

show interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-564
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the
11QPEN4 card.



Configure the FEC used on this interface
Set the OTU2 signal rate

Set the CrossRegPartner port
Set the packet type and MTU size
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface {11QPEN4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
gcctype [GCC0/GCC1/GCC2]
oprmode [adddrop | crossregen <value>]
| addonly<value> | dropcontinue]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | mdstatus
value | md5key value | md5keyid value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-565
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu [value]
oturate [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
channelrx


9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-566
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx

gccstat

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

Set to:
Default: enabled
gcctype

selected.
Default: GCC0
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-567
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status

the OSPF area.

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only
if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype

Default: std
mtu
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-568
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oprmode
Operational mode of the 11QPEN4. This parameter applies to

all line ports.

client port towards the line side; egress, from line side to
client port)
Set to CROSSREGEN In this mode the Line port input

signal is looped towards another line port output via 8x8
matrix. Corresponding client ports cannot be used.
1. Value : L{1-4}
2. value must be different than its own port
Set to ADDONLY: in this mode, pack is processing
signal in ingress direction (form client port towards
the line side)
Value: C{14}
Set to DROPCONTINUE: in this mode, pack is
processing the signal in egress direction and looping
the signal from the line side input towards the line
side output
Default: ADDDROP
fectype

Set to:
efec - FEC connection established
rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC
Set to nofec FEC correction disabled
Default: efec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-569
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
oturate


Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled


Set to:
10.709 - for standard OTU2 rate
11.27 when client signal is set to 10G FC
Default: 10.709
Note:
1. When the line side oprmode is ADDDROP, this

parameter is retrieval only. It can be 10.709, 11.049,
11.096 or 11.27.
2. When the line side oprmode is CROSSREGEN, this
parameter is provisionable. It can be set to 10.709, 11.049
or 11.096.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-570
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
otu2
otu2 oprMode crossRegen L2
otu2 oprMode addonly C1
otu2 oprMode adddrop
// delete the L2 port in the multicast connection

otu2 oprMode crossRegen
Error: missing CrossRegPartner
otu2 oprMode crossRegen l1
Error: CrossLinePort must be different than current provisioning

line port
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 otu2 oprMode addonly

Error: missing corresponding client port for this multicast
connection.
Config 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L3 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the client port C3 associated to line port L3 must be
unassigned
Config 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L2 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the default multicast member C1 -- > L1 must be created
firstly
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-571
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11QPEN4 card.

Configure the tandem connection monitoring group options
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearAll

interface.
dw

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.
opr

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-572
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1 -pm)#
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Digital Wrapper Performance

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-573
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/l1 pm dw
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1 -pm-dw)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-574
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configure the LINE (L{1-4}) port for received optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-575
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-576
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port for transmitted optical power group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-577
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1 -pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-578
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPEN4 card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-579
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

detail
och

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
pm
Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated with

the eVOA port. See config interface 11QPEN4
power
Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by the expected power value.
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See cconfig interface 11QPEN4

type
Examples

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-580
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-581
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


system value.
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-582
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11QPEN4 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
moduletype

the following:

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVO A - fast VOA

Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype sVOA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-583
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
clearAll
Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.
opr

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr.
opt

See config interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-584
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-585
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
specified interval.
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-586
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline 1
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-587
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

Default: 33
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins..
Default: 8
clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-588
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 11QPEN4 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} ) port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *
number, or * to list all of the 11QPEN4 cards on the network
element.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
----------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L2 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L3 Network
Bi
Up
Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-589
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/11/L4
1/11/C1
1/11/C2
1/11/C3
1/11/C4
1/11/VA1
1/11/VA2
1/11/VA3
1/11/VA4
Network
Client
Client
Client
Client
eVOA
eVOA
eVOA
eVOA
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPEN4
card.

Display the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, tengige, otu2} attributes
Display the performance monitoring attributes

Display all service activity on this port
Display current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
fc10g
fc8g
odu2
otu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-590
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pm
tengige
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
detail
Displays the current settings and current analog data for

the port.
Analog data includes received optical power and
transmitted optical power, transmitted laser bias current
and laser temperature.
fc10g

fc8g

Odu2
Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2.
Otu2
Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2.
pm
Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.
tengige
Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.
srvcActivity

brief
detail
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-591
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [OTU2]

---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
Oper State: Down
Status LED
:
Description:
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [10GbE LAN]
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-F
Error Frame Drop : Disabled
# Show interface 11QPEN4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [OTU2]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-592
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Transmitted Power
OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type : Auto
FEC Mode
: RSFEC
TTI
--exp_sapi
:
tx_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
timmresp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown
ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

00 00 00
00 00 00 00

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [FC10G]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power :
LBC
:
Laser Temperature :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-593
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

FC10G Settings
:
AINS Countdown:
Channel
:
Laser
:
Module Type
:
System
0m
None
Laser On
Auto

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [OC192]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
:
:

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming
:
Status
: unknown

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11QPEN4 SDH Client Port [STM64]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-594
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Status LED
Description
Channel
:
:
: None
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
:
:

STM64 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPEN4 Client Port [FC8G]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
FC8G Settings
----------------------------Channel
: None
Laser
: Laser On

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-595
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type
: Auto
Encmode
: GFP-T
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:
OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1
Status
APS Group
APS Member
------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
1/8/C1 11QPEN4 Client Port
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
Inactive
Working
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction
ITU
Status
Member
---------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End
25
Active
-Z-End
25
Active
--
Related commands


Command description
11QPEN4 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-596
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Displays the configured pluggable module type used on

Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 fc10g
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/C1-fc10g)#
ainstimer
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-597
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
11QPEN4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
encmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-598
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
encmode

FC 8G signal.
losprop
moduletype
Displays the configured pluggable module type used

Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 fc8g
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/C1-fc8g)#
ainstimer
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
encmode
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 11QPEN4
card.

Display the error frame drop behavior
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-599
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the client port multicastto information
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
MulticastTo
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
ainstimer
channel
encmode

10GbE LAN signal.
errfrmdrop
Displays the error frame drop behavior.
losprop
moduletype

MulticastTo
Display the client port multicasts information if it exists.

Values: Any combination of L1, L2, L3 and L4 seperated
by space; none.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-600
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto
Multicast To: L1 L2 L4
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto

Multicast To: none
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPEN4 card.
Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
incftfl
incexp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-601
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
incftfl

includes:
Incoming forward fault indication field
Incoming forward operator-identifier field
Incoming backward fault indication field
Incoming backward operator-identifier field
incexp
tti

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 odu2
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/C1-odu2)#
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 odu2 incftfl

00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 odu2 incexp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-602
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPEN4 card.

Display the type of FEC used on this interface


Display the OSPF attributes
Display the OTU signal rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-603
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
gcctype
losprop
moduletype
mtu
value md5key value md5keyid value]]
mtu
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
Displays the status of GCC signal processing.
gcctype

moduletype

interface port.
mtu
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-604
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf deadint

a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead interval
value must always be greater than the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
parameter is mandatory if md5keyidis entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or
lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can not
be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled
Default: NULL ()
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on the
OSPF area.

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only if
a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it is

standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype is
non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack (11QPEN4)
the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std
postfecber
prefecber
losprop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-605
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description


adjacency state
oturate
Displays the client OTU2 rate
tti

Identifier

Mismatch Response
tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 otu2 gccstatus
GCC Status : disabled
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 otu2 prefecber

# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/C1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-606
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPEN4 card.


Display the PCS group PM
Display the SDH group PM
Display the SONET group PM
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-607
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dw
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cshow interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.
ethernet

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
Opr

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
opr.
Opt
Displays the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See show interface 11QPEN4
pcs
Displays the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh
Displays the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet
Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/11/C1 pm
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/C1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-608
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-609
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-610
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-611
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
C{1-4} port of the 11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-612
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#
Related commands


Command description
This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port

Display raw PM data

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-613
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-614
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-615
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-616
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm sdh
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-617
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPEN4 card..

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
raw
interval`
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-618
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/C1 pm sonet
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port configuration data on the 11QPEN4
card.
Display details of the network port settings

Display the current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-619
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}

port number.
Detail
odu2
Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.
otu2

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.
pm

show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm.
srvcActivity

Enter one of the following:
brief
detail
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11QPEN4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-620
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/L1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
:
AINS
:
Receive Power
Transmit Power
:
:
Pluggable Module Type

Channel: 1471
AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
: Auto
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: crossRegen
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: L2
ODU2 Settings
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/L1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-621
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
Channel :
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :
Receive Power :
Transmit Power :
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
Pluggable Module Type: Auto

Channel: 1471
LOS Propagation
: Laser On
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: addDrop
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: none
ODU2 Settings
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled

00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP: Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11QPEN4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic
APS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-622
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service
Direction ITU
Status Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1 A-End
60
Active
-Z-End
60
Inactive
Working
# show interface 11QPEN4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:
OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1

Status
APS Group APS Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
Working
Inactive
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the encryption configuration of the interfaces on the 11QPEN4
card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Administrator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-623
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *
number, or * to list all of the 11QPEN4 cards on the network
element.
Range (port): L{1-4}
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/2/L1 encrypt
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 11QPEN4 NW Port [OTU2] [Encrypt Details]
---------------------------------------------------------------Encryption State
: Enable
CurrentKey Date-Time
: 20111002-14:20
Valid
NextKey Date-Time
: 20111002-14:20
Clear
WKAT
: 12A34F1289435085
Related commands

config interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4} encrypt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-624
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the
11QPEN4 card.

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
incftfl
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-625
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
incftfl
Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:
incexp
Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead
mappingmode
Displays ODU2 mapping mode.
pldtype
Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.
ptmmresp
Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.
tti

Identifier.

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 odu2 mapping mode
Mapping mode :
BITSYNC

00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-626
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description
This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11QPEN4
card.




Display the CrossRegPartner port
Display the line port multicastfrom information
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface {11QPEN4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-627
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
moduletype
mtu
oprmode
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
CrossRegPartner
multicastfrom
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx

frequency.
gccstat
Display the status of GCC0 signal processing.
gcctype
Display the GCC communication channel type.

moduletype

interface port.
mtu
oprmode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-628
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

ospf helloint

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Default: NUL ()
ospf md5keyid

Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area

only if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-629
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
packettype

Default: std
postfecber
Display the 1-second post-fec BER
prefecber
fectype

Range: 1-65535
oturate
Displays the OTU2 rate.
tti
CrossRegPartner

Identifier.

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Displays the CrossRegPartner port when oprmode is

crossRegen
Note: When oprMode is not crossRegen, this field shall
display as NONE.
multicastfrom
Displays the multicastfrom information when oprmode is

addonly.
Value: C{1-4}, None
Note: when oprmode is not addonly, this field will display as
none.
Example
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode
oprMode : CROSSREGEN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-630
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine Port: L3
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode

oprMode : ADDDROP
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine: NONE
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 prefecber

# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicastfrom

MulticastFrom : C1
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicastfrom

MulticastFrom : none
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (L{1-4} ) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPEN4 card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-631
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the transmitted optical power PM

Display the tandem connection monitoring group PM
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.
dw
See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.

opr

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/11/L1 pm
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/11/L1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-632
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L{1-4} port

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-633
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1-pm-dw)#
Related commands


Command description
L{1-4} port of the 11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-634
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-635
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the
L{1-4} port of the 11QPEN4 card.

Display raw PM data
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-636
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPEN4-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPEN4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-637
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
detail
och
Displays the OCH interface port parameters.

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
pm
Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See show

interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm.
power
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11QPEN4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Receive Power :
Transmit Power :
Expect Power
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-638
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 power

Related commands


Command description
11QPEN4 card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type on the specified interface

port.
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-639
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type : sVOA
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card. Use this command to display the transmitted optical
power group PM options.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opt
opr
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
opt

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.
opr

See show interface 11QPEN4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.
Example

# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-640
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-641
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

including number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-642
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPEN4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-643
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

including number of Bins and assigned TCA Profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11QPEN4 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-644
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11qpe24 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-646
6-648
6-650
6-653
6-655
6-657
6-658
6-660
6-662
6-664
6-666
6-668
6-674
6-678
6-679
6-681
6-683
6-685
6-687
6-688
6-689
6-691
6-693
6-695
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-645
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-696
6-698
6-699
6-701
6-702
6-703
6-705
6-708
6-711
6-714
6-715
6-717
6-718
6-720
6-721
6-723
6-724
6-725
6-727

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11qpe24 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the Layer1 physical features of 1GbE
ports (C1-C22), 10GbE ports (X1-X4) and VOA ports {V1 V4}. For Layer2 data
features on ports, see config port 11qpe24 shelf/slot/port.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-646
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 11qpe24 cards on
See 1830PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
type.
Range (port): C1-C22 are 1G, X1-X4 are 10G, V1
V4 are VOA
Examples
#config interface 11qpe24 *
Port
Admin Oper State
---------------------------------------------------------------3/2/X1 Uplink
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X2 Uplink
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X3 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X4 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C5 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C6 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C7 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C8 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C9 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C10 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C11 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C12 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C13 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C14 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C15 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C16 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C17 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C18 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-647
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C19
3/2/C20
3/2/C21
3/2/C22
3/2/C23
3/2/C24
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2
Access
Access
Access
Access
Unavail
Unavail
VOA
VOA
VOA
VOA
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Down Down UAS

Up
Down SGEO
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up Down SGEO
Up Down SGEO
Up Down SGEO
Up Down SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client C{1-22} port on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
1gbe
loopback [terminal]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-648
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pm
state
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
description

detail
Displays the current physical settings for the port. For

Layer2 settings see show port 11qpe24.
1gbe

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} 1gbe.
fe
Sets the 100M Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe.
loopback

of the following:

A terminal loopback cannot be enabled on a C port
if autonegotiation is disabled or limited, and the port
speed is 10 or 100 (see show port). MAC learning
should be disabled for each SAP on the port (See
show...service<id> sap). Test traffic should be started
after the loopback is enabled and stopped before the
loopback is disabled.
pm

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm to configure pm
attributes.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpe24

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-649
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client
set to fe for Fast Ethernet client
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-22} attributes on the 11qpe24
card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-650
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ssmtrans [value]
synceoppmode [sync | non-sync]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

the port number.
type.
channel

change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
moduletype

of the following:

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-T2
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C


pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute shall be set to user.
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-651
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ssmtrans
Manually configure SSM/Quality Level Transmission

in each port.
The value can be:
In SDH mode: ACT, DNU
In SONET mode: ACT, DUS

config card 11qpe24 syncesupp is set to enable.
synceoppmode
Configure port Synchronous Ethernet Operation

Mode. When the port is in SYNC mode, the recovered
clock of its input signal can be selected as a reference
to the system clock. When the port is in NON-SYNC
mode , the recovered clock of its input signal shall not
be a candidate to system timing references x
Examples

# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1 1gbe channel 850
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-652
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11qpe24 card.
Set the channel frequency of the pluggable module.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
ssmtrans [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
channel

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-653
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:
Enter one of the acceptable FE port moduletype

values:
100BLX10
1000B-T2

Default: auto
ssmtrans

each port.
The value can be:
In SDH mode: ACT, DNU
In SONET mode: ACT, DUS.
Default: ACT
card 11qpe24 syncesupp is set to enable.
synceoppmode

Mode.When the port is in SYNC mode, the recovered
clock of its input signal can be selected as a reference to
the system clock. When the port is in NON-SYNC mode ,
the recovered clock of its input signal shall not be a
candidate to system timing references
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1 fe channel 850
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-654
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-22} ports on the 11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-655
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value
help Displays the default and valid range
<value>- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h>[<m>]
enabled enable AINS
Down

Mt
Up
Examples
#config interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 state down
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-656
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the the C{1-22}client ports performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11qpe24 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
clearAll

interface
opr

See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm
opr.
opt

options. See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22}
pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-657
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 pm
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the C{1-22}Client ports for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-658
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
baseline
Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear`
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11qpe24-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-659
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
Performance Monitoring options on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-660
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

values:
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear`
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11qpe24-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-661
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the the 10G ports on the 11qpe24 card.

Display the port physical settings


Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-662
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
detail
Displays the current physical settings for the port. For

Layer2 settings see show port 11qpe24.
loopback
Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:
display the current setting. To change the setting, enter

this keyword followed by one of the following:
Facility loopback cannot be enabled if efm-oam is
enabled on the port, refer config>port>11qpe24
shelf/slot/port>ethernet>efm-oam.
display the current setting. To change the setting, enter

this keyword followed by one of the following:
odu2

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) odu2.
otu2
Sets the OTU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) otu2.
pm

the line port. See config interface 11qpe24
shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpe24

shelf/slot/X{1-4} state.
tengige

See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} tengige.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-663
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
set to tengige to set the port to tenGige signal.
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4)

Command description
This command configures the the state parameter for the X ports on the 11qpe24 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-664
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X{1-4}
number.
ains
Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service. Enter this

keyword followed by one of the following

system value
help Displays the default and valid range
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes for

the AINS timer.
Format: <h>[<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

mt
up
Example
Config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 state down
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-665
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the 10G ports on the 11qpe24 card.

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Indentifier attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X(1-4)

port number.
pldtype [value]
Configure the value of Payload Type Field within the

ODU2 payload overhead. pldtype has a default value and
is based on the signal rate: 0x85 for oturate 11.096, 0x84
for oturate 11.049
Range: 0-255
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-666
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ptmmresp

received signal.
the following:
enabled enable the consequent action
disabled disable (turn off) the consequent action
Default: disabled
tti
Configure Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:
exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming Source

00)
timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier
Mismatch Response.. Enter this keyword followed by

Default: disabled
trccmp Optical channel Trace compare. This

(i.e., exp_sapi) value.
Default: disabled
tx_sapi Specifies the transmitted Source Access

00).
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-667
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} odu2

Command description
This command configures the 10G ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11qpe24 card.

Set the transmit channel frequency

Set the OTU2 rate

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
fectype [efec | efec2 | rsfec]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value| md5status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-668
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu
oturate [value]
ssmtrans [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X(1-4)
number.
channelrx

following values:
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511,

1491, 1471}
DWDM: { 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9550,

9540,
9460,
9380,
9300,
9220,
9585,
9505,
9425,
9345,
9265,
9185,
9530, 9520,
9450, 9440,
9370, 9360,
9290, 9280,
9210, 9200,
9575, 9565,
9495, 9485,
9415, 9405,
9335, 9325,
9255, 9245,
9175}
9510,
9430,
9350,
9270,
9190,
9555,
9475,
9395,
9315,
9235,
9500,
9420,
9340,
9260,
9180,
9545,
9465,
9385,
9305,
9225,
9490,
9410,
9330,
9250,
9170,
9535,
9455,
9375,
9295,
9215,
9480,
9400,
9320,
9240,
9605,
9525,
9445,
9365,
9285,
9205,
9470,
9390,
9310,
9230,
9595,
9515,
9435,
9355,
9275,
9195,
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-669
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx
Specifies the transmit channel frequency.

following values:
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511,

1491, 1471}
DWDM: { 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9550,
9540,
9460,
9380,
9300,
9220,
9585,
9505,
9425,
9345,
9265,
9185,
9530, 9520,
9450, 9440,
9370, 9360,
9290, 9280,
9210, 9200,
9575, 9565,
9495, 9485,
9415, 9405,
9335, 9325,
9255, 9245,
9175}
9510,
9430,
9350,
9270,
9190,
9555,
9475,
9395,
9315,
9235,
9500,
9420,
9340,
9260,
9180,
9545,
9465,
9385,
9305,
9225,
9490,
9410,
9330,
9250,
9170,
9535,
9455,
9375,
9295,
9215,
9480,
9400,
9320,
9240,
9605,
9525,
9445,
9365,
9285,
9205,
9470,
9390,
9310,
9230,
9595,
9515,
9435,
9355,
9275,
9195,
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

fectype
Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port
Set to efec2, for Enhanced FEC type 2
Set to efec, for Enhanced FEC type 1
Set to rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC
Default: efec2
gccstat
Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing
Set to enabled to make GCC0/GCC1/GCC2 processing
Set to disabled to disable GCC0/GCC1/GCC2

processing
Default : disabled.
gcctype
Specifies GCC communication channel type.

Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2 Default: GCC0
Note : when gccstat is enabled, the change of gcctype is
denied.
ospf helloint
ospf helloint Hello interval of the OSPF Interface. By

default, the interface is set to 10 seconds. This is the time
Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-670
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf deadint
Dead Interval of the OSPF Interface. By default, it is set to

four times the value of the helloint, so the default is 40
seconds. The dead interval is used to timeout inactive
adjacencies. The dead interval value must always be greater
than the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric
The metric or cost of the OSPF Interface. The default value

is 30.
Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
The key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
mandatory if md5status is enable.
Default: NULL ()
ospf md5keyid
The keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5status is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable The MD5 authentication is activated.

Set to disable The MD5 authentication is not used.
This parameter can be set to enable only if md5key and
Default: disable
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-671
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

following:
- Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
Auto If this value is configured, then the network

be set to user.
Default: auto
oturate
OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate
Set to 11.049, for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate
Set to 11.096, for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate
Default: 11.096
ssmtrans

each port
The value can be:
In SDH mode: ACT, DNU.
In SONET mode: ACT, DNU.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-672
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
synceoppmode

Mode.When the port is in SYNC mode, the recovered clock
of its input signal can be selected as a reference to the
system clock. When the port is in NON-SYNC mode , the
recovered clock of its input signal shall not be a candidate to
system timing references.
tti
Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:
exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming Source

00)

Default: disabled
trccmp Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi)
value.
Set to disabled to disable comparson
Default: disabled
tx_sapi Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

characters, enclosed in quotation marks. Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 otu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-673
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4) otu2

Command description
This command configures the X{1-4} ports with 10GbE attributes on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
ssmtrans [value]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-674
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channelrx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511,

1491, 1471}
DWDM: { 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9550,
9540,
9470,
9400,
9330,
9260,
9190,
9565,
9495,
9425,
9355,
9285,
9215,
9530,
9460,
9390,
9320,
9250,
9180,
9555,
9485,
9415,
9345,
9275,
9205,
9520,
9450,
9380,
9310,
9240,
9170,
9545,
9475,
9405,
9335,
9265,
9195,
9510,
9440,
9370,
9300,
9230,
9605,
9535,
9465,
9395,
9325,
9255,
9185,
9500, 9490,
9430, 9420,
9360, 9350,
9290, 9280,
9220, 9210,
9595, 9585,
9525, 9515,
9455, 9445,
9385, 9375,
9315, 9305,
9245, 9235,
9175}
9480,
9410,
9340,
9270,
9200,
9575,
9505,
9435,
9365,
9295,
9225,
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-675
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx
Specifies the transmit channel frequency.

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511,

1491, 1471}
DWDM: { 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9550,
9540,
9470,
9400,
9330,
9260,
9190,
9565,
9495,
9425,
9355,
9285,
9215,
9530,
9460,
9390,
9320,
9250,
9180,
9555,
9485,
9415,
9345,
9275,
9205,
9520,
9450,
9380,
9310,
9240,
9170,
9545,
9475,
9405,
9335,
9265,
9195,
9510,
9440,
9370,
9300,
9230,
9605,
9535,
9465,
9395,
9325,
9255,
9185,
9500, 9490,
9430, 9420,
9360, 9350,
9290, 9280,
9220, 9210,
9595, 9585,
9525, 9515,
9455, 9445,
9385, 9375,
9315, 9305,
9245, 9235,
9175}
9480,
9410,
9340,
9270,
9200,
9575,
9505,
9435,
9365,
9295,
9225,
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-676
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:
- Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
10GB-SR
Auto If this value is configured, then the network
User - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

attribute shall be set to user.
Default: auto
ssmtrans

each port
The value can be:
In SDH mode: ACT, DNU.
In SONET mode: ACT, DNU.


synceoppmode

Mode.When the port is in SYNC mode, the recovered
clock of its input signal can be selected as a reference to
the system clock. When the port is in NON-SYNC mode ,
the recovered clock of its input signal shall not be a
candidate to system timing references.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-677
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 tengige
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the port Performance Monitoring (PM) attributes on the
11qpe24 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-678
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearAll

interface
dw
Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options. This

applies only to 10G ports in uplink mode. See config
interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm dw.
opr

See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr.
opt

options. See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}
pm opt.
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 pm
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the 10G uplink ports with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-679
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-680
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the ports for received optical power group Performance
Monitoring options on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-681
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

values:
clearRaw
interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/1 pm opr
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-682
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ports for transmitted optical power group Performance
Monitoring options on the 11qpe24 card

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw

values:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-683
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/1 pm opt
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-684
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports on the 11qpe24 card.


Display the current port settings
Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-685
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

detail`
och
Sets the OCH interface port parameters. See config

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
pm

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11qpe24
power

value.
Default: -20 dBm
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11qpe24

type
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/va4 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-686
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11qpe24 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
moduletype

the following:

values:
fVOA fast VOA
sVOA slow VOA

Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-687
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
Related commands


Command description
VA{1-4} of the 11qpe24 card.
Clear current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-688
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearAll
Clear current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.
opr
Configure the received optical power group PM options. See

config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr.
opt
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt.
Example

# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/V1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA ports of the 11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-689
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
baseline

values:
clearRaw
interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-690
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/V1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands

show interface 11QPE24shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

Command description
attributes on the eVOA ports of the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opT
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-691
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
baseline

values:
clearRaw
interval`
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Example

# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/V1 pm opt clear
Related commands

show interface 11QPE24shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-692
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface {11qpe24} shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-693
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains
Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service. Enter this

ainstimer Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system value
<value> Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h>:[<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down`

mt
up
Example
# config interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-694
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 11QPE24 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to display physical information of the ports.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface shelf/slot/port|*
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/port|*

port number, or * to list all of the 11qpe24 cards on the
network element.
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type. Range
(port): C1C22 are 1G, X1X4 are 10G, V1V4 are
VOA.
Example
# show interface 11qpe24 *
Port
Admin Oper State
----------------------------------------------------------------3/2/X1 Uplink
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X2 Uplink
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X3 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/X4 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3 Access
Bi Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C5 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
3/2/C6 Access
Bi Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-695
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3/2/C7 Access
3/2/C8 Access
3/2/C9 Access
3/2/C10 Access
3/2/C11 Access
3/2/C12 Access
3/2/C13 Access
3/2/C14 Access
3/2/C15 Access
3/2/C16 Access
3/2/C17 Access
3/2/C18 Access
3/2/C19 Access
3/2/C20 Access
3/2/C21 Access
3/2/C22 Access
3/2/C23 Unavail
3/2/C24 Unavail
3/2/VA1 VOA
3/2/VA2 VOA
3/2/VA1 VOA
3/2/VA2 VOA
Bi Down Down UAS

Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Down Down UAS
Bi Down Down UAS
- - - - - - Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Bi Up
Down SGEO
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client ports C{1-22} on the 11qpe24 card.
Display port settings

Display the GbE attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-696
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
1gbe
fe
detail
pm
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
1gbe
Display the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} 1gbe.
fe
Display the FE port attributes. See show interface

11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} fe.
detail
Display the physical settings for the port. For Layer2

settings. see show port 11qpe24
pm

11qpe24 shelf/slot/{1-22} pm.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11QPE24 1GbE Port
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
Facility Loopback
: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-697
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Terminal Loopback
1GbE Settings
:
AINS Countdown
:
Laser
:
LBC
:
Laser Temperature:
Module Type
:
Channel
:
: Disabled
System
0m
Laser On
1000B-LX
1310
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the 1 GbE port attributes C{1-22} on the 11QPE24 card

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
moduletype
ssmtrans
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-698
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
synceoppmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

the port number.
type.
ainstimer
Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.
channel
Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type used on the

ssmtrans
synceoppmode
Display Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode.
Examples

# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 1gbe
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Fast Ethernet client port attributes C{1-22} on the 11QPE24
card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-699
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
moduletype
ssmtrans
synceoppmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
ainstimer
Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.
channel
moduletype

interface port.
ssmtrans
synceoppmode
Display Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/C1 fe
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-700
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring data for the {1-22}GbE ports on the
11QPE24 card.
Display the receive optical power performance monitoring options for this port.
Display the transmitted optical power performance monitoring options for this port.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
clearAll

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opr.
opr

See show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm opt.
opt
Display the PCS group PM options. See show interface

11qpe24 shelf/slot/C{1-22} pm pcs.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/1 pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-701
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the

{1-22}GbE ports of the 11qpe24 card.


Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-702
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
Set to for 15 minute interval
clear`
detail
Display performance monitoring configuration values.
bin
Display collected data for the specified bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1 pm opr
Related commands


Command description
the {1-22}GbE ports on the 11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-703
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
Set to for 15 minute interval
clear`
detail
Display performance monitoring configuration values.
bin
Display collected data for the specified bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/c1 pm opt
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-704
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configured ports X{1-4} on the 11qpe24 card.
Display the physical port settings

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
tengige
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
detail
Display the physical settings for the port.
odu2
Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} odu2.
otu2
Display the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} otu2.
pm

11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-705
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tengige
Display the tengige attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: X1 11qpe24 10G Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State
Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Example of detail information when the interface Type is OTU2:

# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11qpe24 NW Port [OTU2]
---------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
: -40.00 dBm
: -33.01 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
: Disabled
OTU2 Settings
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
: System
: 0m
: 1471
: None
: 11.096 Gbps
: EFEC2
: Down
stpid
GCC Status
: Disabled
GCC type
: GCC0
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
: 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-706
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ODU2 Settings
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
INCFTFL
Incbackwardftfloperid
: Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
INCRES
---------------------------------------------------------------Incresrow2
: HEX: 00 00
Incresrow4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incexp
: HEX: 00 00
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
---------------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED
Example of detail information when the interface Type is 10GbE:

# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: X1 11qpe24 10G Port [10GbE LAN]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-707
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
:

10GbE LAN Settings

------------------Channel Rx
: 9170
Channel Tx
: 9170
Module Type
: Auto
Related commands

config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X(1-4)

Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the ports X{14} on the 11qpe24 card.

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Indentifier attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}ODU2
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-708
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
otu2rate
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp |trccmp |tx_sapi]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
incftfl
Incres
Display of the FTFL information of this port, which

includes:
Incoming forward operator-specific field
Incoming backward operator-specific field
Displays the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:.
incexp
mappingmode
Display the mapping mode for the CBRX mapping to

ODU2P. The value is bitsync
pldtype
Specifies the value of the Payload Type field within the

ODU2 payload overhead. pldtype has a default value and
is based on the encoded client signal. Valid value is
{0-255}.
ptmmresp
Displays the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-709
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
exp_sapi-expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi-incoming Source Access Point Identifier
staus- status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier
timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
trccmp-Optical channel Trace compare
tx_sapi-transmiited Source Access Point Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 odu2
(show-interface-11qpe24-1/7/X1-odu2)#
# show interface 11qpe24 1/29/X1 odu2 incftfl

Incoming forward operator identifier field
00 00 00 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field
00 00 00 00
: Hex: 00
: Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
: Hex: 00
: Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
# show interface 11qpe24 1/29/X1 odu2 incexp

Incoming
exp : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 11qpe24 1/29/X1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping mode
: bitsync
Related commands

config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} Odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-710
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the X{14} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11qpe24 card.




Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4}ODU2
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
incres
ospf [area|adjstate| helloint| deadint | metric| md5status
md5key md5keyid]
packettype [std]
mtu
oturate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-711
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
postfecber
prefecber
ssmtrans
synceoppmode
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp |trccmp |tx_sapi]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
fectype
gccstat
Displays the GCC status.
gccstype
incres
Displays the incomingRES OTUk overhead of this port
Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel. Enter

this keyword followed by the following:

adjacency state
ospf helloint
HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. This is the

time elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
ospf deadint
DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. The dead

interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
ospf metric
METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface
ospf md5key
Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation
ospf md5keyid

calculation.
ospf md5status
Displays whether MD5 authentication is activated on the

OSPF area.
packettype
Display the packet type
mtu
Maximum transmission unit
oturate
postfecber
Displays the 1-second pre-fec BER
ssmtrans
Displays SSM/Quality
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-712
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
synceoppmode
tti
exp_sapi-expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi-incoming Source Access Point Identifier
staus- status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier
timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
trccmp- Optical channel Trace compare
tx_sapi-transmiited Source Access Point Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 otu2 incres
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type: GCC0
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 otu2 prefecber

Related commands

config interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} Otu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-713
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the 10GbE LAN X {14} port attributes on the 11qpe24 card.

Displays the receive channel frequency
Displays the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Displays the pluggable module type

Displays Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode
Displays SSM/Quality Level Transmission
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer [value]
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
moduletype
ssmtrans [value]
synceoppmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
ainstimer
channelrx
Displays the receive frequency
channeltx
Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-714
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

ssmtrans
Displays SSM/Quality Level Transmission
synceoppmode
Displays Synchronous Ethernet Operation Mode
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/29/X1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :
10m
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Performance Monitoring (PM) data for the X{1-4} ports on
the 11QPE24 card.
Display the Digital Wrapper group options

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-715
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
dw
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. Refer

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm dw.
opr

See show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm opr.
opt

Refer show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm
opt.
pcs
Displays the PCS layer monitor group PM. Refer show

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/X{1-4} pm pcs.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 pm
(show-interface-11qpe24-1/7/X1-pm)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-716
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Digital Wrapper performance monitoring data for the X{14}
ports on the 11QPE24 card. When the interface Type is otu2,

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
raw
Displays the raw counts for this PM group
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-717
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:
clear
detail
Displays performance monitoring configuration values
bin
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 pm dw
# show interface 11qpe24 1/7/X1 pm dw
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the received optical power monitoring data for the X{14} ports
on the 11QPE24 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-718
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-22}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
interval`
clear
detail
bin
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/1 pm opr
(show-interface-11qpe24-1/7/X1-pm-opr)#
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-719
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays optical power performance Monitoring data for the X {14} ports
on the 11qpe24 card

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/X{1-4}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-720
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval`
clear
detail
bins
Examples
# config interface 11qpe24 1/7/1 pm opt
(show-interface-11qpe24-1/7/X1-pm-opt)#
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the eVOA ports VA{14}on the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-721
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
detail`
och
Displays the OCH interface port parameters. See show

interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.
pm
Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes

associated with the eVOA port. See show interface
11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm.
power
Displays the expected optical output power.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11qpe24 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
AINS
: AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown :
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 power
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-722
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command dispays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11qpe24
card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
moduletype

interface port.
Examples
# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-723
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type : fVOA
# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 och moduletype

Module Type : sVOA
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports(
VA{1-4})of the 11qpe24 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
number.
opr
Displays the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-724
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA ports (VA{14}) of the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-725
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
baseline
Display the baselined OPR values for the interface
clearRaw
raw
clear
interval`
detail

bin
Example

# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

config interface 11QPE24shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-726
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA (VA{14}) ports of the 11qpe24 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface {11qpe24} shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

port number.
baseline
Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-727
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clear
interval`
detail

bin
Example
# show interface 11qpe24 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-728
4DPA4 CLI Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4DPA4 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 4DPA4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-731
6-732
6-737
6-741
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}
6-745
6-749
6-753
6-755
6-757
6-759
6-761
6-763
6-765
6-767
6-769
6-773
6-775
6-779
6-784
6-785
6-787
6-789
6-791
6-793
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-729
4DPA4 CLI Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-795
6-796
6-797
6-799
6-801
6-803
6-804
6-809
6-811
6-813
6-815
6-817
6-818
6-820
6-822
6-824
6-825
6-827
6-829
6-831
6-834
6-836
6-840
6-841
6-843
6-844
6-846
6-848
6-849
6-850
6-852
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-730
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 4DPA4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports (C{1-4}), or the line
ports (L{1-2}) or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.
Examples
#config interface 4dpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/8/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/8/C1
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/8/C2
Client
Bi
Down Down
1/8/C3
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/8/C4
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-731
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/8/VA1
1/8/VA2
eVOA
eVOA
Bi
Bi
Up
Up
Up
Up
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client ports (C{1-4}) on the 4DPA4 card.

Display the current detailed settings for the port
Set attributes for specific signal types

Set the client port type (In DualTran card mode, this automatically sets the
corresponding line port type.)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
detail
dvbasi
fc100
fc200
fc400
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-732
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
fe
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
pm
sdsdi
state
stm1
stm4
stm16
type [1gbe |dvbasi |fc100 |fc200 |fc400 |fe | hdsdi |oc3 |oc12
|oc48 |sdsdi |stm1 |stm4 |stm16 |unassigned]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
type.
mode.
1gbe

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe.
description

interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for the
interface.
detail
dvbasi
Sets the DVBASI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-733
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fc100
Sets the FC100 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}
fc200

FlexMux card mode.
fc200, fc400}
fc400

FlexMux card mode.
fc200, fc400}
fe
Sets the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fe100,
hdsdi}
hdsdi
Sets the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fe100,
hdsdi}
loopback

oc3

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

Sets the OC-3 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-734
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oc12

oc12, oc48}
oc48

oc12, oc48}
pm

sdsdi
Sets the SDSDI port attributes. Applies only in the

FlexMux card mode. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 4dpa4

stm1
Sets the STM-1 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}
stm4

FlexMux card mode.
stm4, stm16}
stm16

FlexMux card mode.
stm4, stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-735
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
type
Configures the port type. In FlexMux card mode, all

client ports apply and all types apply except fc400. In
DualTran card mode, only ports {C1, C3} apply, and
only types fc400and unassigned apply. In DualTran
card mode, assigning or unassigning a client port will
automatically assign or unassign the corresponding
line port.
Set to dvbasi for DVB ASI client
Set to fc100 for1Gb Fibre Channel client
Set to fc200 for 2 Gb Fibre Channel client
Set to fc400 for 4 Gb Fibre Channel client {C1,

C3} only
Set to fe for Fast Ethernet client
Set to hdsdi for HD-SDI client
Set to oc3 for SONET OC-3 client
Set to sdsdi for SD-SDI client
Set to stm1 for SDH STM-1 client
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 type oc48
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-736
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the 1GBE client port (C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card.
This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the timeslot allocation on the line port
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-737
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel
Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1490, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value none should be used.

losprop
Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver. Enter this keyword to display the current
laserOn - transmitter stays on
laserOff - turn off the transmitter
Default: laserOn
Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-738
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

this attribute is set to user
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-739
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timeslot[line linenum vts

vtslist]
Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line port,
that the client port will be mapped to. Both line and vts
parameters must be included. Both must be zero, or
both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:
The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any line
port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
The keyword vts and a vtslist value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
The value 0 unassigns the client port from any
timeslots
The value 1 assigns the client port to the
timeslots of ODU0 #1: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15.
The value 2 assigns the client port to the
timeslots of ODU0 #2: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16.
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 2
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-740
4DPA4 CLI Commands
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Fibre Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card. FC100 and FC200 apply only in FlexMux card
mode. FC400 applies only in DualTran card mode.
Set the fibre channel interface type

Set the timeslot allocation on the line port (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc100
channel [value]
fcmode
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-741
4DPA4 CLI Commands

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

setting.
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value noneshould be used.

fcmode
Specifies the FC interface type (Fibre Channel

compliant with INCITS x.320, or FICON, or ISC3 Peer
Mode). Enter this keyword followed by:
fc
ficon
isc3peer (applies to fc200 only)
Default: fc
losprop

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-742
4DPA4 CLI Commands

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I


Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-743
4DPA4 CLI Commands

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

vtslist]
This parameter applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It

does not apply to DualTran FC400 clients.)

Range: {0-2}
port.
- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as

follows. Range: {0-16, vtslist}
timeslots
For FC100 clients: Enter 0, or a vtslist
representing seven timeslots from 1 to 16. The
vtslist can include a list of individual timeslots
and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>.
If only one timeslot is specified, the request is
for a contiguous range of timeslots starting at
that value.
For FC200 clients: Enter 0 or a vtslist
representing fourteen timeslots from 1 to 16.
The vtslist can include a list of individual
timeslots and/or a list of timeslot ranges. The
syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>. If
only one timeslot is specified, the request is for
a contiguous range of timeslots starting at that
value.
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fc200 fcmode isc3peer
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fc200 timeslot line 2 vts 3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-744
4DPA4 CLI Commands

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}
Command description
This command configures the DVBASI, FE, HD-SDI, or SD-SDI client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Set the HD-SDI signal rate

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} dvbasi
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fe
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} hdsdi
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} sdsdi
channel [value]
hdsdirate [1.485 | 1.485/1.001]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-745
4DPA4 CLI Commands

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
channel

setting.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1530, 1550}
Not set: None

hdsdirate
Specifies the HD-SDI signal rate. Applies only when

port type = hdsdi. Enter this keyword to display the
current setting. To change the setting, enter this
1.485 - standard rate, 1.485 Gb/s
1.485/1.001 - rate compatible with existing NTSC

systems
Default: 1.485/1.001
losprop

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-746
4DPA4 CLI Commands

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
For FE:
100BLX10
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For DVBASI, HD-SDI, and SD-SDI:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C


Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-747
4DPA4 CLI Commands

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

vtslist]


Range: {0-2}
port.

For FE clients: Enter 0 or single timeslot from
1 to 16.
For DVB ASI and SD-SDI clients : Enter 0,
or a vtslist representing two timeslots from 1 to
16. The vtslist can include a list of individual
timeslots and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
that value.
For HD-SDI clients: Enter 0 or a vtslist
representing ten timeslots from 1 to 16. The
and/or a list of timeslot ranges. The syntax is:
<x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>. If only one
timeslot is specified, the request is for a
contiguous range of timeslots starting at that
value.
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fe losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 hdsdi timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 hdsdi timeslot line 1 vts 1-5,12-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-748
4DPA4 CLI Commands

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc3
channel [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-749
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

setting.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value noneshould be used.

losprop

receiver.
of the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-750
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
For OC3:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC12:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC48:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A (includes SS-16.1)
SS-16.2C


Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-751
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description

vtslist]


Range: {0-2}
port.

For OC-3 clients: Enter 0 or single timeslot
from 1 to 16.
For OC-12 clients : Enter 0, or a vtslist
representing four timeslots from 1 to 16. The
and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
that value.
For OC-48 clients: Enter 0 or 1. Timeslot 1
represents the entire OTU1 line capacity (all
16 timeslots).
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 timeslot line 1 vts 2,6,10,14
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-752
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the client ports (C{1-4}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA4 card.
Configure the Ethernet group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Configure the SDH group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Configure the SONET group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-753
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearAll
Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.
mode.
ethernet

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
Opr

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.
pcs

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm clearAll
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-754
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-755
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-756
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
attributes on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-757
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 pm opr baseline 5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-758
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-759
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
mode.
baseline

baseline reason:
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-760
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 pm opt clear
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-761
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

type.
mode
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of
the interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent
bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin
1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last
bin are purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

for the specified interval.
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-762
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-763
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples
This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sdh 1 clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-764
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-765
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples
This section provides example of the command usage..

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet profile 3
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-766
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-4}) on the 4DPA4
card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-767
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
the system value.
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

service.
mt
up
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 state ains enabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-768
4DPA4 CLI Commands
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, or STM-16) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm1
channel [value]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-769
4DPA4 CLI Commands

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

module.
losprop
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1490, 1530, 1550}
Not set: None

receiver.
of the following:
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-770
4DPA4 CLI Commands

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
For STM-1:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For STM-4:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D
For STM-16:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C


Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-771
4DPA4 CLI Commands

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
timeslot [line linenum vts

vtslist]
Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line

port, that the client port will be mapped to. Both line
and vts parameters must be included. Both must be
zero, or both must be non-zero.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any
line port.
- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as follows.

Range: {0-16, vtslist}
timeslots
For STM-1 clients:
Enter 0 or any single timeslot from 1 to 16.
For STM-16 clients:
Enter 0, or a vtslist representing four timeslots
from 1 to 16. The vtslist can include a list of
individual timeslots and/or a list of timeslot
ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][y3]...>. If only one timeslot is specified, the
request is for a contiguous range of timeslots
starting at that value.
For STM-16 clients:

Enter 0, or 1. Timeslot 1 represents the entire OTU1
line capacity (all 16 timeslots).
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 timeslot line 1 vts 2,6,10,14
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-772
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.

Set ODU1 attributes (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Set OTU1 attributes

Set the port type (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearasontopo
detail
odu1
otu1
pm
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-773
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
clearasontopo
Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINE

against the port AID and the clearasontopo command
is executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
description

interface, or enter this keyword without any
interface.
detail
loopback

odu1

(default)
terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

(default)
Sets the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-774
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
otu1
Sets the OTU1 attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1
pm

with the line port.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 4dpa4

type
Specifies the port type. Applies only in FlexMux card

mode. In DualTran card mode, the line port is
assigned/unassigned automatically when the
corresponding client port is assigned/unassigned.
Set to otu1 to assign the port.
Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 loopback facility enable
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the ODU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Set ODU0 Interworking

Set the Payload Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-775
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
odu0interwk [enabled | disabled]
pldtype [value]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-776
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
odu0interwk
Standard ODU0 Interworking. When disabled, ODU1

Payload Type should be set to 0x80 and there is
proprietary encoding of OPTS OH in PSI bytes and
LosProp in APS/PCC bytes. The 4DPA4 can then
interwork at 2xODU0 only with another 4DPA4 at the
far end.
When enabled, ODU1 Payload Type should be set to
0x20 (ODU multiplex structure) and there is no
proprietary use of PSI or APS/PCC bytes. The 4DPA4
can then interwork with standard 2xODU0 equipment
at the far end.
Set to enabled to enable standard ODU0

interworking.
Set to disabled to disable (turn off) standard

ODU0 interworking.
Default: disabled
pldtype
ODU1 Payload Type.

a 2-digit hexadecimal value - must be the same on
both ends:
0x80 indicates a proprietary mixture of sub-ODU1

signals.
0x20 indicates standard 2xODU0 interworking
Default: 0x80
ptmmresp

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass
the received signal.
.To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
Set to enabledenabled to enable the consequent

action
Set to disableddisabled to disable (turn off) the

consequent action.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-777
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks. Default: Null character (15 bytes
each with hex value 00)

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enable to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disable to disable TIMM defect
detection
Default: disable

between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enable to enable comparison
Set to disable to disable comparison
Default: disable

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 odu1 ptmmresp enabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-778
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the OTU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card.
Set the expected channel values for the pluggable module

Set the FEC type
Set the status of the GCC0 channel

Set the OSPF area for the GCC0 channel
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
gccstat [disabled | enabled ]
moduletype [auto | user ] value ]
oprmode [adddrop | crossregen]
value md5key value md5keyid]
mtu [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-779
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
channelrx
Specifies the expected receive channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module. Not settable for
channeltx
DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}
CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531,

1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Specifies the expected transmit channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module.
DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-780
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
fectype

forward error correction on the interface port:
gccstat
moduletype
Set to rsfec - Reed-Solomon FEC.
Set to nofec - No forward error correction.

Default: rsfec
Set to enabled to enable GCC0 processing
Set to disabled to disable GCC0 processing.

specified line port.
In FlexMux card mode, enter one of the acceptable

line port moduletype values:
SL-16.1
SL-16.2C
SL-16.2D
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
In DualTran card mode, enter one of the

acceptable line port moduletype values:
4FC-OC
4FC-OD
auto - In either card mode, if this value is

configured, then the network element shall accept
and provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module.
user - In either card mode, if the user wants to use

a pluggable module that is not on the
Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this
attribute shall be set to user.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-781
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oprmode
Operational mode of the 4DPA4. This parameter

applies to both line ports, but it can be set only on port
L1. The L2 value is read-only, and is always equal to
the L1 value. This parameter can be set only in
FlexMux card mode. The value is always ADDROP in
DualTran card mode.
ospf helloint
Set to ADDDrop - Add/Drop mode. Client port

signals can be added and dropped to/from the line
ports. There is no regen function.
Set to CROSSREGEN - Cross Regeneration

Mode. Line-to-line regen function is activated.
Client ports cannot be used.
Default: ADDDROP
HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By

default, the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is
the time elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint
DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
The dead interval value must always be greater than
the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric
METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key
Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid
is entered. The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The
string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase
alphanumeric characters; the first character can not be
a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
Default: ()
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-782
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5keyid

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus
is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is
activated on the OSPF area.
Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be
set to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has
been set.
Default: disable
packettype
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or

not. If it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If
the packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd
mtu
Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473

Bytes.
Range: 576 - 1500
tti
Configure the OTU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapiSpecifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
quotation marks. Default: Null character (15 bytes
each with hex value 00)
timmresp - Set to enableenable to enable TIMM

defect detection.
- Set to disable to disable comparison

Default: disable

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
value 00)
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 otu1 channeltx 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-783
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
clearAll

this interface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-784
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
dw
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
opr

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opr.
opt

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opt.
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Configure the number of 15-min and 1-day bins
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-785
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 profile 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-786
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-787
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

baseline reason:
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-788
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
baseline

baseline reason:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-789
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-790
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-791
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
down

mt
up
Example

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 state ains enabled
Related commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-792
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-793
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

detail
och

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

with the eVOA port.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
power

value.
state
Sets the port state.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.
type
Set to och to assign the port
Example

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-794
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
4DPA4 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
moduletype [auto value ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
moduletype

the following:
values:
fVOA

element shall accept the and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module
Default: auto
Example

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-795
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}och

Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

the port number.
clearAll

this interface
opr

options. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-796
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

options. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-797
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline

reason:
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
specified interval.
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-798
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-799
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

the port number.
baseline

baseline reason:
clearRaw
Interval`
bins

purged.
Default: 33
Default: 8
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-800
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
Related commands


Command description
4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-801
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
disabled - disable AINS (default))
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-802
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 4DPA4 card.

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client ports (C{1-4}),
or the line ports (L{1-2}, or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Display all the 4dpa4 ports on the NE
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa4 interfaces on the
network element.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
mode.
Example
# show interface dpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
----------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L2 Network
Bi Up
Up
1/8/C1 Client
Bi Down
Down
UAS
1/8/C2 Client
Bi Down
Down
1/8/C3 Client
Bi Down
Down
UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-803
1/8/L
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/8/C4 Client
1/8/VA1 eVOA
1/8/VA2 eVOA
Bi
Bi
Bi
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
Up
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command displays client port (C{1-4}) details on the 4DPA4 card.
Display client port detailed settings

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, dvbasi, fc100, fc200, fc400, fe, hdsdi, oc3,
oc12, oc48, sdsdi, stm1, stm4, stm16}
Display the performance monitoring values
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
detail
dvbasi
fc100
fc200
fc400
fe
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-804
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pm
sdsdi
stm1
stm4
stm16
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
1gbe
Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4}1gbe .
detail
dvbasi
Display the DVBASI port attributes. Applies only in

fc100
Display the FC100 port attributes. Applies only in

shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
fc200
Display the FC200 port attributes. Applies only in

shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
fc400
Display the FC400 port attributes. Applies only DualTran

card mode. See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
{fc100, fc200, fc400}
fe
Display the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe,
hdsdi, sdsdi}
hdsdi
Display the HDSDI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode
hdsdi, sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-805
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oc3
Display the OC-3 port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode. See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
{oc3, oc12, oc48}.
oc12
Display the OC-12 port attributes. Applies only in

shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.
oc48
Display the OC-48 port attributes. Applies only in

shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.
pm

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.
sdsdi
Display the SD-SDI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
hdsdi, sdsdi}
stm1
Display the STM-1 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}
stm4

FlexMux card mode.
stm16}
stm16

FlexMux card mode.
stm16}
Example
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Direction: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-806
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: 1471
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:

1GbE Settings
-------------LOS Propagation
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-T
TimeSlots
--------line : 1
vts
: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 - 4DPA4 Client Port [SDSDI]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
SDSDI Settings
:
:

: Laser On
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-807
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type
: Auto
TimeSlots
--------line : 1
vts
: 1,9

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 - 4DPA4 Client Port [FC100]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: 850
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : No
AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -5.98 dBm
Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power
: -5.53 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
FC100 Settings
: Laser On
Module Type
: 4FCSN-I
FC Mode
: FiberChannel
TimeSlots
--------line
vts
: 2
: 1,2,3,4,5,9,11

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [OC48]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: 1511
AINS
: Disabled
: No
Received Power
: -2.41 dBm
AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown : 0m
Facility Loopback: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-808
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Transmitted Power
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation
Module Type
Signal Mode
Mapping Mode
Incoming J0
: -3.17 dBm
Terminal Loopback: Disabled
: Laser On
: SS-16.1A
: TRANSPARENT
: ASYNC
:
J0 Format
: 16 bytes
TimeSlots
--------Line
: 2
vts
: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16
Related commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slotC{1-4}

Command description
This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the timeslot allocation on the line port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-809
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
channel
encmode
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}
number.
ainstimer
Display the AINS timer value.
channel
Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable module
encmode
Display the encapsulation mode.
losprop
Display loss propagation behavior status.
moduletype

specified interface port
timeslot
Display the timeslot line and vts values
Example
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 1gbe channel
Channel: 1491
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 1gbe losprop

LOSPROP Action: laserOn
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-810
4DPA4 CLI Commands
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the Fiber Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card. FC100 and FC200 apply only in FlexMux card
mode. FC400 applies only in DualTran card mode.

Display the fiber channel interface type
Display the timeslot allocation on the line port (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc100
ainstimer
channel
fcmode
losprop
moduletype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-811
4DPA4 CLI Commands
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
mode.
ainstimer
channel
Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
fcmode
Display the FC interface type
losprop
Display the loss propagation behavior setting.
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type to be used on the

timeslot
Display the timeslot line and vts values. This parameter

applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It does not apply
to DualTran FC400 clients.)
Examples
show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 fc100 fcmode
FC Mode: FC
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-812
4DPA4 CLI Commands
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sdsdi}
Command description
This command displays the DVB ASI, FE, HD-SDI, or SD-SDI client port (C{1-4})

Display the HD-SDI signal rate

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} dvbasi
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fe
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} hdsdi
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}sdsdi
ainstimer
channel
hdsdirate
losprop
moduletype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-813
4DPA4 CLI Commands

sdsdi}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel

module
hdsdirate
Display the HD-SDI signal rate. Applies only when

port type = hdsdi.
losprop
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type to be used on the

timeslot
Display the timeslot line and vts values.
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 fe channel
Channel : 1551
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-814
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-4})

Display the expected channel value for the pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes

Display the mapping mode (OC48 only)
Display the signal mode

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc3
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_fmt | j0_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-815
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
timeslot
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel

module
j0
Display the J0 attributes:
j0_fmt - j0 format
j0_inc - Incoming j0
losprop
mappingmode
Display the OC48 mapping mode.
moduletype

sigmode
Display the signal mode.
timeslot
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
LOSPROP Action: LaserOn
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-816
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command display the performance monitoring attributes on the client ports (C{1-4})
of the 4DPA4 card.
Display the Ethernet group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Display the PCS group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Display the SONET group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
mode.
ethernet

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-817
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Opr

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr.
Opt

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt.
pcs
Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.
sdh

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.
sonet

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client port


Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-818
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bins
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail
Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=Ethernet
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Interval=0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-819
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-820
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

the port number.
type.
mode.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-821
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Display the baselined values for the transmitted optical power


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
mode.
baseline
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-822
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0
Bin: 1 Location: 1/8/C4
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-823
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
mode.
clearRaw
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-824
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=PCS
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3
Interval=0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-825
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Examples
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-826
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm sdh 1 detail

PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=SDH
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4
Interval=1
Related commands


Command description
This command the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client ports


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-827
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/C1
----------------------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx CVS
:
0
Rx ESS
:
0
Rx SESS
:
0
Rx SEFSS
:
1220978
Rx CVL
:
0
Rx ESL
:
0
Rx SESL
:
0
Rx UASL
:
0
Rx FCL
:
0
Rx UASS
:
1221141
Tx CVS
:
0
Tx ESS
:
0
Tx SESS
:
0
Tx SEFSS
:
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-828
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS
:
:
0
0
:
:
0
0
0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-4})

Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the mapping mode (STM16 only)

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm1
ainstimer
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-829
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
timeslot
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

port number.
ainstimer
channel
Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.
j0
Display the J0 attributes:
j0_fmt - J0 format
losprop
mappingmode
Display the STM16 mapping mode.
moduletype

interface port.
sigmode
Display the signal mode.
timeslot
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm16 losprop
LOSPROP Action : LaserOn
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-830
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configured line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.
Display line port detailed settings

Display near-end or far-end timeslot maps
Display performance monitoring values

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
fetsmap
netsmap
odu1
otu1
pm
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
detail
fetsmap
Display the map of all client timeslot allocations on the

far-end line port. Applies only in FlexMux card mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-831
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
netsmap
Display the map of all client timeslot allocations on the

specified near-end line port. Applies only in FlexMux card
mode.
odu1
Display the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1.
otu1
Display the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1.
pm

4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
srvcActivity

brief
detail
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 - 4DPA4 NW Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
ChannelTx
: 1471
ChannelRx
: 1471
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback :
Transmitd Power
:
Terminal Loopback :
OTU1 Settings
------------FEC Mode
: RSFEC
Rate
: 2.66 Gbps
GCC Status
: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-832
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type
: SS-16.2C
OSPF Area ID
:
OSPF Adj State :
ODU1 Settings
------------ODU InterWork
: Disabled
Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic
APS
Service
Direction ITU Status Member
---------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End 25 Active -Z-End 25 Active --
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 fetsmap

Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C1
OC3
2
C2
OC3
3
4
5
C3
OC12
6
C3
OC12
7
C3
OC12
8
C3
OC12
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
-
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-833
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the ODU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
odu0interwk
pldtype
ptmmresp
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on the
network element.
odu0interwk
Display the ODU0 Interworking value.
pldtype
Display the ODU1 Payload Type.
ptmmresp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-834
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
exp_sapi - Expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi - Incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Mismatch Response.
tx_sapi - Transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.
status - Status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 odu1 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled enabled
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 odu1 tti trccmp

TTI Comparison: Enabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-835
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the line port (L{1-2}) with OTU1 attributes on the 4DPA4 card.

Display the expected channel values for the pluggable module
Display the FEC type
Display the status of the GCC0 channel

Display the Operational Mode
Display the OSPF area for the GCC0 channel

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
moduletype
oprmode
value md5key value md5keyid]
mtu
oturate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-836
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx

frequency.
fectype
Display the forward error correction mode.
gccstat
Display the status of GCC0 signal processing.
moduletype

oprmode

ospf helloint
- Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area

ID -

adjacency state
HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By

default, the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is
the time elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-837
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid
is entered. The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The
Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus
is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status

been set.
Default: disable
packettype

Default: nonstd
mtu
Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473

Bytes.
Range: 576 - 1500
oturate
Display the OTU rate of the line port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-838
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
Display OTU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi - Expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier.
inc_sapi - Incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Mismatch Response.
tx_sapi - Transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier.
status - Status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 otu1 channelrx
ChannelRx: 1511
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 otu1 fectype

FEC Mode: RSFEC
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-839
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L{1-2})
of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
dw
Displays the digital wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
opr

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Examples

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-840
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-841
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L1 Group=Digital Wrapper Interval=0
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-842
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-843
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands


Command description
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-844
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-845
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/L1
-------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands


Command description
This command the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.

Display performance monitoring
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-846
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
detail
och
Display the OCH interface port parameters.

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
Display the Performance Monitoring attributes associated
with the eVOA port.
pm
See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power
Display the expected optical output power
Example

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 4DPA4 NW Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
AINS Countdown :
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:
OCH Settings
-----------Measured Network Output Power : -5.98 dBm
Expected Network Output Power : -6.00 dBm
Module Type
: fVOA
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 power
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-847
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
ainstimer
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type on the specified

interface port.
Example

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-848
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Module Type : fVOA
Related commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}och

Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

the port number.
opr

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.
opt

options. See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-849
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-850
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-851
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-852
4DPA4 CLI Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-853
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11dpm12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-857
6-858
6-867
6-870
6-872
6-874
6-877
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk
6-880
6-883
6-886
6-888
6-891
6-893
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk
6-897
6-900
6-901
6-906
6-908
6-909
6-911
6-913
6-915
6-917
6-918
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-854
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-920
6-924
6-926
6-929
6-931
6-933
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
6-937
6-940
6-944
6-950
6-953
6-959
6-960
6-962
6-964
6-966
6-968
6-970
6-971
6-972
6-974
6-976
6-978
6-984
6-985
6-992
6-994
6-996
6-997
6-999
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk
6-1001
6-1002
6-1004
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-855
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-1005
6-1007
6-1008
6-1010
6-1013
6-1014
6-1017
6-1019
6-1020
6-1022
6-1024
6-1026
6-1027
6-1029
6-1031
6-1033
6-1034
6-1036
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16}
6-1037
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
6-1039
6-1041
6-1044
6-1047
6-1048
6-1052
6-1053
6-1055
6-1057
6-1059
6-1060
6-1062
6-1063
6-1064
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-856
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-1066

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 11dpm12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports (C{1-12}), or the line
ports (L{1-2}), or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 11dpm12 cards
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Examples
# config interface 11dpm12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir State State
Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1
Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/L2
Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/C1
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C2
Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C3
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-857
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/8/C4
1/8/C5
1/8/C6
1/8/C7
1/8/C8
1/8/C9
1/8/C10
1/8/C11
1/8/C12
1/8/VA1
1/8/VA2
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
eVOA
eVOA
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client ports (C{1-12}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Display the current detailed settings for the port

Set attributes for specific signal types

Set the port type
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
1gbe
3gsdi
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-858
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
fc100
fc200
fc400
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
otu1
pm
sdsdi
state
stm1
stm4
stm16
type [1gbe | hdsdi | 3gsdi | fc100 | fc200 | fc400 | oc3 | oc12
| oc48 | otu1 | sdsdi| stm1 | stm4 | stm16 | unassigned]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12} | *

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number,
a slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
11dpm12 cards on the network element.
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported
shelf type.
1gbe

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
3gsdi
Sets the 3gsdi port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-859
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description
Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by a string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
description for the interface.
detail
fc100
Sets the fc100 port attributes. See See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}
fc200

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc100.
{fc100, fc200, fc400}
fc400

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc100.
{fc100, fc200, fc400}
Hdsdi
Sets the HD-SDI port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi.
Loopback

facility Facility loopback. Enter this

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this

disabled disables the terminal
loopback
oc3
Sets the OC-3 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}.
oc12

oc12, oc48}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-860
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oc48

oc12, oc48}.
Odu1
Sets the ODU1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1.
Otu1
Sets the OTU1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1.
Pm

pm.
sdsdi
Sets the SD-SDI port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi.
State
Sets the port state. See config interface

11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.
stm1
Sets the STM-1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}.
stm4
Sets the STM-4 port attributes. See config

stm4, stm16}.
stm16
Sets the STM-16 port type attributes. See config

stm4, stm16}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-861
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Type
Configures the port type:
Set to 3gsdi for 3G-SDI client
Set to fc100 for FC-100 client
Set to hdsdi for HD-SDI client
Set to otu1 for OTU1 client
Set to sdsdi for SD-SDI client
Set to unassigned to set the port as

unassigned
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 type oc48
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-862
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser Temperature
1GbE Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Container
: ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [HDSDI]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:
HDSDI Settings
Module Type
: Auto
Container
: ODU0
LO ODUk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-863
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-------Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [SDSDI]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:
SDSDI Settings
Module Type
: Auto
Container
: OPTSG

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 11DPM12 Client Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx
: 1471
: 1471
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-864
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AINS
: AINS Timer :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
:
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:
OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area
:
adjstate
:
helloint
:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype
:
mtu
:
OTU1 Settings
-------------FEC Mode
: RSFEC
LOS Progagation : Laser On
Module Type
: SS-16.2C
GCC Status
: Disabled
OSPF Area ID
:
OSPF Adj State :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [OC48]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
Channel
: 1511
AINS
: 10m
: No AINS Countdown : 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-865
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Received Power
: -2.41 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power : -3.17 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation
: Laser On
Module Type
: SS-16.1A
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0
:
J0 Format: 16bytes
Mapping Mode
: BitSync
Container
: ODU1
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-866
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpm12 card.

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
container [none | optsg | odu0]
looduk
mappingmode [ optsg | odu0]
moduletype [auto | user |value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-867
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

module.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value None should be used.

container
Select the container that will be used for client GbE to

ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Set to none no mapping method.
Set to optsg proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped into ODU2
with AMP per G.709.
Set to odu0 mapping into ODU0 with GMP per

G.709.
Default: Null
looduk
Configure client 1GbE ports LO ODUk attributes for

Note: This entry is applicable only when user select
ODU0 container for the 1GbE port.
Losprop

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF)
or other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-868
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype


values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D
auto - if this value is configured, then the network


Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 1gbe container odu0
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-869
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp
LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

received signal.
of the following:
Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.
Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-870
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
Set the LO ODUK admin state.
Tti
up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.
down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null

Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled
trccmp Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled

value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong container
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-871
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the 3G-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
container [none | oduflex]
looduk
moduletype [auto | user | value ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-872
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Channel
Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following
values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
container
Select the container that will be used for client HD-SDI to ODU2
multiplexing structure.
Set to none: no mapping method
Set to oduflex: mapping with BMP into ODUflex which will

be mapped into ODU2 with GMP per G.709
Default: none
looduk
Configure client 3G-SDI ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

Note: This entry is applicable only when user select ODUflex
container for the 3G-SDI port.

Losprop
Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port reacts to a
Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from
the far-end client-facing receiver.
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:
laserOn: transmitter stays on
laserOff: turn off the transmitter
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-873
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Moduletype
Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the specified

interface port.
3GSDI-SH
3GSDI-MH
auto: If this value is configured, then the network element
shall accept and provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module.
user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is
be set to user.
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 3gsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 3gsdi container oduflex
Related commands

Command description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-874
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
Set to enabled to enable the consequent action.
Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent action
Default: disabled
State
up: turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if cross-connect

exists and there is an alarm present.
down: suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting
Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-875
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tti
exp_sapi: Specifies the expected incoming Source Access
Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII

characters, enclosed in quotation marks (quotation marks
are optional). Default: Null character (15 bytes each with
hex value 00)
timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier Mismatch
Response.Enter this keyword followed by either of the

following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection
Set to disable to disable TIMM defect detection
Default: disabled
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

turns the comparison between the incoming sapi value and
the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi) value as either on or off
Configure comparson to disabled
Default: disabled
tx_sapi: Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 3gsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
Error Request fail wrong container
Related commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-876
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fc400}
Command description
This command configures the SONET (fc-100, fc-200, or fc-400) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.

Set the fibre channel interface type

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc100
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} fc200
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc400
channel [value]
container [ none | odu0 | odu1| oduflex ]
fcmode
looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-877

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Channel

module.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

container
Select the container that will be used for client signal to

Set to odu0: mapping into ODU0 with GMP per

G.709
Set to odu1: mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Set to oduflex: mapping with BMP into ODUflex

which will be mapped into ODU2 with GMP per
G.709
Default: none
Note:
Allowable containers for FC100 are odu0

Allowable containers for FC200 are odu1
Allowable containers for FC400 are oduflex
fcmode
Specifies the FC interface type (Fibre Channel compliant

with INCITS x.320, or FICON, or ISC3 Peer Mode).
fc
ficon
isc3peer (applies to FC200 only)
Default: fc
looduk
Configure the client LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

non-optsg container for the client port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-878

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Losprop

the following:
laserOff : turn off the transmitter
Default: laserOn
moduletype

the following:
values:
For FC-100:
2FCLC-L
2FCSN-I
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
SS-16.1A
For FC-200:
2FCLC-L
2FCSN-I
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
SS-16.1A
For FC-400:
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
auto: If this value is configured, then the network
user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module
this attribute shall be set to user
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-879

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc100 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc100 container odu0
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc400 container oduflex
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc400 fcmode ficon
Related commands


fc400}looduk
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12} {fc100, fc400, fc400} looduk
state [up | down]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-880

fc400}looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
the following:

action.
Default: disabled
State
up: turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

down: suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.
Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-881

fc400}looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
exp_sapi: Specifies the expected incoming Source

by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks
(quotation marks are optional). Default: Null character
(15 bytes each with hex value 00)
timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Default: disabled
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare. This

sapi value and the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi) value as
either on or off:
Default: disabled
tx_sapi: Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong client container
Related commands
looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-882
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the FE client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fe
channel [value]
container [ none | odu0 ]
looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-883
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Channel
Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

container

Set to odu0: mapping with BMP into ODUflex which

will be mapped into ODU2 with GMP per G.709
Default: none
looduk
Configure client 3G-SDI ports LO ODUk attributes for

ODUflex container for the 3G-SDI port.
Losprop

following:
laserOff : turn off the transmitter
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-884
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
moduletype

following:
100BLX10
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
auto: If this value is configured, then the network
user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module
this attribute shall be set to user
Default: auto
Examples
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fe losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fe container oduflex
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-885
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fe looduk
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
the following:

action.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-886
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
up: turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

down: suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.
Default: down
Tti
exp_sapi: Specifies the expected incoming Source

by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks
(quotation marks are optional). Default: Null character
(15 bytes each with hex value 00)

Default: disabled
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare. This

sapi value and the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi) value as
either on or off:
Configure comparsion to disabled
Default: disabled
tx_sapi: Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fe looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fe looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong client container
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-887
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

Command description
This command configures the HD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-888
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Channel

module.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value None must be used.

container
looduk
Select the container that will be used for client

HD-SDI to ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into

sub-ODU1 time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped
into ODU2 with AMP per G.709.
Set to odu1 - mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL
Configure client HD-SDI ports LO ODUk attributes

for ODU2 multiplexing structure.
ODU1 container for the HD-SDI port.
Losprop

receiver.
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-889
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Moduletype


moduletype values:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C


Default : auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 hdsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 hdsdi container odu1
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} hdsdi
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-890
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:

action.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-891
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
Tti


Default: down


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled


value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
enabled Error Request fail wrong container.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-892
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

Command description
This command configures the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-12})

Set the J0 trace attributes

Specify the mapping mode for OC48 into OPUk
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc3
channel [value]
container [ none | optsg | odu0 | odu1 ]
j0 [j0_fmt]
looduk
mappingmode [ async | bitsync ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-893
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
channel
Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

container
j0
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

with AMP per G.709.

G.709
Default: NULL

G.709
Default: NULL
Note:
Allowable containers for OC3 are optsg and odu0.
Configures J0 attributes:
j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>= 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value>= 16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-894

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
looduk
Configure the client LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure. Note: This entry is applicable only
when user select non-optsg container for the client port.
losprop

the following:
Default: laserOn
Mappingmode
Specify the mapping mode for constant bit rate client

signals OC48 into OPUk
Set to async - asynchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP/CBRx
adaptation function.
Set to bitsync - synchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP
Default: bitsync
Note:
This entry is applicable only for OC48 only.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-895

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

the following:

values:
For OC3:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC12:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC48:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C


set to user
Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc12 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc12 container optsg
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 container odu1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-896

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 mappingmode async

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc3 mappingmode async
Error Request Fail wrong signal type.
Related commands


oc48}looduk
Command description
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk
state [up | down]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-897

oc48}looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
State

action.
Default: disabled


Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-898

oc48}looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled


value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong client container.
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-899
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the ODU1 client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Set the ODU1 trail trace attributes.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
tti
Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
quotation marks.
value 00)
trccmp Optical channel trace compare. This

between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-900
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 odu1 tti trccmp enable
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the OTU1 client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.

Set the FEC type
Set the status of the GCC0 channel

Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC0 channel
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-901
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pkttype [std]
mtu [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
channelrx

channeltx
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

fectype
CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:
nofec, for Enhanced FEC type 2
Default: rsfec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-902
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
gccstat

Set to:
Default: disabled
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key

value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set
to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-903
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
packettype
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11DPM12) the packet type is fixed/default to
standard (std).
Default: std
mtu
Maximum transmission unit. The default is The default is

1500 Bytes.
Range: 576 - 1500
losprop

the following:
Default: laserOn
moduletype

of the following:

values:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1
SS-16.1A


modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.
Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-904
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti

00).

Set to:
Default: disabled

exp_sapi) value.
Set to
Default: disabled

00).
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 otu1 fectype nofec
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-905
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (PM)



Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-906
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearAll

this interface.
dw
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

dw.
ethernet

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.
Opr

options. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.
Opt

options. See config interface 11dpm12
pcs

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
sdh

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh.
sonet

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet.
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm clearAll
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-907
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command the client (C{1-12}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-908
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm dw 0
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-909
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-910
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the client (C{1-10)} port of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-911
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
baseline

baseline reason:
clearRaw
Interval
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-912
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 pm opr baseline 5
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline [value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-913
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
baseline

clearRaw
Interval
bins

purged.
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 pm opt clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-914
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-915
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-916
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-917
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sdh 1 clear
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-918
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-919
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet profile 3
Related commands


Command description
This command configurse the infiniband SDR client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-920
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
container [none | oduflex]
looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
Channel

module.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-921
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
container

HD-SDI to ODU2 multiplexing structure.
looduk
Set to oduflex - mapping with BMP into ODUflex

(3 timeslot) which will be mapped into ODU2
with GMP per G.709
Default: none
Configure client SDR ports LO ODUk attributes for

ODUflex container for the SDR port.
Losprop

receiver.
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-922
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Moduletype


moduletype values:
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
SS-16.1A


Default : auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdr losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdr container oduflex
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-923
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the LO ODUk attributes of SDR for the client ports (C{1-12}).
It is applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:

action.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-924
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
Tti


Default: down


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled

Default: disabled

value 00)
Examples

Error response
Error Request fail wrong container.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-925
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

Command description
This command configures the SD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-926
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Channel

module.
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

container
looduk

SD-SDI to ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into

sub-ODU1 time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped
into ODU2 with AMP per G.709.

G.709
Default: NULL
Configure client ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure
ODU0 container for the client port.
Losprop

receiver.
Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-927
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Moduletype


moduletype values:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C


Default : auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdsdi container odu0
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-928
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
state [up | down]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:

action.
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-929
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
State
Tti


Default: down


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled

Default: disabled

value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-930
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-12}) on the
11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-931
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 state ains enabled
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-932
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

stm16}
Command description
This command configures the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-12})


Specify the mapping mode for STM16 into OPUk
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm1
channel [value]
container [ none | optsg | odu0 | odu1 ]
j0 [j0_fmt]
looduk
mappingmode [ async | bitsync ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-933

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
channel
Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

container
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Select the container that will be used for client STM1,

STM4 or STM16 to ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

with AMP per G.709.

G.709.

G.709
Default: NULL
Note:
Allowable containers for STM1 are optsg and
odu0.
odu0.
odu1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-934

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
j0
looduk
j0_fmt J0 format.
format.
mode
mode
Default: 16
Configure client ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

non-optsg container for the client port
losprop

receiver.
of the following:
Default: laserOn
Mappingmode
Specify the mapping mode for constant bit rate client

signals STM16 into OPUk .
Set to async - asynchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP/CBRx
Set to bitsync - synchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP
Default: None
Note: This entry applies only to STM16.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-935

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:

values:
For STM-1:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For STM-4:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D
For STM-16:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C


Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-936

stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm4 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 container odu1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 mappingmode aysnc
Error Responses
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm4 mappingmode async
Error: Request Fail wrong signal type.
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

stm16} looduk
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} looduk
state [up | down]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-937

stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ptmmresp

received signal.
of the following:
State

action.
Default: disabled


Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-938

stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled

Default: disabled

value 00)
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm1 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm16 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12}{stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-939
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.


Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
Clearasontopo
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-940
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearasontopo

detail
description

loopback
Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback
terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback
odu2

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.
pm

with the line port. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/L{1-2} PM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-941
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpm12

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state to configure the state.
type
Set to otu2 to assign the port.

Note:
If Line port is associated with any LO-ODUk
cross-connection, setting the port to unassigned
should be denied.
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 loopback facility enable
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11DPM12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx
: 1471
: 1471
AINS
: AINS Timer :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
:
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:
OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
mtu:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-942
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
Rate
: 10.709 Gbps
Module Type : SS-16.2C
GCC Status : Disabled
OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
Pre-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
Post-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
apsEnable
: true
EXP LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
TX LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
INC LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 type unassigned
Error Request Fail LO ODUk XC exsits.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-943
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Set the payload type


Modify the LO ODUk structure of HO ODU2
Configure the LO ODUk attributes of HO ODU2
enable or disable the Tx APS bytes insersion in ODU2 overhead
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
apsenable [ true | false ]
exp_looduk [string]
looduk {1-8}
pldtype [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-944
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tx_looduk [string]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
apsenable
Enable or disable the Tx APS bytes insersion

in the ODU2 overhead.
Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the settting, enter this
values:
true : Tx APS Bytes is inserted in ODU2

overhead.
false : Tx APS Bytes is not inserted in

ODU2 overhead.
Default: true
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-945
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
exp_looduk
Modify the exptected LO ODUk structures of

HO ODU2 attributes: To modify LO ODUk of
HO ODU2, users must enter a string
containing odukType#oduid-tsMap. When
multiple looduk is needed, users must use &
to separate them. When no string is provided,
system will display all expected LO ODUk of
HO ODU2 attributes.
odukType - Specifies the ODUk type.

Following values are the valid
ODUkTypes:
ODU0 - set to ODU0 type.
oduid - Specifies the unique ID assigned

to the LO ODUk. It is a single number
between 1 to 8.
Note: The oduid shall be equal to the
smallest Number of its occupied Time slot
number.
tsMap - Specifies the numbers of Time

Slots assigned to the LO ODUk. It can be
a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-8]
Note:
1. If ODUkType is ODU0, ODU0
occupies 1 TS.
occupies 2 TSs.
Default: the default LO ODUk string for HO

ODU2 is ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#33&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#66&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
looduk{1-8}
Configure attributes for a specific LO ODUk

in the line ports. See command config
interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
looduk{1-8}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-946
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Pldtype
ODU2 Payload Type.

setting.
followed by a 2-digit hexadecimal value.
Must be the same on both ends.
0x21 - indicate a GMP capable

multiplexed ODUk structure supporting
ODTUk.ts and ODTUjk (k=2).
0x20 - indicate interworking with legacy

4xODU1 to ODU2 equipment.
Default: 0x21
Ptmmresp
ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

Specifies whether the OT will take a
consequent action or pass the received signal.
setting.
disabled - disable (turn off) the

consequent action
Default: disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-947
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
exp_sapi - Specifies the expected

incoming Source Access Point Identifier.
Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
Default: Null character (15 bytes each
with hex value 00)
timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace

Identifier Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of
the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM
defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM
defect detection.
Default: disabled

This keyword enables and disables the
comparison between the incoming sapi
value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Default: disabled
tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this
keyword followed by 15 ASCII
Default: Null character (15 bytes each
with hex value 00)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-948
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tx_looduk
Modify the transmitted LO ODUk structures

of HO ODU2 attributes: To modify LO ODUk
of HO ODU2, users must enter a string
containing odukType#oduid-tsMap. When
multiple looduk is needed, users must use &
to separate them.
When no string is provided, system will
display all transmitted LO ODUk of HO
ODU2 attributes.
odukType - Specifies the ODUk type.

Following values are the valid
ODUkTypes:
oduid - Specifies the unique ID assigned

to the LO ODUk. It is a single number
between 1 to 8.
Note: The oduid shall be equal to the
smallest Number of its occupied Time slot
number.
tsMap - Specifies the numbers of Time

Slots assigned to the LO ODUk. It can be
a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-8]
Note:
occupies 1 TS.
occupies 2 TSs.
Default: the default LO ODUk string for
HO ODU2 is ODU0#1-1&ODU0#22&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7& ODU0#8-8
Note: The tx_looduk structure can be
changed only when the adminState of the
related LO ODUk is down, and No XC
present.
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 ptmmresp enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-949
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 exp_looduk

ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#77&ODU0#8-8
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu1#6-6,7

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu1#1-1,
2&odu1#3-3,4
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk
ODU1#1-1,2&ODUflex#3-3,4,5& ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu0#5-4
Error Request Fail wrong ODUID
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu0#5-5

Error Request Fail adminState is up.
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the attributes of LO ODUk for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Display the current LO ODUk settings

Set the admin state for the LO ODUk of HO ODU2
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-950

looduk{1-8}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
detail
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp ]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
looduk{1-8}
Specifies the unique ID assigned to the LO ODUk. It is

a single number between 1 to 8.
Detail
State


Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-951

looduk{1-8}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti


detection.
detection.
Default: disabled

Default: disabled
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 lodouk1 tti trccmp
enabled
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 lodouk1 detail
LO ODUk Type : ODU1 TSMap : 1,2
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-952

looduk{1-8}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ L{1-2}odu2 looduk{1-8}

Command description
This command configures the OTU2 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.


Set the type of the GCC channel

Set the packet type and mtu size
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
gcctype [gcc0 | gcc1 | gcc2]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-953
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pkttype [std]
mtu [value]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
channelrx
Specifies the expected receive channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module. Not settable for

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480,
9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400,
9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320,
9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240,
9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605,
9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445,
9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365,
9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175}
CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551,

1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-954
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channeltx
Specifies the expected transmit channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module.
fectype

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480,
9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400,
9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320,
9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240,
9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605,
9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445,
9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365,
9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175}
CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551,

1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port:
Set to efec AMCC Enhanced FEC
Set to rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC
Set to nofec FEC disabled
Default: efec2
gccstat
Specifies the status of GCC signal processing.
Set to enabled to enable GCC0 processing.
Set to disabled to disable GCC0 processing
Default: disabled
gcctype
Specifies the type of GCC channel
Set to gcc0
Set to gcc1
Set to gcc2
Default: gcc0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-955
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

specified line port.
of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable line port moduletype

values:
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR


modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.
Default: auto
ospf helloint

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-956
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5key

Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.

Default: disable
packettype

standard (std).
Default: std
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-957
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

00)

Mismatch Response.
following:
Default: disabled

Default: disabled

00)
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 channeltx 1550
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-958
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
clearAll

interface.
dw
Configures the digital wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
opr

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-959
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

options.
See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-960
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
clearRaw
interval
bins

are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 profile 1
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-961
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline

values:
losclrd, LOS cleared
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-962
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Example
This section provides examples of the command usage

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-963
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
attributes on the line (L{1-2}) port of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw

values:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-964
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-965
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12
card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-966
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 state ains enabled
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-967
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.

Set OCH attributes

Set the port type
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-968
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

detail
och

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11dpm12
power

value.
state
Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpm12

type
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 type och
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-969
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpm12 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
moduletype

the following:

values:
fVOA
sVOA -

Default: auto
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-970
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
clearAll

this interface.
opr

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-971
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
opt

options.
See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-972
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-973
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-974
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-975
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-976
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 state down
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-977
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the Low order structure OPTSG for an ODU1PTF on the
11dpm12 card.
Create an OPTSG of ODU1PTF

Delete an OPTSG of ODU1PTF
Set ODU0 Interworking
Set the payload type

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODU1 frame
Set the admin state for the ODU1PTF
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/oduptf{1-8}
exp_optsg [create | string| delete OPTSGID]
detail
odu0interwk [enabled | disabled]
pldtype [value]
state [up | down]
tx_optsg [create | string| delete OPTSGID]
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-978
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
odu1ptf{1-8}
Specifies the unique ID ODU1PTF ID of the 11DPM12. It is a

single number between 1 to 8.
exp_optsg
Create or delete an expected OPTSG of ODU1PTF attributes:

To create an expected OPTSG : Enter create followed by a
string containing clientSigType#optsgId-tsMap.
To delete an expected OPTSG : Enter delete followed by the
OPTSGID.
Without additional input, system will display the all current
expected OPTSG setting within the ODU1PTF.
sigtype - specified the client signal type is to be carried in

the OPTSG. Valid client signal type are: 1GBE, HDSDI,
OC3, OC12, OC48, STM1, STM4, STM16 and SDSDI
OPTSGID - Specifies the unique ID assigned to the

OPTSG. It is a single number within the range 1 to 16.
Note: The optsgid shall be equal to the smallest Number of
its occupied Time slot number.
TS - Specifies the numbers of Time Slots assigned to the

OPTSG. It can be a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-16]
Note:
1. If any TS to be assigned is associated with another OPTSG
which ID is non-zero value, the creation of the OPTSG
should be rejected.
2. The time slots assigned to an OPTSG can be selected
arbitrary within the ODU1 except for OPTSG of GbE.
OPTSG of GbE can only be assigned either 8 odd time
slots or 8 even time slots.
3. When interworking with 4DPA4, user must provision
OPTSGID within range 1-4. There is no NE validation.
4. Delete an expected OPTSG will delete the OPTSG
facilities and create an ID=0 for each single timeslot.
detail
Displays the current detailed settings for the ODU1PTF.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-979
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Odu0interwk
Standard ODU0 Interworking. When disabled, ODU1 Payload

Type should be set to 0x80 and there is proprietary encoding of
OPTS OH in PSI bytes and LosProp in APS/PCC bytes.
The 11DPM12 can then interwork at 2xODU0 only with
another 4DPA4 at the far end.
When enabled, ODU1 Payload Type should be set to 0x20
(ODU multiplex structure) and there is no proprietary use of
PSI or APS/PCC bytes. The 11DPM12 can then interwork with
standard 2xODU0 equipment at the far end.
Set to enabled to enable standard ODU0 interworking.
Set to disabled to disable (turn off) standard ODU0

interworking
Default: disabled
pldtype
ODU1 Payload Type.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by a 2-digit
hexadecimal value. Must be the same on both ends.
0x80 - indicates a proprietary mixture of sub-ODU1

signals
0x20 - indicates standard 2xODU0 interworking
Default: 0x80
Ptmmresp
ODU1 Level Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

received signal.
Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent action
Default: disabled
state
Set the admin state.
up - turn up the ODU1PTF entity
down - disable the ODU1PTF entity

Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-980
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tti
exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks. Default: Null

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Default: disabled

This keyword turns the comparison between the incoming
sapi value and the provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value as
either on or off.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-981
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tx_optsg
Create or delete an transmitted OPTSG of ODU1PTF

attributes:
To create an transmitted OPTSG : Enter create followed by a
string containing optsgId-tsMap.
To delete an transmitted OPTSG : Enter delete followed by
the OPTSGID.
Without additional input, system will display the all current
expected OPTSG setting within the ODU1PTF.
OPTSGID - Specifies the unique ID assigned to the

OPTSG. It is a single number within the range 1 to 16.
Note: The optsgid shall be equal to the smallest Number of
its occupied Time slot number.
TS - Specifies the numbers of Time Slots assigned to the

OPTSG. It can be a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-16]
Note:
1. If any TS to be assigned is associated with another OPTSG
which ID is non-zero value, the creation of the OPTSG
should be rejected.
2. The time slots assigned to an OPTSG can be selected
arbitrary within the ODU1 except for OPTSG of GbE.
OPTSG of GbE can only be assigned either 8 odd time
slots or 8 even time slots.
3. The signal type is unequipped in the OPTSG before
users set up the cross connect.
4. When interworking with 4DPA4, user must provision
OPTSGID within range 1-4. There is no NE validation.
5. Delete an transmitted OPTSG will delete the OPTSG
facilities and create an ID=0 for each single timeslot.
6. When the OPTSG is associated with OPTSG XC, the
provision should be rejected.
Examples
This section provides the examples of command usage.

config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg create 1gbe#1-1,
3,5,7,9,11,13,15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-982
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg create 1-1,3,5,7,

9,11,13,15
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg delete 1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg delete 1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg
Client Signal Type
OPTSG ID
TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 odu0interwk enabled
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg

Client Signal Type
OPTSG ID
TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------UnEquipped
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
STM1
2
2
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 detail

Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
ODU InterWork
: Disabled
EXP OPTSG Structure
TX OPTSG Structure
INC OPTSG Structure
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
: UnEquipped#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,15&STM1#2-2
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg create 1gbe#11,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
Error Request Fail timeslot is associated with other OPTSG
already
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg delete 1

Error Request Fail - OPTSG XC exists
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-983
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 11dpm12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-12}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
or the line ports (L{1-2}), or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2})
Display all the 11dpm12 ports on the NE
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 11dpm12 ports
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-984
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port
Admin Oper State
Dir
------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1 Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/L2 Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/C1 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C2 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C3 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C4 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C5 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C6 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C7 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C8 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C9 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C10 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C11 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C12 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/VA1 eVOA
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/VA2 eVOA
Uni
Up
Up
Related commands


Command description
This command displays client port (C{1-12}) details on the 11dpm12 card.

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, hdsdi, oc3, oc12, oc48, otu1, stm1, stm4,
stm16}

Display current transmitted optical power, received optical power, transmitted LBC
and laser temperature on this port
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-985
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
1gbe
detail
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
otu1
pm
sdsdi
stm1
stm4
stm16
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
1gbe
Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See sshow

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.
detail
hdsdi
Display the HD-SDI port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi.
oc3
Displays the OC-3 port attributes. See show interface

11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.
oc12
Displays the OC-12 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.
oc48
Displays the OC-48 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-986
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
otu1
Displays the OTU1 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1.
pm

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.
stm1
Displays the STM-1 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.
stm4

stm16}.
stm16

stm16}.
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 11dpm12 Client Port [1GbE]
-------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Direction: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 11dpm12 Client Port [1GbE]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Direction: Bidirectional Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [1GbE]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-987
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
1GbE Settings
Module Type : Auto
Container : ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [HDSDI]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-988
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
HDSDI Settings
Module Type : Auto
Container : ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
SDSDI Settings
Module Type : Auto
Container : OPTSG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-989
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED :
Description:
Channel
AINS
: 10m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
SDSDI Settings
Module Type : Auto
Container : OPTSG

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 11DPM12 Client Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx
: 1471
: 1471
AINS
: AINS Timer :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
:
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:
OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-990
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu:
OTU1 Settings
-------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
LOS Progagation : Laser On
OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [OC48]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
Channel
: 1511
AINS
: 10m
: No AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -2.41 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power : -3.17 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : SS-16.1A
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0 :
J0 Format: 16bytes
Mapping Mode : BitSync
Container
: ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-991
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
: Disabled
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the 1Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module
Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-992
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
container
encmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
ainstimer
Displays the AINS timer value.
channel

module.
container
Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.
encmode

1GbE LAN signal.
losprop
moduletype

Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe channel
Channel: 1491
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe losprop

LOSPROP Action: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-993
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe container

Container : ODU0
Related commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C1{1-12} 1gbe

Command description
This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex
Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
pldtype
Display the Payload Type of client port LO ODUk.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-994
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ptmmresp
Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.
State
Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk.
Tti
ex_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

Mismatch Response.
tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier.

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-995
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the 3G-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} 3gsdi
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port number.
Ainstimer
Channel
Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.
container
Display the container used by client for ODU2 multiplexing.
losprop
moduletype
Display the pluggable module type to be used on the specified

interface port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-996
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 3gsdi channel
Channel : 1551
Related commands


Command description

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} 3gsdi looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-997
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
Pldtype
Ptmmresp
State
Tti
exp_sapi : expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi: incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Mismatch Response.
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare
tx_sapi: transmitted Source Access Point Identifier
status: status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-998
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fc400}
Command description
attributes on the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

Display the fiber channel interface type

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc100
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc200
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc400
ainstimer
channel
container
fcmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-999

fc400}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ainstimer
Channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
fcmode
Displays the J0 attributes:
fc
ficon
isc3peer (applies to FC200 only)
Losprop
Moduletype

Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1000

fc400} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fc400} looduk
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
Pldtype
Ptmmresp
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1001

fc400} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
exp_sapi: expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi : incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Mismatch Response.
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare.

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp
Related commands

oc48}looduk

Command description
This command displays display the 3G-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1002
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fe
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ainstimer
Channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
Losprop
Moduletype

Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 hdsdi channel
Channel : 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1003
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fe looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
See 1830PSS R5.1 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
Pldtype
Ptmmresp
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1004
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
exp_sapi: expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi : incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Mismatch Response.
trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare.

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fe looduk tti trccmp
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the HD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1005
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
losprop
Displays loss propagation behavior setting.
moduletype

Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 hdsdi channel
Channel : 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1006
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description

Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
pldtype
Display the incoming Payload Type of client port LO

ODUk.
ptmmresp
State
Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1007
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
ex_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Mismatch Response
trccmp Optical channel Trace compare

Identifier

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1008
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the mapping mode for OC48
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc3
ainstimer
channel
container
j0 [ j0_fmt | j0_inc ]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1009

oc48}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
j0
Displays J0 attributes:
j0_fmt J0 format.
j0_inc Incoming J0
losprop
mappingmode
Display the mapping mode for client OC48 signal.
moduletype

sigmode
Display the signal mode. Only transparent mode is

supported on 11dpm12.
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
Related commands


looduk
Command description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1010

oc48} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
pldtype

ODUk.
ptmmresp
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1011

oc48} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti

Identifier.

Identifier

Mismatch Response

Identifier

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp
Related commands

shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1012
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ODU1 attributes for the client (C{1-12}) ports on the
11dpm12 card. Use this command to set the ODU1 trail trace identifier attributes.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | trccmp | status]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
tti
Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:
exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

Identifier

Identifier
trccmp Optical channel trace compare
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 odu1 tti trccmp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the client (C{1-12}) port with OTU1 attributes on the 11dpm12
card.



Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
moduletype
pkttype [std]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mtu [value]
oturate
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx

frequency.
fectype
Displays the Forward error correction mode setting.
gccstat
Displays the status of GCC0 signal processing.
moduletype

interface port.

ospf helloint

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1015
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5key

Default: ()
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status
the OSPF area.

Default: disable
packettype

standard (std).
Default: std
mtu

Range: 576 - 1500
tti
exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.
inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

Mismatch Response.

Identifier
trccmp Optical channel trace compare.
tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1016
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 otu1 channelrx
ChannelRx: 1511
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 otu1 fectype

FEC Mode: RSFEC
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-12})
ports of the 11dpm12 card.

Display the PCS group PM options

Display the DW group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
dw
ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1017
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
dw
Display the digital wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw.
ethernet
Display the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.
opr
Display the received optical power group PM. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.
opt

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.
pcs
Display the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.
sdh
Display the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh.
sonet
Display the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet.
Examples

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1018
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
detail
clear
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1019
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
bin
Examples

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm dw
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1020
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=Ethernet Interval=0
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1021
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
baseline
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1022
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bins
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1023
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
baseline
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1024
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0 Bin: 1 Location: 1/8/C4
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1025
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1026
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=PCS
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3
Interval=0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1027
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1028
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm sdh 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=SDH
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4
Interval=1
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1029
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/C1
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
:
:
0
0
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1220978
0
0
0
0
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1030
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS
1221141
:
:
0
0
:
0
:
:
:
0
0
0
:
:
:
0
0
0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the Infiniband SDR client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1031
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
Ainstimer
Channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
Losprop
Moduletype
Display the pluggable module type to be used on

Examples
This section provides examples of command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 sdr channel
Channel : 1310
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1032
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
pldtype

ODUk.
ptmmresp
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1033
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti

Identifier.

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdr looduk tti trccmp
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the SD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1034
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

type.
Ainstimer
Channel

module.
container

multiplexing.
Losprop
Moduletype
Display the pluggable module type to be used on

Examples
This section provides examples of command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 sdsdi channel
Channel : 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1035
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
pldtype

ODUk.
ptmmresp
State
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1036
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti

Identifier.

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp
Related commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,

stm16}
Command description
This command displays the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-12})


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1037

{stm1,stm4,stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the mappingmode for the STM16 client

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm1
ainstimer
channel
container
j0 [j0_fmt | j0_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

the port number.
ainstimer
channel
container

multiplexing.
j0
Displays J0 attributes:
j0_fmt J0 format.
j0_inc Incoming J0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1038

{stm1,stm4,stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
losprop
mappingmode
Display the mapping mode for client STM16.
moduletype
Displays the pluggable module type used on the

sigmode
Display the signal mode. Only transparent mode is

supported on 11dpm12.
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 losprop
LOSPROP Action : LaserOn
Related commands
The following are a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk
Command description

Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1039

stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-12}

port number.
pldtype

ODUk.
ptmmresp
State
Tti

Identifier.

Mismatch Response

Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm1 looduk tti trccmp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1040

stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

Command description
This command displays the configured line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Display the line port detailed settings


Display current transmitted optical power, received optical power, transmitted LBC
and laser temperature on this port
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1041
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
odu2
Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.
otu2

See show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}otu2.
pm

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11DPM12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx
: 1471
: 1471
AINS
: AINS Timer :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
:
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:
OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
mtu:
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
Rate
: 10.709 Gbps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1042
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
Apsenable : true
: Disabled
EXP LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8

TX LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
INC LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&DOU0#8-8
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1043
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the line (L{1-2}) port on the 11dpm12
card.
Display the Payload Type

Display LO ODUk attributes

Display the incoming ODU2 FTFL bytes
Display the incoming ODU2 EXP bytes
Display the Tx APS bytes insersion settting.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
apsenable
exp_looduk
incexp
incftfl
inc_looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1044
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tx_looduk
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
Apsenable
Display the Tx APS bytes insersion setting.
exp_looduk
Display all expected LO ODUk of HO ODU2

attributes. The information format is
odukType#oduid-tsMap separated by &.
incexp
Display the incoming ODU2 EXP overhead (2

bytes) of this port.
incftfl
Displays the incoming ODU2 FTFL information of

this port, which include:
Incoming forward fault indication field (1 byte)
Incoming forward operator identifier field (9

bytes)
Incoming backward fault indication field (1

byte)
Incoming backward operator identifier field (9

bytes)
inc_looduk
Display all incoming LO ODUk of HO ODU2

Pldtype
Display the Payload Type of Line Port ODU2 entity.
Ptmmresp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1045
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti
tx_looduk

Point Identifier.

Identifier
timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace

Identifier Mismatch Response.
tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier.

Point Identifier
Display all transmitted LO ODUk of HO ODU2

Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tti trccmp

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 exp_looduk

ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#77&ODU0#8-8
# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1046
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 odu2 apsEnable

Related commands


Command description
This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | status]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

type.
Looduk{1-8}
Specifies the unique ID assigned to the LO ODUk. It

is a single number between 1 to 8.
Detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1047
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Tti

Point Identifier.

Identifier

Mismatch Response.

Point Identifier
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 looduk1 tti trccmp
Related commands


Command description
This command displays line port (L{1-2}) with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpm12 card.


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1048
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes attributes

Display the line side OTURATE
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
moduletype
pkttype [std]
postfecber
prefecber
mtu
oturate
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx

frequency.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1049
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
fectype
Display the forward error correction mode.
gccstat
Display the status of GCC signal processing.
gcctype
Display the type of GCC channel
moduletype

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel. Enter

this keyword followed by the following:
ospf helloint
Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area

ID

adjacency state

Range: 1-65535
ospf deadint

Range: 1-65535
ospf metric

Range: 1-65535
ospf md5key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is
entered. The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The
Default: ()
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1050
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ospf md5keyid

enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status

been set.
Default: disable
oturate
OTURATE: 10.709 Gbps.
packettype

For this pack (11DPM12) the packet type is
fixed/default to standard (std).
postfecber
prefecber
mtu

Range: 576 1500
tti
Display the OTU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

Identifier
inc_sapi - actual incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Mismatch Response

Point Identifier

Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1051
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 channelrx
ChannelRx: 1511
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 fectype

FEC Mode: RSFEC
# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 otu2 prefecber

# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 otu2 postfecber

Related commands


Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L{1-2})
of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1052
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}

port number.
dw
Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.
opr

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
opt

See show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.
Example

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1053
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/c1
number.
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bins
Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1054
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 detail

PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L1 Group=Digital Wrapper
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Interval=0
Related commands


Command description
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1055
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
type.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1056
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

the port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1057
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT
Location: 1/8/L1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm)
: OPT Max (dBm)
: -5.88
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1058
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
detail
och

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.
pm

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.
power
Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1059
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpm12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
:
Received Power
Transmitted Power
AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :
:
:
OCH Settings
-----------Measured Network Output Power
Expected Network Output Power
Module Type
: fVOA
: -5.98 dBm
: -6.00 dBm
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 power

Related commands


Command description
11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1060
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
ainstimer
moduletype
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
ainstimer
moduletype

interface port
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : fVOA
Related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1061
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
opr

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.
opt
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.
Example

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr
Related commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1062
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.


Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1063
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related command


Command description
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1064
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

port number.
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
specified interval.
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1065
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related command


Command description
This command displays the OPTSG attributes for the ODU1PTF{1-8} on the 11dpm12
card.
Display the Payload Type

Display optsg attributes
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
exp_optsg
inc_optsg
pldtype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1066
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ptmmresp
state
tx_optsg
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L{1-2}
number.
detail
ext_optsg
Display all expected OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF including

expected client signal type carried, OPTSG ID and 155M
Time-Slot Map.
inc_optsg
Display all incoming OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF including

incoming client signal type carried, OPTSG ID and 155M
Time-Slot Map.
Note: client signal type is unequipped when there is no
cross connect established.
Pldtype
Display the ODU1 Payload Type.
ptmmresp
state
Display the admin state of ODU1PTF.
tti
Display the OTU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

Identifier
inc_sapi - actual incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Mismatch Response

Point Identifier

Identifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1067
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tx_optsg
Display all transmitted OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF

including transmitted client signal type carried, OPTSG ID
and 155M Time-Slot Map.
Note: client signal type is unequipped when there is no
cross connect established.
Examples
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tti trccmp

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg

Client Signal
Type
OPTSG ID TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
# show
interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg
Client Signal
Type
OPTSG ID TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------UnEquipped
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
STM1
2
2
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 inc_optsg

Client Signal Type OPTSG ID TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 detail

Payload Type
:
Admin State
: Down
ODU InterWork
: Disabled
EXP OPTSG Structure
TX OPTSG Structure
INC OPTSG Structure
: Disabled
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
: UnEquipped#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,15&STM1#2-2
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1068
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Related command
The following is a related command

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1069
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 1DPP24M CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
6-1071
6-1072
6-1074
6-1076
6-1077
6-1078
6-1080
6-1082
6-1083
6-1085
6-1087
6-1088
6-1090
6-1093
6-1094
6-1096
6-1097
6-1098
6-1100
6-1102
6-1103
6-1105
6-1107
6-1108
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1070
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the interface ports on the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the 1dpp24m interfaces on
Range (port): C{1-24}, L1}
Note: The second line port L2 is not allowed to provision
and is unassigned in R5.1.
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m *
Port
Admin Oper State
----------------------------------------------------------------1/7/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/7/L2 Network
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C1 Client
Bi
Up
Up
1/7/C2 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C3 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C4 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C5 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C6 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C7 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
1/7/C8 Client
Bi
Down Down NULL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1071
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/7/C9 Client
1/7/C10 Client
1/7/C11 Client
1/7/C12 Client
1/7/C13 Client
1/7/C14 Client
1/7/C15 Client
1/7/C16 Client
1/7/C17 Client
1/7/C18 Client
1/7/C19 Client
1/7/C20 Client
1/7/C21 Client
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Down Down NULL

Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Down Down NULL
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the (C{1-24}) on the 1dpp24m card.


Set attributes E1 attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1072
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
e1
pm
state
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

port number, or * to list all of the 1dpp24m cards on the
network element
description

detail
e1
Sets the client port E1 attributes. See config interface

1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} e1.
loopback

of the following:


pm

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to configure
pm attributes.
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1073
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C1 description temp
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the client port (C{1-24}) E1 attributes on the 1dpp24m card.
card.
Set the E1 client egress timing mode

Set the E1 frame format
Set the E1/ VC-12 mapping mode

Note: Client port C{2224} are only used for DS1 signal. For E1 client signal, using
CLI command config interface 1dpp24m sh/sl/client{2224}type <signal type>
shall be rejected
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
cetmgmode [ system | normal]
e1fmt [ crc4 ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1074
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mappingmode [async]|
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-24}

port number.
cetmgmode
e1fmt
Client Egress Timing Mode
system the client output traffic is retimed by system

clock.
normal the client output traffic is recovered from

VC12 demapping without being further retimed by
system clock or other clock sources
Default: system
E1 frame format. Valid value is:
mappingmode
crc4: CRC4 MultiFrame format

Default: crc4
Mapping mode of E1 into VC-12. Valid value is:
async: asynchronous CBR mapping

Default: asyc
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C2 e1 mappingmode async
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1075
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (pm)

Configure the E1 group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
e1
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/C{1-24}

port number.
clearAll

interface
e1
Configure the E1 group PM options. See config interface

1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm e1.
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C2 pm clearAll
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1076
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the E1 group performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports C{1-24} of the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

port number.
clearRaw
Interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1077
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C1 pm e1 1 clear
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-24} ports on the 1dpp24m card.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1078
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

port number.
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
enabled enable AINS
down

mt
up
Examples

# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C4 state ains enabled
Related commands

show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot C{1-24}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1079
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the line ports (L1) on the 1dpp24m card.

Set the STM1 attributes

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
pm
state
stm1
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
and is unassigned in R1.
Detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1080
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description

current description for the interface,
loopback



pm

the line port. See config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1
pm.
state
Enable or disable the port. See config interface 1dpp24m

shelf/slot/L1 state.
stm1
Sets the stm1 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 stm1.
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 state up
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1081
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L1) of
the 1dpp24m card.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
clearAll
opr
opt
sdh
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1
number.
clearAll

interface.
opr

See config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.
opt

options.
See config interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1082
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
sdh

interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm clearAll
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the line ports (L1) of the 1dpp24m card

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1083
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1084
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
attributes on the line ports (L1) of the 1dpp24m card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline[value]
clearRaw
interval
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1
number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1085
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
baseline

clearRaw
interval
bins

clear
profile

list.
Range: 1 to 8
Examples
# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm opt clear
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1086
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L1) of the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
interval
clear
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/L1

the port number.
type.
clearRaw
Interval`
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1087
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
bins

purged.
bins
clear
profile

Range: 1 to 8
Examples

# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm sdh 0 profile 1
Related commands


Command description
This command configures the state parameter for the line ports L1 on the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1088
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
ains


timer:
system value.
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
down

mt
up
Example

# config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 state ains enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1089
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description
This command configures the line ports (L1) stm1 attribute on the 1dpp24m card.

Set the operational mode
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt|j0_tx | timmresp | trccmp]
oprmode [adddrop]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

the port number.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1090
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
channel

j0
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
Not set: None
j0_ex - Expected J0. Enter this keyword followed

by either one of the following:
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte
j0_fmt J0 format.
format.
mode
mode
Default: 16
j0_tx- Transmitted J0. Enter this keyword followed

by either one of the following:
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte
timmresp J0 Mismatch Response. Enter this

keyword followed by either of the following:
detection
direction
Default: disabled
trccmp - J0 trace compare. This keyword enables

and disables the comparison between the incoming
J0 value and the provisioned (i.e., expected) value.
Default: disabled
Note: In R1.0, only 16-byte J0 Fomat is allowed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1091
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
moduletype

of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Line port moduletype

values:
For STM-1:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C


Default: auto
Oprmode
Operational mode of the 1dpp24m.

client port towards the line side; egress, from line side
to client port)
Default: ADDDROP
Examples

config interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 moduletype ss-1.1
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1092
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the interface ports on the 1dpp24m card.

or the line ports (L1).
Display all the 1dpp24m ports on the NE.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

the port number, or * to list all of the 1dpp24m ports
type.
Range (port): C{1-21}, L1
Note: The second line port L2 is not allowed to
provision and is unassigned in R1.
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m *
Port
Admin Oper State
---------------------------------------------------------------1/7/L1 Network
Bi Up Up
1/7/L2 Network
Bi Down Down
NULL
1/7/C1 Client
Bi Up Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1093
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/7/C2
1/7/C3
1/7/C4
1/7/C5
1/7/C6
1/7/C7
1/7/C8
1/7/C9
1/7/C10
1/7/C11
1/7/C12
1/7/C13
1/7/C14
1/7/C15
1/7/C16
1/7/C17
1/7/C18
1/7/C19
1/7/C20
1/7/C21
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
Related commands


Command description
This command display client port (C{1-24}) details on the 1DPP24M card.
Display client port type e1 attributes

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1094
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
e1
pm
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

the port number.
detail
e1
Display the E1 port attributes. See show interface

1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24}e1.
pm
Display the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm.
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C4 - 1dpp24m Client Port [E1]
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Direction: Bidirectional Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C4 - 1dpp24m Client Port [E1]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
Disabled
Disabled
E1 Settings
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1095
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-------------Mapping Mode : ASYNC

E1 Format
: CRC4
Client egress Timing Mode : system
Related commands


Command description
This command display the E1 Client port (C{1-24} attributes on the 1dpp24m card.

Display the E1 client egress timing mode
Display the mapping mode
Display the E1 format

Note: Client port C{22-24} are only used for DS1 signal. For E1 client signal, using
CLI command config interface 1dpp24m sh/sl/client{22-24} type <signal-type>
shall be rejected.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
cetmgmode
e1fmt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1096
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mappingmode
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

the port number.
ainstimer
cetmgmode
Display the Client Egress Timing Mode.
e1fmt
Display the E1 frame format.
mappingmode
Display the E1 mapping mode.
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C2 e1 e1fmt
E1 Format :
CRC4
Related commands


Command description
This command Display the performance monitoring attributes on the client ports C{1-24}
of the 1dpp24m card.
Display the E1 group PM options
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1097
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
e1
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

the port number.
Display the E1 group PM options. See show interface
1dpp24m shelf/slot/C{1-24} pm e1
e1
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C1 pm e1
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the E1 performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-24}) of the 1dpp24m card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1098
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/C{1-24}

the port number.
clearRaw
Raw
Interval`
clear
detail

profile ID.
bin
Examples
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1099
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/C2 pm e1 1 detail

PM Config Data Interface=1/7/C2 Group=E1
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Interval=0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the configured line ports (L1) on the 1dpp24m card.
Display the line port detailed settings

Display the STM1 attributes (SDH NE mode)
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
detail
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stm1
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
detail
pm

show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm.
stm1
Display the STM1 interface port parameters. See show

interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 stm1.
Example
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 - 1dpp24m NW Port [STM1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
AINS
:
Received Power
Transmitted Power
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback
AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :
:
:
:
:
Disabled
Disabled
Channel
: 1550
Operational Mode
: ADDDROP
Module Type
: SS-1.1
:
J0 Setting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1101
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
------------------------------------------------------Trasmitted J0_TX
:
Expected incoming J0_EX :
Incoming J0_RX
:
J0 format J0_FMT
:
J0 Status J0_STAT
:
J0 comparsion TRCCMP :
J0 Mismatch Response TIMMRESP :
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L1) of
the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
opr
opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1102
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
sdh
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1
number.
opr
See show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt
See show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Display the SDH group PM options.
sdh
See show interface 1dpp24m shelf/slot/L1 pm sdh.
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm sdh
Related commands


Command description
This command display the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes on
the line ports (L1) of the 1dpp24m card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1103
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1104
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56
Related commands


Command description
on the line ports (L1) of the 1dpp24m card.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1105
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
baseline
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/7/L1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1106
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command display the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
ports (L1) of the 1dpp24m card.


Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
clearRaw
raw
interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1107
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
interval
clear
detail

bin
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 pm sdh 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/7/L1 Group= SDH
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7
Interval=0
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the line port (L1) with STM1 attributes on the 1dpp24m card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1108
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the STM1 J0 section trace attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_rx | j0_stat |j0_tx | timmresp | trccmp]
mappingmode
moduletype
oprmode
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/L1

port number.
Ainstimer
channel
Display the channel wavelength.
J0
J0 attributes:
moduletype
j0_ex - Expected J0
j0_fmt - J0 format
j0_rx Incoming J0
j0_stat J0 status
j0_tx Trasmitted J0
timmresp J0 Mismatch Response

interface port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1109
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
oprmode
Examples
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 stm1 channel
ChannelRx: 1550
# show interface 1dpp24m 1/7/L1 stm1 mappingmode

Mapping Mode : ASYNC
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1110
Other Commands
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other Commands
Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on other commands - config and show. This section
also provides information on the 1830 PSS shelf/slot ranges.
Contents
6-1111
6-1113

Command description
This command configures the wavekeys on the line interface port of the OT when an
external connection is configured to a different network element
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config interface extwavekeys shelf/slot/port | *
detail
wk1 wk2
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the OT cards on the
network element with far end topology set to external.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1111
Other Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
detail
Displays the current wavekeys (wk1 and wk2) for the

specified line port that is configured for an external
connection to a different network element.
wk1 wk2
Specifies the wavetracker keys [wk1,wk2] that are used

for a particular wavelength channel.
Range of wk1: {0 to 4096, in increments of 1}
Range of wk2: {0 to 4096, in increments of 1}
Default: [0 0]
Important!
1. This command will be denied if the connection provisioning is not set to external
connection (set using the config interface topology command).
2. The wavetracker keys [wk1 and wk2] must be set to [0 0] before changing the
connection provisioning from external to either internal or not connected. If
the wavetracker key values are non-zero, then the command to change the
connection provisioning will be denied. Connection provisioning is done via the
config interface topology command.
3. Only certain combinations of wk1 and wk2 are supported, depending on the
channel provisioning. If the combination is not supported, this command will be
denied.
4. If wk1=0 and wk2=0, then wavekey modulation is disabled on the L1 transmit
port. If this command is executed for the first time on the selected port, then the
optical output power is set to the default output power value.
5. If wk10 and wk20, the wavekey modulation is enabled on the L1 transmit port.
If this command is executed for the first time on the selected port, then the optical
output power is set to the default output power value.
6. The wavetracker keys [wk1 and wk2] must be set to [0 0] before changing the
channel provisioning. If the wavetracker key values are non-zero, then the
command to change the channel frequency will be denied.
Examples
#config interface extwavekeys 1/3/11 1 545
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1112
Other Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the wavekeys on the line interface port of the OT when an
external connection is configured to a different network element.
Impact
Access Levels
None
Syntax
show interface extwavekeys shelf/slot/port
Parameter
Description
Shelf/slot/port | *

port number, or * to list all of the OT cards on the network
element with far end topology set to external.
Examples
# show interface extwavekeys 1/3/11
Wave Key 1: 1
Wave Key 2: 545
Related commands

config interface wavekeys
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1113
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
6-1114
7 larm Management
A
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to alarm management.

Contents
alm
7-2
config alm attr
7-3
config alm attr interface
7-4
7-8
show alm attr slot
7-9
config alm prfl
7-11
show alm attr
7-12
7-13
show alm attr shelf
7-17
show alm attr slot
7-18
show alm prfl
7-20
show condition
7-21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-1
alm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alm
Command description
This command displays a list of all the active alarms on the network element.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
alm
summary
Parameter
Description
summary
Display a summary of the active alarms on this NE.
Example
# alm summary
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Alarm Status: Critical-2
Major-0
Minor-0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CR SA
07/11/01 16:44:27 EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
1/2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Card
missing
CWR8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CR SA
08/01/08 09:40:35 EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
1/2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Card missing
OPSA
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-2
config alm attr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config alm attr

Command description
This command configures the alarm severity for a unique entity.

This command allows you to:
Change the alarm severity

Reset the alarm severity to the system default
Impact
Access levels
Settings affect the behavior of the

alarm panel.
Syntax
config alm attr
interface
shelf
slot
Parameter
Description
interface
For additional details, see config alm attr interface

command.
shelf
For additional details, see config alm attr shelf

command.
slot
For additional details, see config alm attr slot

command.
Related commands
show alm attr
config alm prfl
show alm prfl
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Impact
Access levels

alarm panel.
Syntax
config alm attr interface shelf/slot/port entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/optsg{1-16}
entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/port/looduk{1-8} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/sync0 entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/lineref{0-3} entity
config alm attr interface shelf/slot/lag{1-4} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/c{1-12}/vts{1-10} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/l{1-2}/vts{1-32} entityy
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/l{1-2}/vts{1-100} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/MD{1-32}/MA{1-400}/MEP{18191} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/tod{1-2} entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/ptpclock entity
config alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/ptpport{1-14} entity
condtype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ntfcncde
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the entity to change

the alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port.
Port range:
a2325a|am2017b|am2315b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp
ports: sig, line, dcm, osc
am2125a ports: linein, lineout, dcm. oscsfp
alpfgt|osct ports: sig, line, oscsfp
cwr8|cwr8-88 ports: clsn, sig, thru
mvac ports: g[1-8]
opsa ports: a, b, sig
svac ports: c1, l1
sfc|sfd ports: omd
11dpe12 ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11dpe12e ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11dpe12a ports: c{112}, 1{112}, va {1-2}
11dpm12 ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11qpa4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-4}, va{1-4}
11star1 ports: c1, l1
11stmm10 ports: c{1-10}, l1
11stge12 ports: c{1-12}, l1
43sta1p ports: c1, l1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
43stx4 ports: c{1-4}, l1
43stx4p ports: c{1-4}, l1
4dpa2 ports: c{1-2}, l{1-2}
4dpa4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
pss1gbe ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}
pss1md4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-2}
pss1p21 ports: c{1-21}, l1
Note: Alarm AID information.
1. For packs other than 11DPM12 ,11DPE12/11DPE12E/

11DPE12A Shelf/slot/port - applies to all alarms
2. For 11DPM12 pack
Shelf/slot/port - applies to all signal types, HO
ODU alarms and client LO ODUk alarms
Shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} applies to all ODU1PTF
related alarms
Shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/optsg{1-16} applies to
all OPTSG related alarms
Shelf/slot/port/lodouk{1-8} applies to line side
LO ODUk alarms
3. For 11DPE12 pack
Shelf/slot/port applies to all port related alarms
Shelf/slot/c{1-12}/vts{1-10} applies to client
port vts related alarms
Shelf/slot/l{1-2}/vts{1-32} applies to line port
vts related alarms
4. For 11DPE12E pack:
vts related alarms
Shelf/slot/l{1-32}/MA{1-312}/MEP{18191}
applies to OAM MEP related alarms.
5. For 11DPE12A pack:
Shelf/slot/lag{1-4} applies to client lag related
alarms
vts related alarms
Shelf/slot/MD{1-32}/MA{1-312}/MEP{18191}
applies to OAM MEP related alarms.
Shelf/slot/tod{1-2} applies to all tod port related
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alarms
1830 PSS-4
7-6
3KC-13197-AAAA-TQZZA
Shelf/slot/ptpclock applies
to all ptpclockRelease
related5.1
alarms
Shelf/slot/ptpport{1-14} applies to all ptp port
related alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
entity*
Specifies the alarm entity that you want to configure. Also

referred to as the second modifier.
Refer to Appendix A, Condition Types for a listing of
entities by condtype.
Range: (cbr2g5, cbrar, e1, eqpt, fe, gbe, gbe10, gbe100,
gfc, gfc10, gfc2, gfc4, gfc8, lineref, oc12, oc192, oc3,
oc48, oc768, och, odu0, odu1, odu2, odu2tcm1, odu2tcm2,
odu2tcm3, odu2tcm4, odu2tcm5, odu2tcm6, odu3,
odu3tcm1, odu3tcm2, odu3tcm3, odu3tcm4, odu3tcm5,
odu3tcm6, odu4, optsg, ots, otu1, otu2, otu3, otu4, plk,
stm1, stm16, stm4, stm64, stm256, sync,vts,mep, lag, tod,
ptpclock, ptpport).
condtype
Specifies the alarm condition type that you want to

configure.
ntfcncde
Specifies the alarm severity level to assign to the entity

and condition type.
Valid values: {critical, default, major, minor, notalarmed,
notreported}
Examples

# config alm attr interface
(config-alm-attr-interface)#
1/17/line ots los minor

1/17/sync0 Sync SYNCOOS critical
1/17/lineref0 lineref SLTMSIG major
1/17/L1/vts1 VTS VTSOCI major
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description


Impact
Access levels

alarm panel.
Syntax
config alm attr shelf shelf entity
condtype
ntfcncde
Parameter
Description
shelf | *
Specifies the shelf and slot of the entity to change the

alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number, a slash, and the
slot number.
shelf ranges for each supported shelf type.
entity*
Specifies the alarm entity that you want to configure.

Also referred to as the second modifier.
See Appendix A, Condition Types for a listing of
Range: eqpt
condtype

configure.
ntfcncde

and condition type.
Valid values: {critical, default, major, minor, warning,
notalarmed, notreported}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# config alm attr shelf
config-alm-attr-shelf)# 1 eqpt contcom minor
Related commands
None.
show alm attr slot

Command description
This command shows the alarm severity for a slot entity.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm attr slot shelf/slot entity [condtype]
Parameter
Description
shelf | *
Specifies the shelf and slot of the entity to change

the alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number, a
slash, and the slot number.
type.
entity
Specifies the alarm entity that you want to

configure. Also referred to as the second modifier.
Refer to Appendix A, Condition Types for a
listing of entities by condtype.
Range: eqpt, timing
condtype

configure.
Refer to Appendix A, Condition Types for a
listing of entities by condtype.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-9
show alm attr slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr slot 1/17 eqpt
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Condition
Alarm Severity
Default Severity
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CARDINIT
None
Not Reported
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CONTCOM
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPT
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
INTTEMP
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MISMATCH
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
REPLUNITMISS
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
UNKNOWN
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MAN
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
DATAFLT
None
Major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
SFMISMATCH
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPTDGR
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VOLTAGE
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPT
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FWUPGRADEPENDING
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGAINIT
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGATIMEOUT
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGAFAIL
None
Major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr slot 1/17 eqpt cardinit
Alarm Category : default
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-10
config alm prfl
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config alm prfl

Command description
This command shows the default system wide alarm severity.

Change the system wide default alarm severity

Reset the system wide default alarm severity to the factory default
Impact
Access levels

alarm panel
Syntax
config alm prfl entity
condtype
ntfcncde
Parameter
Description
entity

Range: (cbr2g5, cbrar, com, e1, eqpt, fe, gbe, gbe10,
gbe100, gfc, gfc10, gfc2, gfc4, gfc8, lineref, oc12, oc192,
oc3, oc48, oc768, och, odu0, odu1, odu2, odu2tcm1,
odu3, odu3tcm1, odu3tcm2, odu3tcm3, odu3tcm4,
odu3tcm5, odu3tcm6, odu4, optsg, ots, otu1, otu2, otu3,
otu4, plk, stm1, stm16, stm4, stm64, stm256, sync, lag,
mep, tod, ptpclock, ptpport).
condtype

configure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-11
config alm prfl
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ntfcncde

and condition type.
Valid values: {critical, default, major, minor, warning,
notalarmed, notreported}.
Example

config alm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-alm)# prfl och los major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
show alm attr

Command description
This command shows the alarm severity for various entities.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm attr
interface
shelf
slot
Parameter
Description
interface
For additional details, see show attr interface command.
shelf
For additional details, see show alm attr shelf command.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-12
show alm attr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
slot
For additional details, see show alm attr slot command.
Related commands
None.

Command description
This command shows the alarm severity for a unique entity within the system.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm attr interface shelf/slot/port entity [condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} entity [condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/optsg{1-16} entity
[condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/port/looduk{1-8} entity
[condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/sync0 entity [condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/lineref{0-3} entity [condtype]
show alm attr interface shelf/slot/lag{1-4} entity [condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/c{1-12}/vts{1-10} entity
[condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/l{1-2}/vts{1-32} entity
[condtype]
show alm attr interface shelf/slot/l{1-2}/vts{1-100} entity
[condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/MD{1-32}/MA{1-400}/MEP{1-8191}
entity [condtype]
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/tod{1-2} entity [condtype]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/ptpclock entity [condtype]

show alm attr interfaceshelf/slot/ptpport{1-14} entity [condtype]
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port
Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the entity to change

the alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port.
Port range:
a2325a|am2017b|am2315b
|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp ports: sig, line, dcm, osc
am2125a ports: linein, lineout, dcm, oscsfp
alpfgt|osct ports: sig, line, oscsfp
cwr8|cwr8-88 ports: clsn, sig, thru
mvac ports: g[1-8]
opsa ports: a, b, sig
svac ports: c1, l1
sfc|sfd ports: omd
11dpe12 ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11dpe12e ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11dpe12a ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11dpm12ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
11qpa4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-4}, va{1-4}
11star1 ports: c1, l1
11stmm10 ports: c{1-10}, l1
11stge12 ports: c{1-12}, l1
11dge12 ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}
43sta1p ports: c1, l1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
43stx4 ports: c{1-4}, l1
43stx4p ports: c{1-4}, l1
4dpa2 ports: c{1-2}, l{1-2}
4dpa4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-2}, va{1-2}
pss1gbe ports: c{1-12}, l{1-2}
pss1md4 ports: c{1-4}, l{1-2}
pss1p21 ports: c{1-21}, l1
Note: Alarm AID information.
1. For packs other than 11DPM12, 11DPE12 and

11DPE12E/11DPE12A Shelf/slot/port - applies to all
alarms
2. For 11DPM12 pack
Shelf/slot/port - applies to all signal types, HO
ODU alarms and client LO ODUk alarms
Shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} applies to all
ODU1PTF related alarms
Shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/optsg{1-16} applies to
all OPTSG related alarms
Shelf/slot/port/lodouk{1-8} applies to line side
LO ODUk alarms
3. For 11DPE12 pack
vts related alarms
4. For 11DPE12E pack
vts related alarms
Shelf/slot/MD{1-32}/MA{1-312}/MEP{18191}applies to OAM MEP related alarms
5. For 11DPE12A pack
Shelf/slot/lag{1-4} applies to lag related alarms
Shelf/slot/c{1-2}/vts{1-100} applies to line port
vts related alarms
Shelf/slot/MD{1-32}/MA{1-312}/MEP{18191}applies to OAM MEP related alarms
Shelf/slot/tod{1-2} applies to all tod port related
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alarms
1830 PSS-4
7-15
Shelf/slot/ptpclock applies to all ptp clock
related alarms
Shelf/slot/ptpport{1-14} applies to all ptp port
related alarms
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
entity*

Range: (cbr2g5, cbrar, e1, eqpt, fe, gbe, gbe10, gbe100,
gfc, gfc10, gfc2, gfc4, gfc8, lineref, oc12, oc192, oc3,
oc48, oc768, och, odu0, odu1, odu2, odu2tcm1,
odu3, odu3tcm1, odu3tcm2, odu3tcm3, odu3tcm4,
odu3tcm5, odu3tcm6, odu4, optsg, ots, otu1, otu2, otu3,
otu4, plk, stm1, stm16, stm4, stm64, stm256, sync, vts,
mep, lag, tod, ptpclock, ptpport).
condtype

configure.
Example
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr interface 1/17/line ots los
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr interface 1/17/line ots
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Condition
Direction
Alarm Severity
Default Severity
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRADJREQ
TX
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRADJFAIL
TX
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ALLCHANMISS
RX
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS
RX
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
RX
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-16
show alm attr shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show alm attr shelf

Command description
This command shows the alarm severity for conditions reported against a shelf aid.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm attr shelf shelf entity [condtype]
Parameter
Description
shelf | *

alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number.
entity

Range: eqpt
condtype

configure.
Example

ZZ09U# show alm
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr shelf ?
<shelf>
Enter the location (1..8,25..48)
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr shelf 1 ?
eqpt
Display alarm severity level for entity eqpt
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr shelf 1 eqpt
Condition
Alarm Severity
Default Severity
----------------------------------------------------CONTCOM
None
Critical
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-17
show alm attr shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCH
None
Critical
SWEQPT
None
Minor
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr shelf 1 eqpt contcom
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
show alm attr slot

Command description
This command shows the alarm severity for a slot entity.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm attr slot shelf/slot entity [condtype]
Parameter
Description
shelf | *

alarm severity of. Enter the shelf number, a slash, and the
slot number.
entity

Range: eqpt
condtype

configure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-18
show alm attr slot
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr slot 1/17 eqpt
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Condition
Alarm Severity
Default Severity
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CARDINIT
None
Not Reported
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CONTCOM
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPT
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
INTTEMP
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MISMATCH
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
REPLUNITMISS
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
UNKNOWN
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MAN
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
DATAFLT
None
Major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
SFMISMATCH
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPTDGR
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
VOLTAGE
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
EQPT
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FWUPGRADEPENDING
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGAINIT
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGATIMEOUT
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FPGAFAIL
None
Major
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)# attr slot 1/17 eqpt cardinit
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-19
show alm prfl
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show alm prfl

Command description
This command shows the default system wide alarm severity.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show alm prfl entity [condtype]
Parameter
Description
entity

Range: (cbr2g5, cbrar, com, e1, eqpt, fe, gbe, gbe10,
gbe100, gfc, gfc10, gfc2, gfc4, gfc8, lineref, oc12, oc192,
oc3, oc48, oc768, och, odu0, odu1, odu2, odu3, odu4,
optsg, ots, otu1, otu2, otu3, otu4, plk, stm1, stm16, stm4,
stm64, stm256, sync, lag, mep, tod, ptpclock, ptpport).
condtype

configure.
Example

ZZ09U(show-alm)# prfl ots
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-20
show alm prfl
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Condition
Alarm Severity
Default Severity
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ALLCHANMISS
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AMPDISABLED
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
HIGAIN
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOGAIN
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS-OUT
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
NET
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRADJREQ
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRADJFAIL
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRMARGIN
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
SDEG-O
None
Warning
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOSDCM
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOSLDSIG
None
Critical
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS-O
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOF-O
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PWRMAXGAIN
None
Minor
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(show-alm)#
Related commands
None.
show condition
Command description
This command displays the active conditions for the network element.
Impact
Access levels

alarm panel.
Syntax
show condition
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-21
show condition
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example

# show condition
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MN NSA 1970/01/01 00:00:43
172.16.0.1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Node is in software upgrade state
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CR SA 1970/01/01 00:01:08
SH:1 Alarm Panel
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Card
missing
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
7-22
8erformance Monitoring
P
Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Performance monitoring.

Contents
config pm clearall
8-2
config profile pm
8-3
8-4
8-6
config profile pm e1
8-9
config profile pm ethernet
8-11
config profile pm interface
8-15
8-17
config profile pm opt
8-19
8-21
config profile pm sdh
8-23
8-25
show profile pm
8-28
8-30
show profile pm dw
8-32
show profile pm e1
8-34
show profile pm ethernet
8-36
show profile pm interface
8-39
show profile pm opr
8-41
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show profile pm opt
8-43
show profile pm pcs
8-45
show profile pm sdh
8-47
show profile pm sonet
8-49
config pm clearall
Command description
Use this command to clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this network
element.
Impact
Access levels
Clears current 15-min and 1-day PM bins.
Syntax
config pm clearall
Example

# config pm clearall
Related commands
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-2
config profile pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config profile pm
Command description
This command configures the performance monitoring threshold alarm (TCA) profiles
used for performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles for each profile type,
each having different threshold levels. For example, you can create profiles that raise
threshold alarms at different levels, with each profile representing a different service
requirement in the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure a card or
interface to use one of the profiles. Use this command to access subcommands for
provisioning TCA profiles per profile type.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm
card
dw
e1
ethernet
interface
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
tcmlevel {1-6}
Parameter
Description
card
Configure card TCA profiles. See config profile pm

card.
dw
Configure digital wrapper TCA profiles. See config

profile pm dw.
e1
Configure digital wrapper TCA profiles. See config

profile pm e1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-3
config profile pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
ethernet
Configure Ethernet TCA profiles. See config profile pm

ethernet.
interface
Configure interface TCA profiles. See config profile pm

interface.
opr
Configure OPR TCA profiles. See config profile pm

opr.
opt
Configure OPT TCA profiles. See config profile pm

opt.
pcs
Configure PCS TCA profiles. See config profile pm pcs.
sdh
Configure SDH TCA profiles. See config profile pm

sdh.
sonet
Configure SONET TCA profiles. See config profile pm

sonet.
Tcmlevel{1-6}
Configure TCM TCA profiles. See config profile pm

tcmlevel {16}
Example
See commands for each profile type.

Related commands

show profile pm

Command description
used for card-level performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each
having different threshold levels. For example, you can create profiles that raise threshold
alarms at different levels, with each profile representing a different service requirement in
the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure a card to use one of the profiles
according to the service requirements of the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Specify a text description for a profile
Set the TCA values for the various card profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm card profile_id
tca attribute [value]
Parameter
Description
profile_id
Specifies the numeric identifier for the profile.

Range: 1 to 8
description
Specifies a description for the profile. Enter this

profile, or enter this keyword without any
profile.
tca
Specifies a TCA value for a profile attribute. Enter

this keyword followed by the attribute name and
TCA value for the attribute, or omit the TCA value
to display the current TCA value for the attribute.
Attributes
Table 8-1
Parameter
Description
CpuAverage
Measures the average CPU utilization on the card

over a 60 second period. The value is reported as a
percentage of the total used CPU.
HeapUsage
Measures the peak heap usage over the interval

period. Heap is a common area of free memory that
is dynamically allocated to processes as required.
The value is reported as a percentage of the total
available heap.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-1
(continued)
Parameter
Description
PoolUsage
Measures the peak memory pool usage over the

interval period. A memory pool is a shared memory
area used by processes for interprocess signal
communication. The value is reported as a
percentage of the total available memory pool.
Example
# config profile pm card 1 tca CpuAverage 50
# config profile pm card 9

Error: invalid profile id
Related commands

Command description
used for digital wrapper performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each
the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the digitally-wrapped network
interfaces on an Optical Transponder (OT) to use one of the profiles according to the
service requirements of the interface.

Set the TCA values for the various digital wrapper profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config profile pm dw profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
tca

The valid attributes are listed and described in the
following table.
Attributes
Table 8-2
Parameter
Description
RxPMBIP8ErrCnt
ODUk Path layer BIP-8 errors
RxPMES
ODUk Path layer Errored Seconds
RxPMSES
ODUk Path layer Severely Errored Seconds
RxPMUAS
ODUk Path layer Unavailable Seconds
RxRSCorrCnt
Forward Error Correction Correctable Errors
RxRSUncorrCnt
Forward Error Correction Uncorrectable block count
RxSMBIP8ErrCnt
OTUk Section layer BIP-8 errors
RxSMES
OTUk Section layer Errored Seconds
RxSMSES
OTUk Section layer Severely Errored Seconds
RxSMUAS
OTUk Section layer Unavailable Seconds
RxSMFEBIP8ErrCnt
OTUk Section layer Far-End BIP-8 errors
RxPMFEBIP8ErrCnt
ODUk Path layer Far-End BIP-8 errors
RxSMFEES
OTUk Section layer Far-End Errored Seconds
RxPMFEES
ODUk Path layer Far-End Errored Seconds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-2
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxSMFESES
OTUk Section layer Far-End Severely Errored Seconds
RxPMFESES
ODUk Path layer Far-End Severely Errored Seconds
RxSMFEUAS
OTUk Section layer Far-End Unavailable Seconds
RxPMFEUAS
ODUk Path layer Far-End Unavailable Seconds
RxSMBIAES
OTUk Section layer Near-End BIAE Seconds
RxSMIAES
OTUk Section layer Near-End IAE Seconds
RxBERPreFEC
BERpreFEC_curr_LIN=(FEC_EC_curr+9*
FEC_UBC_curr)/(OTUxBitRate)
BERpreFEC_curr_LOG=(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN==0)?
-4000:ceil( 100*Log10(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN))
RxBERPostFEC
BERpostFEC_curr_LIN=(9* FEC_UBC_curr)/
(OTUxBitRate)
BERpostFEC_curr_LOG=(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN==0)?
-4000: ceil( 100*Log10(BERpostFEC_curr_LIN))
Example
# config profile pm dw 1 tca RxPMES 50
# config profile pm dw 9
Related commands

show profile pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Command description
Configure the performance monitoring threshold alarm (TCA) profiles used for E1
performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each having different
threshold levels. For example, you can create profiles that raise threshold alarms at
different levels, with each profile representing a different service requirement in the
network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the E1 attributes on a card to use
one of the profiles according to the service requirements of the interface.

Set the TCA values for the various E1 profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm e1 profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
tca

following table.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes
Table 8-3
Parameter
Description
RxES-LINE
Errored Seconds - Near End Line

Count of seconds with HDB3 errors > or = 1 or
LOS > or = 1
RxSES-LINE
Severely Errored Seconds - Near End Line

Count of seconds with HDB3 Errors > or = 2048 or
LOS > or = 1
RxBBE-PATH
Background Block Errors - Near End Path
TxBBE-PATH
Count of the number of Background block errors

excluding SES period S (EBC for all seconds not
declared SES)
RxES-PATH
Errored Seconds - Near End Path
TxES-PATH
Count of seconds with EBC > or = 1 or LOF > or =

1 or AIS > or = 1
RxSES-PATH
Severely Errored Seconds - Near End Path
TxSES-PATH
Count of seconds with EBC > or = 300 or LOF > or

= 1 or AIS > or = 1
RxUAS-PATH
Unavailable Seconds - Near End Path
TxUAS-PATH
Provides a count of the number of unavailable

seconds. A line is deemed to be unavailable when 10
consecutive severely errored seconds are detected.
The period of unavailability begins at the onset of
the 10 consecutive severely errored seconds (back in
time). Availability is declared after a period of 10
consecutive non-SESs. The period of availability
begins at the onset of the 10 consecutive non-SESs
(back in time).
Example
# config profile pm e1 3 description "Service 3"
# config profile pm e1 15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show profile pm e1

Command description
used for Ethernet performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each
the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the Ethernet network interfaces
on a card to use one of the profiles according to the service requirements of the interface.

Set the TCA values for the various Ethernet profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm ethernet profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tca

following table.
Attributes
Table 8-4
Parameter
Description
RxBcastPkts TxBcastPkts
Provides a count of the total number of good

packets received that were directed to the broadcast
address. This does not include multicast packets.
RxCollisions TxCollisions
Provides a count of the total number of collisions

on the port.
RxCrcAlignErrs TxCrcAlignErrs
Provide a count of the total number of packets

received that had a length of between 63 and 1518
octets, inclusive, but had either a FCS with an
integral number of octets (FCS error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error). The packet length excludes framing bits and
includes FCS octets.
RxDropEvents TxDropEvents
Provides a count of the total number of events in

which packets were dropped by the monitoring
entity due to a lack of resources. This value is not
necessarily the number of packets dropped; it can
be the number of times this condition has been
detected.
RxFragments TxFragments
Provides a count of the total number of packets sent

or received that were less than 64 octets in length
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets)
and had either a bad FCS with an integral number
of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a
non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-4
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxJabbers TxJabbers

or received that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets)
RxJumboPkts TxJumboPkts
Provides a count of the total number of Jumbo

frames sent or received on the port. Jumbo frames
are frames which have a packet size greater than
1500 bytes.
RxMcastPkts TxMcastPkts

packets received that were directed to a multicast
address. This does not include packets directed to
the broadcast.
RxOctets TxOctets
Provides a count of the total number of octets of

data (including bad packets) received on the port.
Excludes framing bits. Includes Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) octets.
RxOverPkts TxOverPkts
Provides a count of the total number of packets

received that were longer than 1518 octets and were
otherwise well formed. The packet length excludes
framing bits and includes FCS octets.
RxPktErrRatio TxPktErrRatio
Provides the value of packet error ratio within the

monitoring period.
RxPkts TxPkts

(including bad packets, broadcast packets, and
multicast packets) received.
RxPkTs1024-1518 TxPkts1024-1518

(including bad packets) received that were between
1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive. The
packet length excludes framing bits and includes
FCS octets.
RxPkts128-255 TxPkts128-255

128 and 255 octets in length inclusive. The packet
length excludes framing bits and includes FCS
octets.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-4
(continued)
Parameter
Description

octets.

octets.
RxPkts64 TxPkts64

(including bad packets) received that were 64 octets
in length inclusive. The packet length excludes

octets.
RxUnderPkts TxUnderPkts

received that were less than 64 octets long and were
otherwise well formed. The packet length excludes
Example
# config profile pm ethernet 8 tca TxUnderPkts 100
# config profile pm ethernet 0

Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
used for monitoring the performance of the card interfaces. You can create up to eight
profiles, each having different threshold levels. For example, you can create profiles that
raise threshold alarms at different levels, with each profile representing a different service
requirement in the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the interfaces
on a card to use one of the profiles according to the service requirements of the interface.

Set the TCA values for the various digital wrapper profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm interface profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
tca

following table.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes
Table 8-5
Interface performance monitoring attributes
Parameter
Description
InBcastPkts
Provides a count of the number of good packets

detected at the IN port (IfInBroadcastPkts) or OUT
port (IfOutBroadcastPkts) of the interface that were
directed to the broadcast address. Does not include
multicast packets.
OutBcastPkts
InDiscards
OutDiscards
InErrors
OutErrors
Provides a count of the number of packets

discarded at the IN port (IfInDiscards) or OUT port
(IfOutDiscards) of the interface.
Provides a count of the errored frames detected at
the IN port (IfInErrors) or OUT port (IFOutErrors)
of the interface.
For Ethernet traffic, this value is a sum of the
following counts:
InMcastPkts OutMcastPkts
EtherRxCrcAlignErrs (IN) or
EtherTxCrcAlignErrs (OUT)
EtherRxOversizedPkts (IN) or
EtherTxOversizedPkts (OUT)
EtherRxUndersizedPkts (IN) or
EtherTxUndersizedPkts (OUT)

packets detected at the IN port (IfInMulticastPkts)
or OUT port (IfOutMulticastPkts) of the interface
that were directed to a multicast address. Does not
include packets directed to the broadcast.
Provides a count of the number of Multicast
packets discarded at the IN port (IfInDiscards) or
OUT port (IfOutDiscards) of the interface.
InOctets OutOctets
Provides a count of the number of octets that

passed through the IN port (IfInOctets) or OUT
port (IfOutOctets) of the interface.
InPktsNotClass
Provides a count of the number of unclassified

packets received at the IN port of the interface.
InUcastPkts
Provides a count of the number of unicast packets

that passed through the IN port (IfInUcastPkts) or
OUT port (IfOutUcastPkts) of the interface.
OutUcastPkts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-5
(continued)
Parameter
Description
InUnknownProtos
Provides a count of the number of packets received

at the IN port of the interface for which the protocol
is unknown.
Example
# config profile pm interface 2 tca InBcastPkts 10
# config profile pm interface 12

Related commands


Command description
used for the RX optical power PM group profile attributes. This represents the total
receive power at the transponder. You can create up to eight profiles, each having
different threshold levels. For example, you can create profiles that raise threshold alarms
at different levels, with each profile representing a different service requirement in the
network. After creating the profiles, you can configure a card to use one of the profiles
Set the TCA values for the various OPR profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
config profile pm opr profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
tca

following table.
Attributes
Table 8-6
Parameter
Description
AvgPwr
Specifies the average power for the channel over

the interval represented by that bin.
MaxPwr
Specifies the maximum power for the channel over

MinPwr
Specifies the minimum power for the channel over

Example
# config profile pm opr 1 tca AvgPwr -2.00
# config profile pm opr 9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show profile pm opr

Command description
used for the TX optical power PM group profile attributes. This represents the total
transmit power at the transponder. You can create up to eight profiles, each having
network. After creating the profiles, you can configure a card to use one of the profiles

Set the TCA values for the various OPT profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm opt profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tca

following table.
Attributes
Table 8-7
Parameter
Description
AvgPwr

MaxPwr

MinPwr

Example
# config profile pm opt 7 description Default
# config profile pm opt 9

Related commands

show profile pm opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
used for PCS-layer performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each
the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the PCS-layer on a card to use

Set the TCA values for the various pcs-layer profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm pcs profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
tca
Specifies a TCA value for a profile attribute. Enter this

keyword followed by the attribute name and TCA
value for the attribute, or omit the TCA value to
display the current TCA value for the attribute. The
valid attributes are listed and described in the
following table.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes
Table 8-8
Parameter
Description
RxCV_PCS
Provides a count of the received Code Violations

Section PCS
RxES_PCS
Provides a count of the received Errored Seconds

Section PCS
RxSEFS_PCS
Provides a count of the received pcs Severely

Errored Frame Seconds Section PCS
RxSES_PCS
Provide a count of the received pcs Severely

Errored Seconds Section PCS
TxCV_PCS

or received that were less than 64 octets in length
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets)
Tx_ES_PCS

or received that were longer than 1518 octets
Tx_SEFS_PCS
Provides a count of the number of octets that

passed through the IN port (IfInOctets) or OUT
port (IfOutOctets) of the interface.
Tx_SES_PCS

1500 bytes.
Example
# config profile pm pcs 2 tca 1150
# config profile pm pcs 9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-22
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show profile pm pcs

Command description
used for SDH performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each having
network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the SDH attributes on a card to use

Set the TCA values for the various SDH profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm sdh profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tca

following table.
Attributes
Table 8-9
Parameter
Description
RxBBE-RS
Background Block Error Near End RS section
TxBBE-RS
Provides a count of the number of Background

block errors.
RxES_RS
Errored Second Near End RS section
TxES_RS
Provides a count of the number of errored seconds.
RxSES_RS
Severely Errored Second Near End RS section.
TxSES_RS
Provides a count of the number of Severely Errored

Seconds
RxUAS-RS
Unavailable second Near End RS section
TxUAS-RS

seconds. A line is deemed to be unavailable when
10 consecutive severely errored seconds are
detected. The period of unavailability begins at the
onset of the 10 consecutive severely errored
seconds (back in time). Availability is declared
after a period of 10 consecutive non-SESs. The
period of availability begins at the onset of the 10
consecutive non-SESs (back in time).
Example
# config profile pm sdh 3 description Service 3
# config profile pm sdh 10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show profile pm sdh

Command description
used for SONET performance monitoring. You can create up to eight profiles, each
the network. After creating the profiles, you can configure the SONET attributes on a card
to use one of the profiles according to the service requirements of the interface.

Set the TCA values for the various SONET profile attributes
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
config profile pm sonet profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description

profile.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-25
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
tca

following table.
Attributes
Table 8-10
Parameter
Description
RxCV_L
Coding Violation Line
TxCV_L
Provides a count of the number of B2 BIP

violations
RxCV_S
Coding Violation Section
TxCV_S
Provides a count of the number of B1 violations
RxES_L
Errored Second Line
TxES_L
Provides a count of the number of one second

intervals in which any of the following conditions
are true:
At least one B1 BIP-8 error was detected
An alarm indicating signal (AIS-L) defect was

present
RxES_S
Errored Second Section
TxES_S

are true:
At least one B2 BIP error was detected.
A loss of signal (LOS) defect was present
A severely errored frame (SEF) defect was

present
RxFC_L
Failure Count - line
TxFC_L
Provides a count of the number of line failures. A

failure event begins when a AIS-L failure is
declared and ends when the failure is cleared. A
failure event that begins in one period and ends in
another period is counted only in the period where
it begins.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-26
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-10
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxSEFS_S
Severely Errored Frame Second Section
TxSEFS_S

are true:
A loss of frame (LOF) defect was present

present
RxSES_L
Severely Errored Second Line
TxSES_L

are true:
The number of line layer B2 errors detected

exceeded the value defined in GR-253-CORE

present
RxSES_S
Severely Errored Second Section
TxSES_S

are true:
The number of section layer BIP errors detected


present
RxUAS_L
Unavailable Seconds Line
TxUAS_L
Provides a count of the number of seconds a line is

unavailable. A line is deemed to be unavailable
when 10 consecutive severely errored seconds are
seconds (back in time). Availability is declared after
a period of 10 consecutive non-SESs. The period of
availability begins at the onset of the 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-10
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxUAS_S
Unavailable Seconds Section
TxUAS_S

seconds. A line is deemed to be unavailable when
10 consecutive severely errored seconds are
seconds (back in time). Availability is declared after
a period of 10 consecutive non-SESs. The period of
Example
# config profile pm sonet 6 tca TxUAS_S 20
# config profile pm sonet 9

Related commands

show profile pm
Command description
This command displays the performance monitoring threshold alarm (TCA) profiles used
for performance monitoring. Use this command to access subcommands for displaying
TCA profiles per profile type.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-28
show profile pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Syntax
show profile pm
card
dw
e1
ethernet
interface
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
tcmlevel{1-6}
Parameter
Description
card
Display card TCA profiles. See show profile pm card.
dw
Display digital wrapper TCA profiles. See show profile

pm dw.
e1
Display Ethernet TCA profiles. See show profile pm e1.
ethernet
Display Ethernet TCA profiles. See show profile pm

ethernet.
interface
Display interface TCA profiles. See show profile pm

interface.
opr
Display OPR TCA profiles. See show profile pm opr.
opt
Display OPT TCA profiles. See show profile pm opt.
pcs
Display PCS TCA profiles. See show profile pm pcs.
sdh
Display SDH TCA profiles. See show profile pm sdh.
sonet
Display SONET TCA profiles. See show profile pm

sonet.
Tcmlevel{1-6}
Display TCM TCA profiles. See show profiles pm

tcmlevel {16}.
Example
See commands for each profile type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-29
show profile pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

config profile pm

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for card-level
performance monitoring.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm card profile_id
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
Displays the description for the profile.
tca
Enter this keyword to display the TCA values for

the various profile attributes.
Attributes
Table 8-11
Parameter
Description
CpuAverage
Measures the average CPU utilization on the card

over a 60 second period. The value is reported as a
percentage of the total used CPU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-11
(continued)
Parameter
Description
HeapUsage
Measures the peak heap usage over the interval

period. Heap is a common area of free memory that
is dynamically allocated to processes as required.
The value is reported as a percentage of the total
available heap.
PoolUsage
Measures the peak memory pool usage over the

interval period. A memory pool is a shared memory
area used by processes for interprocess signal
communication. The value is reported as a
percentage of the total available memory pool.
Example
# show profile pm card 1 tca
Display PM TCA Profile:
Card CPU Average
Group=Card Profile=1 Variable=0
Threshold Value : 0
Card Heap Usage
Threshold Value : 0
Card Pool Usage
Threshold Value : 0
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-31
show profile pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show profile pm dw
Command description
This command display the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for digital
wrapper performance monitoring.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca
Enter this keyword to display the TCA values

for the various profile attributes. The valid
attributes are listed and described in the
following table.
Attributes
Table 8-12
Parameter
Description
RxPMBIP8ErrCnt
ODUk Path layer BIP-8 errors
RxPMES
ODUk Path layer Errored Seconds
RxPMSES
ODUk Path layer Severely Errored Seconds
RxPMUAS
ODUk Path layer Unavailable Seconds
RxRSCorrCnt
Forward Error Correction Correctable Errors
RxRSUncorrCnt
Forward Error Correction Uncorrectable block count
RxSMBIP8ErrCnt
OTUk Section layer BIP-8 errors
RxSMES
OTUk Section layer Errored Seconds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-32
show profile pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-12
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxSMSES
OTUk Section layer Severely Errored Seconds
RxSMUAS
OTUk Section layer Unavailable Seconds
RxSMFEBIP8ErrCnt
OTUk Section layer Far-End BIP-8 errors
RxPMFEBIP8ErrCnt
ODUk Path layer Far-End BIP-8 errors
RxSMFEES
OTUk Section layer Far-End Errored Seconds
RxPMFEES
ODUk Path layer Far-End Errored Seconds
RxSMFESES
OTUk Section layer Far-End Severely Errored Seconds
RxPMFESES
ODUk Path layer Far-End Severely Errored Seconds
RxSMFEUAS
OTUk Section layer Far-End Unavailable Seconds
RxPMFEUAS
ODUk Path layer Far-End Unavailable Seconds
RxSMBIAES
OTUk Section layer Near-End BIAE Seconds
RxSMIAES
OTUk Section layer Near-End IAE Seconds
RxBERPreFEC
BERpreFEC_curr_LIN=(FEC_EC_curr+9*
FEC_UBC_curr)/(OTUxBitRate)
BERpreFEC_curr_LOG=(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN==0)?
-4000:ceil( 100*Log10(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN))
RxBERPostFEC
BERpostFEC_curr_LIN=(9* FEC_UBC_curr)/
(OTUxBitRate)
BERpostFEC_curr_LOG=(BERpreFEC_curr_LIN==
0)? -4000: ceil( 100*Log10(BERpostFEC_curr_LIN))
Example
# show profile pm dw 7 tca description
Current Value: DEFAULT 15-MIN TCA PROFILE
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-33
show profile pm e1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show profile pm e1
Command description
This command display the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for E1
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca
Enter this keyword to display the TCA values

for the various profile attributes. The valid
attributes are listed and described in the
following table.
Attributes
Table 8-13
Parameter
Description
RxES-LINE
Errored Seconds - Near End Line

Count of seconds with HDB3 errors > or = 1
or LOS > or = 1
RxSES-LINE
Severely Errored Seconds - Near End Line

Count of seconds with HDB3 Errors > or =
2048 or LOS > or = 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-34
show profile pm e1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-13
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxBBE-PATH
Background Block Errors - Near End Path
TxBBE-PATH
Count of the number of Background block

errors excluding SES period S (EBC for all
seconds not declared SES)
RxES-PATH
Errored Seconds - Near End Path
TxES-PATH
Count of seconds with EBC > or = 1 or LOF >

or = 1 or AIS > or = 1
RxSES-PATH
Severely Errored Seconds - Near End Path
TxSES-PATH
Count of seconds with EBC > or = 300 or LOF

> or =1 or AIS > or = 1
RxUAS-PATH
Unavailable Seconds - Near End Path
TxUAS-PATH

seconds. A line is deemed to be unavailable
when 10 consecutive severely errored seconds
are detected. The period of unavailability
begins at the onset of the 10 consecutive
severely errored seconds (back in time).
Availability is declared after a period of 10
consecutive non-SESs. The period of
Example
# show profile pm e1 3 description
Current Value: TCA PROFILE 3
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-35
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for Ethernet
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm ethernet profile_id
description
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

the various profile attributes, as listed in the
following table.
Attributes
Table 8-14
Parameter
Description
RxBcastPkts TxBcastPkts

packets received that were directed to the broadcast
address. This does not include multicast packets.
RxCollisions TxCollisions
Provides a count of the total number of collisions

on the port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-36
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-14
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxCrcAlignErrs TxCrcAlignErrs
Provide a count of the total number of packets

received that had a length of between 63 and 1518
octets, inclusive, but had either a FCS with an
integral number of octets (FCS error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error). The packet length excludes framing bits and
includes FCS octets.
RxDropEvents TxDropEvents
Provides a count of the total number of events in

which packets were dropped by the monitoring
entity due to a lack of resources. This value is not
necessarily the number of packets dropped; it can
be the number of times this condition has been
detected.
RxFragments TxFragments

sent or received that were less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets) and had either a bad FCS with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a
RxJabbers TxJabbers

sent or received that were longer than 1518 octets
RxJumboPkts TxJumboPkts

1500 bytes.
RxMcastPkts TxMcastPkts

the broadcast.
RxOctets TxOctets
Provides a count of the total number of octets of

data (including bad packets) received on the port.
Excludes framing bits. Includes Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) octets.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-37
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-14
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxOverPkts TxOverPkts

received that were longer than 1518 octets and
were otherwise well formed. The packet length
excludes framing bits and includes FCS octets.
RxPktErrRatio TxPktErrRatio
Provides the value of packet error ratio within the

monitoring period.
RxPkts TxPkts

(including bad packets, broadcast packets, and
multicast packets) received.
RxPkTs1024-1518 TxPkts1024-1518

1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive. The
packet length excludes framing bits and includes
FCS octets.

octets.

octets.

octets.
RxPkts64 TxPkts64

(including bad packets) received that were 64
octets in length inclusive. The packet length

octets.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-38
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-14
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxUnderPkts TxUnderPkts

received that were less than 64 octets long and
were otherwise well formed. The packet length
Example
# show profile pm ethernet 8 tca description
Current Value: DEFAULT 1-DAY TCA PROFILE 8
Related commands


Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for interface
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm interface profile_id
description
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
description
tca
Enter this keyword to display the TCA values for the

various profile attributes.
Attributes
Parameter
Description
InBcastPkts
Provides a count of the number of good packets

detected at the IN port (IfInBroadcastPkts) or OUT
port (IfOutBroadcastPkts) of the interface that were
directed to the broadcast address. Does not include
multicast packets.
OutBcastPkts
InDiscards
OutDiscards
InErrors
OutErrors
Provides a count of the number of packets discarded at

the IN port (IfInDiscards) or OUT port
Provides a count of the errored frames detected at the
IN port (IfInErrors) or OUT port (IFOutErrors) of the
interface.
For Ethernet traffic, this value is a sum of the
following counts:
InMcastPkts OutMcastPkts
EtherRxCrcAlignErrs (IN) or EtherTxCrcAlignErrs (OUT)
EtherRxOversizedPkts (IN) or EtherTxOversizedPkts (OUT)
EtherRxUndersizedPkts (IN) or
EtherTxUndersizedPkts (OUT)
Provides a count of the total number of good packets

detected at the IN port (IfInMulticastPkts) or OUT
port (IfOutMulticastPkts) of the interface that were
directed to a multicast address. Does not include
packets directed to the broadcast.
Provides a count of the number of Multicast packets
discarded at the IN port (IfInDiscards) or OUT port
InOctets OutOctets
Provides a count of the number of octets that passed

through the IN port (IfInOctets) or OUT port
(IfOutOctets) of the interface.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-40
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
InPktsNotClass
Provides a count of the number of unclassified packets

received at the IN port of the interface.
InUcastPkts
Provides a count of the number of unicast packets that

passed through the IN port (IfInUcastPkts) or OUT
port (IfOutUcastPkts) of the interface.
OutUcastPkts
InUnknownProtos
Provides a count of the number of packets received at

the IN port of the interface for which the protocol is
unknown.
Example
# show profile pm interface 1
Related commands

show profile pm opr

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for the RX
optical power PM group profile attributes. This represents the total receive power at the
transponder.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm opr profile_id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-41
show profile pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

Attributes
Table 8-15
Parameter
Description
AvgPwr

MaxPwr

MinPwr

Example
# show profile pm opr 7 tca
Display the PM TCA profile:
OPR Min Power
Group=OPR Profile=7 Variable=0
Threshold Value :
-5.00 dBm
OPR Max Power
Threshold Value :
4.00 dBm
OPR Average Power
Threshold Value :
-3.00 dBm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-42
show profile pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands

show profile pm opt

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for the TX
optical power PM group profile attributes. This represents the total transmit power at the
transponder.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm opt profile_id
description
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

Attributes
Table 8-16
Parameter
Description
AvgPwr
Specifies the average power for the channel over the

interval represented by that bin.
MaxPwr
Specifies the maximum power for the channel over the

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-43
show profile pm opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-16
Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring

attributes (continued)
Parameter
Description
MinPwr
Specifies the minimum power for the channel over the

Example
# show profile pm opt 1 tca
Display the PM TCA profile:
OPT Min Power
Group=OPT Profile=1 Variable=0
Threshold Value :
-40.00 dBm
OPT Max Power
Threshold Value :
-40.00 dBm
OPT Average Power
Threshold Value :
-40.00 dBm
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-44
show profile pm pcs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show profile pm pcs

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for PCS
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm pcs profile_id
description
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

Attributes
Table 8-17
Parameter
Description
RxCV_PCS
Provides a count of the received Code Violations

Section PCS
RxES_PCS
Provides a count of the received Errored Seconds

Section PCS
RxSEFS_PCS
Provides a count of the received pcs Severely

Errored Frame Seconds Section PCS
RxSES_PCS
Provide a count of the received pcs Severely

Errored Seconds Section PCS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-45
show profile pm pcs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-17
(continued)
Parameter
Description
TxCV_PCS

sent or received that were less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets) and had either a bad FCS with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a
Tx_ES_PCS

sent or received that were longer than 1518 octets
Tx_SEFS_PCS

the broadcast.
Tx_SES_PCS

1500 bytes.
Example
# show profile pm pcs 1 tca
Display PM TCA Profile:
Phy Code Sublayer RX CV
Group=Physical Code Sub Layer Profile=1 Variable=0
Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer RX ES
Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer RX SES
Threshold Value :
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-46
show profile pm pcs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Phy Code Sublayer RX SEFS

Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer TX CV
Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer TX ES
Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer TX SES
Threshold Value :
0
Phy Code Sublayer TX SEFS
Threshold Value :
0
Related commands

show profile pm sdh

Command description
This command displays the threshold crossing alarm (TCA) profiles used for SDH
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm sdh profile_id
description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-47
show profile pm sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

Attributes
Table 8-18
Parameter
Description
RxBBE-RS
Background Block Error Near End RS section
TxBBE-RS
Provides a count of the number of Background block

errors.
RxES_RS
Errored Second Near End RS section
TxES_RS
Provides a count of the number of errored seconds.
RxSES_RS
Severely Errored Second Near End RS section.
TxSES_RS
Provides a count of the number of Severely Errored

Seconds
RxUAS-RS
Unavailable second Near End RS section
TxUAS-RS
Provides a count of the number of unavailable seconds.

A line is deemed to be unavailable when 10
consecutive severely errored seconds are detected. The
period of unavailability begins at the onset of the 10
consecutive severely errored seconds (back in time).
Availability is declared after a period of 10 consecutive
non-SESs. The period of availability begins at the onset
of the 10 consecutive non-SESs (back in time).
Example
# show profile pm sdh 3 description
Current Value:
TCA PROFILE 3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-48
show profile pm sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Related commands


Command description
This command displays show profile pm sonet.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show profile pm sonet profile_id
description
tca
Parameter
Description
profile_id

Range: 1 to 8
description
tca

Attributes
Table 8-19
Parameter
Description
RxCV_L
Coding Violation Line
TxCV_L
Provides a count of the number of B2 BIP violations
RxCV_S
Coding Violation Section
TxCV_S
Provides a count of the number of B1 violations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-49
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-19
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxES_L
Errored Second Line
TxES_L
Provides a count of the number of one second intervals

in which any of the following conditions are true:
At least one B1 BIP-8 error was detected

present
RxES_S
Errored Second Section
TxES_S

At least one B2 BIP error was detected.
A severely errored frame (SEF) defect was present
RxFC_L
Failure Count - line
TxFC_L
Provides a count of the number of line failures. A

failure event begins when a AIS-L failure is declared
and ends when the failure is cleared. A failure event
that begins in one period and ends in another period is
counted only in the period where it begins.
RxSEFS_S
Severely Errored Frame Second Section
TxSEFS_S

A loss of frame (LOF) defect was present
RxSES_L
Severely Errored Second Line
TxSES_L

The number of line layer B2 errors detected


present
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-50
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 8-19
(continued)
Parameter
Description
RxSES_S
Severely Errored Second Section
TxSES_S

The number of section layer BIP errors detected

RxUAS_L
Unavailable Seconds Line
TxUAS_L
Provides a count of the number of seconds a line is

unavailable. A line is deemed to be unavailable when
10 consecutive severely errored seconds are detected.
The period of unavailability begins at the onset of the
10 consecutive severely errored seconds (back in time).
RxUAS_S
Unavailable Seconds Section
TxUAS_S
Provides a count of the number of unavailable seconds.

A line is deemed to be unavailable when 10
consecutive severely errored seconds are detected. The
period of unavailability begins at the onset of the 10
consecutive severely errored seconds (back in time).
Example
# show profile pm sonet 5 description
Current Value: TCA PROFILE 5
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-51
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
8-52
9 onnection and Protection

C
Management Commands
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various commands related to Connection and Protection

management.
Contents
config aps
9-2
config interface topology
9-11
config odukaps
9-22
config odukxc
9-28
config vtsxc
9-32
config xc
9-40
show aps
9-50
show interface topology
9-53
show vtsxc
9-55
show xc
9-59
show odukaps
9-61
show odukxc
9-63
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-1
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config aps
Command description
This command configures automatic protection switch (APS) groups.

Create or delete an APS group

Display a detailed listing of the current configuration settings
Enter a description for the APS group
Specify the reversion mode and directionality of the APS group
Perform or clear a protection switch

Lock out protection switching
Impact
Access Levels
Provisions protection switching

characteristics for the group.
Initiates a protection switch.
Syntax
config aps group group_id | *
create protection_shelf/slot/port working_shelf/slot/port |
shelf/slot/client_port shelf/slot/protection_line_port
shelf/slot/working_line_port | shelf/slot/GE_port
shelf/slot/protection_port/vts_trib
shelf/slot/working_port/vts_trib |
shelf/slot/client_port/vts_trib
shelf/slot/working_port/vts_trib |shelf/slot/line_port/vts_trib
shelf/slot/working_port/vts_trib
delete [yes | no]
detail
direction [uni | bi]
revertive [yes | no]
wtr [minutes]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-2
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
protection
working
clearswitch
forceswitch [toprotection | toworking]
manualswitch [toprotection | toworking]
lockout
Parameter
Description
group_id
Specifies an integer identifier for the APS group.

Range: 1 4,294,967,294.
The user can select any unused value in this range to represent a
new protection group. The total number of protection groups is
limited only by the number of circuit packs and ports in the NE
which support protection configurations.
Lists all APS groups on the network element.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-3
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Creates a new APS group and specifies the associated interfaces.

See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
For Y-cable or OPS protection group on 1830 PSS, enter this
keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port of the protection interface,
followed by the shelf/slot/port of the working interface.
If the protection and working ports are client ports on two OT
cards in agreement with Y-cable adjacency rules, a Y-cable
protection group is created. If the protection and working ports are
the A and B ports on a single OPS card, an OPS protection group
is created.
Applicable for PSS-32
Range (43STA1P port): C1
Range (43STX4 or 43STX4P port): C1-C4
Range (43SCX4 port): C1-C4
Range (11STAR1 port): C1
Range (11STAR1A port): C1
Range (11STMM10 port): C1-C10
Range (11STGE12 port): C1-C10
Range (11DPE12 port): C1-C12
Range (11DPE12E port): C1-C12
Range (11QPA4 port): C1-C4
Range (11QPEN4 port): C1-C4
Range (11DPM12 port): C1-C12
Range (4DPA4 port) : C1C4
Note: For 4DPA4 , Y-cable is supported only in FlexMux card
mode and the supported signal type is FC100, 1GbE and

STM16/OC48.
Range (OPS port): A,B
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-4
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
For 11QPA4, 4DPA2 or 4DPA4 or PSS1MD4 ESNCP protection
group, enter this keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port of the
client interface, followed by the shelf/slot/port protection line port,
followed by the shelf/slot/port of working line port. Note: For
4DPA4 and PSS1MD4, ESNCP is supported only in FlexMux
card mode. For 11QPA4, ESNCP is supported only in addDrop
mode.
Range (4DPA2 client_port): C1-C2
Range (11QPA4|4DPA4|PSS1MD4 client_port): C1-C4
Range (11QPA4 protection_line_port): L1-L4
Range (11QPA4 working_line_ port): L1-L4
Range (4DPA2| 4DPA4|PSS1MD4 - protection_line_port): L1-L2
Range (4DPA2|4DPA4|PSS1MD4 working_line_ port): L1-L2
For PSS1GBE or 11DPE12 ESNCP protection group in FullRate,
enter this keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port of the client GE
interface, followed by the shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the protection
path, followed by the shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the working path.
Protection and working paths must be on the same PSS1GBE /
11DPE12 card but different line.
Range (client port): C1-C12
Range (protection port): L1-L2
Range (working port): L1-L2
Range (vts_trib): 1-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-5
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
For PSS1GBE, 11DPE12 and 11DPE12E ESNCP protection
group in QinQ, enter this keyword followed by the
shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the client interface, followed by the
shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the protection path, followed by the
shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the working path.
Range (Client port): C1-C12
Range (Client vts_trib): 1-10
Range (Line vts_trib): 1-32 or 1100
For 11DPE12 adjacent ESNCP protection group in QinQ, enter
this keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the line
Range (line port): L1-L2
Range (line vts_trib): 1-100
Range (Line vts_trib): 1-32
For 11DPE12E adjacent ESNCP protection group in QinQ, enter
this keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the line
Range (line port): L1-L2
Range (line vts_trib): 1-100
Range (Line vts_trib): 1-100
For 11DPE12A ESNCP protection group in QinQ, enter this
keyword followed by the shelf/slot/port/vts_trib of the client
Range (Client port): C1-C12
Range (Client vts_trib): 1-10
Range (Line vts_trib):1-100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-6
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Note:
delete
For 11DPE12E in 1830 PSS32 and 1830 PSS4, the protection

and working paths must be located in different line ports on
the same board.
For 11DPE12 in 1830 PSS32 and 1830 PSS4, the protection

and working paths must be on different line ports. The line
ports can be on the same board or on an adjacent boards
Line SVLAN ID for both protection and working paths must

be the same.
Working and protection port interface must be OTU2
Working line EVPL path must be established before creating

QinQ ESNCP group.
For 11DPE12E/11DPE12A, the line VTS range is 1-100. For

PSS1GBEH/11DPE12, the line VTS range is 1-32
For 11DPE12/11DPE12E, the Y cable protection and QINQ

ESNCP is only applied to 1830 PSS4, not applied to 1830 PSS
32
For the 11DPE12 the QINQ ESNCP with three line ports for
adjacent application is only supported for 1830 PSS 4
Delete the specified APS group.

yes to delete the APS group.
no to leave the APS group as is.
description
Specifies a description for the APS group. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change description, enter this
keyword followed by a character string describing the APS group.
detail
Displays the current settings for the specified group. The same as
show aps.
direction
Specifies the direction mode for the APS group. Enter this
keyword to display the current direction mode.
To change the description, enter this keyword followed by uni or
bi:
Set to uni for unidirectional protection switching. (Applies to

Y-cable, OPS, and ESNCP.)
Set to bi for bidirectional protection switching. (Applies to

Y-cable only.)
Default: uni
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-7
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
revertive
Specifies the reversion mode for the APS group. Enter this
keyword to display the current reversion mode.
To change the mode, enter this keyword followed by yes or no:
Set to no to have the APS group stay in its switched

configuration after the cause of the protection switch has been
repaired or the user-initiated switch has been cleared (applies
to Y-cable, OPS, and ESNCP).
Set to yes to have the APS group revert to working once the
cause of an automatic protection switch has been repaired or
the user-initiated switch has been cleared. An automatic
switch does not revert immediately, but waits for the period of
time specified by the wtr parameter. A user-initiated switch
reverts immediately. (Currently supported only for (a) Y-cable
with direction = bi (but not on 43STA1P, 43STX4P, 43STX4,
or 43SCX4)), or (b) PSS1GBE ESNCP and 11DPE12 ESNCP
and 11DPE12E ESNCP
Default: no
wtr
Specifies the wait to restore time for the APS group. This
parameter affects switching behavior only when revertive = yes.
(But it can be provisioned for any APS group). Enter this keyword
to display the current wait to restore time. To change the setting,
enter this keyword followed by the time to wait before reverting to
working.
Default: 5 minutes
Range: 1-20 minutes
protection
Displays details of the APS protection member.
working
Displays details of the APS working member.
clearswitch
Clears an APS switch. If there is no existing switch, this command

will succeed by default.
forceswitch
Force an APS switch. A forced switch overrides manual switches

and signal failures.
Enter this keyword followed by toprotection or toworking.
Enter toprotection to force a switch to the protection path.
Enter toworking to force a switch to the working path. If there is
an existing forced switch or lockout, this command will fail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-8
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
manualswitch
Initiate a manual APS switch. A manual switch is overridden by

signal failures and higher-priority requests.
Enter this keyword followed by toprotection or toworking:
lockout
Enter toprotection to initiate a switch to the protection path.
Enter toworking to initiate a switch to the working path.

If there is an existing manual switch, forced switch, or
lockout, this command will fail.
Lockout APS switching. Lockout moves the switch position to

working (if not there already) and prevents switching to the
protection path. It overrides all switching requests.
Example
# Successful Command examples
Example: Configuring a Y-cable APS group
(config-aps)# group 5
(config-aps-group-5)#
create 2/11/C3 2/10/C3

description Y-cable ABC
direction bidir
revertive yes
wtr 10
Example: Configuring an OPS APS group

(config-aps)# group 7 create 3/9/A 3/9/B
(config-aps-group-7)# description OPS DEF
Example:Configuring a 4DPA2/4DPA4/PSS1MD4 ESNCP APS group

create 1/7/C2 L2 L1
description 4DPA2/4DPA4 ESNCP GHI
direction uni
revertive no
Example: Configuring a PSS1GBE ESNCP APS group

create 1/7/C3 L2/3 L1/5

description PSS1GBE ESNCP JKL
direction uni
revertive yes
Example: Forcing a protection switch on any APS group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-9
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config aps group 5 forceswitch toprotection
Example of 11DPE12 fullRate ESNCP

# config aps group 1 create 1/7/c1 1/7/l1/2 1/7/l2/1
Example of 11DPE12 QinQ ESNCP

# config aps group 1 create 1/7/c1/1 1/7/l1/2 1/7/l2/2
Example of 11DPE12 QinQ cross pack ESNCP

Example of 11DPE12 QinQ cross pack ESNCP

# config aps group 1 create 1/7/l1/1 1/7/l1/2 1/8/l2/2
Example of 11DPE12E QinQ cross pack ESNCP

Example of 11DPE12E QinQ cross pack ESNCP

# config aps group 1 create 1/7/l1/1 1/7/l1/2 1/8/l2/2

Error: The working line port and protection line port must be
different.

Error: The client, protection line and working line must be in the
same board.
Examples of error responses that are unique to 11DPE12

Error: Request Failed The working line port and protection line
port must be different.

Error: Request Failed under QinQ mode, the SVLAN ID of working and
protection paths must be the same.

Error: Request Failed under QinQ mode, the SVLAN ID of working and
protection paths must be the same.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-10
config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Error: Request Failed For ESNCP, both working and protection line
port interfaces must be OTU2.

Error: Request Failed For ESNCP, working line EVPL path must be
established before creating ESNCP group

Error: Request Failed Wrong pack locations for working and
protection line.
Examples of error responses that are unique to 11QPA4.

# config aps group 1 create 1/7/c1 1/7/l2 1/7/l1
Error: line port oprmode is not ADDDROP.
Related commands

show aps

Command description
This command configures the fiber connectivity on the network element. Use this
command to configure how the cards on the network element are interconnected and to
specify which interface ports connect to external network elements or networks, or are
unconnected.
Note: After changing a topological endpoint within a NE, you must ensure that you
configure the actual fibers on the affected NE.
Impact
Access Levels
Topology data is required for

automatic WaveKey and power
provisioning and for power
management.
Syntax
config interface topology validate
config interface topology shelf/slot/port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
detail
delete [from | to]
external identifier [bi | uni]
externalin identifier
internal shelf/slot/port [bi | uni]
notconnected
Parameter
Description
detail
Display the current topology for the specified port.
delete
Use this command to disconnect a previously

configured connection.
The shelf/slot/port being deleted to can be followed
by a value of from or to to identify the direction to
be deleted for uni-directional connections.
Both directions will be deleted if the value is
omitted. This works the same as the
notconnectedcommand.
If a port (B) has a uni-directional connection from A
and a uni-directional connection to C then the from
value will remove the A to B connection and the to
value will remove the B to C connection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
external
Specifies that the interface is connected to another

network element in the 1830 PSS network or to an
interface port that is external to the 1830 PSS
network.
Enter this keyword followed by an identifier for the
external interface.
If the external connection is to another network

element in the 1830 PSS network, enter the
network element IP address (which must be
reachable from this NE) and the shelf, slot, port
and pack name of the interface to which the fiber
is connected.
If the external connection is to an interface that is

external to the 1830 PSS network, enter a string
that uniquely identifies the interface.
The shelf/slot/port connected to can be followed by

bi or uni to identify a bi-directional or
uni-directional fiber connection. With uni option, a
unidirectional connection to the external equipment
is set up. Using externalin command to set up the
connection from the external equipment. The
connection will default to bi if the value is omitted.
See the tables: Table 9-1, Port name to Port Number
Conversions (p. 9-14) .
externalin
Specifies that the interface to which the interface is

connected from. This set up a connection from the
equipment. Enter a string that uniquely identifies the
interface. if the external connection is from another
network element in the 1830 PSS network, enter the
network element IP address (which must be
reachable from this NE) and the shelf, slot, port and
pack name of the interface to which the fiber is
connected.
If the external connection is to an interface that is
external to the 1830 PSS network, enter a string that
uniquely identifies the interface.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
internal
Specifies that the interface is connected to another

interface port on the network element. Enter this
keyword followed by the shelf, slot, and port of the
interface to which the interface is connected to. The
shelf/slot/port connected to can be followed by bi or
uni to identify a bi-directional or uni-directional fiber
connection. The connection will default to bi if the
value is omitted.
notconnected
Specifies that the interface is not connected. Also use

this command to disconnect a previously configured
bi-directional connection. To delete a uni-directional
connection use the delete command.
validate
Validate the topology.
Table 9-1

PSS OT Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion
Port
Number
11 11STGE12
DPE
12
11
DPE
12E
11
DPM
12
11 11STMM10
QPA
4
4
DPA
4
4DPA2 43STX443STA1P11STAR1
(P)
43SCX4
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L2
C1
L2
C1
L2
L2
C1
C1
C1
C1
C2
L3
C2
C1
C1
C2
C2
C3
L4
C3
C2
C2
C3
C3
C4
C1
C4
C3
L1
C4
C4
C5
C2
C5
C4
C5
C6
C3
C6
VA1
C6
C7
C4
C7
VA2
C7
C8
VA1
C8
10
C8
C9
VA2
C9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-1
(continued)
PSS OT Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion

Port
Number
11 11STGE12
DPE
12
11
DPE
12E
11
DPM
12
11 11STMM10
QPA
4
11
C9
C10
VA3
12
C10
C11
VA4
13
C11
C12
14
C12
15
VA1
16
VA2
4
DPA
4
4DPA2 43STX443STA1P11STAR1
(P)
43SCX4
C10
PSS-1 OT Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion

Port Number
PSS1P21
PSS1GBE
PSS1MD4
L1
L1
L1
L2
L2
L2
C1
C1
C1
C2
C2
C2
C3
C3
C3
C4
C4
C4
C5
C5
C6
C6
C7
C7
10
C8
C8
11
C9
C9
12
C10
C10
13
C11
C11
14
C12
C12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PSS-1 OT Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion

Port Number
PSS1P21
15
C13
16
C14
17
C15
18
C16
19
C17
20
C18
21
C19
22
C20
23
C21
PSS1GBE
PSS1MD4
Line Optics Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion

AHPLG, ALPFGK,
ALPHG,
OSC
AHPHG,
A2325A,
PSS1AHP
OPSA
ITLB MVAC
SVAC
DCM
VA1
L1
DCM
VA2
C1
VA3
Port
Number
CWR8
CWR888
SIG
SIG
SIG
SIG
SIG
SIG
THRU
THRU
INV
INV
OMD
OMD
DCM
OSC
CLS1
CLS1
LINE
LINE
VA4
CLS2
CLS2
OSC
OSCSFP
VA5
CLS3
CLS3
VA6
CLS4
CLS4
VA7
CLS5
CLS5
VA8
CLS6
CLS6
10
CLS7
CLS7
11
CLS8
CLS8
12
TEST
TEST
13
INV
INV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Optics Packs Port Number to Port Name Conversion

Port Number
WR288
SIG
THRU
DROPOUT
ADDIN
INV
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Port Number
SFD44
SFD44B
SFD40
SFD40B
9600
9605
9600
9605
9590
9595
9590
9595
9580
9585
9580
9585
9570
9575
9570
9575
9560
9565
9560
9565
9550
9555
9550
9555
9540
9545
9540
9545
9530
9535
9530
9535
9520
9525
9520
9525
10
9510
9515
9510
9515
11
9500
9505
9500
9505
12
9490
9495
9490
9495
13
9480
9485
9480
9485
14
9470
9475
9470
9475
15
9460
9465
9460
9465
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port Number
SFD44
SFD44B
SFD40
SFD40B
16
9450
9455
9450
9455
17
9440
9445
9440
9445
18
9430
9435
9430
9435
19
9420
9425
9420
9425
20
9410
9415
9410
9415
21
9400
9405
9400
9405
22
9390
9395
9390
9395
23
9380
9385
9380
9385
24
9370
9375
9370
9375
25
9360
9365
9360
9365
26
9350
9355
9350
9355
27
9340
9345
9340
9345
28
9330
9335
9330
9335
29
9320
9325
9320
9325
30
9310
9315
9310
9315
31
9300
9305
9300
9305
32
9290
9295
9290
9295
33
9280
9285
9280
9285
34
9270
9275
9270
9275
35
9260
9265
9260
9265
36
9250
9255
9250
9255
37
9240
9245
9240
9245
38
9230
9235
9230
9235
39
9220
9225
9220
9225
40
9210
9215
9210
9215
41
9200
9205
OMD
OMD
42
9190
9195
43
9180
9185
44
9170
9175
45
OMD
OMD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port
Number
SFD4A
SFD4B
SFD4C
SFD4D
SFD4E
SFD4F
SFD4G
SFD4H
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
9200
9250
9300
9350
9420
9470
9520
9570
9210
9260
9310
9360
9430
9480
9530
9580
9220
9270
9320
9370
9440
9490
9540
9590
9230
9280
9330
9380
9450
9500
9550
9600
Port Number
SFD8A
SFD8B
SFD8C
SFD8D
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
9200
9300
9420
9520
9210
9310
9430
9530
9220
9320
9440
9540
9230
9330
9450
9550
9250
9350
9470
9570
9260
9360
9480
9580
9270
9370
9490
9590
10
9280
9380
9500
9600
Port
Number
SFD5A
SFD5B
SFD5C
SFD5D
SFD5E
SFD5F
SFD5G
SFD5H
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
9190
9240
9290
9340
9410
9460
9510
9560
9200
9250
9300
9350
9420
9470
9520
9570
9210
9260
9310
9360
9430
9480
9530
9580
9220
9270
9320
9370
9440
9490
9540
9590
9230
9280
9330
9380
9450
9500
9550
9600
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Port Number
SFD8A
SFD8B
SFD8C
SFD8D
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
9200
9300
9420
9520
9210
9310
9430
9530
9220
9320
9440
9540
9230
9330
9450
9550
9250
9350
9470
9570
9260
9360
9480
9580
9270
9370
9490
9590
10
9280
9380
9500
9600
Port
Number
SFC8
SFC
4A
SFC
4B
SFC
2A
SFC
2B
SFC2C
SFC2D
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
1471
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
1491
1471
1551
1471
1511
1551
1591
1511
1491
1571
1491
1531
1571
1611
1531
1511
1591
1551
1531
1611
1571
1591
1611
Port
Number
SFC1A
SFC1B
SFC1C
SFC1D
SFC1E
SFC1F
SFC1G
SFC1H
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
OMD
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
EXP
1471
1491
1511
1531
1551
1571
1591
1611
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example
#config interface topology 1/5/sig internal 1/6/sig
#config interface topology 1/9/line external 214.5.73.6 1/5/4
# config int topology 1/6/sig detail
Interface 1/6/SIG CWR8 Signal Port

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------To Connection Type: internal
To Destination
: 1/5/SIG AHPHG Signal Port
From Connection Type: internal
From Destination
: 1/5/SIG AHPHG Signal Port
# config int topology 2/9/sig detail
Interface 2/9/SIG ALPHG Signal Port

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------To Connection Type: not connected
From Connection Type: not connected
# config interface topology 1/17/L1 internal 1/17/VA1 uni
# config interface topology 1/6/CLS6 internal 1/17/L1 uni
# config interface topology 1/17/L1 detail
Interface 1/17/L1 4DPA1 Line Port

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------To Connection Type: internal
To Destination
: 1/17/VA1 4DPA4 eVOA Port
From Connection Type: internal
From Destination
: 1/6/CLS6 CWR8 Colorless 6 Port
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-21
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config odukaps
Command description
This command configures a path protected ODUK cross-connection entity and establishes
a one-way (unidirectional) or two-way (bidirectional) SNCP cross connection between
the specified rate facilities. In the current release we only support Uni-directional
switching.
Display a list of all currently configured protected cross-connect groups on the NE

Convert cross-connection from non-protected to protected
Convert cross-connect from protected to non-protected
Create or delete a protected cross-connect group
Create a protected cross-connect group

Delete a protected cross-connect group
Enter a description for the protected cross-connect group

Displays a detailed listing of the current configuration settings
Specify the reversion mode and directionality of the APS group
Perform or clear a protection group
Lock out protection switching
Impact
Access levels
Provisions protection switching

characteristics for the group.
Initiates a protection switch.
Syntax
config odukap brief
config odukaps To
convertProt Fromed Froming
convertUnProt
create Fromed Froming
delete
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-22
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wtr [minutes]
protection
working
clearswitch
forceswitch [toprotection | toworking]
manualswitch [toprotection | toworking]
lockout
Parameter
Description
Brief
Display a listing of all configured protected

cross-connect groups on the NE.
To
Specifies the address of To (the sink of

cross-connection, the client point) in the protected
ODUk APS group.
For 11DPM12, the allowable addresses are:
To - shelf/slot/C{1-12} and shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-23
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
convertProt
Convert an existing un-protected ODUk cross-connect to

protected ODUk cross-connect. The command adds a
protection leg to the cross connection. Enter this
keyword followed by the addresses of Fromed (the
working source of cross-connection which has been
existed) and Froming (the protecting source of
cross-connection, the protection path ).
Froming - shelf/slot/L{1-2}/{1-8}
Note:
1. If the ODUk of To, Fromed and Froming are not

located on the same shelf/slot, the conversion shall
be denied.
2. If the LO ODUk rate of To, Fromed and Froming
are different, the conversion shall be denied.
3. A deny message will be generated if the Fromed and
Froming locate in the same line port.
4. A deny message will be generated if the specified
TO is already a sink (TO) of another
cross-connection.
5. A deny message will be generated if the specified
FROMPED or FROMPING in a 2WAYSNCP cross
connection is already a sink (TO) of another
cross-connection.
6. If the ports or Lo-ODUk entity specified by
FROMPED, FROMPING or TO are not
provisioned, a deny message will be generated.
7. A deny message will be generated if the existing
un-protected ODUk cross-connect is an one-way
cross-connect or two one-way cross-connect.
8. The ODUPTF(proprietary ODU1) protection, all of
the client signal encapsulating into OPTSG under
the ODUPTF will be protected simultaneously.
Thats to say, all of the related client signals will be
switched to the protected line in case of a failure.
9. In establishing a E-SNCP 1+1 ODUk group , the
ODU attributes such as TTI, TIMMRESP,
PTMMRESP are preferably to be same for both
lines but no sw validation is required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-24
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
convertUnProt
Convert the protected ODUk cross-connect to

un-protected ODUk cross-connect. Issuing this
command will cause NE remove the protection
cross-connection and remove the APS group.
createFromed Froming
Create a new protected ODUk APS group on the NE.

Enter this keyword followed by the addresses of Fromed
(the protected source of cross-connection, the working
path) and Froming ( the protecting source of
cross-connection, the protection path).
Fromed - shelf/slot/L{1-2}/{1-8}
Froming shelf/slot/L{1-2}/{1-8}
Note:
1. If the ODUk of To, Fromed and Froming are not

located on the same shelf/slot, the creation shall be
denied.
2. If the LO ODUk rate of To, Fromed and Froming
are different, the creation shall be denied.
3. A deny message will be generated if the Fromed and
Froming locate in the same line port.
4. If the original connection is 2WAY, and FROMPED
is not the FROM or the TO facility of the original
connection addressed by the specified TO, then a
deny message would be generated
5. If the converted connection is to a 2WAYSNCP and
the Froming is already a sink (TO) of another
cross-connection, a deny message will be generated.
6. The ODUPTF(proprietary ODU1) protection, all of
the client signal encapsulating into OPTSG under
the ODUPTF will be protected simultaneously.
Thats to say, all of the related client signals will be
switched to the protected line in case of a failure.
7. In establishing a E-SNCP 1+1 ODUk group , ODU
attributes such as TTI, TIMMRESP, PTMMRESP
are preferably to be same for both lines but no sw
validation is required.
Delete
Deletes the two-way SNCP cross connections previously

set up. Issuing this command will cause NE remove the
working cross-connection and the protection
cross-connect.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-25
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Description
Specifies a description for the ODUk protection group.

Enter this keyword to display the current description. To
change description, enter this keyword followed by a
character string describing the ODUk protection group.
The maximum length of the character string is 45.
Detail
Displays the current settings for the specified group. The

same as show odukaps.
Wtr
Specifies the wait to restore time for the APS group.

This parameter affects switching behavior only when
revertive = yes.(But it can be provisioned for any APS
group). Enter this keyword to display the current wait to
restore time. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by the time to wait before reverting to working.
Default: 5 minutes
Range: 1-20 minutes
Protection
Displays details of the APS protection member.
Working
Displays details of the APS working member.
Clearswitch
Clear an APS switch. If there is no existing switch, this

command will succeed anyway.
Forceswitch
Force an APS switch. A forced switch overrides manual

switches and signal failures.
Enter this keyword followed by toprotection or
toworking:
Enter toprotection to force a switch to the protection
path
Enter toworking to force a switch to the working path.
If there is an existing forced switch or lockout, this
command will fail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-26
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
manualswitch
Initiate a manual APS switch. A manual switch is

overridden by signal failures and higher-priority
requests.
Enter this keyword followed by toprotectionor
toworking:
Enter toprotection to initiate a switch to the

protection path.
Enter toworking to initiate a switch to the working

path.
If there is an existing manual switch, forced switch, or

lockout, this command will fail.
Lockout APS switching. Lockout moves the switch
position to working (if not there already) and prevents
switching to the protection path. It overrides all
switching requests.
Lockout
Examples

# config odukaps brief
Group ID
To
Fromed
Froming
-----------------------------------------------------------1
1/5/C2
1/5/L1/2
1/5/L2/2
2
1/5/ODU1PTF1 1/5/L1/3
1/5/L2/3
# config odukaps 1/5/c1 convertProt 1/5/L1/1 1/5/L2/1

# config odukaps 1/5/c2 create 1/5/L1/2 1/5/L2/2
# config odukaps 1/5/odu1ptf1 create 1/5/L1/3 1/5/L2/3
# config odukaps 1/5/c2 detail
Description : ODU0 example
Protection Mode: 1+1 E-SNCP
Direction :Uni
Revertive : No
Wait-To-Restore : 10 minutes
Group ID : 1
To Interface
: 1/5/C2
Switch Request: Signal Failure
Interface
Switch Command
Request For: Protection

Status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-27
config odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Fromed: 1/5/L1/2
No Command
Active
Froming: 1/5/L2/2
No Command
Stand-by
Error response
# config odukaps 1/5/c1 create 1/5/L1/1 1/5/L2/1
Error: Request Failed the looduk type of To, Fromed and Froming
mismatch.
Related commands
The following is a related command.

show odukaps
config odukxc
Command description
This command configures an ODUK cross-connection entity and establishes a one-way

(unidirectional) or two-way (bidirectional) cross connection between the specified
facilities.
Display a list of all currently configured cross-connects on the NE

Create a new ODUK cross-connect on the NE
Delete a cross-connect
Display detailed information for a specific cross-connect
Impact
Access levels
When the cross-connect is

deleted, the service carried by
this connection will be
interrupted.
Syntax
config odukxc brief
config odukxcsource destination
create xcrate xcdir
delete
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-28
config odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
details
Parameter
Description
Brief
Display a listing of all ODUk cross-connects configured on

the NE.
source destination
Specifies the addresses of source and destination points.

shelf/slot/C{1-12}
shelf/slot/L{1-2}/{1-8}
shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/{1-16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-29
config odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create an ODUk cross-connect on the NE. Enter this

keyword followed by cross-connect rate and cross-connect
type.
valid xcrate:
odu0
odu1
oduflex_3gsdi
oduflex_fc400
optsg
valid xcdir:
uni
bi
11DPM12 Note:
1. The shelf/slot must be the same in the addresses of

source and destination
2. Users must provision the client container before
configuring the cross-connect.
3. Following are the allowable add-drop optsg cross
connects between:
C{1-3} and odu1ptf{1-2}/{1-16}
C{4-6} and odu1ptf{3-4}/{1-16}
C{7-9} and odu1ptf{5-6}/{1-16}
C{10-12} and odu1ptf{7-8}/{1-16}
4. Following are the allowable add-drop non-optsg cross
connects between:
C{1-12} and L{1-2}/{1-8}
odu1ptf{1-8} and L{1-2}/{1-8}
5. Only different line port LO ODUk pass through
connect is allowed.
Delete
Delete the specified cross-connect.
Description
Specifies a description for the ODUk cross-connect. Enter

this keyword to display the current description. To change
description, enter this keyword followed by a character
string describing the ODUk cross-connect. The maximum
length of the character string is 45.
Details
Display detailed configuration information for the specified

cross-connect.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-30
config odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Examples
# config odukc brief
Source
Destinaton
1/5/C1
1/5/L1/1
None
1/5/C2
1/5/L1/2
Working
1/5/C2
1/5/L2/2
Protection
1/5/C3
1/5/ODU1PTF1/1
# config odukxc 1/5/C1 1/5/L1/1
xcRate
ODU0
xcDir
Protection State
uni
ODU0
bi
ODU0
bi
ODU1
bi
create odu0 uni
None
# config odukxc 1/5/C1 1/5/L1/1 detail

Source
Interface
Destination Interface
Description
:
XC Rate
:
XC Direction
:
Protection State
:
: 1/5/C1
: 1/5/L1/1
temp1
ODU0
Uni
None
# config odukxc 1/5/C1 1/5/L1/1 delete

Error response
# config odukxc 1/5/ODU1PTF1 1/5/L1/1 delete
Error Request Fail: XC present in the ODU1PTF
Related commands
show odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-31
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config vtsxc
Command description
This command configures an Ethernet cross-connect on the NE. An Ethernet

cross-connect defines the source and destination ports and vts numbers used by the
service.
Create a new ethernet cross-connect on the PSS-1GBE, 11DPE12, 11DPE12E or

11DPE12A
Delete an ethernet crossconnect
Configure the bandwidth profile information for an ethernet crossconnect
Set the administrative state of the cross-connect to up (normal operation) or down

(mask alarms)
Display detailed information for a specific ethernet cross-connect
This command is applicable to PSS1GBE / 11DPE12 under QinQ or SubRate mode
and 11DPE12E/11DPE12A under QinQ mode
Impact
Access levels
When the cross-connect is deleted,

the service carried by this
connection will be interruptted.
Syntax
config vtsxc brief
config vtsxc shelf/slot/src_port/vtsnumber shelf/slot/
dest_port/vtsnumber | id
detail
create [vtsconn_name] [profile [cir value] [pir value] [cbs
value] [pbs value]
delete
state [up | down]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-32
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
profile [cir value] [pir value] [cbs value] [pbs value]

Parameter
Description
brief
Display a list of all currently configured cross-connects on

the NE.
shelf/slot
Specifies the shelf, slot of the interface. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number.
src_port
C{1-12}, L{1-2}, {LAG{1-4}

Note: LAG{1-4} is only for 11DPE12A
dest_port
C{1-12}, L{1-2}, {LAG{1-4}

Note: LAG{1-4} is only for 11DPE12A
Vtsnumber
The valid vts number is: 1 - 10 for C{1-12} in SubRate or

QinQ.
The valid vts number is: 1 - 32 for L{1-2} when pack is in
subRate (HiGiG) mode.
The valid vts number is: 1 - 100 for L{1-2} when pack is
in QinQ mode.
The valid vts number is 110 for LAG{1-4} in
11DPE12A in QNQ mode.
Note:
1. The maximum line VTS port is up to 32 in subRate
(HiGiG) mode.
2. The maximum line VTS port is up to 100 in QinQ
mode. However, 11DPE12 only support up to 32
OTU2 flows continuity monitoring. That is the
customer must configure the VTS(1-32) if flow
continuity monitoring is needed. Under 10GbE line
side, the flow continuity monitoring function is not
supported.
id
Specify a currently configured cross-connecton the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-33
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a new cross-connect on the NE. Enter this keyword

followed by a trail name for the service.
The trail name can be up to 60 characters long and must
be unique across the network. Enclose the string in single
quotes if it contains spaces.
Note:
1. For 11dpe12 pack in subrate mode, the provision of
the VTS cross-connection is bidirectional.
2. In QinQ mode, the provision of the VTS
cross-connection is unidirectional. That is users must
set up the connection from Client VTS to Line VTS
(add), and Line VTS to Client VTS (drop) in one
direction, if bi-directional is needed
3. Before configuring the VTS cross-connection, user
must provision VTS/CE-VLANID and
VTS/SVLANID mapping in QinQ mode
4. Line SVLAN ID must be the same in PASS
THROUGH connection in QinQ mode.
5. ADD/DROP services support maximum 768
CE-VLAN/SVLAN mapping in QinQ mode
6. Under SubRate, cross connect must be established
within one pack for both 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.
7. Under QinQ mode, cross connect must be established
within one pack or adjacent cross packs for
11DPE12/11DPE12E in 1830 PSS-32 and 1830 PSS4.
For 11DPE12/11DPE12E in 1830 PSS-32 adjacent
slots application , the slot pairs can only be thre
following format: slot 2 and slot 3 are a pair, slot 4
and slot 5 are a pair , slot 6 and slot 7 are a pair and so
on .
8. SVLAN ID must be same in add/drop connection
when VTS cmode are svlantagged in
11DPE12E/11DPE12A QINQ mode.
9. Line VTS must be SVLAN TAGGED for add/drop
cross connection for11DPE12E QINQ mode; one of
the line VTS should be SVLAN tagged for pass
through cross connection for 11DPE12E/11DPE12A
QINQ mode.
10. Under QINQ mode, cross connect musst be
established within one pack for 11DPE12A in PSS
and PSS4.
11. The lag related VTSXC can only be created between
one lag VTS and one line port VTS in 11DPE12A.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-34
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
delete
Delete the specified cross-connect.

Note: when the VTSXC is in-service (UP) state, the
deleting is denied for 11DPE12 and 11DPE12E/

11DPE12A.
detail
Display the vts connection name and profile information

for the specified cross-connect information.
state
Set the administrative state of the cross-connect to up or

down.
set to up for normal operation. This unmasks all

cross-connect alarms for this cross-connect.
set to down to suppress alarms for the cross-connect.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-35
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
profile
Set the bandwidth profile for the specified VTS

connection.
cir to specify the Committed Information Rate.

value: The valid range for subrate is
0-1000Mbps with the step of 100 Mbps in
subRate. when none of the VTSXC related port is
FE port with the step of 100 Mbps in subRate.
Default: 100 Mbps
The valid range for QinQ add/drop servie
is0-100Mbps when one VTSXC related port is FE
port or 0-1000Mbps when none of the VTSXC
related port is FE port . The step is 5 Mbps for the
range of 10 Mbps -100Mbps; The step is 50 Mbps
for the range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps. Default:
10 Mbps.
Default: 10Mbps
The valid range for QinQ pass through service is
0-10000Mbps. the step is 5 Mbps for the range of
10 Mbps -100Mbps; the setp is 50 Mbps for the
range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps. the step is 50
Mbps for the range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps. The
steps is 500Mbps for the range of 1000Mbps
10000Mbps.
Default: 10 Mbps
The valid range for LAG interface is 0 to Max
Bandwidth (max port size* port speed) . The step
is 5 Mbps for the range of 10 Mbps -100Mbps;
The step is 50 Mbps for the range of 100 Mbps
Max Bandwidth . Default: Max Bandwidth .
help: display the valid and default values
cbs to specify the Committed Burst Size.

value: The valid value is {16, 32, 64, 128, 256,
512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384}. The unit is
KB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-36
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
pir to specify the peak Information Rate.

Follow this keyword with one of the following value:
The valid range for subrate is 0-100Mbps when
one VTSXC related port is FE port or
0-1000Mbps when none of the VTSXC related
port is FE port with the step of 100 Mbps in
subRate. Default: 0-100Mbps when one VTSXC
related port is FE port or 0-1000Mbps when none
of the VTSXC related port is FE port.
The valid range for QinQ add/drop service is
0-100Mbps when one VTSXC related port is FE
port or 0-1000Mbps when none of the VTSXC
related port is FE port . The setp is 5 Mbps for the
range of 10 Mbps -100Mbps; The step is 50 Mbps
for the range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps.
Default: 0-100Mbps when one VTSXC related
port is FE port or 0-1000Mbps when none of the
VTSXC related port is FE port.
The valid range for QinQ pass through service is
0-10000Mbps. The setp is 5 Mbps for the range of
10 Mbps -100Mbps; The setp is 50 Mbps for the
range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps. The setp is 50
Mbps for the range of 100 Mbps -1000Mbps. The
steps is 500Mbps for the range of 1000Mbps
10000Mbps.
Default: 1000Mbps
pbs to specify the peak Burst Size.

value: The valid value is {16, 32, 64, 128, 256,
512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384}. The unit is
KB.
Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-37
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# config vstxc brief
# config vtsxc 1/7/C1/vts1 1/7/L1/vts10 detail (subrate mode on

11dpe12 pack)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
A-End Interface
: 1/7/C1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
A-End vts number : 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Z-End Interface
: 1/7/L1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
A-End vts number : 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connection id
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
: bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin
State
:
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CIR
: 300
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CBS
: 256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PIR
: 600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
PBS
: 512
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config vtsxc 1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10 detail (Q in Q mode)
A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/C1
1
1/7/L1
10
1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Unidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
# config vtsxc 1 detail

A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
: 1/7/C1
: 1
: 1/7/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-38
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-End vts number

Connection id
: 10
: 1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Unidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
# config vtsxc 1 detail

A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
config vtsxc
1000
config vtsxc
1000
config vtsxc
config vtsxc
config vtsxc
config vtsxc
config vtsxc
config vtsxc
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/lag1
1
1/7/L1
10
1
: Unidirectional
: Up
: Up
: 300
: 256
: 600
: 512
1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10 create "evc10" profile pir 300 eir
1/7/lag2/1 1/7/L1/10 create "evc10" profile cir 300 pir
1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10 profile cir 300 cbs 256
1 profile cir 300 cbs 256
1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10 delete
1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10 state up
1/7/C1/1 1/8/L1/10 create "temp
1/7/L1/1 1/8/L1/1 create temp

NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/c11/1 1/7/L1/21 profile cbs 255
Error: Invalid CBS value. Valid value < 16, 32, .., 16384 > Kbytes.
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/c11/1 1/7/L1/21 profile cir 1001

Error: CIR value out of range. Range: 0 to 1000, granularity of 100
Mbps.
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/c1/vts1 1/7/L2/vts3 create temp

Error: VTS/CE-VLANID or VTS/SVLANID mapping is missing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-39
config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/L1/vts1 1/7/L2/vts3 create temp

Error: Line SVLAN ID mappings must be the same in PASS THROUGH
connection under QinQ mode.
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/L1/vts3 1/7/L2/vts3 create temp

Error: Line SVLAN ID mappings must be the same in PASS THROUGH
connection under QinQ mode.
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/C1/vts1 1/7/L2/vts10 create temp

Error: CE-VLAN/SVLAN mapping entry exceeding 768.
# config vtsxc 1/7/C1/vts1 1/9/L1/vts10 create "temp

Error: Under QinQ mode, wrong pack location.
If the provision is not compliant with the bandwidth profile rule for
CIR/PIR/CBS/PBS, NE shall return the following response
NE177# config vtsxc 1/7/c11/1 1/7/L1/21 profile cbs 8192 ebs 4096
Error: Request Failed - invalid vts-conn profile.
Related commands

show vtsxc
config xc
Command description
This command configures a cross-connect on an NE. A cross-connect defines the ingress

and egress interfaces used by the service when traversing the NE. The complete path
taken by the service when traversing the NE is inferred by the topology.
Note: You cannot provision a cross-connect while the network element is undergoing
power management commissioning. For details on power management
commissioning, see config powermgmt.

Create a new cross-connect on the NE
Set the administrative state of the cross-connect to up (normal operation) or down
(mask alarms)
Set WaveKeys for the cross-connect
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-40
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delete a cross-connect
Display detailed information for a specific cross-connect
A cross-connect for an OCS uplink service can be made between the following
end-points: (a) an LD LINE port channel, and (b) a port which has an ocstype OCONN
(either an SFD channel port, or a CWR CLS port). Both passive and pluggable SFD
modules are supported.
For OCS uplink services, only bi-directional unprotected cross-connects should be
selected, with auto power management and keyed operation with auto-selection of
wavekeys.
Impact
Access levels
When the service is enabled, all of the

Wavelength Tracker detect points along the
service path are configured with WaveKeys.
When OCh technology type is configured by a

user the service may be impacted
Syntax
config xc brief
config xc src_shelf/slot/port dest_shelf/slot/port itu
acceptpwrs {az | za}
create {ochtrailname | ochtrailname with spaces} [dir [prot_type
[wksel [k1az k2az [k1za k2za]]]]]
delete [force]
details
state [up | down]
trace
wavekeys
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-41
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
usertechnology
Parameter
Description
acceptpwrs
Synchronize the expected powers to the

measured values.
following:
brief
az - Accept powers for the A to Z

direction.
az - Accept powers for the Z to A

direction.
Display a listing of all of the cross-connects

configured on the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-42
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
create
Create a new cross-connect on the NE.

1. * - to show a list of available drop or thru
trail names.
2. A trail name for the service. The trail
name can be up to 60 characters long and
must be unique across the network.
Enclose the string in single quotes if it
contains spaces.
3. dir - The directionality of the service.
Enter bi to specify that the service is
bidirectional.
Enter uni to specify that the service is
unidirectional
4. prot - The protection level for the
service. This parameter is optional. By
default, the service is provisioned with no
protection.
following:
Enter none if the trail is unprotected.
Enter work if the trail is the working
path of a protected service.
Enter prot if the trail is the protected
path of a protected service.
5. wksel - The method by which the Wave
Keys are selected.
Enter help to display the default and
valid Wave Keys.
Enter auto to have the Wave Keys
specified automatically.
Enter manual to manually specify the
Wave Keys.
Enter unkeyed to create a
cross-connect without Wave Keys
6. The WaveKeys [k1az k2az [k1za k2za]]. If
the trail is unidirectional, specify only one
set of Wave Keys.
delete
Delete the specified cross-connect. Use the

force option to force the deletion of the
cross-connect.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-43
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
details
Display detailed configuration information for

the specified cross-connect. See
Cross-connection state qualifiers for more
information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-44
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
wavekeys
Configure the Wave Keys for this trail.

Follow this wavekey with on of the following:
azkeys - To display the default valid keys,

enter help.
If the cross-connect keys were originally
specified manually, then the keys can only
be changed manually. If the cross-connect
keys were originally specified
automatically, then they can only be
changed by using the automatic rekey
function.
To manually specify keys for this
cross-connect, enter this keyword
followed by two keys, [k1az k2az].
zakeys -To display the default valid keys,

enter help. If the cross-connect is
unidirectional, this set of Wave Keys does
not need to be specified.
function.
To manually specify keys for this
cross-connection, enter this keyword
followed by two keys, [k1za k2za].
rekey - Specifies new valid keys for the

cross-connection.
function.
wkselect - Specifies the method by which

the Wave Keys are selected.
Enter auto to specify the Wave Key
selection type as automatic.
Enter manual to specify the Wave
Key selection type as manual.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-45
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Usertechnology
Configure the technology type for this optical

channel. This sets the user technology type,
which supercedes the system derived
technology type.
The couple {OTUBitRate Encoding} must be
given to set the technology. OTUBitRate and
Encoding are enumerated values, therefore
integers are expected.
aztech: Set the technology for the az
direction of the XC by giving

{OTUBitRate Encoding}
zatech: Set the technology for the za
direction of the XC by giving

{OTUBitRate Encoding}.
To display the possible values, enter help.

The values possible are those that have
been defined in the OCH technology table
of the NE.
Unassigned: Use the keyword unassigned
to clear the user selected technology type

for a given direction. The system reverts to
using the system derived technology type.
OTUBitRate and Encoding are both set to
unassigned (9998) when the key word
unassigned is given instead of a couple.
Command without parameters displays the

current value of user selected technology
type. Unassigned (9998) indicates the user
technology type has not been set.
OTUBitRatecan be set to a value in the

range 1 to 9000, or 999
Encodingcan be set to a value in the range

1 to 9000, or 9998.
The technology type defined by the couple

{OTUBitRate Encoding} must be defined
in the network element to be a valid
selection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-46
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
state
Set the administrative state of the

cross-connect to up or down.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
set to up for normal operation. This

enables all ports along the cross-connect,
enables the WaveKey encoder at the
source COF or CAD, and unmasks all
cross-connect alarms for this
cross-connect.
set to down to suppress alarms for the

cross-connect. This disables all ports along
the cross-connect (except for ports that
have other cross-connects traversing
them), disables the WaveKey encoder at
the source COF or CAD, and masks all
cross-connect alarms for this
cross-connect.
Displays the ports used by this

cross-connection, along with state and power
information for each port.
trace
Example
# config xc brief
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Oper
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
A-End
Z-End
FREQ ID OCH Trail Type
State State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINE
1/28/L2
9310
4 ch9310
unkey
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINE
1/27/L1
9210
2 ch9210
auto
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/9/L1
1/4/LINE
9370
3
ch9370
manual
Up
Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/21/L1
1/2/LINE
9170
1 ch9170
auto
Down Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 detail
A-End Interface
Z-End Interface
ITU Channel
: 1/2A/4
: 2/4A/1
: C48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-47
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connection ID
: 8
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
Oper Capability
State Qualifiers
Protection State
Type
Power Mgmt Type
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bidirectional
Up
Up
Disabled
None
Add-Drop
Auto
OCH Trail
: 10.4.100.203/2/4B/1<->10.4.100.211/2/4A/1
Wave Key Select
: Auto
Wave Keys
: AZ (160, 704) ZA (168, 712)
Technology
: AZ (1 (NRZ), 1 (otm10G709)) ZA (1 (NRZ), 1
(otm10G709))
UserTechnology
: AZ ( 9998 (Unassigned) ) ZA ( 9998
(Unassigned))
# config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 Usertechnology aztech 2 2
#
# config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 Usertechnology aztech
2 (NRZ), 2 (otm10G709)
#
# config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 Usertechnology
UserTechnology
: AZ (1 (NRZ), 1 (otm10G709)) ZA ( 9998
(Unassigned))
#

Example of trying to set a usertechnology that has not been defined
config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 Usertechnology aztech 9 5
Example of trying to set a reserved technology type

config xc 1/4A/1 1/13B/1 C48 Usertechnology aztech 9999 9999
Error: Technology type is reserved
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-48
config xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
State qualifiers
The following tables lists and explaning the state qualifiers that may be displayed by the
details option.
Table 9-2
Cross-connection state qualifiers
Qualifier
Meaning
InProgress
This X-Connect is in the midst of it's setup

process
PortDown
This X-Connect has a port that is down.

Perform a trace on the X-Connect to find out
which port is down.
UnknownWavekeyAZ
Based on the given trail name, the wavekeys

can't be found (in the forward A to Z
Direction)
FDI-AZ
Forward Defect Indication in the AZ

Direction. Power for the channel in the AZ
direction has not yet stabilized (reached its
target) at the egress point of the trails source
X-Connect. The service is still in the state of
setting up, and all channel alarms are
suppressed to avoid transient alarms during
service creation.
FDI-ZA
Forward Defect Indication in the ZA

Direction. Power for the channel in the ZA
direction has not yet stabilized (reached its
target) at the egress point of the trails source
X-Connect. The service is still in the state of
setting up, and all channel alarms are
suppressed to avoid transient alarms during
service creation.
Related commands
show xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-49
show aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show aps
Command description
This command displays current APS group settings.

Impact
Access levels
Access levels
Syntax
show aps group group_id | *
protection
working
Parameter
Description
group group_id | *
Specifies the group identifier for any existing APS group.

Enter the group keyword followed by a group identifier to
display detailed information for the group, or enter a * to
display a brief summary of all of the APS groups on the
network element.
protection
Displays details of the APS protection member only.
working
Displays details of the APS working member only.
Example
The Interface field under APS Group Details indicates the port that was last switched
away from, not the currently active port. If there has been no switch, this field contains
the value None.
The Request For field under APS Group Details indicates the role of the port last
switched away from, either Working or Protection.
The Wait-to-Restore field under APS Group Details affects switching behavior only
when revertive = yes. (But it is displayed for all APS groups.)
Successful command examples
# show aps group *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-50
show aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group ID
Description
Switched
Switch Request
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
5
Y-cable ABC
None
No Request
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
7
OPS DEF
2/5/A
Signal Fail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
8
4DPA4/4DPA2 ESNCP GHI None
No Request
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
10
PSS1GBE
ESNCP
JKL
None
No
Request
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show aps group 5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
APS Group Details - Group ID = 5
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
: Y-cable ABC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status Flags
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protect Mode
: 1+1 Optical Splitter Revertive
: No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
: Bi
Wait-To-Restore: 5 minute(s)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Switch Request : Signal Failure Request For
: Working
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Interface
: 2/12/C1
Request From
: Near End
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Members in this APS group
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group ID Interface Channel
Switch Command Local Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Remote
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
5
2/12/C1
Working
No Command Standby
Standby
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
5
2/30/C1
Protection No Command Active
Active
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show aps group 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-51
show aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
: 4DPA4 ESNCP GHI
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status Flags
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Protect Mode
: 1+1 E-SNCP
Revertive
: No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
: Uni
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Switch Request : No Request
Request For
: Protection
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Interface
:
1/7/L2
Request
From
: Near End
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group ID Interface Channel Switch Command Local Status Remote Status
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
8 1/7/C2
Client
No Command
Active
Unknown
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
8 1/7/L1
Working
No Command
Active
Unknown
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
8
1/7/L2
Protection
No
Command
Standby
Unknown
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show aps group 10

--------------------------------------------------------Description
: PSS1GBE ESNCP JKL
Status Flags
:
Protect Mode
Direction
:
:
1+1 E-SNCP
Bi
Switch Request :
Interface
:
No Request
1/7/L2/5
Revertive
: Yes
Request For
Request From
:
:
Protection
Near End

Group ID Interface Channel Switch Command Local Status Remote Status
--------------------------------------------------------3 1/7/C3
Client
No Command
Active
Unknown
3 1/7/L1/3 Working
No Command
Active
Unknown
3 1/7/L2/5 Protection No Command
Standby
Unknown

Error Response text
Related commands

config aps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-52
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command description
This command displays the fiber connectivity on the network element.

Impact
Access levels
Topology data is required for

automatic WaveKey and power
provisioning and for power
management.
Syntax
show interface topology shelf/slot/port
Parameter
Description
shelf/slot/port
Display the current topology for the specified port.
Example
ZZ09U# show interface topology *
Interface
Type Connected To
Type Connected From
--------------------------------------------------------1/3/L1
1/3/C1
1/4/L1 Int 1/6/CLS3
Int
1/6/CLS3
1/4/C1
1/5/SIG Int 1/6/SIG
Int
1/6/SIG
1/5/INV
1/5/DCM Int 1/5/DCM
Int
1/5/DCM
1/5/LINE Ext 13.13.13.13 1/17/4 Ext
13.13.13.13 1/17/4
1/5/OSC
1/6/SIG Int 1/5/SIG
Int
1/5/SIG
1/6/THRU Int 1/14/THRU
Int
1/14/THRU
1/6/OMD
1/6/CLS1
1/6/CLS2 Int 1/11/L1
Int 1/11/L1
1/6/CLS3 Int 1/4/L1
Int 1/4/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-53
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1/6/CLS4 intercompound PORT-1-1-43-2

43-2
1/6/CLS5
1/6/CLS6
Int 1/17/L1
Int
1/6/CLS7
1/6/CLS8
1/6/TEST
1/6/INV
1/17/L1
Int 1/17/VA1
1/17/L2
1/17/VA1 Int 1/6/CLS6
1/17/VA2
1/17/C1
1/17/C2
1/17/C3
1/17/C4
-
intercompound
PORT-1-1-
1/17/VA1
Int 1/6/CLS6
Int 1/17/L1
# show interface topology 1/5/line

Interface 1/5/LINE - AHPHG Line Port
--------------------------------------------------------To Connection Type : external
To Destination
: 13.13.13.13 1/17/4
From Connection Type : external
From Destination
: 13.13.13.13 1/17/4
# show interface topology 1/2/linein

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: LINEIN - AM2125A Line In Port
---------------------------------------------------From Connection Type : notconnected
From Destination
:

Error Response text
Related commands

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-54
show vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show vtsxc
Command description
This command displays the Ethernet cross-connects on the NE. An Ethernet cross-connect
defines the source and destination ports and vts numbers used by the service.

Display detailed information for a specific ethernet cross-connect on the PSS-1GBE,
11DPE12, 11DPE12E/11DPE12A.
Impact
Access levels
Access levels
Syntax
show vtsxc brief
show xc vtsxc_id
show vtsxc shelf/slot/src_port/vtsnumber shelf/slot/
dest_port/vtsnumber | id
Parameter
Description
brief
Display a list of all currently configured cross-connects on

the NE.
id
Displays a currently configured cross-connection on the

NE.
shelf/slot
Location of the PSS-1GBE, 11DPE12, 11DPE12E or

11DPE12A
See 1830 PSS-4 R5.1for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
src_port
C{1-12}, L{1-2}, LAG{1-4}

Note: LAG {1-4} is only for 11DPE12A
dest_port
C{1-12}, L{1-2}, LAG{1-4}

Note: LAG {1-4} is only for 11DPE12A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-55
show vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
vtsnumber
The valid vts number: 1 - 10 for C{1-12} in

subRate(HiGiG) or QinQ mode.
The valid vts number: 1 - 32 for L{1-2} when pack is
under subRate (HiGiG) mode.
The valid vts number : 1 - 100 for L{1-2} when pack is
under QinQ mode.
The valid vts number is 1 - 10 for LAG{1-4} in
11DPE12A QinQ mode
Example
# show vtsxc brief
# show vtsxc brief
# show vtsxc 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-56
show vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
: 1/7/C1
: 1
: 1/7/L1
: 10
: 1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
Protectionmode
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
None
# show vtsxc 1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10

A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/C1
1
1/7/L1
10
1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
Protectionmode
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
None
# show vtsxc 1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10

A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/C1
1
1/7/L1
10
1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
Protectionmode
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
None
# show vtsxc 1/7/C1/1 1/7/L1/10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-57
show vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/C1
1
1/7/L1
10
1
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
Protectionmode
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Unidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
protection
# show vtsxc 1/7/L1/10 1/7/C1/1

A-End Interface
A-End vts number
Z-End Interface
A-End vts number
Connection id
:
:
:
:
:
1/7/L1
10
1/7/C1
1
2
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
CIR
CBS
PIR
PBS
Protectionmode
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Unidirectional
Up
Up
300
256
600
512
working
Related commands
The following is a related comman:

config vtsxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-58
show xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show xc
Command description
This command displays a list of all currently configured cross-connects on the NE.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show xc brief
show xc a-end_shelf/slot/port z-end_shelf/slot/port itu [trace]
show xc xc_id [trace]
Parameter
Description
brief
Displays a listing of all of the cross-connects

trace
Displays the ports used by this cross-connect.
Example
# show xc 3
A-End Interface
Z-End Interface
ITU Channel
Connection ID
:
:
:
:
1/10/L1
1/2/LINE
9350
3
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
Oper Capability
State Qualifiers
Protection State
Type
Power Mgmt Type
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Unidirectional
Up
Up
Enabled
OCH Trail
Wave Key Select
: west1
: Auto
None
Add
Auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-59
show xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Wave Keys
: AZ (1180, 1664) ZA (0, 0)
Technology
: AZ (2 (NRZ), 2 (otm10G709)) ZA (1 (Unassigned), 1
(Unassigned))
User Technology
: AZ ( 9998 (Unassigned) ) ZA ( 9998
(Unassigned))
# show xc 4
A-End Interface
Z-End Interface
ITU Channel
Connection ID
:
:
:
:
1/14/L1
1/4/LINE
9440
4
Direction
Admin State
Oper State
Oper Capability
State Qualifiers
Protection State
Type
Power Mgmt Type
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Bidirectional
Up
Up
Enabled
None
Add-Drop
Auto
OCH Trail
: Tester2
Wave Key Select
: Auto
Wave Keys
: AZ (205, 749) ZA (219, 763)
Technology
: AZ (9999 (alien), 9999 (alien)) ZA (9999 (alien),
9999 (alien))
User Technology
: AZ ( 9990 (40Gb/s coh SR7750), 9990 (40Gb/s
coh SR7750)) ZA (9990 (40Gb/s coh SR7750), 9990 (40Gb/s coh
SR7750))
ZZ09U# show xc *
Admin Oper
A-End
Z-End
FREQ ID OCH Trail
Type
State State
-----------------------------------------------------------------1/5/LINE
1/28/L2
9310
4 ch9310
unkey
Up
Up
1/5/LINE
1/27/L1
9210
2 ch9210
auto
Up
Up
1/9/L1
1/4/LINE
9370
3 ch9370
manual
Up
Down
1/21/L1
1/2/LINE
9170
1 ch9170
auto
Down Down
ZZ09U(show-xc)# 2 trace
Admin Oper
Exp AZ Meas AZ
Port
Port Type
State State (dBm)
(dBm)
--------------------------------------------------------------1/5/LINE AHPHG Line Port
Up
Up
-13.22 -13.89
1/5/DCM
AHPHG DCM Port
Up
Up
-6.49
-7.14
1/5/DCM
AHPHG DCM Port
Up
Up
--1/5/SIG
AHPHG Signal Port
Up
Up
3.57
2.95
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-60
show xc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Admin Oper
Exp ZA Meas ZA
Port
Port Type
State State (dBm)
(dBm)
-------------------------------------------------------------1/5/SIG
AHPHG Signal Port
Up
Up
--1/5/LINE AHPHG Line Port
Up
Up
-10.83 -10.78
ZZ09U(show-xc)# 4 trace
Admin Oper
Exp AZ Meas AZ
Port
Port Type
State State (dBm)
(dBm)
--------------------------------------------------------------1/5/LINE
AHPHG Line Port
Up
Up
unkey
unkey
1/5/DCM
AHPHG DCM Port
Up
Up
unkey
unkey
1/5/DCM
AHPHG DCM Port
Up
Up
--1/5/SIG
AHPHG Signal Port
Up
Up
unkey
unkey
1/28/L2
4DPA4 Port
Up
Up
--Admin Oper
Exp ZA Meas ZA
Port
Port Type
State State (dBm)
(dBm)
--------------------------------------------------------------1/28/L2
4DPA4 Port
Up
Up
unkey
unkey
1/5/SIG
AHPHG Signal Port
Up
Up
--1/5/LINE AHPHG Line Port
Up
Up
unkey
unkey
Related commands

config xc
show odukaps
Command description
This command displays APS group settings.

Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
Show odukaps brief
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-61
show odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show odukaps To
Parameter
Description
Brief
Display a listing of all configured protected

cross-connect groups on the NE.
To
Specifies the sink of the protected ODUk path.

shelf/slot/C{1-12}
shelf/slot/oduptf{1-8}
Example
# show odukaps brief
To
Fromed
Froming
-------------------------------------------------------1/5/C2
1/5/L1/2
1/5/L2/2
1/5/ODU1PTF1
1/5/L1/3
1/5/L2/3
# show odukaps 1/5/c2

Direction: Uni
Revertive : No
Group ID : 1
To Interface
: 1/5/C2
Interface
Switch Command
Status
--------------------------------------------------------Fromed: 1/5/L1/2
No Command
Active
Froming: 1/5/L2/2
No Command
Stand-by
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-62
show odukaps
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
# show odukaps 1
Direction: Uni
Revertive : No
Group ID : 1
To Interface
: 1/5/C2
Interface
Switch Command
Status
--------------------------------------------------------Fromed: 1/5/L1/2
No Command
Active
Froming: 1/5/L2/2
No Command
Stand-by
Related command

config odukaps
show odukxc
Command description
This command displays a list of all currently configured ODUk cross-connects on the NE.
Impact
Access levels
None
Syntax
show odukxc brief
show odukxc source destination
Parameter
Description
brief
Display a listing of all of the ODUk cross-connects

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-63
show odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
source destination
Specifies the addresses of source and destination points of

the ODUk cross connect.
See Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
shelf/slot/C{1-12}
shelf/slot/L{1-2}/{1-8}
shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}/{1-16}
Examples
# show odukxc 1/5/c1 1/5/L1/1
Source
Interface
: 1/5/C1
Destination Interface
: 1/5/L1/1
Connection ID
: 8
XC Rate
: ODU0
XC Dir
: bi
Protection State : None
ZZ09U# show odukxc breif

Source
Destinaton
xcRate xcDir Protection
--------------------------------------------------------1/5/C1
1/5/L1/1
ODU0
Uni
None
1/5/C2
1/5/L1/2
ODU0
Bi
Working
1/5/C2
1/5/L2/2
ODU0
Bi
Protection
Related command

config odukxc
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
9-64
10

10
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains various 11QPE24 data centric commands.

Contents
10-4
VPLS Service Clear Commands
10-4
10-7
LAG Clear commands
10-8
Port Clear Commands
10-8
10-9
ETH-Ring CLI Configuration Commands
10-9
Show Commands
10-16
10-19
10-19
Show Commands
10-34
10-41
LAG CLI Configuration Commands
10-41
Show Commands
10-50
10-55
Mirroring CLI Configuration Commands
10-55
CLI Mirror Destination Configuration Commands
10-57
CLI Mirror Source Configuration Commands
10-59
Show Commands
10-61
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-1
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-63
Basic Port Commands
10-63
10-64
Show commands
10-74
General Port Output
10-75
10-76
Sample Outputs
10-79
10-88
10-89
Sap Ingress QoS Policy Commands
10-89
Sap Meter QoS Policy Commands
10-92
10-98
Sap Ingress MAC QoS Policy Match Commands
10-101
10-107
Access Egress QoS Policy Commands
10-110
Forwarding-Class To Queue-ID Map
10-118
10-120
10-123
Network Ingress QoS Policy Commands
10-125
10-128
Network Queue QoS Policy Commands
10-131
Port Scheduler Policy Commands
10-136
Show Commands
10-141
10-160
Customer Management Commands
10-160
MAC Filter Commands
10-162
VPLS Service Commands
10-170
VPLS igmp-snooping Commands
10-175
Generic Commands
10-177
VPLS SAP Commands
10-179
VPLS SAP QoS Policy Commands and VPLS Filter
10-185
10-188
Global Service Show Commands
10-194
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-2
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-202
IGMP Snooping VPLS Show Commands
10-218
Filter show commands
10-227

Tools CLI Configuration Commands
10-231
10-231
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-3

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on the clear function of the 11QPE24 CLI commands
Contents
10-4
10-7
LAG Clear commands
10-8
Port Clear Commands
10-8

clear
Syntax
clear
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >
Description
This command enters the clear context.
service
Syntax
service
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear >
Description
This command enters the service context
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear > service

service>statistics
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command clears commands for a specific service.
Parameters
service-id - The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

Values service-id: 1 - 1024
fdb
Syntax
fdb{all|mac ieee-address |sap sap-id }
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear > service>id
Description
This command clears FDB entries for the service.
Parameters
all - Clears all FDB entries.

mac ieee-address - Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the
specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the
form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff
are hexadecimal numbers.
sap-id - Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear >service>id
Description
This command enables the context to clear IGMP snooping data.
Syntax
port-db[sap sap-id] [group grp-address]
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear

>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command clears the information on the IGMP snooping port database
for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id - Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP
ID
port-db
group grp-address - Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the

specified group address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
querier
Syntax
querier
Context

Description
This command clears the information on the IGMP snooping queriers for
the VPLS service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics {all |sap sap-id]}
Context

Description
This command clears IGMP snooping statistics for all or the specified
SAP.
Parameters
all - all SAPs.

sap-id - Specifies the SAP
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear > service >
Description
This command clears session statistics for this service.
Syntax
counters
Context

>service>statistics>id
Description
This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service
ID.
Syntax
sap sap-id counters
counters
sap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context

service>statistics> id
Description
This command clears statistics for the SAP bound to the service.
Parameters
counters - Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.

filter
Syntax
filter
Context
Description
This command enters the filter context
Syntax
mac mac-filter-id [entryentry-id] [ingress]
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot > clear >filter
Description
This command clears the counters associated with the MAC filter policy.
By default, all counters associated with the filter policy entries are reset.
The scope of which counters are cleared can be narrowed using the
command line parameters.
Default
Clears all counters associated with the MAC filter policy entries
Parameters
mac-filter-id - The MAC filter policy ID.
mac
Values : 1 - 65535
entry-id - Specifies that only the counters associated with the specified
filter policy entry will be cleared.
Values : 1 - 65535
ingress - Specifies to only clear the ingress counters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-7

LAG Clear commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LAG Clear commands

LAG
Syntax
lag lag-id statistics
Context
Description
This command clears statistics for the specified LAG ID.
Parameters
lag-id - The LAG ID to clear statistics.

Values: 112
statistics - Specifies to clear statistics for the specified LAG ID.
Port Clear Commands

port
Syntax
port port-id statistics
Context
Description
This command clears port statistics for the specified port(s).
Parameters
port-id - The port identifier.

Values
statistics - Specifies that port statistics will be cleared.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-8

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPE24 Ethernet Ring Protection CLI commands.
Contents
Show Commands
10-9
10-16

eth-ring
Syntax
eth-ring ring-id
no eth-ring
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot
Description
This command configures a G.8032 protected Ethernet ring. G.8032 Rings

may be configured as major rings with two paths (a & b).
The no form of this command deletes the Ethernet ring specified by the
ring-id.
Default
no eth-ring
Parameters
ring-id - Specifies the ring ID.

Values: 1-128
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-ring
Description
This command adds a text description for the ring. The no form of this
command removes the text description.
Default
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
string - Specifies the text description up to 80 characters in length.
Syntax
guard-time time
guard-time
no guard-time
Context
Description
This command configures the guard time for an Eth-Ring. The guard timer
is configurable from 1 decisecond (100 ms) to 2 seconds in decisecond
steps
The no form of this command restores the default guard-time.
Default
5 deciseconds
Parameters
value - Specifies the guard-time.

Values : 1-20
revert-time
Syntax
revert-time time
no revert-time
Context
Description
This command configures the revert time for an Eth-Ring. It ranges from 1
seconds to 720 second by 1 second intervals.
The no form of this command this command means non-revertive mode:
revert time essentially is 0 meaning the revert timers are not set.
Default
300 seconds
Parameters
value - Specifies the revert-time.

Values : 1-720 seconds
rpl-node
Syntax
rpl-node <owner|nbr>
no rpl-node
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures the G.8032 ring protection link type as owner or
neighbor. The no form of the command means this node is not connected
to an RPL link. When RPL owner or neighbor is specified either the a or b
path must be configured with the rpl-end command. An owner is
responsible for operation of the rpl link. Configuring the RPL as neighbor
to block the other end of the RPL (to avoid wasting BW if multiple ERP
instances are used for load sharing) is optional i.e, can be left as no
rpl-node, but if the command is used the nbr is mandatory.
The no form of this command removes the RPL link.
Default
no rpl-node
Syntax
node-id mac
node-id
no node-id
Context
Description
This optional command configures the MAC address of the RPL control.
The default is to use the bridge MAC for the ring control. This command
allows the bridge MAC to be overridden with another MAC address.
The no form of this command restores the bridge MAC address.
Default
no node-id
Parameters
mac - <xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx>
compatible-version
Syntax
compatible-version version
[no] compatible-version
Context
Description
This command configures the backward compatibility logic for the

Ethernet rings.
Default
Parameters
version - Specifies the Ethernet ring (G.8032) version.

Values : 1-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
path
Syntax
path {a | b} portid raps-tag <qtag[.qtag]>

[no] path {a | b}
Context
Description
This command assigns the ring (major or sub-ring) path to a port and
defines the Ring APS tag. Rings have two paths a and b.
The no form of this command removes the path a or b.
Default
no path
Parameters
port-id - Specifies the physical port ID in the /port format. The port must
be in access uplink mode; it cannot be a LAG or a member of a LAG.
<qtag[.qtag]> - Specifies the VID(s).
Values : Dot1q: 1-4094
Values : QinQ: 1-4094.1-4094
description
Syntax
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-ring>path
Description
This command adds a text description for the ring path. The no form of
this command removes the text description.
Default
Parameters
string - Specifies the text description up to 80 characters in length.
Syntax
rpl-end
rpl-end
no rpl-end
Context
Description
This command configures the G.8032 path as a ring protection link end
(blocking link). The ring must be either an RPL owner or RPL neighbor
for this command to be allowed. Only path a or path b can be declared an
RPL-end.
The no form of this command sets the rpl-end to default no rpl-end.
Default
no rpl-end
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eth-cfm
Syntax
eth-cfm
Context
Description
This command enables the context to configure ETH-CFM parameters.
Syntax
[no] mep
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-ring>path>eth-cfm
Description
This command provisions an 802.1ag maintenance endpoint (MEP).
mep
mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
The no form of the command deletes the MEP.

Parameters
mep-id - Specifies the maintenance association end point identifier.

Values : 1 - 8192
md-index - Specifies the maintenance domain (MD) index value.

Values : 1 - 256
ma-index - Specifies the MA index value.

Values : 1 - 256
ccm-enable
Syntax
[no] ccm-enable
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-ring>path>ethcfm>mep
Description
This command enables the generation of CCM messages.

The no form of the command disables the generation of CCM messages.
ccm-ltm-priority
Syntax
ccm-ltm-priority
priority no ccm-ltm-priority
Context
Description
This command specifies the priority value for CCMs and LTMs
transmitted by the MEP.
The no form of the command removes the priority value from the
configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-13

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Default
The highest priority on the bridge-port.
Parameters
priority - Specifies the priority of CCM and LTM messages.

Values: 0 - 7
control-mep
Syntax
no control-mep
Context
Description
This command enables the usage of the CC state by the Ethernet ring for
consideration in the protection algorithm. The use of control-mep
command is recommended if fast failure detection is required, especially
when Link Layer OAM does not provide the required detection time.
The no form of this command disables the use of the CC state by the
Ethernet ring.
Default
no control-mep
low-priority-defect
Syntax
low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon |

remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
Context
Description
This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to

generate a fault alarm.
Default
remErrXcon
Values:
allDef: DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM,
and DefXconCCM
macRemErrXcon : Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM,
and DefXconCCM
remErrXcon: Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM
errXcon: Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM
xcon: Only DefXconCCM; or
noXcon: No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-14

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mac-address
Syntax
mac-address
mac-address
no mac-address
Context
Description
This command specifies the MAC address of the MEP.

The no form of this command reverts the MAC address of the MEP
back to that of the port.
Parameters
mac-address - Specifies the MAC address of the MEP.

Values : 6-byte unicast mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) of the MEP. Using the all zeros address is

equivalent to the no form of this command.
shutdown
Syntax
[no]shutdown
Context
Description
This command administratively enables or disables the MEP.

The no form of this command disables or enables the MEP.
Default
shutdown
Syntax
[no]shutdown
Context
Description
This command administratively enables or disables the path.
shutdown
The no form of this command disables or enables the path.

Default
shutdown
Syntax
[no]shutdown
Context
shutdown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command administratively enables or disables the ring.

The no form of this command disables or enables the ring.
Default
shutdown
Show Commands
eth-ring
Syntax
eth-ring[status]
eth-ring ring-index [path {a|b}]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot
Description
This command displays summary information, or status information, for

all ring instances.
Default
status - Display status information.

ring-index - Specifies a particular ring instance.
Values : 1-128
{a | b} - Specifies which path to display
Sample Outputs
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-ring
===============================================================================
Ethernet Rings (summary)
===============================================================================
Ring Int Admin Oper
Paths Summary
Path
States
ID
ID
State State
a
b
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
Up
Up
a - 1/7/X1
500.50
b - 1/7/X2
500.50
U
B
128 vpls Up
Down a - 1/7/C1
100
b - Not configured
B
===============================================================================
Ethernet Ring Summary Legend:
B - Blocked
U Unblocked
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-ring status

===============================================================================
Ethernet Ring (Status information)
===============================================================================
Ring
Admin Oper
Path Information
MEP Information
ID
State State Path
Tag
State
Ctrl-MEP CC-Intvl
Defects
------------------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-16

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Up
10ms
Up
-----
a - 1/7/X1
500.50
Up
Yes
b - 1/7/X2
500.50
Down
Yes
10ms
-C-===============================================================================
Ethernet Tunnel MEP Defect Legend:
R = Rdi (peer fault), M = MacStatus (peer intfc status not up), C =
RemoteCCM (peer CCM lost), E = ErrorCCM (CCM from unconfigured peer or
self, or wrong period), X = XconCCM (CCM with different MA ID or lower MD
level)
show card 11qpe24 1/1 eth-ring 1

=====================================================================
Ethernet Ring 1 Information
=====================================================================
Description
: (Not Specified)
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
:Up
Node ID
: 00:25:ba:09:e7:40
Guard Time
: 5 deciseconds
RPL Node
:rplNone
Max Revert Time
: 300 seconds
Time to Revert
: N/A
Compatible Version : 2
Fast-Flood-Enable : yes
APS Tx PDU
: Request State:
Sub-Code
:
Status
:
Node ID
:
Defect Status
:
Sub-Ring Type
0xB
0x0
0x20 ( BPR )
00:25:ba:09:e7:40
: none
-----------------------------------------------------------------Ethernet Ring Path Summary

------------------------------------------------------------------Path Port
Raps-Tag
Admin/Oper
Type
Fwd State
------------------------------------------------------------------a 1/7/X1
500.50
Up/Up
normal
unblocked
b 1/7/X2
500.50
Up/Down
normal
blocked
===================================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-ring 1 path a

===============================================================
Ethernet Ring 1 Path Information
================================================================
Description
: (Not Specified)
Port
: 1/7/X1
Raps-Tag
: 500.50
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
Path Type
: normal
Fwd State
: unblocked
Fwd State Change : 04/16/2012 22:25:37
Last Switch Command: noCmd
APS Rx PDU
: Request State: 0xB
Sub-Code
: 0x0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-17

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Status
Node ID
: 0x00 ( )
: 90:67:b5:0b:26:5e
--------------------------------------------------------------Eth-Cfm Configuration Information

--------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 10
Direction
: Down
Ma-index
: 357
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 3573
CCM-Enable
: Enabled
LowestDefectPri : macRemErrXcon
HighestDefect : none
Defect Flags
: None
Mac Address
: 00:25:ba:09:e7:52 ControlMep
: True
CcmLtmPriority : 7
CcmTx
: 0
CcmSequenceErr : 0
Eth-Ais:
: Disabled
LbRxReply
: 0
LbRxBadOrder
: 0
LbRxBadMsdu
: 0
LbTxReply
: 0
LbNextSequence : 1
LtNextSequence : 1
LtRxUnexplained : 0
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-ring 1 path b

=========================================================
Ethernet Ring 1 Path Information
=========================================================
Description
: (Not Specified)
Port
: 1/7/X2
Raps-Tag
: 500.50
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Path Type
: normal
Fwd State
: blocked
Fwd State Change : 04/17/2012 08:29:43
Last Switch Command: noCmd
APS Rx PDU
: Request State: 0x0
Sub-Code
: 0x0
Status
: 0xA0 ( RB BPR )
Node ID
: 90:67:b5:0b:26:5e
Eth-Cfm Configuration Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 10
Direction
: Down
Ma-index
: 246
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 2463
CCM-Enable
: Enabled
LowestDefectPri
: macRemErrXcon
HighestDefect
: defRemoteCCM
Defect Flags
: bDefRemoteCCM
Mac Address
: 00:25:ba:09:e7:54 ControlMep
: True
CcmLtmPriority
: 7
CcmTx
: 0
CcmSequenceErr
: 0
Eth-Ais:
: Disabled
LbRxReply
: 0
LbRxBadOrder
: 0
LbRxBadMsdu
: 0
LbTxReply
: 49
LbNextSequence
: 1
LtNextSequence
: 3
LtRxUnexplained
: 0
===============================================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-18

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPE24 Ethernet OAM CLI commands.

Contents
10-19
Show Commands
10-34

eth-cfm
Syntax
eth-cfm ring-id
no eth-ring
Context

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>oam
Description
This command enables the context to configure 802.1ag CFM parameters,

MEPs, and CFM OAM tools.
Syntax
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index

[direction up | down]
mep
no mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index

Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot eth-ring>path>eth-cfm
Description
This command provisions the maintenance endpoint (MEP).

The no form of the command deletes the MEP. An Up MEP cannot be
deleted if its SAP has llf enabled.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-19

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
mep-id - Specifies the maintenance association end point identifier.

Values : 1 - 8192
md-index - Specifies the maintenance domain (MD) index value.

Values : 1 - 255

Values : 1 - 256
direction up | down - Indicates the direction in which the maintenance

association (MEP) faces on the bridge port.
down - Sends ETH-CFM messages away from the MAC relay entity.
up - Sends ETH-CFM messages towards the MAC relay entity. The
associations ccm-interval must be 1 second or above to allow an Up
MEP. An Up MEP cannot be added to a SAP which has llf enabled.
Default: down
ais-enable
Syntax
[no]ais-enable time
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>ethcfm>mep
Description
This command enables the reception of AIS messages. The no form of the
command reverts to the default values. The client-meg-level command is
used to enable AIS generation.
client-meg-level
Syntax
client-meg-level [[level [level ...]]

no client-meg-level
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>ethcfm>mep>ais-enable
Description
This command configures the client maintenance entity group (MEG)

level(s) to use for AIS message generation. Up to 7 levels can be
provisioned with the restriction that the client MEG level must be higher
than the local MEG level. Only the lowest client MEG level will be used
for facility MEPs.
The no form of the command reverts to the default values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
level - Specifies the client MEG level.

Values : 1 - 7
Default: 1
interval
Syntax
interval{1 | 60}
no interval
Context
Description
This command specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in

seconds.
1 | 60 : The transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
Default: 1
priority
Syntax
priority priority-value
no priority
Context
Description
This command specifies the priority of the AIS messages generated by the
MEP.
Parameters
priority-value - Specify the priority value of the AIS messages originated

by the MEP.
Values : 0 - 7
Default: 7
ccm-enable
Syntax
[no]ccm-enable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-21

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot eth-ring>path>ethcfm>mep
Description
This command enables the generation of CCM messages.

The no form of the command disables the generation of CCM messages.
ccm-ltm-priority
Syntax
ccm-ltm-priority
no ccm-ltm-priority
Context

Description
This command specifies the priority of the CCM and LTM messages
transmitted by the MEP.
Default
priority - Specifies the priority value

Values : 0 - 7
Default: 7
control-mep
Syntax
no control-mep
Context
Description
This command enables the usage of the CC fault state by the Ethernet ring
for consideration in the protection algorithm. The use of control-mep
command is recommended if fast failure detection is required, especially
when Link Layer OAM does not provide the required detection time.
The no form of this command disables the use of the CC state by the
Ethernet ring.
Default
no control-mep
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-22

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
low-priority-defect
Syntax
low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon |

remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
Context

Description
This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to

generate a fault alarm. This setting is also used to determine the fault state
of the MEP which, well enabled to do so, causes a network reaction.
Default
macRemErrXcon
Values:
allDef: DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM,
and DefXconCCM
macRemErrXcon: Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM,
and DefXconCCM
remErrXcon: Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM
errXcon: Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM
xcon: Only DefXconCCM; or
noXcon: No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported
mac-address
Syntax
mac-address
mac-address no mac-address
Context

Description
This command specifies the MAC address of the MEP.

The no form of the command reverts to the MAC address of the MEP back
to the default, that of the port.
Default
no mac-address
Parameters
mac-address - Specifies the MAC address of the MEP.

Values: 6-byte unicast mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or
xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx) of the MEP. Using the all zeros address is equivalent
to the no form of this command.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-23

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shutdown
Syntax
[no]shutdown
Context

Description
This command administratively disables the MEP.

The no form of this command places the MEP into an administratively
enabled state.
domain
Syntax
domain md-index
[format {dns | mac | none | string}] name md-name level
level
domain md-index
no domain md-index
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-cfm
Description
This command configures CFM Maintenance Domain parameters.

The no form of the command removes the MD if there is no association
configured.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-24

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Default
md-index - Specifies the MD index value.

Values : 1 - 255
format {dns | mac | none | string} - Specifies a value that represents the
type (format).
Refer to the table Table 10-1, Type of format (p. 10-25)
name md-name - Specifies the MD name.
Values : 0 - 43 characters
For mac format:

X:X:X:X:X:X-u
X: [0..FF]h
u: [0..65535]d
level level - Specifies the integer identifying the MD Level. Higher
numbers correspond to higher hierarchical level, those with broader
physical reach, with the highest values for customers' CFM packets.
Lower numbers correspond to lower maintenance domains, those nested
within the higher ones, with the lowest values typically for single bridges
or physical links.
Values : 0 - 7
Table 10-1
Values
Default
Type of format
dns:
Specifies the DNS name format.
mac:
Specifies the MAC name format
none:
Specifies a Y.1731 domain format (the

only format allowed to execute Y.1731
specific functions)
string:
Specifies an ASCII string ( and

all-spaces are excluded. Enclose string
in when special characters are used).
string
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-25

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
association
Syntax
association ma-index [format{icc-based | integer |

string | vid | vpn-id}]
name ma-name
association ma-index
no association ma-index
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-cfm>domain
Description
This command configures a Maintenance Association (MA) for the

domain.
The no form of the command removes the association if there is no mep
configured.
Parameters

Values : 1 - 256
format {icc-based | integer | string | vid | vpn-id} - Specifies a value that

represents the type (name format). When the domain format is none, only
the association format icc-based is allowed.
Values: icc-based - Only applicable to a Y.1731 context where the domain
format is configured as none. Allows for exactly a 13 ASCII character
name. ( and all-spaces are excluded. Enclose name in when special
characters are used.)
integer: 0 - 65535 (integer value 0 means the MA is not attached to a
VID.)
string: raw ASCII (see limitations of icc-based)
vid: 0 - 4095
vpn-id: RFC-2685, Virtual Private Networks Identifier xxx:xxxx, where x
is a value between 00 and FF, for example 00164D:AABBCCDD.
Default: integer
name ma-name - Specifies the part of the maintenance association
identifier which is unique within the maintenance domain name.
Values: 1 - 43 characters. When the MD name format is string, the
combination of MD name and MA name cannot exceed 44 characters.
bridge-identifier
Syntax
[no] bridge-identifier bridge-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>ethcfm>domain>association
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-26

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures the service ID for the MA. The value must be
configured to match the service-id of the service where MEPs for this
association will be created. Note that there is no verification that the
service with a matching service-id exists. This is not used for facility
MEPs as they are not tied to services.
Parameters
bridge-id - Specifies the bridge ID for the domain association.

Values : 1 - 1024
mhf-creation
Syntax
mhf-creation {none | explicit}

no mhf-creation
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>ethcfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Description
This command determines whether to allow automatic MIP creation for

the MA.
Parameters
none - Specifies that no MHFs can be created for this VID.

explicit - Specifies that MHFs can be created for this VID only on bridge
ports through which this VID can pass, and only if a MEP is created at
some lower MA level. There must be at least one lower level MEP
provisioned on the same SAP.
vlan
Syntax
vlan vlan-id
no vlan
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>ethcfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Description
This command configures the bridge-identifier primary VLAN ID. Note

that it is informational only, and no verification is done to ensure MEPs on
this association are on the configured VLAN. MEPs inherit their VLAN
ID from the bridge identifier.
Parameters
vlan-id - Specifies a VLAN ID monitored by MA.

Values : 0 - 4094
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-27

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ccm-interval
Syntax
ccm-interval {3.3ms | 10ms | 100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 |

600}
no ccm-interval
Context
Description
This command configures the CCM transmission interval for all MEPs in
the MA.
The no form of the command reverts the value to the default.
Default
10 seconds
Parameters
interval - Specifies the interval between CCM transmissions to be used by

all MEPs in the MA. Value must be 1 second or above when an Up MEP is
configured. Value must be under 1 second when a Down MEP is
configured on an ERP path.
Values : 3.3 milliseconds, 10 milliseconds, 100 milliseconds, 1 second,
10 seconds, 60 seconds, 600 seconds.
remote-mepid
Syntax
[no] remote-mepid mep-id
Context
Description
This command configures the remote maintenance association end point

(MEP) identifier. A remote MEP ID cannot be added or deleted from an
association which has an Up MEP on a SAP with llf enabled.
Parameters
mep-id - Maintenance association end point identifier of a remote MEP

from which CCM are expected and whose information from the MEP
database is to be returned.
Values : 1 - 8191
oam
Syntax
oam
Context
Description
This command enables the context to configure OAM Tools.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-28

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
linktrace
Syntax
linktrace mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index

association ma-index [ttl ttl-value ]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>oam>eth-cfm
Description
The command specifies to initiate a linktrace test.
Parameters
mac-address - Specifies a unicast target MAC address.

mep mep-id - Specifies the originating MEP
Values : 1 - 8191
domain md-index - Specifies the MD index.

Values : 1 - 255
association ma-index -Specifies the MA index.

Values : 1 - 256
ttl ttl-value - Specifies the TTL for a returned linktrace.

Values : 0 - 255
Default: 64
loopback
Syntax
loopback mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index

association ma-index [send-count send-count ][size
data-size] [priority priority ]
Context
Description
The command specifies to initiate a loopback test. The test cannot be

initiated if a loopback is already in progress, see example.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-29

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

Values: 1 - 8191

Values: 1 - 255

Values: 1 - 256
send-count send-count - Specifies the number of messages to send,
expressed as a decimal integer. Loopback messages are sent back to back,
with no delay between the transmissions.
Default: 1
Values: 1 - 5
size data-size - This is the size of the data portion of the data TLV. If 0 is
specified no data TLV is added to the packet.
Values: 0 - 1500
priority priority - Specifies a 3-bit value to be used in the VLAN tag, if

present, in the transmitted frame.
Default: The CCM and LTM priority of the MEP
Values: 0 - 7
Example
config card 11qpe24 1/7 oam eth-cfm loopback 00:25:ba:04:39:0c
mep 4 domain 1 association 1 send-count 5 size 1500
loopback successfully initiated, see results with show command
-or- loopback already busy, could not be initiated try again
two-way-delay-test
Syntax
two-way-delay-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index

association ma-index [priority priority ]
Context
Description
This command issues an ETH-CFM two-way delay test.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-30

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

Values: 1 - 8191

Values: 1 - 255
Values: 1 - 256
priority priority - Specifies the priority

Values: 0 - 7
two-way-slm-test
Syntax
two-way-slm-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index

association ma-index [send-count send-count ][size
data-size] [timeout timeout ] [interval interval
][priority priority ]
Context
Description
This command configures an Ethernet CFM two-way SLM test.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-31

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

Values: 1 - 8191

Values: 1 - 255

Values: 1 - 256
send-count send-count - The number of messages to send, expressed as a

decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default
number of message requests sent. Each message request must either
timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The
message interval value must be expired before the next message request is
sent.
Default: 1
Values: 1 - 100
size data-size - This is the size of the data portion of the data TLV. If 0 is
specified no data TLV is added to the packet.
Default: 0
Values: 0 - 1500
timeout timeout - The timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a

decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value
and is the amount of time that the card waits for a reply message after
sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the
requesting card assumes that the message response is not received. Any
response received after the request times out is silently discarded. The
timeout value must be less than the interval.
Default: 5
Values: 1 - 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-32

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
interval interval - The interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a

decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request
message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must
expire before the next message request is sent.
If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds,
then the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the
minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply
corresponding to the outstanding message request. The timeout value must
be less than the interval.
Default: 5
Values: 1 - 10
priority priority - Specifies the priority

Values: 0 - 7
efm
Syntax
efm port-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>oam
Description
This command enables Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) OAM tests
loopback tests on the specified port. Either a remote or local loopback may
be enabled, but not both.
Parameters
port-id - Specify the port ID in the port format.
local-loopback
Syntax
local-loopback {start | stop}
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>oam>efm
Description
This command enables the local loopback on the specified port. It is the
same loopback as if the peer had requested a remote loopback.
remote-loopback
Syntax
remote-loopback {start | stop}
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>oam>efm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-33

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables remote Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) OAM
loopback on the specified port. The EFM OAM remote loopback
OAMPDU will be sent to the peering device to trigger remote loopback.
Show Commands
eth-cfm
Syntax
eth-cfm
Context
Description
This command enables the context to display CFM information.
Syntax
association [ma-index] [detail]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>eth-cfm
Description
This command displays eth-cfm association information.
Parameters
ma-index - Specifies the MA index.
association
Values: 1- 256
detail - Displays detailed information for the eth-cfm association.
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm association
================================================================
CFM Association Table
=================================================================
Md-index
Ma-index Name CCM-interval
Bridge-id
----------------------------------------------------------------1
1
a1
3.3ms
100
1
2
a2
3.3ms
100
==================================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm association detail

----------------------------------------------------------------------------Domain 10 Associations:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 10
Ma-index
: 135
Name Format
: icc-based
CCM-interval
: 10ms
Name
: MA-abcdefghij
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-34

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bridge-id
Md-index
Name Format
Name
Bridge-id
defMHFexplicit
:
:
:
:
:
31
10
icc-based
MA-ABCDEFGHIJ
none
MHF Creation
Ma-index
CCM-interval
: defMHFnone
: 246
: 10ms
MHF Creation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
cfm-stack-table
Syntax
cfm-stack-table [port [port-id [vlan qtag[.qtag] ]

[level 0..7 ] [direction {up |down} ]
Context
Description
This command displays stack-table information. This stack-table is

used to display the various management points MEPs and MIPs that
are configured on the system. These can be Service based or Eth-Ring
(tunnel) based. The various options allow the operator to be specific. If
no parameters are included then the entire stack-table will be
displayed.
Parameters
port port-id - Displays the bridge port or LAG port on which MEPs or
MHFs are configured.
Values: C<#> or X<#> for bridge port or lag<id>
vlan qtag[.qtag] - Displays the associated VLAN ID.

Values: 0 - 4094 | *
level - Display the MD level of the maintenance point.

Values: 0 - 7
direction {up | down} - Displays the direction in which the MP faces

on the bridge port.
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm cfm-stack-table
==================================================================
CFM SAP Stack Table
===================================================================
Sap
Level Dir Md-index Ma-index Mep-id Mac-address
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/7/C9:1 6 Down 1
1
1 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/7/C9:1 7 Down 2
2
1 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/7/C9:2 6 Down 1
2
1 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/7/C9:2 7 Down 2
1
1 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
====================================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-35

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
==============================================================
CFM Ethernet Tunnel Stack Table
==============================================================
Eth-tunnel Level Dir Md-index Ma-index Mep-id Mac-address
------------------------------------------------------------1/7/X1:500.50 1 Down 10 135
352
00:25:ba:09:e7:5a
1/7/X2:500.50 1 Down 10 246
2462
00:25:ba:09:e7:5b
=============================================================
domain
Syntax
domain md-index [association ma-index |

all-associations] [detail]
Context
Description
This command displays domain information.
Parameters
md-index - Displays the index of the MD to which the MP is

associated, or 0, if none.
association ma-index - Displays the index to which the MP is
associated, or 0, if none. If specified, the output is the same as show
association for that MD.
all-associations - Displays all associations to the MD, the same as
show association for that MD.
detail - Displays detailed domain information.
Sample Outputs
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm domain
==============================================================================
CFM Domain Table
==============================================================================
Md-index
Level
Name
Format
----------------------------------------------------------------------------1
6
d1
charString
2
7
d2
charString
==============================================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm domain detail

=========================================================
Domain 10
Md-index
: 10
Level
: 1
Name Format
:
Name
: (Not Specified)
=========================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm domain 200 association 20 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-36

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
==================================================================
Domain 200
Md-index
: 200
Level
: 6
Name Format
: none
Name
: (Not Specified)
----------------------------------------------------------------Domain 200 Associations:
Md-index
: 200
Ma-index
: 20
Name Format
: icc-based
CCM-interval
: 60
Name
: y123456789123
Bridge-id
: 20
MHF Creation
: defMHFnone
Remote Mep Id
: 13
Remote Mep Id
: 113
==================================================================
mep
Syntax

[loopback] [linktrace]
[remote-mepid mep-id |all-remote- mepids]
Context
Description
This command displays Maintenance Endpoint (MEP) information.
Parameters
domain md-index - Displays the index of the MD to which the MP is

association ma-index - Displays the index to which the MP is
loopback - Displays loopback information for the specified MEP.
linktrace - Displays linktrace information for the specified MEP.
Sample Output
Note: In the MEP Information block, CcmTx and CcmLastFailure Frame are N/A for
a Down MEP.
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm mep 402 domain 4 association 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Mep Information
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 4
Direction
: Up
Ma-index
: 1
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 402
CCM-Enable
: Enabled
PrimaryVid
: 20
FngState
: fngDefectReported
ControlMep
: False
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-37

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LowestDefectPri
: allDef
defRemoteCCM
Defect Flags
: bDefRemoteCCM
Mac Address
: 90:67:b5:0b:25:69
CcmTx
: 3724
Eth-Ais:
: Enabled
Eth-Ais Tx Priority: 7
Eth-Ais Tx Interval: 1
Eth-Ais Tx Levels : 6
Eth-Tst:
: Disabled
CcmLastFailure Frame:
None
XconCcmFailure Frame:
None
HighestDefect
CcmLtmPriority
:
CcmSequenceErr
:
Eth-Ais Rx Ais:
:
Eth-Ais Rx Interv*:
Eth-Ais Tx Counter:
7
0
Yes
1
167

linktrace
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mep Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 1
Direction : Down
Ma-index
: 1
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 1
CCM-Enable : Enabled
PrimaryVid
: 1
FngState
: fngReset
ControlMep : False
LowestDefectPri : macRemErrXcon HighestDefect : none
Defect Flags : None
Mac Address : 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a CcmLtmPriority : 7
CcmTx
: N/A
CcmSequenceErr : 0
Eth-Ais:
: Disabled
N/A
None
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Mep Linktrace Message Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LtRxUnexplained : 0
LtNextSequence : 2
LtStatus
: False
LtResult
: False
TargIsMepId : False
TargMepId : 0
TargMac
: 00:00:00:00:00:00
TTL
: 64
EgressId
: 00:00:00:25:ba:01:c3:6a SequenceNum : 1
LtFlags
: useFDBonly
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mep Linktrace Replies
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SequenceNum : 1
ReceiveOrder : 1
Ttl
: 63
Forwarded : False
LastEgressId : 00:00:00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
TerminalMep : True
NextEgressId : 00:00:00:25:ba:00:5e:bf
Relay
: rlyHit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-38

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ChassisIdSubType : unknown value (0)

ChassisId
:
None
ManAddressDomain:
None
ManAddress
: None
IngressMac
: 00:25:ba:00:5e:bf
Ingress Action : ingOk
IngrPortIdSubType : unknown value (0)
IngressPortId:
None
EgressMac
: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Egress Action : egrNoTlv
EgrPortIdSubType : unknown value (0)
EgressPortId:
None
Org Specific TLV: None

loopback
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Mep Information
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 1
Direction : Down
Ma-index
: 1
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 1
CCM-Enable : Enabled
PrimaryVid
: 1
FngState
: fngReset
ControlMep : False
LowestDefectPri
: macRemErrXcon
HighestDefect : none
Defect Flags
: None
Mac Address
: 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
CcmLtmPriority : 7
CcmTx
: N/A
CcmSequenceErr : 0
Eth-Ais:
: Disabled
N/A
None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mep Lo
----------------------------------------------------------------------------LbRxReply : 1 LbRxBadOrder : 0
LbRxBadMsdu : 0 LbTxReply : 0
LbSequence : 2 LbNextSequence : 2
LbStatus : False LbResultOk : True
DestIsMepId : False DestMepId : 0
DestMac : 00:00:00:00:00:00 SendCount : 0
VlanDropEnable : True VlanPriority : 7
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm mep 1 domain 4 association 4 twoway-delay-test remote-peer 00:25:ba:00:5e:bf
========================================================
Eth CFM Two-way Delay Test Result Table
========================================================
Peer Mac Addr
Delay (us) Delay Variation (us)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-39

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-------------------------------------------------------00:25:ba:00:5e:bf 507
507
=======================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm mep 1 domain 4 association 4 twoway-delay-test

========================================================
Eth CFM Two-way Delay Test Result Table
=========================================================
Peer Mac Addr
Delay (us) Delay Variation (us)
--------------------------------------------------------00:25:ba:00:5e:bf 507
507
=========================================================
show card 11qpe24 1/7 eth-cfm mep 1 domain 4 association 4 twoway-slm-test

========================================================
Eth CFM Two-way SLM Test Result Table (Test-id: 143)
=========================================================
Peer Mac Addr Remote MEP Count In Loss Out Loss Unack
--------------------------------------------------------00:25:ba:04:39:0c 3
10 0
0
0
=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-40

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information of the 11QPE24 LAG CLI commands

Contents
10-41
Show Commands
10-50

lacp-system-priority
Syntax
lacp-system-priority lacp-system-priority
no lacp-system-priority
Context
Description
This command configures the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)

system priority on aggregated Ethernet interfaces. LACP allows the
operator to aggregate multiple physical interfaces to form one logical
interface.
Default
32768
Parameters
lacp-system-priority - Specifies the LACP system priority.

Values: 1 - 65535
lag
Syntax
[no] lag [lag-id]
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-41

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command creates the context for configuring Link Aggregation

Group (LAG) attributes.
A LAG can be used to group up to 4 ports into one logical link. The
aggregation of multiple physical links allows for load sharing and offers
seamless redundancy. If one of the links fails, traffic will be redistributed
over the remaining links. Up to 4 links can be supported in a single LAG,
up to 12 LAGs can be configured on a card.
NOTE: All ports in a LAG group must have autonegotiation set to Limited
or Disabled.
There are three possible settings for autonegotiation:
on or enabled with full port capabilities advertised
off or disabled where there is no autonegotiation advertisements
limited where a single speed/duplex is advertised.
When autonegotiation is enabled on a port, the link attempts to

automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters. If
autonegotiation is enabled, the configured duplex and speed parameters are
ignored.
When autonegotiation is disabled on a port, the port does not attempt to
autonegotiate and will only operate at the speed and duplex settings
configured for the port. Note that disabling autonegotiation on gigabit
ports is not allowed as the IEEE 802.3 specification for gigabit Ethernet
requires autonegotiation be enabled for far end fault indication.
If the autonegotiate limited keyword option is specified the port will
autonegotiate but will only advertise a specific speed and duplex. The
speed and duplex advertised are the speed and duplex settings configured
for the port. One use for limited mode is for multispeed gigabit ports to
force gigabit operation while keeping autonegotiation is enabled for
compliance with IEEE 801.3.
The system requires that autonegotiation be disabled or limited for ports in
a LAG to guarantee a specific port speed.
The no form of this command deletes the LAG from the configuration.
Deleting a LAG can only be performed while the LAG is administratively
shut down. Any dependencies such as IP-Interfaces configurations must be
removed from the configuration before issuing the no lag command.
Default
No LAGs are defined.
Parameters
lag-id - The LAG identifier, expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1 - 12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-42

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
description
Syntax
description long-description-string
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>lag
Description
This command creates a text description for a configuration context to help

identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes any description string from the
context.
Default
No description is associated with the configuration context.
Parameters
long-description-string - The description character string. Strings can be up

to 160 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the
string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must
be enclosed within double quotes
encap-type
Syntax
encap-type {dot1q | null | qinq}

no encap-type
Context
Description
This command configures the encapsulation method used to distinguish

customer traffic on a LAG. The encapsulation type is configurable on a
LAG port. The LAG port and the port member encapsulation types must
match when adding a port member.
The encapsulation type can be changed on the LAG port only if the LAG
is shutdown. If the MTU is set to a non default value, it will be reset to the
default value when the encap type is changed.
The no form of this command restores the default.
Default
null - All traffic on the port belongs to a single service or VLAN.
Parameters
dot1q - Ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags where each tag signifies a
different service.
null - Ingress frames will not use any tags to delineate a service. As a
result, only one service can be configured on a port with a null
encapsulation type.
qinq - This encapsulation type is used for QinQ SAPs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-43

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
hold-time
Syntax
hold-time down hold-down-time

no hold-time
Context
Description
This command specifies the timer, in tenths of seconds, which controls the
delay between detecting that a LAG is down (all active ports are down)
and reporting it to the higher levels.
A non-zero value can be configured, for example, when active/standby
signaling is used in a 1:1 fashion to avoid informing higher levels during
the small time interval between detecting that the LAG is down and the
time needed to activate the standby link.
Default
Parameters
down hold-down-time - Specifies the hold-time for event reporting

Values: 0 - 2000
lacp
Syntax
lacp [mode] [administrative-key admin-key ]
Context
Description
This command specifies the LACP mode for aggregated Ethernet

interfaces only. This command enables the LACP protocol. Per the IEEE
802.3AX standard (formerly 802.3ad), the Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP) provides a standardized means for exchanging
information between Partner Systems on a link to allow their Link
Aggregation Control instances to reach agreement on the identity of the
Link Aggregation Group to which the link belongs, move the link to that
Link Aggregation Group, and enable its transmission and reception
functions in an orderly manner. LACP can be enabled on a maximum of 12
ports.
Default
no lacp, passive mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-44

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
mode - Specifies the mode in which LACP will operate.

Values:
passive - Starts transmitting LACP packets only after receiving packets.

active - Initiates the transmission of LACP packets.
administrative-key admin-key - Specifies an administrative key value to
identify the channel group on each port configured to use LACP. This
value should be configured only in exceptional cases. If it is not specified,
a random key is assigned.
Values: 1 - 65535
lacp-xmit-interval
Syntax
lacp-xmit-interval {slow | fast}
Context
Description
This command specifies the interval signaled to the peer and tells the peer
at which rate it should transmit.
Default
fast
Parameters
slow - Transmits packets every 30 seconds.

fast - Transmits packets every second.
mac
Syntax
mac ieee-address
no mac
Context
Description
This command assigns a specific MAC address to a Link Aggregation

Group (LAG).
Only one MAC address can be assigned to a LAG. When multiple mac
commands are entered, the last command overwrites the previous
command. When the command is issued while the port is operational, all
L2CP frames are sent with the new MAC address.
The no form of this command returns the MAC address to the default
value.
Default
A default MAC address is assigned by the system from the card MAC
address pool.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-45

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
ieee-address - Specifies the 48-bit MAC address in the form

aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are
hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast,
non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
Syntax
mode access [uplink]
mode
no mode
Context
Description
An access port is used for customer facing traffic on which services are
configured. When a port is configured for access mode, the appropriate
encap-type must be specified to distinguish the services on the port. Once
an Ethernet port has been configured for access mode, multiple services
can be configured on the Ethernet port. When configured for access
uplink mode, the LAG automatically has encap-type set to q-in-q, and is
used for network transport of services. Ports C1-C24 can only be access
and ports X1-X4 can be either access or access uplink.
Default
access
Parameters
access - Configures the Ethernet port as service access.

access uplink - Configures the Ethernet port for transport network use.
lacp-xmit-stdby
Syntax
[no] lacp-xmit-stdby
Context
Description
This command enables LACP message transmission on standby links.

The no form of this command disables LACP message transmission. This
command should be disabled for compatibility when using active/standby
groups. This forces a timeout of the standby links by the peer. Use the no
form if the peer does not implement the correct behavior regarding the lacp
sync bit.
Default
lacp-xmit-stdby
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-46

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
port
Syntax
port port id
no port port-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>lag lag-id
Description
This command adds ports to a Link Aggregation Group (LAG).

The first port added must be aligned with configuration in common with
the LAG (encap-type, access mode). The port configuration (speed,
duplex, MTU, Ethertype, etc.) of the first port added to the LAG is then
used as a basis to compare to subsequently added ports. If a discrepancy is
found with a to-be-added port, that port is not added to the LAG. An error
message is displayed when adding ports that do not share the same
characteristics. Once in the LAG, port configuration can be changed on
only the primary port, which is then internally applied to the other
members. Hold-timers down must be 0. Ports that are part of a LAG must
be configured with autonegotiate limited or disabled.
Up to 4 (space separated) ports can be added or removed from the LAG
link assuming the maximum of 4 ports is not exceeded.
The no form of this command removes ports from the LAG.
Default
No ports are defined as members of a LAG.
Parameters
port-id - The port ID configured or displayed in the shelf/slot/port format.

C and X ports are eligible, unless they have a SAP associated with an
Ethernet Ring ID.
Syntax
priority priority
priority
no priority
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>lag>port
Description
This command modifies the priority of the port.

Default
32768
Parameters
priority - Port priority used by LACP. The port priority is also used to
determine the primary port. The port with the lowest priority is the primary
port. In the event of a tie, the smallest port ID becomes the primary port.
Values: 1 - 65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-47

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
subgroup
Syntax
subgroup sub-group-id
no subgroup
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>lag>port
Description
This command identifies a LAG subgroup. When using subgroups in a

LAG, they should only be configured on one side of the LAG, not both.
Having only one side perform the active/standby selection guarantees a
consistent selection and fast convergence. The active/standby selection is
signaled through LACP to the other side. The hold time should be
configured when using subgroups to prevent the LAG going down when
switching between active and standby links in case no links are usable for
a short time, especially in case a subgroup consists of one member.
Default
Parameters
sub-group-id - The subgroup to which this member belongs.

Values: 1 - 2
port-threshold
Syntax
port-threshold value
no port-threshold
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>lag lag-id
Description
This command configures the behavior for the Link Aggregation Group
(LAG) if the number of operational links is equal to or below a threshold
level.
The no form of this command reverts to the default values.
Default
Parameters
Values - The decimal integer threshold number of operational links for
the LAG at or below which the configured action will be invoked. If the
number of operational links exceeds the port-threshold value, any action
taken for being below the threshold value will cease.
Values: 0 - 3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
selection-criteria
Syntax
selection-criteria [highest-count | highest-weight]

[slave-to-partner]
no selection-criteria
Context
Description
This command specifies which selection criteria should be used to select

the active sub-group.
Default
highest count
Parameters
highest-count - Specifies sub-group with the highest number of eligible

members.
highest-weight - Specifies sub-group with the highest aggregate weight
(derived from port priorities).
slave-to-partner - The slave-to-partner keyword specifies that it, together
with the selection criteria, should be used to select the active sub-group.
An eligible member is a lag-member link which can potentially become
active. This means it is operationally up (not disabled) for use by the
remote side. The slave-to-partner parameter can be used to control
whether or not this latter condition is taken into account (i.e the partner
disables the port by signaling standby).
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
Description
This command enables the LAG group.

The no form of this command disables the LAG group.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-49

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show Commands
LAG
Syntax
lag [lag-id]
lag lag-id [detail] [statistics]
Context
Description
This command displays Link Aggregation Group (LAG) information.

If no command line options are specified, a summary listing of all LAGs is
displayed.
Parameters
lag-id - Displays only information on the specified LAG ID.

Default: Display information for all LAG IDs.
Values: 1 - 12
detail - Displays detailed LAG information.

Default: Displays summary information.
statistics - Displays LAG statistics information.
LAG Output
The following table describes LAG output fields.

Label
Description
LAG ID
The LAG ID that the port is assigned to.
Adm
Up - The LAG is administratively up.

Down - The LAG is administratively down.
Opr
Up - The LAG is operationally up.

Down - The LAG is operationally down.
Port-Threshold
The number of operational links for the LAG at or below

which the configured action will be invoked.
Up-Link-Count
The number of ports that are physically present and have

physical links present.
MC Act/Stdby
Member port is selected as active or standby link.
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 lag
=======================================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-50

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lag Data
=======================================================================
Lag-id
Adm
Opr Port-Threshold
Up-Link-Count MC Act/Stdby
----------------------------------------------------------------------1
up
up
0
N/A
2
up
up
0
N/A
3
up
up
0
N/A
4
up
up
0
N/A
5
up
up
0
N/A
6
up
up
0
N/A
---------------------------------------------------------------------Total Lag-ids: 6 Single Chassis: 6 MC Act: NA MC Stdby: NA
=======================================================================
Detailed LAG Output
The following table describes detailed LAG output fields.

Label
Description
LAG ID
The LAG that the port is assigned to
Adm
Up - The LAG is administratively up.

Down - The LAG is administratively down.
Configured Address
The base card Ethernet MAC address
Hardware Address
The hardware address.
Hold-Time Down
The timer, in tenths of seconds, which controls the delay

between detecting that a LAG is down and reporting it to the
higher levels.
LACP
Enabled - LACP is enabled.

Down - LACP is disabled.
LACP Transmit Intvl
LACP timeout signaled to peer.
Selection Criteria
Configured subgroup selection criteria.
Number of subgroups
Total subgroups in the LAG.
System ID
System ID used by actor in LACP messages.
Admin key
Configured LAG key.
Oper key
Key used by actor in LACP messages.
System Priority
System priority used by actor in LACP messages.
Prtr System ID
System ID used by partner in LACP messages.
Prtr Oper Key
Key used by partner in LACP messages.
Prtr System Priority
System priority used by partner in LACP messages.
Mode
LAG in access or network mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-51

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Opr
Up - The LAG is operationally up.

Down - The LAG is operationally down.
Port Threshold
If the number of available links is equal or below this number,

the threshold action is executed.
Thres. Exceeded Cnt
The number of times that the drop count was reached.
Thres. Last Cleared
The last time that the threshold-exceeded counter was cleared.
Threshold Action
Action to take when the number of available links is equal or

below the port threshold.
Encap Type
The encapsulation method used to distinguish customer traffic

on a LAG.
Lag-IFIndex
A unique number assigned to this interface.
Port ID
The specific port ID.
(LACP) Mode
LACP active or passive mode.
LACP xmit standby
LACP transmits on standby links enabled / disabled.
Slave-to-partner
Configured enabled/disabled.
Port-id
Displays the member port ID.
Adm
Displays the member port administrative state.
Active/stdby
Indicates that the member port is selected as the active or

standby link.
Opr
Indicates that the member port operational state.
Primary
Indicates that the member port is the primary port of the LAG.
Sub-group
Displays the member subgroup where the member port

belongs to
Priority
Displays the member port priority.
show card 11qpe24 1/7 lag 1 detail

====================================================================================
LAG Details
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Details
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Lag-id
: 1
Mode
: access
Adm
: up
Opr
: up
Thres. Exceeded Cnt : 5428
Port Threshold
: 0
Thres. Last Cleared : 05/18/2009 11:57:56
Threshold Action
: down
Dynamic Cost
: N/A
Encap Type
: dot1q
Configured Address : 00:ab:00:5a:01:1c
Lag-IfIndex
: 1342177281
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-52

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware Address
: 00:ab:00:5a:01:1c
Hold-time Down
: 0.0 sec
Uplink
: No
LACP
: enabled
Mode
: active
LACP Transmit Intvl : fast
LACP xmit stdby
: enabled
Selection Criteria : highest-count
Slave-to-partner
disabled
Number of sub-groups: 1
Forced
: -
System Id
: 00:ab:00:5a:01:01
System Priority
: 32768
Admin Key
: 32768
Oper Key
: 32768
Prtr System Id
: 00:9a:9a:ba:ba:60
Prtr System Priority : 32768
Prtr Oper Key
: 32768
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Port-id Adm Act/Stdby Opr Primary Sub-group Forced Prio
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1/7/C3 up active
up
yes
1
32768
1/7/C4 up active
up
1
32768
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Port-id Role Exp Def Dist Col Syn Aggr Timeout Activity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1/7/C3 actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
1/7/C3 partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
1/7/C4 actor No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
1/7/C4 partner No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes
====================================================================================
LAG Statistics Output
The following table describes detailed LAG statistics output .

Label
Description
LAG ID
The LAG that the port is assigned to.
Port ID
The port ID configured or displayed in the shelf/slot//port

format.
Input Bytes
The number of incoming bytes for the LAG on a per-port

basis.
Input Packets
The number of incoming packets for the LAG on a per-port

basis.
Output Bytes
The number of outbound bytes for the LAG on a per-port

basis.
Output Packets Input/Output
The number of outbound packets for the LAG on a per-port

basis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-53

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Errors
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound

packets that contained errors preventing them from being
deliverable to a higher- layer protocol. For characteroriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound
transmission units that contained errors preventing them
from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound
packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For
character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of
outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted
because of errors
Totals
Displays the column totals for bytes, packets, and errors.
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 lag 1 statistics
===============================================================================
LAG Statistics
===============================================================================
Description:
Lag-id
Port-id
Input Input
Output Output
Input Output
Bytes Packets
Bytes Packets Errors Errors
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
1/7/C3
0
1006
0
2494
0
0
1/7/C4
0
435
0
401
0
0
1/7/C5
0
9968
0
9833
0
0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Totals
0
11409
0
12728
0
0
===============================================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-54

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information of the 11QPE24 Mirroring CLI commands

Contents
10-55
10-57
10-59
Show Commands
10-61

mirror
Syntax
mirror
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>
Description
This command enters the mirror context.
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror>mirror-dest
shutdown
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror-source
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-55

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
The shutdown command administratively disables an entity. When

disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration
settings or statistics. Many entities must be explicitly enabled using the no
shutdown command.
The shutdown command administratively disables an entity. The
operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of
any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they
may be deleted.
Unlike other commands and parameters where the default state is not
indicated in the configuration file, shutdown and no shutdown are always
indicated in system generated configuration files.
The no form of the command puts an entity into the administratively
enabled state.
Default
See Special Cases below.
Special Cases
Mirror Destination - When a mirror destination service ID is shutdown,

mirrored packets associated with the service ID are not accepted from the
mirror source device. The associated mirror source is put into an
operationally down mode. Mirrored packets are not transmitted out of the
SAP. Each mirrored packet is silently discarded. If the mirror destination is
a SAP, the SAPs discard counters are incremented.
The shutdown command places the mirror destination service or mirror
source into an administratively down state. The mirror-dest service ID
must be shut down in order to delete the service ID, SAP association from
the system.
The default state for a mirror destination service ID is shutdown. A no
shutdown command is required to enable the service.
Mirror Source - Mirror sources do not need to be shutdown in order to
remove them from the system.
When a mirror source is shutdown, mirroring is terminated for all sources
defined locally for the mirror-dest service ID.
The default state for a mirror source for a given mirror-dest service ID is
no shutdown. A shutdown command is required to disable mirroring from
that mirror-source.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-56

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mirror-dest
Syntax
mirror-dest service-id [type encap-type ] [create]

no mirror-dest
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror
Description
The mirror-dest service is comprised of destination parameters that define

where the mirrored packets are to be sent. The forwarding class of mirrored
packets is currently fixed to be.
The local sources of mirrored packets for the service ID are defined within
the config mirror mirror-source command that references the same
service-id. Up to 4 mirror-dest service IDs can be created within a single
pack.
The mirror-dest command is used to create or edit a service ID for
mirroring purposes. If the service-id does not exist within the context of all
defined services, the mirror-dest service is created and the context of the
CLI is changed to that service ID. If the service-id exists within the context
of defined mirror-dest services, the CLI context is changed for editing
parameters on that service ID. If the service-id exists within the context of
another service type, an error message is returned and CLI context is not
changed from the current context.
The no form of the command removes a mirror destination from the card.
The mirror-source associations with the mirror-dest service-id do not
need to be removed or shutdown first. The mirror-dest service-id must be
shutdown before the service ID can be removed. When the service ID is
removed, all mirror-source commands that have the service ID defined
will also be removed from the card.
Default
No packet mirroring services are defined.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-57

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
service-id - The service identification identifies the service in the service

domain. This ID is unique to this service and cannot be used by any other
service, regardless of service type. The same service ID must be configured
on every device that this particular service is defined on.
If particular a service ID already exists for a service, then the same value
cannot be used to create a mirror destination service ID with the same
value. For example:
If a VPLS service-ID 12 exists, then a mirror destination service-ID 12
cannot be created.
Values: service-id: 1 - 1024
type encap-type - The type describes the encapsulation supported by the

mirror service.
Values : ether
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [create]

no sap
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror>mirror-dest
Description
This command creates a service access point (SAP) within a mirror

destination service. The SAP is owned by the mirror destination service ID.
The SAP is defined with port and encapsulation parameters to uniquely
identify the (mirror) SAP on the interface and within the card. The specified
SAP must define an Ethernet port or LAG with only a null encapsulation
type.
Only one SAP can be created within a mirror-dest service ID. If the
defined SAP has not been created on any service within the system, the
SAP is created and the context of the CLI will change to the newly created
SAP. In addition, the port cannot be a member of a LAG.
If the defined SAP exists in the context of another service ID, mirror-dest
or any other type, an error is generated.
Mirror destination SAPs can be created on Ethernet interfaces that have
been defined as an access interface. If the interface is defined as uplink, the
SAP creation returns an error.
When the no form of this command is used on a SAP created by a mirror
destination service ID, the SAP with the specified port and encapsulation
parameters is deleted.
Default
No default SAP for the mirror destination service defined.
Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-58

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mirror-source
Syntax
[no] mirror-source service-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror
Description
This command configures mirror source parameters for a mirrored service.

The mirror-source command is used to enable mirroring of packets
specified by the association of the mirror-source to sources of packets
defined within the context of the mirror-dest-service-id. The mirror
destination service must already exist within the card.
A mirrored packet cannot be mirrored to multiple destinations.
By default, all mirror-dest service IDs have a mirror-source associated
with them. The mirror-source is not technically created with this
command. Instead the service ID provides a contextual node for storing the
current mirroring sources for the associated mirror-dest service ID. The
mirror-source is created for the mirror service when the operator enters the
mirror-source service-id for the first time. Multiple ports may be added to
the source by multiple executions of the port command in this context. The
mirror-source is also automatically removed when the mirror-dest service
ID is deleted from the card.
The no form of the command deletes all related source commands within
the context of the mirror-source service-id. The command does not
remove the service ID from the system.
Default
No mirror source match criteria is defined for the mirror destination

service.
Parameters
service-id - The mirror destination service ID for which match criteria will
be defined. The service-id must already exist within the card.
Values: service-id: 1 - 1024
port
Syntax
port {port-id|lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]

no port {port-id|lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>mirror>mirror-source
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-59

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables mirroring of traffic ingressing or egressing a port

(Ethernet port, or Link Aggregation Group (LAG)).
The port command associates a port or LAG to a mirror source. The port is
identified by the port-id. The defined port may be access or access uplink.
A port may be a single port or a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) ID. When
a LAG ID is given, mirroring is enabled on all ports making up the LAG.
Either a LAG port member or the LAG port can be mirrored.
The port is only referenced in the mirror source for mirroring purposes. If
the port is removed from the system, the mirroring association will be
removed from the mirror source.
The same port may not be associated with multiple mirror source
definitions with the ingress parameter defined. The same port may not be
associated with multiple mirror source definitions with the egress
parameter defined.
The no port command disables port mirroring for the specified port. If the
egress or ingress parameter keywords are specified in the no command,
only the ingress or egress mirroring condition will be removed.
Default
No ports are defined.
Parameters
port-id - Specifies the port ID.

Values : C1 C22, X1 X4
lag-id - The LAG identifier, expressed as a decimal integer.

egress - Specifies that packets egressing the port should be mirrored.
Egress packets are mirrored to the mirror destination after egress packet
modification.
ingress - Specifies that packets ingressing the port should be mirrored.
Ingress packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to ingress
packet modification.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-60

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show Commands
mirror mirror-dest
Syntax
mirror mirror-dest [service-id]
Context
Description
This command displays mirroring information.
Parameters
service-id - The mirror destination service ID.
Sample Outputs
show card 11qpe24 1/7 mirror mirror-dest
===================================================================
Mirror Services
===================================================================
Id
Type
Adm
Opr
Destination
SAP QoS
------------------------------------------------------------------14
Ether
Down
Down
SAP 1/7/C5
1
15
Ether
Down
Down
None
n/a
131
Ether
Up
Down
SAP 1/7/C6
1
===================================================================
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 mirror mirror-dest 13
============================================================
Mirror Service
============================================================
Service Id
: 131
Type
: Ether
Description
: (Not Specified)
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Forwarding Class : be
Destination SAP : 1/7/C6
Egr QoS Policy : 1
-----------------------------------------------------------Local Sources
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
No Mirror Sources configured
=============================================================
Sample Output with LAG source

show card 11qpe24 1/7 mirror mirror-dest 130
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-61

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=========================================================
Mirror Service
=========================================================
Service Id
: 130
Type
: Ether
Description
: (Not Specified)
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Forwarding Class : be
Destination SAP : 1/7/C7
Egr QoS Policy : 1
--------------------------------------------------------Local Sources
--------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
-Port
lag-1
Egr Ing
=========================================================
mirror
Syntax
mirror
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>service-using
Description
This command displays mirror services.
Parameters
none
Sample Output
show card 11qpe24 1/7 service service-using mirror
==================================================================
Services [mirror]
==================================================================
ServiceId Type
Adm
Opr CustomerId
Last Mgmt Change
-----------------------------------------------------------------14
Mirror Down
Down
1
04/24/2012 14:26:31
15
Mirror Down
Down
1
04/20/2012 09:32:52
131
Mirror Up
Down
1
05/08/2012 16:53:52
-----------------------------------------------------------------Matching Services : 3
-----------------------------------------------------------------==================================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-62

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPE24 port CLI commands

Contents
Basic Port Commands
10-63
10-64
Show commands
10-74
General Port Output
10-75
10-76
Sample Outputs
10-79
Basic Port Commands

port
Syntax
port port-id
no port port-id
Context
config>
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure

ports. It applies to C and X ports.
Default
No ports are configured. All ports must be explicitly

configured and enabled.
Parameters
port-id - Specifies the physical port ID in the

shelf/slot/port format.
Values: C1-C22, X1-X4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-63

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ethernet
Syntax
ethernet
Context
config>port>11qpe24 shelf/slot/port
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure

Ethernet port attributes.
Syntax
access
Context
config>port>11qpe24 shelf/slot/
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures Ethernet access port

parameters.
Syntax
egress
Context
port>ethernet>access
Description
This command configures Ethernet access egress port

parameters.
Syntax
efm-oam
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures EFM-OAM attributes.
Syntax
[no] shutdown
access
egress
efm-oam
shutdown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/

slot>port>path>ethernet>efm-oam
Description
This command administratively disables efm-oam.

The no form of this command enables efm-oam. Efm-oam
cannot be enabled if a facility loopback exists on the port.
See show interface 11qpe24 shelf/slot/port detail.
Default
shutdown
accept-remote-loopback
Syntax
[no] accept-remote-loopback
Context
port>ethernet>efm-oam
Description
This command enables reactions to loopback control

OAM PDUs from peers.
The no form of this command disables reactions to
loopback control OAM PDUs.
Default
no accept-remote-loopback
Syntax
mode {active | passive}
Context
Description
This command configures the mode of OAM operation for

this Ethernet port. These two modes differ in that active
mode causes the port to continually send out efm-oam info
PDUs while passive mode waits for the peer to initiate the
negotiation process. A passive mode port cannot initiate
monitoring activities (such as loopback) with the peer.
Default
active
Parameters
active - Provides capability to initiate negotiation and

monitoring activities.
mode
passive - Relies on peer to initiate negotiation and

monitoring activities.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-65

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
transmit-interval
Syntax
[no] transmit-interval interval [multiplier

mulitplier ]
Context
Description
This command configures the transmit interval of OAM

PDUs.
Default
transmit-interval 10 multiplier 5
Parameters
interval - Specifies the transmit interval.

Values - 5 - 600 (in 100 milliseconds)
multiplier multiplier - Specifies the multiplier for

transmit-interval to set local link down timer.
Values - 2 - 5
tunneling
Syntax
[no] tunneling
Context
Description
This command enables EFM OAM PDU tunneling.

Enabling tunneling will allow a port to pass OAM frames
to the far end.
The no form of the command disables tunneling.
Default
no tunneling
Syntax
uplink
Context
port>ethernet>access>
Description
This command enables the context to configure uplink

port parameters.
uplink
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-66

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
qos
Syntax
qos policy-id
no qos
Context
port>ethernet>access>egress
port>ethernet>access>uplink
Description
This command associates a QoS policy to the port.
Parameters
policy id - Specifies an existing QoS policy to be assigned

to the port.
Values - 1 - 65535 (only ID 1 is used in R5.0)
queue-policy
Syntax
queue-policy name
no queue-policy
Context
port>ethernet>access>uplink
Description
This command specifies the existing network queue policy

which defines queue parameters such as CIR and PIR
rates, as well as forwarding-class to queue mappings. The
network-queue policy is defined in the
config>qos>network-queue context.
Default
default
Parameters
name - Specifies an existing network-queue policy name.
egress-scheduler-policy
Syntax
egress-scheduler-policy port-scheduler-policyname
no egress-scheduler-policy
Context
config>port>11qpe24 shelf/slot/port>11qpe24
shelf/slot/port>ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-67

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables the provisioning of an existing

port-scheduler-policy to a port.
The default scheduling done for a port is strict scheduling.
When a port-scheduler-policy is applied to the port, the
scheduling behavior changes to the one specified in the
policy (Strict, RR, WRR, WDRR, WRR/ WDRR + Strict).
The no form of the command removes the policy from the
port and makes the scheduling scheme of the port to strict.
The egress-scheduler-override node allows for the
definition of the scheduler overrides for a specific port or
channel.
When a port scheduler is active on a port, all queues and
intermediate service schedulers on the port are subject to
receiving bandwidth from the scheduler. Any queues or
schedulers with port-parent associations are mapped to the
appropriate port priority levels based on the port-parent
command parameters. Any queues or schedulers that do
not have a port-parent or valid intermediate scheduler
parent defined are treated as orphaned and are handled
based on the port scheduler policies default or explicit
orphan behavior.
The port scheduler maximum rate and priority level rate
parameters may be overridden to allow unique values
separate from the port-scheduler-policy-name attached to
the port or channel. Use the egress-scheduler-override
command to specify the port specific scheduling
parameters.
The no form of this command removes a port scheduler
policy from an egress port. Once the scheduler policy is
removed, all orphaned queues and schedulers revert to a
free running state governed only by the local queue or
scheduler parameters. This includes any queues or
schedulers with a port-parent association.
Parameters
port-scheduler-policy-name - Specifies an existing

port-scheduler-policy configured in the config>qos
context.
Syntax
mode access [uplink]
mode
no mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-68

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
port>ethernet
Description
An access port is used for customer facing traffic on

which services are configured. When a port is configured
for access mode, the appropriate encap-type must be
specified to distinguish the services on the port. Once an
Ethernet port has been configured for access mode,
multiple services can be configured on the Ethernet port.
When configured for access uplink mode, the port
automatically has encap-type set to qinq, and is used for
network transport of services. Ports C1-C24 can only be
access and ports X1-X4 can be either access or access
uplink.
Default
access on C ports, access uplink on X ports.
Parameters
access - Configures the Ethernet port as service access.

access uplink - Configures the Ethernet port for transport
network use.
mtu
Syntax
mtu mtu-bytes
no mtu
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures the maximum payload MTU

size for an Ethernet port. The Ethernet port level MTU
parameter indirectly defines the largest physical packet the
port can transmit or the far-end Ethernet port can receive.
Packets received larger than the MTU will be discarded.
Packets that cannot be fragmented at egress and exceed
the MTU are discarded.
The value specified for the MTU includes the destination
MAC address, source MAC address, the Ethertype or
Length field and the complete Ethernet payload. The
MTU value does not include the preamble, start of frame
delimiter or the trailing CRC.
The no form of this command restores the default values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-69

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The default MTU value depends on the (sub-)port type,

mode and encapsulation and are listed.
Default
Refer to Table 10-2, MTU values (p. 10-70)

mtu-bytes - Sets the maximum allowable size of the
MTU, expressed as an integer.
Parameters
Values - 512 - 9600
Table 10-2
MTU values
Type
Mode
Encap
Default
10/100, Gig, or 10GigE
Access
null
1514
Access
dot1q
1518
Access/Uplink
q-in-q
1522
autonegotiate
Syntax
autonegotiate [limited]
[no] autonegotiate
Context
port>ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-70

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables speed and duplex autonegotiation

on Fast Ethernet ports and enables far-end fault indicator
support on gigabit ports.
There are three possible settings for autonegotiation:
on or enabled with full port capabilities advertised
off or disabled where there are no autonegotiation

advertisements
limited where a single speed/duplex is advertised
When autonegotiation is enabled on a port, the link

attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and
duplex parameters. If autonegotiation is enabled, the
configured duplex and speed parameters are ignored.
When autonegotiation is disabled on a port, the port does
not attempt to autonegotiate and will only operate at the
speed and duplex settings configured for the port. Note
that disabling autonegotiation on gigabit ports is not
allowed as the IEEE 802.3 specification for gigabit
Ethernet requires autonegotiation be enabled for far end
fault indication.
If the autonegotiate limited keyword option is specified
the port will autonegotiate but will only advertise a
specific speed and duplex. The speed and duplex
advertised are the speed and duplex settings configured
for the port. One use for limited mode is for multispeed
gigabit ports to force gigabit operation while keeping
autonegotiation enabled for compliance with IEEE 801.3.
Autonegotiation must be disabled or limited for ports in a
Link Aggregation Group to guarantee a specific port
speed.
The no form of this command disables autonegotiation on
this port.
Default
autonegotiate
Parameters
limited - The Ethernet port will automatically negotiate

link parameters with the far end, but will only advertise the
speed and duplex mode specified by the Ethernet speed
and duplex commands.
Syntax
duplex {full | half}
Context
port>ethernet
duplex
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-71

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures the duplex of a Fast Ethernet

port when autonegotiation is disabled.
This configuration command allows for the configuration
of the duplex mode of a Fast Ethernet port. If the port is
configured to autonegotiate this parameter is ignored.
Default
full
Parameters
full - Sets the link to full duplex mode.

half - Sets the link to half duplex mode.
egress-rate
Syntax
egress-rate sub-rate max-burst burst
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures maximum rate and

corresponding burst value for a port. The gress-rate is
configured as kbps while max-burst is configured as
kilo-bits while max-burst should be between 2 and 16384
or default..
The no form of this command returns the value to the
default.
Default
No egress-rate and max-burst is configured for the port.
Parameters
sub-rate - Specifies an integer value between 1 and

1000000 kbps for 1G and between 1 and 10000000 kbps
for 10G port.
Syntax
encap-type {dot1q | null | qinq}
encap-type
no encap-type
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures the encapsulation method used

to distinguish customer traffic on an Ethernet access port,
or different VLANs on an uplink port.
Default
null for access port; qinq is fixed for uplink port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-72

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
dot1q - Ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags where each tag

signifies a different service.
null - Ingress frames will not use any tags to delineate a
service. As a result, only one service can be configured on
a port with a null encapsulation type.
qinq - This encapsulation type is specified for QinQ
access SAPs. (future)
lacp-tunnel
Syntax
[no] lacp-tunnel
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command enables LACP packet tunneling for the

Ethernet port. When tunneling is enabled, the port will not
process any LACP packets but will tunnel them instead.
The port cannot be added as a member to a LAG group.
The no form of the command disables LACP packet
tunneling for the Ethernet port.
Default
no lacp-tunnel.
Syntax
qinq-etype 0x0600..0xffff
qinq-etype
no qinq-etype
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures the Ethertype used for Q-in-Q

encapsulation.
The no form of this command reverts the qinq-etype value
to the default. The default value is not user configurable.
Default
0x8100
Parameters
0x06000xffff - Specifies the qinq-etype to expect.

Values - 1536 - 65535, in hexadecimal or decimal
notation. Ensure that the values do not match any of the

IEEE reserved ethertype values such as 0x8a88, 0x9100,
and 0x9200.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-73

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
speed
Syntax
speed {10 | 100 | 1000}
Context
port>ethernet
Description
This command configures the port speed of a Fast Ethernet

capable port when autonegotiation is disabled. If the port
is configured to autonegotiate this parameter is ignored.
Speed cannot be configured for ports that are part of a
Link Aggregation Group (LAG).
Default
100
Parameters
10 - Sets the link to 10 mbps speed..

100 - Sets the link to 100 mbps speed.
1000 - Sets the link to 1000 mbps speed.
Show commands
port
Syntax
port 11qpe24 shelf/slot

port 11qpe24 port-id [statistics] [detail]
port 11qpe24
port-id ethernet efm-oam
Context
show
Description
This command displays port information. If only

shelft/slot is specified, the command port displays
summary information for all ports on the card.
Parameters
port-id - Specifies the physical port ID in the form

shelft/slot/port.
Syntax - port-id shelf/slot/port.
Port Values - C1 - C22, X1 - X4
statistics - Displays port statistics
detail - Displays detailed statistics
ethernet efm-oam -Displays EFM OAM information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-74

General Port Output
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
General Port Output

Description
The following table describes port output fields for all ports.
Label
Description
Port ID
The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format.
Admin state
Up - The administrative state is up.

Down - The administrative state is down.
Phy Link
Yes - A physical link is present.

No - A physical link is not present.
Port State
Up - The port is physically present and has physical link present.

Down - The port is physically present but does not have a link.
Cfg MTU
The configured MTU.
LAG ID
The LAG or multi-link trunk (MLT) that the port is assigned to.
Port Mode
l2up - The port is configured for transport network use.

accs - The port is configured for service access.
Port Encap
null - Ingress frames will not use tags to delineate a service.

dot1q - Ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags where each tag signifies
a different service.
QinQ - Encapsulation type specified for QinQ SAPs.
Port Type
The type of port or optics installed.
SFP/MDI MDX
GIGE - Indicates the GigE SFP type.

FASTE - Indicates the FastE SFP type.
MDI - Indicates that the Ethernet interface is of type MDI (Media
Dependent Interface).
MDX - Indicates that the Ethernet interface is of type MDX
(Media Dependent Interface with crossovers).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-75

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
The following table describes port output fields for a specific port.
Label
Description
Port
The port ID displayed in the shelf/slot/port format.
Speed
The speed of the interface.
MTU
The size of the largest packet which can be sent/received

on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets.
Admin State
Up - The port is administratively up.

Down - The port is administratively down.
Oper State
Up - The port is operationally up.

Down - The port is operationally down.
If appropriate, the lag-id of the LAG it belongs to in
addition to the status of the LAG member (active or
standby) is specified.
Duplex
Full - The link is set to full duplex mode.

Half - The link is set to half duplex mode.
Network Qos Pol
The network QoS policy ID applied to the port.
Uplink
Yes - The port is configured as access-uplink.

No - The port is configured as access.
Encap Type
Null - Ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to

delineate a service.
dot1q - Ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags where each tag
signifies a different service.
QinQ - Encapsulation type specified for QinQ SAPs.
Dot1Q Ethertype
Indicates the Ethertype value expected when the port's

encapsulation type is Dot1Q.
QinQ Ethertype
Indicates the Ethertype value expected when the port's

encapsulation type is QinQ.
Net. Egr. Queue Pol
Specifies the network egress queue policy or that the

default policy is used.
Access Egr. Qos
Specifies the access egress policy or that the default policy

1 is in use.
Egr. Sched. Pol
Specifies the port scheduler policy or that the default policy

default is in use.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-76

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Auto-negotiate
True - The link attempts to automatically negotiate the link

speed and duplex parameters.
False - The duplex and speed values are used for the link.
Limited - Only fixed duplex and speed values are
advertised.
MDI MDX
MDI - Indicates that the Ethernet interface is of type MDI

(Media Dependent Interface).
LACP Tunnel
Whether tunneling instead of peering LACP is enabled.
Egress Rate
The port level rate control in kbps.
Max Burst
The port level burst size in kb.
Split Horizon Group
The name of the SHG containing the port.
LLF Admin State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding administrative state.
LLF Oper State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding operational state

(fault/clear).
LLF ID
Identifier of LLF instance.
Ingress Pool Size
The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a

percentage of the available buffer space, that will be
allocated to the port for ingress buffering.
Egress Pool Size
The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a

percentage of the available buffer space, that will be
allocated to the port for egress buffering
Config Address
The port Ethernet MAC address.
Hardware Address
The port's hardware MAC address.
Errors In/Out
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound

packets that contained errors and are dropped. For
packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets
that could not be transmitted because of errors.
Unicast Pkts In/Out
The number of packets with a unicast destination address

received without error. The total number of packets with a
unicast destination address sent from the port.
Multicast Packets In/Out
The number of packets with a multicast destination address

received without error. The total number of packets with a
multicast destination address sent from the port.
Broadcast Packets In/Out
The number of packets with the broadcast destination

address received without error. The total number of packets
with the broadcast destination address sent from the port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-77

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Discards In/Out
The number of inbound/outbound packets discarded due to

congestion.
Alignment Errors
The total number of packets received that had a permitted

length, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a
bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets.
FCS Errors
The number of frames received that are an integral number

of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.
SQE Errors
The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is

received.
CSE
The number of times that the carrier sense condition was

lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame.
Too long Frames
The number of frames received that exceed the maximum

permitted frame size.
Symbol Errors
For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of

times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier
was present
Sngl Collisions
The number of frames that are involved in a single

collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully.
Mult Collisions
The number of frames that are involved in more than one

collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully.
Late Collisions
The number of times that a collision is detected later than

one slot time into the transmission of a packet.
Int MAC Tx Errs
The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to

an internal MAC sub-layer transmit error.
Int MAC Rx Errs
The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an

internal MAC sub-layer receive error.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-78

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-79

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show commands
show port 1/7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-80

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-81

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show port 1/7/C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-82

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-83

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show port 1/7/C1 detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-84

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-85

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show port 1/7/C2 ethernet efm-oam (peer non-operational)

=======================================================
Ethernet Oam (802.3ah)
=======================================================
Admin State
: down
Oper State
: disabled
Mode
: active
Pdu Size
: 1518
Config Revision
: 0
Function Support
: LB
Transmit Interval : 1000 ms
Multiplier
: 5
Hold Time
: 0
Tunneling
: false
Loop Detected
: false
No Peer Information Available
Loopback State
: None
Loopback Ignore Rx : Ignore
===================================================================
Ethernet Oam Statistics
===================================================================
Input
Output
------------------------------------------------------------------Information
0
0
Loopback Control
0
0
Unsupported Codes
0
0
Frames Lost
0
===================================================================
show port 1/7/C2 ethernet efm-oam (peer operational)

========================================================
Ethernet Oam (802.3ah)
=========================================================
Admin State
: up
Oper State
: operational
Mode
: active
Pdu Size
: 1518
Config Revision
: 1
Function Support
: LB
Transmit Interval : 1000 ms
Multiplier
: 5
Hold Time
: 0
Tunneling
: false
Loop Detected
: false
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-86

Sample Outputs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Peer
Peer
Peer
Peer
Peer
Peer
Peer
Mac Address
Vendor OUI
Vendor Info
Mode
Pdu Size
Cfg Revision
Support
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
00:25:ba:09:e0:b7
00:16:4d
00:00:00:00
active
1518
1
LB
Loopback State
: Remote Loopback
Loopback Ignore Rx : Process
========================================================Ethernet Oam
Statistics
=========================================================
Input
Output
--------------------------------------------------------Information
1230
1370
Loopback Control
0
1
Unsupported Codes
0
0
Frames Lost
0
=========================================================
show port 1/1/X1 statistics

========================================================
Port Statistics on Slot 1
========================================================
Port
Ingress
Ingress
Egress
Egress
Id
Packets
Octets
Packets
Octets
-------------------------------------------------------1/7/X1
442193487 230242594024 442193487
230242594024
========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-87

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPE24 Quality of Service CLI commands.

Contents
10-89
10-89
10-92
10-98
10-101
10-107
10-110
10-118
10-120
10-123
10-125
10-128
10-131
10-136
Show Commands
10-141
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-88

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

qos
Syntax
qos
no eth-ring
Context
Description
This commands enters the QoS context.
Syntax
create
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos ..create
create
create - The keyword used to create an entity like a policy in a command

sap-ingress
Syntax
[no] sap-ingress policy-id [create]
Context
config> car 11qpe24 shelf/slot>qos
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-89

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command is used to create or edit the ingress policy. The ingress
policy defines the Service Level Agreement (SLA) enforcement service
packets receive as they ingress a SAP. SLA enforcement is accomplished
through the definition of meters that have Forwarding Class (FC),
Committed Information Rate (CIR), Peak Information Rate (PIR),
Committed Burst Size (CBS), and Maximum Burst Size (MBS)
characteristics. The simplest policy defines a single queue that all ingress
traffic flows through. Complex policies have multiple meters combined
with specific IP or MAC match criteria that indicate which queue a packet
will flow though.
Policies in effect are templates that can be applied to multiple services as
long as the scope of the policy is template. Meters defined in the policy are
not instantiated until a policy is applied to a service SAP.
SAP ingress policies can be defined with either IP DSCP headers as the
match criteria or MAC headers as the match criteria. The IP and MAC
criteria are mutually exclusive and cannot be part of the same SAP ingress
policy. Only one service ingress policy can be provisioned.
The SAP ingress policy with policy-id 1 is a system-defined policy applied
to services when no other policy is explicitly specified. The system SAP
ingress policy can be modified but not deleted. The no sap-ingress
command restores the factory default settings when used on policy-id 1.
The default SAP ingress policy defines one meter associated with the best
effort (be) forwarding class, with CIR of zero and PIR of line rate.
Any changes made to the existing policy, using any of the sub-commands
are applied immediately to all services where this policy is applied. For this
reason, when many changes are required on a policy, it is recommended
that the policy be copied to a work area policy ID. That work-in-progress
policy can be modified until complete and then written over the original
policy-id.
The no sap-ingress policy-id command deletes the SAP ingress policy. A
policy cannot be deleted until it is removed from all services where it is
applied. The system default SAP ingress policy is a special case; the no
command restores the factory defaults to policy-id 1.
Parameters
policy-id - The policy-id uniquely identifies the policy.

Values: 1 - 65535
create - The keyword used to create an new policy, new policy is created
with similar characteristic as the default policy.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-90

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
description
Syntax
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>ipcriteria>entry
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>maccriteria>entry
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for
a configuration context.
context.
Default
Parameters
description-string - A text string describing the entity. Allowed values are

any string up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII
characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the
entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Syntax
scope {exclusive | template}
scope
no scope
Context

policy-id
Description
This command configures the Service Ingress QoS policy scope as

exclusive or template.
The no form of this command sets the scope of the policy to the default of
template.
Default
template
Parameters
exclusive - When the scope of a policy is defined as exclusive, the policy

can only be applied to one SAP. If a policy with an exclusive scope is
assigned to a second SAP an error message is generated. If the policy is
removed from the exclusive SAP, it will become available for assignment
to another exclusive SAP.
template - When the scope of a policy is defined as template, the policy
can be applied to multiple SAPs on the router. Default QoS policies are
configured with template scopes. An error is generated when the template
scope parameter to exclusive scope on default policies is modified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-91

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
num-qos-classifiers
Syntax
num-qos-classifiers [num-resources]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>numqos-classifiers
Description
This command configures the number of classifiers the SAP ingress QoS
policy can use. A user cannot modify this parameter when it is in use (that
is, applied to a SAP). The num-resources parameter also determines the
maximum number of meters that are available to this policy. The
maximum number of meters available for use by the forwarding classes
(FC) defined under this policy is equal to half the value specified in the
parameter num-resources. Any of these meters is available for use to police
unicast or multipoint traffic. Any of these meters is available for use by
more than one FC (or a single meter is available for use by all the FCs).
Default
Parameters
num-resources - Specifies the number of resources planned for use by this

policy
Values: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256

meter
Syntax
meter meter-id [multipoint] [create]
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-92

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command creates the context to configure an ingress service access

point (SAP) QoS policy meter.
This command allows the creation of multipoint meters. Only multipoint
meters can receive ingress packets that need flooding to multiple
destinations. By separating the unicast for multipoint traffic at service
ingress and handling the traffic on separate multipoint meters special
handling of the multipoint traffic is possible. Each meter acts as an
accounting and (optionally) policing device offering precise control over
potentially expensive multicast, broadcast and unknown unicast traffic.
Only the back-end support of multipoint traffic (between the forwarding
class and the meter based on forwarding type) needs to be defined. The
individual classification rules used to place traffic into forwarding classes
are not affected. Meters must be defined as multipoint at the time of
creation within the policy.
Any billing or statistical queries about a multipoint meter on a
non-multipoint service returns zero values. Any meter parameter
information requested about a multipoint meter on a non-multipoint
service returns the meter parameters in the policy. Multipoint meters
would not be created for non-multipoint services. The no form of this
command removes the meter-id from the SAP ingress QoS policy and
from any existing SAPs using the policy. Any forwarding class mapped to
the meter, will revert to their default meters. When a meter is removed, any
pending accounting information for each SAP meter created due to the
definition of the meter in the policy is discarded.
Parameters
meter-id - The meter-id for the meter, expressed as an integer. The meter-id
uniquely identifies the meter within the policy. This is a required
parameter each time the meter command is executed.
Values : 1-32
create - The keyword used to create an new meter, new meter is created
with similar characteristic as the default meter.
multipoint - The keyword used to create an multipoint meter.
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [cir adaptation-rule ][pir

adaptation-rule ]
no adaptation-rule
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>meter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-93

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command defines the method used by the system to derive the
operational CIR and PIR settings when the meter is provisioned in
hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters, individually the system
attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined
constraint. The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined
constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the
application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the
default constraints for rate and cir apply.
Default
adaptation-rule cir closest pir closest
Parameters
adaptation-rule - Specifies the adaptation rule to be used while computing

the operational CIR or PIR value.
pir - Defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined
within the meter meter-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a
qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR
for the meter. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
cir - Defines the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined
within the meter rate command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that
defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the
meter. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint
applies.
max - The max (maximum) option is mutually exclusive with the min and
closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR/CIR will be the
next multiple of 8 that is equal to or lesser than the specified rate.
min - The min (minimum) option is mutually exclusive with the max and
closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR/CIR will be the
next multiple of 8 kbps that is equal to or higher than the specified rate.
closest - The closest parameter is mutually exclusive with the min and
max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR/CIR will be
the next multiple of 8 kbps that is closest to the specified rate.
cbs
Syntax
cbs size-in-kbits
no cbs
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-94

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command provides a mechanism to override the default CBS for the
meter. The committed burst size parameter specifies the maximum burst
size that can be transmitted by the source while still complying with the
CIR. If the transmitted burst is lower than the CBS value then the packets
are marked as in-profile by the meter to indicate that the traffic is
complying meter configured parameters.
The no form of this command returns the CBS size to the default value.
Default
default
Parameters
size-in-kbits - Specifies the size parameter is an integer expression of the

number of kilobits reserved for the meter. For example, if a value of 100
KBits is desired, then enter the value 100. The bucket size is rounded off
to the next highest 4096 bytes boundary.
Values: 4 - 16384, default
mbs
Syntax
mbs size-in-kbits
no mbs
Context
Description
This command provides the explicit definition of the maximum amount of

tokens allowed for a specific meter. The value is given in Kilobits and
overrides the default value for the context.
In case of trtcm, the maximum burst size parameter specifies the maximum
burst size that can be transmitted by the source at the PIR while complying
with the PIR. If the transmitted burst is lower than the MBS value then the
packets are marked as out-profile by the meter to indicate that the traffic is
not complying with CIR, but complying with PIR.
If the packet burst is higher than MBS then packets are marked as red are
dropped by the meter. The no form of this command returns the MBS size
assigned to the meter to the value.
Default
default
Parameters
size-in-kbits - This parameter is an integer expression of the maximum

number of Kilobits of buffering allowed for the meter. For example, for a
value of 100 KBits, enter the value 100.
Values: 4 - 16384, default
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-95

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
mode
Syntax
mode {trtcm1 | trtcm2}

no mode
Context
Description
This command defines the mode of the meter.

The mode can be configured as Two Rate Three Color Marker The mode
command can be executed at anytime. Note:
The meter counters are reset to zero when the meter mode is changed.
For more information on the interpretation of rate parameters when the

meter mode is configured as trtcm, refer to the command description
of the policer rate command.
The no form of the command sets the default mode trtcm1.
Default
trtcm1
Parameters
trtcm1 - Implements the policing algorithm defined in RFC2698. Meters

the packet stream and marks its packets either green, yellow, or red. A
packet is marked red if it exceeds the PIR. Otherwise, it is marked either
yellow or green depending on whether it exceeds or doesn't exceed the
CIR. The trTCM1 is useful, for example, for ingress policing of a service,
where a peak rate needs to be enforced separately from a committed rate.
Two token buckets are used, the CBS bucket and the MBS bucket. Tokens
are added to the buckets based on the CIR and PIR rates. The algorithm
deducts tokens from both the CBS and the MBS buckets to determine a
profile for the packet.
trtcm2 - Implements the policing algorithm defined in RFC4115. Meters
the packet stream and marks its packets either green, yellow, or red. A
packet is marked red if it exceeds the PIR. Otherwise, it is marked either
yellow or green depending on whether it exceeds or does not exceed the
CIR. The trtcm2 is useful, for example, for ingress policing of a service,
where a peak rate needs to be enforced separately from a committed rate.
Two token buckets are used, the CBS bucket and the EBS bucket. Tokens
are added to the buckets based on the CIR and EIR rates. The algorithm
deducts tokens from either the CBS bucket (that is, when the algorithm
identifies the packet as in-profile or green packet) or the EBS bucket (that
is, when the algorithm identifies the packet as out-of-profile or yellow
packet). Note: In this mode, the system configures the policers EIR rate,
based on the value of the PIR rate configured by the user.
Note: In this mode, the system configures the policers EIR rate, based on
the value of the PIR rate configured by the user.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-96

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rate
Syntax
rate cir cir-rate-in-kbps

[pir pir-rate-inkbps ]
no rate
Context
Description
This command defines the administrative PIR and CIR parameters for the
meter. The rate command can be executed at anytime, altering the PIR and
CIR rates for all meters created through the association of the SAP Ingress
QoS policy with the meter-id.
Note: When the meter mode is configured in trtcm2 mode, the system
interprets the PIR rate parameter as EIR for use by RFC 4115 algorithm.
The no form of the command returns all meters created with the meter-id
by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters
(max, 0).
Default
rate cir 0 pir max - The max default specifies the amount of bandwidth in
kilobits per second (thousand bits per second). The max value is mutually
exclusive to the pir-rate value.
Parameters
cir cir-rate-in-kbps - The cir parameter overrides the default administrative

CIR used by the meter. When the rate command has not been executed or
the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
The actual CIR rate is dependent on the meters adaptation-rule
parameters and the hardware.
Values : 0-20000000, max
pir pir-rate-in-kbps - Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for

the meter. When this command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be
explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the
default PIR of max is assumed. When the rate command is executed, a
PIR setting is optional.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the meters adaptation-rule parameters
and the hardware.
Note: If the meter mode is configured as trtcm2, the system configures the
policers EIR rate, based on the value of the PIR rate configured by the
user.
Values : 0-20000000, max
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-97

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

default-fc
Syntax
default-fc fc-name
Context
Description
This command configures the default forwarding class for the policy. In
the event that an ingress packet does not match a higher priority (more
explicit) classification command, the default forwarding class will be
associated with the packet. Unless overridden by an explicit forwarding
class classification rule, all packets received on an ingress SAP using this
ingress QoS policy will be classified to the default forwarding class.
The default forwarding class is best effort (be). The default-fc settings are
displayed in the show configuration and save output regardless of
inclusion of the detail keyword.
default
be
Parameters
fc-name - Specify the forwarding class name for the queue. The value
given for fc-name must be one of the predefined forwarding classes in the
system.
Syntax
[no]fc fc-name
Context
Description
The fc command creates a class instance of the forwarding class fc-name.

Once the fc-name is created, classification actions can be applied and can
be used in match classification criteria.
fc
The no form of the command removes all the explicit queue mappings for
fc-name forwarding types. The queue mappings revert to the default
meters for fc-name.
Parameters
fc-name - Specifies the forwarding class name for the queue. The value
given for the fc-name must be one of the predefined forwarding classes for
the system.
Values: be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc
Default: None (Each class-name must be explicitly defined)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-98

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
broadcast-meter
Syntax
broadcast-meter meter-id
broadcast-meter
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>fc
Description
This command overrides the default broadcast forwarding type meter

mapping for fc fc-name. The specified meter-id must exist within the
policy as a multipoint meter before the mapping can be made. Once the
forwarding class mapping is executed, all broadcast traffic on a SAP using
this policy will be forwarded using the meter-id.
The broadcast forwarding type usually tracks the multicast forwarding
type definition. This command overrides that default behavior. The no
form of the command sets the broadcast forwarding type meter-id back to
the default of tracking the multicast forwarding type meter mapping.
Parameters
meter-id - Specifies an existing multipoint queue defined in the

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress context
Default: 11
meter
Syntax
meter meter-id
no meter
Context
Description
This command overrides the default unicast forwarding type meter

mapping for fc fc-name. The specified meter-id must exist within the
policy as a non-multipoint meter before the mapping can be made. Once
the forwarding class mapping is executed, all unicast traffic (this includes
all traffic, even broadcast and multicast for services) on a SAP using this
policy is forwarded using the meter-id.
The no form of this command sets the unicast (point-to-point) meter-id
back to the default meter for the forwarding class (meter 1).
Parameters
meter-id - Specifies an existing non-multipoint meter defined in the

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress context.
Values: 1 - 32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-99

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
multicast-meter
Syntax
multicast-meter meter-id
no multicast-meter
Context
Description
This command overrides the default multicast forwarding type meter

mapping for fc fc-name. The specified meter -id must exist within the
policy as a multipoint meter before the mapping can be made. Once the
forwarding class mapping is executed, all multicast traffic on a SAP using
this policy is forwarded using the meter-id.
The multicast forwarding type includes the unknown unicast forwarding
type and the broadcast forwarding type unless each is explicitly defined to
a different multipoint meter. When the unknown and broadcast
forwarding types are left as default, they will track the defined meter for
the multicast forwarding type.
The no form of the command sets the multicast forwarding type meter-id
back to the default meter for the forwarding class. If the broadcast and
unknown forwarding types were not explicitly defined to a multipoint
meter, they will also be set back to the default multipoint meter (11).
Parameters

Values: 2 - 32
Default 11
unknown-meter
Syntax
unknown-meter meter-id
no unknown-meter
Context
Description
This command overrides the default unknown unicast forwarding type

meter mapping for fc fc-name. The specified meter-id must exist within
the policy as a multipoint meter before the mapping can be made. Once the
forwarding class mapping is executed, all unknown traffic on a SAP using
this policy is forwarded using the meter-id.
The unknown forwarding type usually tracks the multicast forwarding type
definition. This command overrides that default behavior.
The no form of this command sets the unknown forwarding type meter-id
back to the default of tracking the multicast forwarding type meter
mapping.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-100

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

Values: 2 - 32
Default 11

mac-criteria
Syntax
[no] mac-criteria [any|dot1p-only]
Context
Description
The mac-criteria based SAP ingress policies are used to select the
appropriate ingress meters and corresponding forwarding class for
matched traffic.
User can specify either 'any' or dot1p-only' as the sub-criteria. The
sub-criteria determines what fields can be used to match traffic. The
resource allocation for classification is affected by the sub-criteria in use.
Please see the section on SAP ingress resource allocation for L2 and L3
criteria for more information. This command is used to enter the node to
create or edit policy entries that specify MAC criteria.
Current implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the
actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. For this
reason entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The no form of this command deletes all the entries specified under this
node. Once mac-criteria entries are removed from a SAP ingress policy,
the mac-criteria is removed from all services where that policy is applied.
Default
any
Parameters
any - Specifies that entries can use any of the fields available under
mac-criteria (Example - MAC source, MAC destination, MAC Ethertype,
etc. fields can be used)
dot1p-only - specifies that entries can use only the Dot1p field.
entry
Syntax
[no] entry entry-id [create]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-101

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>ipcriteria

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>maccriteria
Description
This command is used to create or edit an IP or MAC criteria entry for the
policy. Multiple entries can be created using unique entry-id numbers.
The list of flow criteria is evaluated in a top down fashion with the lowest
entry ID at the top and the highest entry ID at the bottom. If the defined
match criteria for an entry within the list matches the information in the
egress packet, the system stops matching the packet against the list and
performs the matching entries reclassification actions. If none of the
entries match the packet, the IP flow reclassification list has no effect on
the packet.
An entry is not populated in the list unless the action command is executed
for the entry. An entry that is not populated in the list has no effect on
egress packets. If the action command is executed without any explicit
reclassification actions specified, the entry is populated in the list allowing
packets matching the entry to exit the list, preventing them from matching
entries lower in the list. Since this is the only flow reclassification entry
that the packet matched and this entry explicitly states that no
reclassification action is to be performed, the matching packet will not be
reclassified.
The no form of this command removes the specified entry from the policy.
Entries removed from the policy are immediately removed from all
services where that policy is applied.
Default
none
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-102

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
entry-id - The entry-id, expressed as an integer, uniquely identifies a match

criterion and the corresponding action. It is recommended that multiple
entries be given entry-ids in staggered increments. This allows users to
insert a new entry in an existing policy without requiring renumbering of
all the existing entries. An entry cannot have any match criteria defined (in
which case, everything matches) but must have at least the keyword action
fc fc-name for it to be considered complete. Entries without the action
keyword will be considered incomplete and hence will be rendered
inactive.
Default: none
Values: 1 - 64
create - Required parameter when creating a flow entry when the system
is configured to require the explicit use of the keyword to prevent
accidental object creation. Objects may be accidentally created when this
protection is disabled and an object name is mistyped when attempting to
edit the object. This keyword is not required when the protection is
disabled. The keyword is ignored when the flow entry already exists
action
Syntax
action [fc fc-name ]
Context

Description
This mandatory command associates the forwarding class with specific IP

or MAC criteria entry ID. The action command supports setting the
forwarding class parameter. Packets that meet all match criteria within the
entry have their forwarding class overridden based on the parameters
included in the action parameters.
The action command must be executed for the match criteria to be added
to the active list of entries. Each time action is executed on a specific entry
ID, the previous entered values for fc fc-name is overridden with the
newly defined parameters.
The no form of the command removes the entry from the active entry list.
Removing an entry on a policy immediately removes the entry from all
SAPs using the policy. All previous parameters for the action is lost.
Default
Action specified by the default-fc.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-103

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
fc fc-name - The value given for fc fc-name must be one of the predefined
forwarding classes in the system. Specifying the fc fc-name is required.
When a packet matches the rule, the forwarding class is only overridden
when the fc fc-name parameter is defined on the rule. If the packet
matches and the forwarding class is not explicitly defined in the rule, the
forwarding class is inherited based on previous rule matches.
Syntax
match no match
Context
Description
This command creates a context for entering/editing match MAC criteria

for ingress SAP QoS policy match criteria. When the match criteria have
been satisfied the action associated with the match criteria is executed.
match
If more than one match criteria (within one match statement) are
configured then all criteria must be satisfied (AND function) before the
action associated with the match will be executed.
A match context can consist of multiple match criteria, but multiple match
statements cannot be entered per entry.
The no form of the command removes the match criteria for the entry-id.
dot1p
Syntax
dot1p dot1p-value [dot1p-mask]no match

no dot1p
Context
Description
The IEEE 802.1p value to be used as the match criterion.

Use the no form of this command to remove the dot1p value as the match
criterion.
Default
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-104

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
dot1p-value - Enter the IEEE 802.1p value in decimal.
Parameters
Values: 0 - 7
dot1pmask - This 3-bit mask can be configured using the formats. Refer to
the tableTable 10-3, Format description (p. 10-105)
To select a range from 4 up to 7 specify p-value of 4 and a mask of 0b100
for value and mask.
Default: 7 (decimal) (exact match)
Values: 1 - 7 (decimal)
Table 10-3
Format description
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
Hexadecimal
0xH
0x4
Binary
0bBBB
0b100
dst-mac
Syntax
dst-mac ieee-address [ieee-address-mask] no dst-mac
Context
Description
Configures a destination MAC address or range to be used as a Service

Ingress QoS policy match criterion.
The no form of this command removes the destination mac address as the
match criterion.
Default
None
Parameters
ieee-address - The MAC address to be used as a match criterion.

Values: HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH or HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH where H
is a hexadecimal digit
ieee-address-mask - A 48-bit mask to match a range of MAC address
values.
This 48-bit mask can be configured using the formats. Refer to the table
Table 10-4, Format description (p. 10-106).
All packets with a source MAC OUI value of 00-03-FA subject to a match
condition should be specified as: 0003FA000000 0x0FFFFF000000
Default: 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (hex) (exact match)
Values: 0x00000000000000 - 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (hex)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-105

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-4
Format description
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
281474959933440
Hexadecimal
0xHHHHHHHHHHHH
0xFFFFFF000000
Binary
0bBBBBBBB...B
0b11110000...B
etype
Syntax
etype etype-value
no etype
Context
Description
Configures an Ethernet type II value to be used as a service ingress QoS

policy match criterion.
The Ethernet type field is a two-byte field used to identify the protocol
carried by the Ethernet frame. For example, 0800 is used to identify the IP
v4 packets.
The Ethernet type field is used by the Ethernet version-II frames. IEEE
802.3 Ethernet frames do not use the type field. For IEEE 802.3 frames
use the dsap, ssap or snap-pid fields as match criteria. The snap-pid field,
etype field, ssap and dsap fields are mutually exclusive and cannot be part
of the same match criteria.
The no form of this command removes the previously entered etype field
as the match criteria.
Default
None
Parameters
etype-value - The Ethernet type II frame Ethertype value to be used as a

match criterion expressed in hexadecimal.
Values: 0x0600 - 0xFFFF
src-mac
Syntax
src-mac ieee-address [ieee-address-mask]

no src-mac
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-106

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures a source MAC address or range to be used as a

service ingress QoS policy match criterion.
The no form of this command removes the source mac as the match
criteria.
Default
None
Parameters
ieee-address - Enter the 48-bit IEEE mac address to be used as a match

criterion.
Values: H:HH:HH:HH:HH or HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH where H is a
hexadecimal digit
ieee-address-mask - This 48-bit mask can be configured using the format.
Refer to the tableTable 10-5, Format description (p. 10-107)
Table 10-5
Format description
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
281474959933440
Hexadecimal
0xHHHHHHHHHHHH
0x0FFFFF000000
Binary
0bBBBBBBB...B
0b11110000...B
To configure all packets with a source MAC OUI value of 00-03-FA are subject to a
match condition, then the entry should be specified as: 003FA000000 0xFFFFFF000000
Default: 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (hex) (exact match)
Values: 0x00000000000000 -0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (hex)

ip-criteria
Syntax
[no] ip-criteria
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-107

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
IP criteria-based SAP ingress policies are used to select the appropriate

ingress meter and corresponding forwarding class for matched traffic.
User does not need to specify any sub-criteria. The only sub-criteria used
is for DSCP to determines what fields can be used to match traffic. The
resource allocation for classification is affected by the sub-criteria in use.
This command is used to enter the context to create or edit policy entries
that specify IP criteria DiffServ code point.
Implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the actions
in accordance with the accompanying action command. For this reason
entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The no form of this command deletes all the entries specified under this
node. Once IP criteria entries are removed from a SAP ingress policy, the
IP criteria is removed from all services where that policy is applied.
Default
dscp-only (Specifies that entries can use only the DSCP field)
Parameters
None
entry
Refer to the description entry (p. 10-101).

action
Refer to the description action (p. 10-103).

match
Syntax
[no] match [protocol protocol-id ]
Context
Description
This command creates a context to configure match criteria for SAP QoS
policy match criteria. When the match criteria have been satisfied the
action associated with the match criteria is executed.
Only a single match criteria (either MAC or IP) is allowed at any point of
time.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-108

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
protocol protocol-id - Specifies an IP protocol to be used as a SAP QoS

policy match criterion.
The protocol type such as TCP / UDP / OSPF is identified by its respective
protocol number. Well- known protocol numbers include ICMP(1),
TCP(6), UDP(17).
Values : protocol-id: 0 - 255 protocol numbers accepted in DHB
keywords - none|crtp| crudp|egp|eigrp| encap|ether-ip| gre|icmp |idrp|

igmp|igp|ip|ipv6|ipv6-frag| ipv6-icmp|ipv6-no-nxt| ipv6-opts|ipv6route|isis|iso-ip|l2tp| ospf-igp|pim| pnni|ptp|rdp| rsvp|stp|tcp| udp|vrrp
dscp
Syntax
dscp no dscp
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>sap-ingress>ipcriteria>entry>match
Description
This command configures a DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) code point to be

used for classification of packets from the specified FC.
The no form of this command removes the DSCP match criterion.
Default
none
Parameters
dscp-name - Specifies a dscp name that has been previously mapped to a

value using the dscp-name command. The DiffServ code point can only
be specified by its name.
Values: be, cp1, cp2, cp3, cp4, cp5, cp6, cp7, cs1, cp9, af11, cp11, af12,
cp13, af13, cp15, cs2, cp17, af21, cp19, af22, cp21, af23, cp23, cs3, cp25,
af31, cp27, af32, cp29, af33, cp31, cs4, cp33, af41, c p35, af42, cp37,
af43, cp39, cs5, cp41, cp42, cp43, cp44, cp45, ef, cp47, nc1, cp49, cp50,
cp51, cp52, cp53, cp54, cp55, nc2, cp57, cp58, cp59, cp60, cp61, cp62,
cp63
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-109

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

access-egress
Syntax
access-egress policy-id[create]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos
Description
This command is used to create or edit an access egress QoS policy. The
egress policy defines the policy for the traffic egressing on the access port.
The policy can be applied to multiple access ports. Any changes made to
an existing policy are applied to all access ports on which the policy is
specified.
The no form of this command deletes the access-egress policy. A policy
cannot be deleted until it is removed from all access ports where it is
applied. When an access-egress policy is removed from an access port, the
access port will revert to the default access-egress policy-id 1.
This command is used to create or edit an access egress QoS policy. The
egress policy defines the queue parameters (CIR/PIR) for each of the
forwarding class traffic as they egress on the access port. Policies in effect
are templates that can be applied to multiple access ports as long as the
scope of the policy is template. There are 8 queues always available per
port for which parameters are configurable.
policy-id - The value that uniquely identifies the access-egress policy.
Parameters
Values: 1 - 65535
create - The keyword used to create an access-egress policy, newly created

policy has similar characteristic as the default policy.
Table 10-6
Default Access Egress Policy ID 1 Definition
Characteristic
Queue
Definition
Network-Control (nc)
Queue 8
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)
CBS=default (values derived for optimal buffer

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
High-1 (h1)
Queue 7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-110

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-6
(continued)
Characteristic
Queue
Definition
Expedited (ef)
Queue 6
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
High-2 (h2)
Queue 5
Low-1 (l1)
Queue 4
Assured (af)
Queue 3
Low-2 (l2)
Queue 2
Best-Effort (be)
Table 10-7
Queue 1
Flows
Dot1p
All FCs are mapped to corresponding Queues

and Dot1p values are marked as follows (when
VLAN are pushed):
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-111

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-7
(continued)
Flows
Dot1p

and Dot1p values are marked as follows (when
VLAN are pushed):
High-1 (h1)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
Expedited (ef)
Low-1 (l1)
Assured (af)
Low-2 (l2)
Best-Effort (be)
description
Syntax
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>qos>access-egress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-112

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
The description command associates a text string with a configuration
context to help identify the context in the configuration file.
context.
Default
Parameters

Syntax
scope
no scope
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress
Description
This command configures the scope as exclusive or template. The policys

scope cannot be changed if the policy is applied to multiple ports.
template.
Default
template
Parameters

can only be applied to one port.
If a policy with an exclusive scope is assigned to a second interface an
error message is generated. If the policy is removed from the exclusive
interface, it will become available for assignment to another exclusive
interface.
The system default policies cannot be put into the exclusive scope. An
error will be generated if scope exclusive is executed in default
access-egress policy (policy-id 1).
can be applied to multiple ports. Default QoS policies are configured with
template scope. An error is generated if you try to modify the scope
parameter from template to exclusive scope on default policies.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-113

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
fc
Syntax
fc fc-name[create]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress
Description
This command defines the fc node within the access egress QoS policy is
used to contain the explicitly defined Dot1p marking commands for the
fc-name.
Marking on access egress is done when a VLAN is pushed. No remarking
is done when VLAN already exist that is, in a service that has a
svc-sap-type set to dot1q-preserve.
Note that when the mapping for the fc-name and Dot1p marking is not
defined, the node for fc- name is not displayed in the show configuration
or save configuration output.
The no form of the command removes the explicit Dot1p marking
commands for the fc-name.
fc-name - Specifies the forwarding class for which Dot1p marking is to be
edited. The value given for fc- name must be one of the predefined
forwarding classes in the system.
Values : be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc
create - Keyword used to create an access-egress policy.
dot1p-in-profile
Syntax
dot1p-in-profile dot1p-value
no dot1p-in-profile
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress>fc
Description
This command explicitly defines the egress IEEE 802.1P (Dot1p) bits
marking for fc-name. All packets belonging to a particular FC that have
either an IEEE 802.1Q or IEEE 802.1P encapsulation use the explicitly
defined Dot1p-value. If the egress packets for fc-name are not IEEE
802.1Q or IEEE 802.1P encapsulated, the dot1p command has no effect.
The dot1p-in- profile dot1p-value and dot1p-out-profile dot1p-value
structure will add the capability to mark Dot1p on an egress access port the
in and out of profile packets. If the user has not explicitly configured the
FC-Dot1p map the marking of packets is still done according toTable 10-8,
Default Access Egress Policy ID 1 Definition (p. 10-115)and Table 10-9,
Default Access Egress Marking Definition (p. 10-116). User can
explicitly define the new Dot1P values using these commands.
The no form of the command sets the IEEE 802.1P or IEEE 802.1Q
priority bits to default FC- Dot1P marking map.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-114

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
dot1p-value - This value specifies the unique IEEE 802.1P value that will
match the dot1p rule. If the command is executed multiple times with the
same dot1p-value, the previous forwarding class and enqueuing priority is
completely overridden by the new parameters or defined to be inherited
when a forwarding class or enqueuing priority parameter is missing.
Parameters
A maximum of eight dot1p rules are allowed on a single policy.

Table 10-8
Characteristic
Queue
Definition
Queue 8
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
High-1 (h1)
Expedited (ef)
High-2 (h2)
Low-1 (l1)
Assured (af)
Queue 7
Queue 6
Queue 5
Queue 4
Queue 3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-115

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-8
(continued)
Characteristic
Queue
Definition
Low-2 (l2)
Queue 2
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
Best-Effort (be)
Table 10-9
Queue 1
Flows
Dot1p

and Dot1p values are marked as
follows(when VLAN are pushed):
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
High-1 (h1)
Expedited (ef)
Low-1 (l1)
Assured (af)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-116

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-9
(continued)
Flows
Dot1p

and Dot1p values are marked as
follows(when VLAN are pushed):
Low-2 (l2)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
CIR=0
PIR=max (line rate)

usage)
Best-Effort (be)
dot1p-out-profile
Syntax
dot1p-out-profile dot1p-value
no dot1p-out-profile
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress>fc
Description
This command explicitly defines the egress IEEE 802.1P (dot1p) bits
marking for fc-name. All packets belonging to a particular FC that have
either an IEEE 802.1Q or IEEE 802.1P encapsulation use the explicitly
defined dot1p-value. If the egress packets for fc-name are not IEEE
802.1Q or IEEE 802.1P encapsulated, the dot1p command has no effect.
The dot1p-in- profile dot1p-value and dot1p-out-profile dot1p-value
commands will provide the capability to mark Dot1p on an egress access
port for the in and out of profile packets. If the user has not explicitly
configured the FC-Dot1p map the marking of packets is still done
according to Table 10-8, Default Access Egress Policy ID 1 Definition
(p. 10-115) and Table 10-9, Default Access Egress Marking Definition
(p. 10-116). User can explicitly define the new Dot1P values using these
commands.
The no form of the command sets the IEEE 802.1P or IEEE 802.1Q
priority bits to default FC- Dot1P marking.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-117

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
dot1p-value - This value specifies the unique IEEE 802.1P value that will
match the dot1p rule. If the command is executed multiple times with the
same dot1p-value, the previous forwarding class and enqueuing priority is
completely overridden by the new parameters or defined to be inherited
when a forwarding class or enqueuing priority parameter is missing. A
maximum of eight dot1p rules are allowed on a single policy.
Values: 0 - 7
queue
Syntax
queue queue-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >access-egress
Description
This command creates the context to modify Queue parameters associated

with a particular queue.
The queue is identifiable by queue-id and FCs are mapped into the queues
according to following Tables.
The no form of this command is not supported
Default
None
Parameters
queue-id - Specifies the access egress queue-id associated with an FC.

Values: 1 - 8

Description
There are 8 forwarding classes supported. Each of these FC is mapped to a specific queue
while traffic is flowing on the egress port. By mapping FC to different queues the
differential treatment is imparted to various classes of traffic.
There are only 8 queues available at the port level. These 8 queues are created by default
per port. Users cannot create or delete the queues or the queue ID. Only the queue
parameters can be changed. The queue-id is not a configurable entity and queue ID 1 to 8
are, by default, used to identify these 8 queues available on the port. The 8 queues are
available both on the access and network ports. Queue parameters for these 8 queues can
be configured as part of the access egress QoS policy which is applied on the access ports
and network queue policy which is applied on the network ports.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-118

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The queue ID 1 to 8 are assigned to each of the 8 queues. Queue-ID 8 is the highest
priority and queue-id 1 is the lowest priority. FCs are correspondingly mapped to these
queue IDs according to their priority. The system defined map is as shown in Table 10-10,
Forwarding Class to Queue-ID Map (p. 10-119).
Table 10-10
Forwarding Class to Queue-ID Map
FC-ID
FC-name
FC Label
DiffServ Name
Queue-ID
Network Control
nc
NC2
High-1
h1
NC1
Expedited
ef
EF
High-2
h2
AF4
Low-1
l1
AF2
Assured
af
AF1
Low-2
l2
CS1
Best Effort
be
BE
remarking
Syntax
[no] remarking
remarking
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >access-egress
Description
This command enables the system to remark egress packets.

When enabled, the configured value is used to mark the dot1p bits in the
VLAN tag of the packet on the egress.
Note: This applies to all SAPs configured on the port, irrespective of the
service they belong to.
The no form of the command disables remarking.
If remarking is enabled, the default remark policy in Table 10-10,
Forwarding Class to Queue-ID Map (p. 10-119) is used.
Default
no remarking
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-119

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [ciradaptation-rule ] [pir adaptationrule ]

no adaptation-rule
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress>queue
Description
operational CIR and PIR settings when the queue is provisioned in
hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system
constraint.
The queue is identifiable by queue-id and FCs are mapped into the queues
according to following Tables.
The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined constraints
used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of
the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default
constraints for cir and pir apply.
Default
adaptation-rule pir closest cir closest
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-120

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

Values: pir - Defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate
defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter
requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the
operational PIR for the queue. When the rate command is not specified,
the default applies.
within the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a
qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational
CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default
constraint applies.
closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be equal to or less than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be equal to or greater than the administrative rate specified using the
rate command.
max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be the rate closest to the rate specified using the rate command.
rate
Syntax
rate-cir cir-rate[pir pir-rate ]

no rate
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>access-egress>queue
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-121

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command defines the administrative Peak Information Rate (PIR) and
the administrative Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters for the
queue. The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit
packets through the port. Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee
that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained
by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress
bandwidth. The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the
queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth.
The rate command can be executed at anytime, altering the PIR and CIR
rates for all queues created on the access ports.
The no form of this command returns all queues created with the queue-id
(max, 0).
Parameters
cir-rate - The cir parameter overrides the default administrative CIR used
by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid CIR setting
must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed
or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is
assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive
integer.
Values:
1G ports : 0 - 1000000, max

10G ports : 0 - 10000000, max
Default: 0
pir-rate - Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue.
When the rate command is executed, a PIR setting is optional. When the
rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queues adaptation-rule parameters
and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.
Values:
1G ports : 0 - 1000000, max

10G ports : 0 - 10000000, max
Default: max
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-122

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

network
Syntax
[no] network network-policy-id [create]
Context
Description
This command creates or edits a QoS network policy. The network policy
defines the treatment packets receive as they ingress and egress the uplink
(network) port.
The QoS network policy consists of an ingress and egress component. The
ingress component of the policy defines how Dot1p bits are mapped to
internal forwarding class and profile state. The forwarding class and
profile state define the Per Hop Behavior (PHB) or the QoS treatment. The
mapping on each network interface defaults to the mappings defined in the
default network QoS policy until an explicit policy is defined for the
network interface. It also defines the rate-limiting parameters for the traffic
mapped to each forwarding classes. Traffic mapped to each forwarding
class can be rate limited using separate meters for each uni-cast and
multipoint traffic.
The egress component of the network QoS policy defines the queuing
parameters associated with each forwarding class. There are eight queues
per port on the egress. Each of the forwarding classes is associated with a
queue on each access uplink port. This queue gets all the parameters
defined within the default network QoS policy 1 until an explicit policy is
defined for the network interface uplink port. If the egressing packet
originated on an ingress SAP, the parameter is always enabled for the
uplink port, the egress QoS policy also defines the Dot1p bit marking
based on the forwarding class and the profile state.
The network policy-id 1 cannot be modified or deleted. It defines the
default Dot1p-to-FC mapping and Dot1p-to-FC mapping and default
meters for unicast and multipoint meters for the ingress. For the egress, it
defines eight forwarding classes which represent individual queues and the
packet marking criteria.
If a new network policy is created (for instance, policy-id 2), only the
default action, default meters for unicast and multipoint traffic and egress
forwarding class parameters are identical to the default policy. A new
network policy does not contain the default Dot1p-to-FC mapping for
network QoS policy of type port). The default network policy can be
copied (use the copy command) to create a new network policy that
includes the default ingress Dot1p to FC mapping (as appropriate).
You can modify parameters or use the no modifier to remove an object
from the configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-123

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Default
System Default Network Policy 1
Parameters
network-policy-id - The policy-id uniquely identifies the policy

Default: none
Values: 1- 65535
description
Syntax
description description-string no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network policy-id
Description
context.
Default
Parameters

Syntax
scope {exclusive | template} description-string
scope
no scope
Context
Description
This command configures the network policy scope as exclusive or

template.
template.
Default
template
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-124

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

can only be applied to one interface. If a policy with an exclusive scope is
assigned to a second interface an error message is generated. If the policy
is removed from the exclusive interface, it will become available for
assignment to another exclusive interface.
The system default policies cannot be put into the exclusive scope. An
error will be generated if scope exclusive is executed in any policies with a
policy-id equal to 1.
can be applied to multiple interfaces on the router.
Default QoS policies are configured with template scopes. An error is
generated if you try to modify the template scope parameter to exclusive
scope on default policies.

Description
For uplink ingress, the following table lists the default mapping of Dot1p values to
forwarding class and profile state for the default network QoS policy.
Table 10-11
Default Network QoS Policy used for Ingress Dot1p to FC on Uplink

Ports
Dot1pValue
FC Ingress
Profile
be
Out
l2
In
af
Out
af
In
h2
In
ef
In
h1
In
nc
In
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-125

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command is used to enter the CLI node that creates or edits policy
entries that specify the dot1p-priority value to forwarding class mapping
for all packets.
When pre-marked packets ingress on a uplink (network) port, the QoS
treatment is based on the mapping defined under the current circuit pack.
default-action
Syntax
default-action fc fc-name [profile{in|out}]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network>ingress
Description
This command defines or edits the default action to be taken for packets
that have an dot1p bits set.
The default-action command specifies the forwarding class to which such
packets are assigned.
Multiple default-action commands will overwrite each previous
default-action command.
Default
default-action fc be profile out
Parameters
fc fc-name - Specify the forwarding class name. All packets with dot1p
bits that are not defined will be placed in this forwarding class.
Default: when command is issued, the default is none, the fc name must
be specified when a policy is created the default is be.
profile {in | out} - All packets that are assigned to this forwarding class
will be considered in or out of profile based on this command. In case of
congestion, on network ingress, the meter/policer supports color-aware
policing/metering. The value of the profile parameter is used to provide the
color to the meter. Value of 'in' indicates 'Green' color OR in-profile packet
to the meter and value of 'out' indicates
'Yellow' color OR out-of-profile packet to the meter operating in
color-aware mode. Based on the configured meter rates, the final profile
for the packet is determined. The final color is used for subsequent
processing of the packet in the system. On egress, in case of congestion,
the in-profile packets are preferentially queued over the out-of-profile
packets.
Default: None
Values: in, out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-126

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
dot1p
Syntax
dot1p dot1p-priority fc fc-name profile{in|out}
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network>ingress
Description
This command explicitly sets the forwarding class or enqueuing priority

and profile of the packet when a packet is marked with a dot1p-priority
specified. Adding a dot1p rule on the policy forces packets that match the
dot1p-priority specified to be assigned to the forwarding class and
enqueuing priority and profile of the packet based on the parameters
included in the Dot1p rule.
The dot1p-priority is derived from the most significant three bits in the
IEEE 802.1Q or IEEE 802.1P header. The three dot1p bits define 8
Class-of-Service (CoS) values commonly used to map packets to per-hop
Quality-of-Service (QoS) behavior.
The no form of this command removes the explicit dot1p classification
rule from the policy. Removing the rule on the policy immediately
removes the rule on all ports using the policy.
Parameters
dot1p-priority - This value is a required parameter that specifies the unique

IEEE 802.1P value that will match the dot1p rule. If the command is
executed multiple times with the same dot1p-value, the previous
forwarding class is completely overridden by the new parameters . A
maximum of eight dot1p rules are allowed on a single policy.
Values: 0 - 7
fc fc-name - The value given for the fc-name parameter must be one of the
predefined forwarding classes in the system. Specifying the fc-name is
optional. When a packet matches the rule, the forwarding class is only
overridden when the fc fc-name parameter is defined on the rule. If the
packet matches and the forwarding class is not explicitly defined in the
rule, the forwarding class is inherited based on previous rule matches.
profile {in | out } - All packets that are assigned to this forwarding class
will be considered in or out of profile based on this command or to use the
default. In case of congestion, the in-profile packets are preferentially
queued over the out-of-profile packets.
Default: none, the profile name must be specified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-127

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
For Uplink Egress the following table lists the Network QoS default mapping of
forwarding class to Dot1p values.
Table 10-12
Default Network QoS Policy used for Egress Mapping/Marking on

Uplink Ports
FC-ID
FC Name
FC Label
DiffServ
Name
In-Profile
Out-ofProfile
Network
Control
nc
NC2
1117
1117
High-1
h1
NC1
1106
1106
Expedited
ef
EF
1015
1015
High-2
h2
AF4
1004
1004
Low-1
l1
AF2
0113
0102
Assured
af
AF1
0113
0102
Low-2
l2
CS1
0011
0011
Best Effort
be
BE
0000
0000
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
Description
This command is used to enter the CLI node that creates or edits egress
policy entries that specify the forwarding class to marking map to be
instantiated when this policy is applied to the uplink (network) port.
The forwarding class and profile state mapping to appropriate marking
values for all packets are defined in this context.
The system allows the user to specify the FC mapping to Dot1p bits for
uplink (network) ports.
All out-of-profile service packets are marked with the corresponding
out-of-profile value at network egress. All the in-profile service ingress
packets are marked with the corresponding in- profile value based on the
forwarding class they belong.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-128

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
fc
Syntax
[no] fc fc-name [create]
Context
config >card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network> egress
Description
This command creates a class instance of the forwarding class. Once the
fc-name is created, classification actions can be applied and it can be used
in match classification criteria.
The no form of the command removes all the explicit meter mappings for
fc-name forwarding types. The meter mappings revert to the default meters
for fc-name.
Default
Undefined forwarding classes default to the configured parameters in the

default policy policy-id 1.
Parameters
fc-name - The case-sensitive, system-defined forwarding class name for

which policy entries will be created.
create - The keyword used to create the forwarding class.
dot1p-in-profile
Syntax
dot1p-in-profile dot1p-priority
no dot1p-in-profile
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network>egress>fc

fc-name
Description
This command specifies dot1p in-profile mappings.

The no form of the command reverts to the default in-profile
dot1p-priority setting for policy-id 1.
Default

Parameters

IEEE 802.1P value that will match the Dot1p rule. If the command is
forwarding class and enqueuing priority is completely overridden by the
new parameters or defined to be inherited when a forwarding class or
enqueuing priority parameter is missing.
Values 0 - 7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-129

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
dot1p-out-profile
Syntax
dot1p-out-profile dot1p-priority
no dot1p-out-profile
Context
config >card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network>egress>fc

fc-name
Description
This command specifies dot1p out-profile mappings.

The no form of the command reverts to the default out-profile
dot1p-priority setting for policy-id 1.
Default

Parameters

IEEE 802.1P value that will match the Dot1p rule. If the command is
forwarding class and enqueuing priority is completely overridden by the
new parameters or defined to be inherited when a forwarding class or
enqueuing priority parameter is missing.
Values 0 - 7
remarking
Syntax
[no] remarking
Context
config >card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network> egress
Description
This command remarks network egress traffic. The remarking is based on

the forwarding class to Dot1p bit mappings defined under the egress node
of the network QoS policy.
Typically, no remarking is necessary when all devices are in the same
DiffServ domain.
On access-uplink (network) port egress, only Dot1p values can be marked
for QinQ packets. The Dot1p mapping is defined in the network policy of
type port.
The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior.
Default
no remarking - Remarking disabled in the Network QoS policy.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-130

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

network-queue
Syntax
[no] network-queue policy-name

[create]
Context
config >card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos
Description
This command creates a context to configure a network (uplink) queue

policy. Network queue policies on the Ethernet port define network egress
queuing.
Default
default
The system default network queue policy is named default and cannot be
edited or deleted
policy-name - The name of the network queue policy.
Parameters
Values: Valid names consist of any string up to 32 characters long
composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains

special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.
create - Mandatory keyword to create a network queue policy.
For newly created policy , refer to Table 10-14, New network-queue
policy definition (p. 10-132)
Network queue policies define the network forwarding class queue
characteristics. The system allocates 8 queues for the network port and
FCs are mapped to these 8 queues. All policies will use eight queues like
the default network queue policy.
The queue characteristics that can be configured on a per-forwarding class
basis are:
Peak Information Rate (PIR) as a percentage of egress port bandwidth
Committed Information Rate (CIR) as a percentage of egress port

bandwidth
The following Table describes the default network queue policy

definition.
Table 10-13
Default network-queue policy definition
Forwarding Class
Queue
Definition
Queue 8
PIR = 100% CIR = 10% CBS = 12.5%
High-1 (h1)
Queue 7
PIR = 100% CIR = 10% CBS = 12.5%
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-131

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-13
Default network-queue policy definition
(continued)
Forwarding Class
Queue
Definition
Expedited (ef)
Queue 6
PIR = 100% CIR = 100% CBS =

12.5%
High-2 (h2)
Queue 5
PIR = 100% CIR = 100% CBS =

12.5%
Low-1 (l1)
Queue 4
PIR = 100% CIR = 25% CBS = 12.5%
Assured (af)
Queue 3
PIR = 100% CIR = 25% CBS = 12.5%
Low-2 (l2)
Queue 2
PIR = 100% CIR = 25% CBS = 12.5%
Best-Effort (be)
Queue 1
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Note: A newly created network-queue policy will have all the CIR setting set to 0%,
see the following table.
Note:
Table 10-14
New network-queue policy definition
Forwarding Class
Queue
Definition
Queue 8
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
High-1 (h1)
Queue 7
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Expedited (ef)
Queue 6
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
High-2 (h2)
Queue 5
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Low-1 (l1)
Queue 4
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Assured (af)
Queue 3
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Low-2 (l2)
Queue 2
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
Best-Effort (be)
Queue 1
PIR = 100% CIR = 0% CBS = 12.5%
description
Syntax
no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network-queue
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-132

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
context.
Default
Parameters

Syntax
queue queue-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos >qos>network-queue
Description
This command enables the context to configure a QoS network-queue

policy queue.
queue
The FCs are mapped to these queues as per Table 10-10, Forwarding
Class to Queue-ID Map (p. 10-119). Only one FC can be mapped to one
queue. Queue-id 8 is the highest priority and Queue- id 1 is the lowest
priority. Queue carry both the unicast and multicast traffic and no
segregation is done. The hardware port scheduler prioritizes the queue
according to the priority for each queue. High priority traffic should be
mapped to high priority FC. Mapping traffic to high priority FC does not
necessarily guarantee high priority treatment since the scheduler policy
can influence the relative priority among the queues.
The no form of this command is not supported.
Parameters
queue-id - The queue-id for the queue, expressed as an integer. The

queue-id uniquely identifies the queue within the policy. This is a required
parameter each time the queue command is executed.
Values: 1 - 8
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [cir adaptation-rule ][pir

adaptation-rule ]
no adaptation-rule
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-133

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos> network-queue

>queue
Description
operational CIR and PIR settings when the meter is provisioned in
hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters, individually the system
constraint.
The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined constraints
used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of
the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default
constraints for pir and cir apply.
Default
adaptation-rule cir closest pir closest
Parameters

within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a
for the meter. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
Values:
within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a
for the queue. When the pir command is not specified, the default applies.
within the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a
qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational
CIR for the meter. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default
constraint applies.
closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be equal to or less than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be equal to or greater than the administrative rate specified using the
rate command.
max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR for the queue
will be the rate closest to the rate specified using the rate command.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-134

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
rate
Syntax
rate [cir cir-percent ][pir pir-percent ]

no rate
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>network-queue>queue
Description
This command defines the administrative Peak Information Rate (PIR) and
the administrative Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters for the
queue. Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can
transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be
limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.
The CIR defines the percentage at which the system prioritizes the queue
over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. For network egress,
the CIR also defines the rate that the queue is considered in-profile by the
system. The in-profile and out-profile of the queue influences the
scheduler priority queue metric. The in-profile and out-profile of the queue
based on CIR and PIR is never marked in the packets. The packets at
egress are considered in-profile and out-profile based on the SAP ingress
policy meter results.
The rate command can be executed at anytime, altering the PIR and CIR
rates for all queues The 8 queues which are available at egress port are
always associated with the network queue QoS policy by the queue-id.
The no form of the command returns all queues created with the queue-id
(100, 0).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-135

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
cir percent - Defines the percentage of the guaranteed rate allowed for the
queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid CIR setting must be
explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the
default CIR of 0 is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be
given as a positive integer.
The actual CIR rate is dependent on the queues adaptation-rule parameters
and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.
Values: 0 - 100
Default: 0
pir percent - Defines the percentage of the maximum rate allowed for the
queue. When the rate command is executed, the PIR setting is optional.
When the rate command has not been executed, or the PIR parameter is
not explicitly specified, the default PIR of 100 is assumed. Fractional
values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
Values: 1 - 100 percent
Default: 100

port-scheduler-policy
Syntax
[no] port-scheduler-policy port-scheduler-name [create]
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-136

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
The default scheduling done for a port is strict scheduling. When a

port-scheduler policy is applied to a port , it overrides the default
scheduling and determines the type of scheduling (Strict, RR, WRR,
WDRR, WRR/WDRR + Strict) to be done between the 8 CoS queues of
that particular port. When a port scheduler policy is detached from a port,
the port reverts back to the default scheduling (strict).
The no form of the command removes the policy from the system.
Port scheduler policies control the traffic behavior on a per-port basis.
Associated with each egress port is a set of eight class of service (CoS)
queues and a default port-scheduler-policy named default. This default
policy makes the port to behave in strict mode. The default policy cannot
be modified. The user can attach another policy to the port to change its
scheduling behavior.
Providing the arbitration across these eight CoS queues is a scheduler that
may be configured in a variety of modes. A major aspect of the arbitration
mechanism is the ability to provide minimum and maximum bandwidth
guarantees. This is accomplished by tightly integrating into the scheduler a
network queue and access egress policies. After the packets are mapped
into a cos queue, they are forwarded/conditioned using one of these
schedulers (such as Strict Priority (SP), Round-Robin (RR), Weighted
Round-Robin (WRR), Weighted Deficit Round-Robin (WDRR),
WRR+SP, WDRR+SP). The traffic shaping aspect is tightly integrated
with the scheduler
Parameters
port-scheduler-name - specifies an existing policy name. Each

port-scheduler policy name should be unique and can go upto 32 ASCII
characters in length.
create - This keyword is used to create a port scheduler policy.
default port scheduler policy definition:
Policy-Name : default
Description : Default Port Scheduler policy.
Mode : STRICT
Number Of Queues : 8
description
Syntax
description description-string no description
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>port-schedulerpolicy
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-137

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
context.
Default
Parameters

Syntax
mode {strict | rr | wrr | wdrr} no mode
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>port-sched-plcy
Description
This command configures a particular mode of scheduling for the policy.

For example, this implies that when a policy with a mode RR is applied to
a port then that port will follow the round robin type of scheduling
between its queues.
Default
Parameters
mode - Specifies the port scheduler policy mode.
mode
strict - Strict scheduler mode

rr - Round Robin
wrr - Weighted Round Robin
wdrr - Weighted Deficit Round Robin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-138

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The scheduling modes interact with the minimum and maximum bandwidth CoS queue
and maximum bandwidth egress port shaping specifications. Each egress port may be
configured to have a specific scheduling mode. The scheduler first services the queues to
meet their CIR and then services the queues to meet the PIR. There are five possibilities
as follows:
Strict priority scheduling across CoS queues - The strict priority scheduler provides
strict priority access to the egress port across the CoS queue from highest CoS queue
index (7) to the lowest (0). The purpose of the strict priority scheduler is to provide
lower latency service to the higher CoS classes of traffic. In this mode, the scheduler
services the queues in order of their priority in both the CIR and PIR loop.
Table 10-15
Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth Meters Example
QoS Queue
Minimum Bandwidth
Maximum Bandwidth
10 Mbps
1 Gbps
10 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
50 Mbps
1 Gbps
Round robin scheduling across CoS queues - The round robin scheduler mode
provides round robin arbitration across the CoS queues. The scheduler visits each
backlogged CoS queue, servicing a single packet at each queue before moving on to
the next one. The purpose of the round robin scheduler is to provide fair access to the
egress port bandwidth (at a packet level). This works best when packet sizes are
approximately comparable. In this mode, the scheduler services the queues in
round-robin for both the CIR and the PIR loop.
Weighted round robin (WRR) - In WRR mode, the scheduler provides access to each
CoS queue in round robin order. When the scheduler is providing access to a
particular queue, it services a configurable number of back-to-back packets before
moving on to the subsequent CoS queue. A value of strict is used to designate that a
particular queue be considered to be a part of a hybrid Strict + WRR configuration.
The values 1 to 15 are used to indicate the number of back-to-back packets to be
serviced when the scheduler is servicing a particular CoS queue. If the weight
specified is N but if there are <N packets in the queue, the scheduler continues
working and moves on to the next backlogged queue. In this mode, with no strict
queues configured, the scheduler services the queues in round robin in the CIR loop.
The configured weights are not considered in the CIR loop. The weights are used only
in the PIR loop.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-139

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Weighted deficit round robin (WDRR) scheduling - An inherent limitation of the

WRR mode is that bandwidth is allocated in terms of packets. WRR works well if the
average packet size for each CoS queue flow is known. WDRR aims at addressing
this issue. WDRR provides a bandwidth allocation scheduler mode that takes into
account the variably-sized packet issue by maintaining sufficient state information
when arbitrating across the CoS queues. In this mode, with no strict queues
configured, the scheduler services the queues in round-robin in the CIR loop. The
configured weights are not considered in the CIR loop. The weights are used only in
the PIR loop. A weight value of 1 to 15 can be configured for each queue. Based on
the weights provided respective amount of bytes is de-queued from the queue. A value
of 0 is used to designate that a particular queue be considered to be a part of a hybrid
Strict + WDRR configuration. If a weight value of 1 is given for queue 1 and 5 is
given for queue 2, then we will see traffic out of the port in the ratio of 1:5 between
the queues (1 and 2), provided no traffic is flowing in the other queues. A weight
value of 1 will actually pump out 2 Kbytes from that queue, a value of 5 will pump
out 10 Kbytes. Twice of the weight value given will be pumped out.
Strict + WRR/WDRR - If the WRR/WDRR weight associated with a particular CoS

queue is set to strict, the queue is considered to be in a strict priority mode. This set of
strict priority queues is serviced first in the order of their CoS numbering (higher
numbered CoS queue receives service before smaller numbered queues). In this mode,
the scheduler services the strict queues first and then the queues configured with
weights in both the CIR and PIR loop. The scheduler ensures that it meets the CIR of
all the queues (both strict queues and queues with weight), if bandwidth is available
before scheduling the queues in the PIR loop. If multiple queues are configured as
strict, the higher-priority strict queues are serviced first before the lower priority strict
queues in both the CIR and the PIR loop. The weights configured for the queues are
only considered during the PIR loop.
queue
Syntax
queue queue-id [strict|weight weight ]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos>port-sched-plcy
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-140

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures a port scheduler queue. The queue and its
weights can be configured only for WRR/WDRR modes. The weight
specified in case of WRR corresponds to the number of packets that needs
to be sent out in a cycle for that particular queue.
For WDRR, the weight specified is the ratio of traffic that will be sent out
for that particular queue. For example, in WDRR, if a weight value for
queue 1 is 1 and a weight value for queue 2 is 5, then traffic out of the port
is in the ratio of 1:5 between the queues (1 and 2) provided no traffic is
flowing in the other queues. If the keyword strict is specified in any of the
queues, then that particular queue will be treated as strict. This set of strict
priority queues is serviced first in the order of their CoS numbering (the
higher numbered CoS queue receives service before smaller numbered
queues).
The no form of the queue under a WRR/WDRR mode will set the queue
weights to default (for example, 1).
Parameters
queue id - Specifies the queue ID.

Values: 1 - 8 (8 is the highest)
strict - Specifies strict access.

weight weight - Specifies the number of packets in case of WRR and ratio
of traffic out in WDRR.
Values: 1 - 15
Show Commands
sap-ingress
Syntax
sap-ingress [policy-id]
sap-ingress policy-id
[association | match-criteria | detail ]
Context
show>qos
Description
This command displays SAP ingress QoS policy information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-141

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
policy-id - Displays information about the specific policy ID.

Default: all SAP ingress policies
Values: 1 - 65535
associations - Displays the policy associations of the sap-ingress policy.

match-criteria - Displays the match-criterion of the sap-ingress policy.
detail - Displays the details of the sap-ingress policy.
No parameter - Display a summary list of all Sap Ingress Policies
No policy-id - Display info of all Sap Ingress Policies
Label
Description
Policy-Id
The ID that uniquely identifies the policy.
Scope
Exclusive - Implies that this policy can only be applied to a single SAP.
Template - Implies that this policy can be applied to multiple SAPs.
Description
A text string that helps identify the policys context in the configuration
file.
Default FC
Specifies the default forwarding class for the policy.
Criteria-type
IP - Specifies that an IP criteria-based SAP ingress policy is used to

select the appropriate ingress meter and corresponding forwarding class
for matched traffic.
MAC - Specifies that a MAC criteria-based SAP is used to select the
appropriate ingress meters and corresponding forwarding class for
matched traffic.
Meter
Displays the meter ID.
Mode
Specifies the configured mode of the meter.
CIR Admin
Specifies the administrative Committed Information Rate (CIR)

parameters for the meters.
CIR Rule
min - The operational CIR for the meters will be equal to or greater than
the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
max - The operational CIR for the meter will be equal to or less than the
administrative rate specified using the rate command.
closest - The operational PIR for the meters will be the rate closest to the
rate specified using the rate command without exceeding the operational
PIR.
PIR Admin
Specifies the administrative Peak Information Rate (PIR) parameters for

the meters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-142

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
PIR Rule
min - The operational PIR for the meter will be equal to or greater than
the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
max - The operational PIR for the meters will be equal to or less than the
administrative rate specified using the rate command.
closest - The operational PIR for the meters will be the rate closest to the
rate specified using the rate command.
CBS
def - Specifies the default CBS value for the meters.

value - Specifies the value to override the default reserved buffers for the
meters.
MBS
def - Specifies the default MBS value.

value - Specifies the value to override the default MBS for the meter.
UCastM
Specifies the default unicast forwarding type meters mapping.
MCastM
Specifies the overrides for the default multicast forwarding type meter
mapping.
BCastM
Specifies the default broadcast forwarding type meters mapping.
UnknownM
Specifies the default unknown unicast forwarding type meters mapping.
Match Criteria
Specifies an IP or MAC criteria entry for the policy.
Entry
DSCP
Specifies a DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) name used for an ingress SAP
QoS policy match.
FC
Specifies the entrys forwarding class.
Src MAC
Specifies a source MAC address or range to be used as a Service Ingress

QoS Quality match
Dst MAC
Specifies a destination MAC address or range to be used as a Service

Ingress QoS policy match.
Dot1p
Specifies a IEEE 802.1p value to be used as the match.
Ethernet-type
Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value to be used as a Service

Ingress QoS policy match.
FC
Specifies the entrys forwarding class.
Service Association
Service-Id
The unique service ID number which identifies the service in the service
domain.
Customer-Id
Specifies the customer ID which identifies the customer to the service.
SAP
Specifies the a Service Access Point (SAP) within the service where the
SAP ingress policy is applied.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-143

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Classifiers required
Indicates the number of classifiers for a VPLS or Epipe service
Meters required
Indicates the number of meters for a VPLS or Epipe service.
Sub-Criteria-type
Displays the configured sub-criteria-type
Accounting
Specifies whether the accounting mode is packet-based or frame-based,

always "packet-based"
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos sap-ingress
============================================================
Sap Ingress Policies
=============================================================
Policy-Id
Scope
Description
------------------------------------------------------------1
Template
Default SAP ingress QoS policy.
2
Template
3
Template
5
Template
11
Template
new
89
Template
95
Template
99
Template
forvpls99
100
Template
=============================================================
(detail for default policy 1)A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/

slot qos sap-ingress 1 detail
==============================================================================
QoS Sap Ingress
==============================================================================
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Sap Ingress Policy (1)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 1
Scope
: Template
Default FC
: be
Criteria-type
: None
Accounting
: packet-based
Classifiers Allowed
: 4
Meters Allowed
: 2
Classifiers Reqrd (VPLS) : 2
Meters Reqrd (VPLS) : 2
Description
: Default SAP ingress QoS policy.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Meter Mode CIR Admin CIR Rule PIR Admin PIR Rule CBS Admin MBS Admin
CIR Oper
PIR Oper
CBS Oper
MBS Oper
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------1
TrTcm1
0
closest
max
closest
def
def
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-144

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0
max
def
def
0
closest
max
closest
def
def
0
max
def
def
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------FC
UCastM
MCastM
BCastM
UnknownM
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------No FC-Map Entries Found.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Match Criteria
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------No Matching Criteria.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Associats
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Service-Id
: 1 (VPLS)
Customer-Id
: 1
- SAP : 1/7/C1:102
- SAP : 1/7/C16:20
===============================================================================
11
TrTcm1
(policy-id)
*A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos sap-ingress
95
===============================================================
QoS Sap Ingress
================================================================
Sap Ingress Policy (95)
---------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 95
Scope
: Template
Default FC
: be
Criteria-type
: None
Accounting
: packet-based
Classifiers Allowed
: 4
Meters Allowed
: 2
Description
: (Not Specified)
================================================================
(associations)
*A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos sap-ingress 1
association
=================================================================
QoS Sap Ingress
=================================================================
----------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 1
Scope
: Template
Default FC
: be
Criteria-type
: None
Accounting
: packet-based
Classifiers Allowed
: 4
Meters Allowed
: 2
Description
: Default SAP ingress QoS policy.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-145

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Associations
--------------------------------------------------------Service-Id
: 1 (VPLS)
Customer-Id
: 1
- SAP : 1/7/C1:102
- SAP : 1/7/C16:20
- SAP : 1/7/C22:102
Service-Id
: 11 (VPLS) Customer-Id
: 11
- SAP : 1/7/C11:100
Service-Id
: 1
- SAP : 1/7/C16:10
Service-Id
: 1
- SAP : 1/7/C3
Service-Id
: 2012
=========================================================
(match-criteria)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos sap-ingress
match-criteria
99
================================================================
QoS Sap Ingress
================================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 99
Scope
: Template
Default FC
: be
Criteria-type
: MAC
Accounting
: packet-based
Classifiers Allowed
: 8
Meters Allowed
: 4
Description
: forvpls99
---------------------------------------------------------------Match Criteria
--------------------------------------------------------Entry
: 10
Description
: (Not Specified)
Src MAC
:
Dst MAC
:
Dot1p
: 3/7
Ethernet-type
: Disabled
FC
: af
=========================================================
(Detail)
A:qos1# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos sap-ingress 99
detail
===============================================================================
QoS Sap Ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-146

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
===============================================================================
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 99
Scope
:
Template
Default FC
: be
Criteria-type
: MAC
Accounting
: packet-based
Classifiers Allowed
: 8
Meters Allowed
: 4
Description
: forvpls99
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Meter Mode CIR Admin
CIR Rule
PIR Admin
PIR Rule
CBS Admin MBS
Admin
CIR Oper
PIR Oper
CBS Oper MBS
Oper
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
TrTcm1
0
closest
max
closest
def
def
0
max
def
def
2
TrTcm1
90
closest
150
closest
def
def
88
152
def
500
11
TrTcm1
0
closest
max
closest
def
def
0
max
def
def
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FC
UCastM
MCastM
BCastM
UnknownM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------af
2
def
def
def
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Match Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Entry
: 10
Description
: (Not Specified)
Src MAC
:
Dst MAC
:
Dot1p
: 3/7
Ethernet-type
: Disabled
FC
: af
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Associations
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Service-Id
: 1 (VPLS)
Customer-Id
: 1
- SAP : 1/7/C1:102
- SAP : 1/7/C16:20
===============================================================================
access-egress
Syntax
access-egress [policy-id] [association]

access-egress [policy-id] [detail]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>qos
Description
This command displays Access egress QoS policy information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-147

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
policy-id - Displays information about the specific policy ID. Displays all
access-egress policies if no specific policy-id is entered.
Values: 1 - 65535
association - Displays a list of ports on which the policy is applied.

detail - Displays detailed policy information including policy associations.
No parameter - Display a summary list of all Policies
No policy-id - Display info of all Policies
Access Egress Output - The following table describes Access egress show command
output.
Label
Description
Policy-Id
Description
A text string that helps identify the policys context in the

configuration file
Forward Class/FC Name
Specifies the forwarding class to Dot1p remarking value.
Explicit/Default
Explicit - Specifies the egress IEEE 802.1P (dot1p) bits

marking for fc-name if explicitly configured.
Default - Specifies the default dot1p value according to
FC-Dot1p marking map if explicit values are not configured.
CIR Admin
Specifies the administrative Committed Information Rate

(CIR) parameters for the queue. The CIR defines the rate at
which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues
competing for the same bandwidth.
CIR Rule
min - The operational CIR for the queue will be equal to or

greater than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
max - The operational CIR for the queue will be equal to or
less than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
closest - The operational CIR for the queue will be the rate
closest to the rate specified using the rate command without
exceeding the operational PIR.
PIR Admin
Specifies the administrative Peak Information Rate (PIR)

parameters for the queue. The PIR defines the maximum rate
that the queue can transmit packets through the access port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-148

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
PIR Rule
min - The operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or

greater than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
max - The operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or
less than the administrative rate specified using the rate
command.
closest - The operational PIR for the queue will be the rate
closest to the rate specified using the rate command.
CBS
def - Specifies that the CBS value reserved for the queue.
Port-Id
Specifies the physical port identifier that associates the

access egress QoS policy.
Accounting
Specifies whether the accounting mode is packet-based or

frame-based always packet-based
Remark Type
Displays the type of remarking enabled. It can be

use-dot1p, use-dsc or all.
Remark
Display the remark of access egress packets (true or false).
Sample Output
(no parameters)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos access-egress
===============================================================
Access Egress Policies
===============================================================
Policy-Id
Scope
Description
--------------------------------------------------------------1
Template
Default Access egress QoS policy.
2
Template
11
Exclusive access port 11
12
Template access port 12
95
Template
=================================================================
(detail for default policy ID 1)

A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos access-egress 1 detail
=========================================================
QoS Access Egress
=========================================================
Policy-id
: 1
Scope
: Template
Remark Type
: use-dot1p
Accounting
: packet-based
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-149

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
: Default Access egress QoS policy.
--------------------------------------------------------Queue
CIR Admin
PIR Admin
CBS
CIR Rule
PIR Rule
--------------------------------------------------------1
0
max
def
closest
closest
2
0
max
def
closest
closest
3
0
max
def
closest
closest
4
0
max
def
closest
closest
5
0
max
def
closest
closest
6
0
max
def
closest
closest
7
0
max
def
closest
closest
8
0
max
def
closest
closest
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------FC Name
Queue-id
Explicit/Default Explicit/Default
--------------------------------------------------------be
1
Default (in :0) Default (out :0)
l2
2
af
3
l1
4
h2
5
ef
6
h1
7
nc
8
--------------------------------------------------------Associations
--------------------------------------------------------Port-id : 1/1/C1
Port-id : 1/1/C2
Port-id : 1/1/C3
Port-id : 1/1/C4
(association)
A:NODE2>show card 11pe24 shelf/slot qos access-egress
association
========================================================
QoS Access Egress
========================================================
--------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 1
Scope
: Template
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-150

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remark Type
Accounting
Description
: use-dot1p
: packet-based
: Default Access egress QoS policy.
------------------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 2
Scope
: Template
Remark Type
: use-dot1p
Remark
: False
Accounting
: packet-based
Description
: (Not Specified)
------------------------------------------------------------------Associations
-------------------------------------------------------Port-id : 1/2/X1
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/X2
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/X3
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/X4
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C1
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C2
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C3
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C4
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C5
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C6
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C7
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C8
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C9
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C10
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C11
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C12
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C13
Policy-id : 2
Port-id : 1/2/C14
Policy-id : 2
Port-id : 1/2/C15
Policy-id : 2
Port-id : 1/2/C16
Policy-id : 2
Port-id : 1/2/C17
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C18
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C19
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C20
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C21
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C22
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C23
Policy-id : 1
Port-id : 1/2/C24
Policy-id : 1
-------------------------------------------------------
network
Syntax
network [policy-id]
network policy-id [detail]
Context
show > card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos
Description
This command displays network policy information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-151

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
policy-id - Displays information about the specific policy ID.

Values: 1 - 65535
detail - Includes information about ingress and egress Dot1p bit mappings
and network policy interface associations.
No parameter - Display a summary list of all Policies.
No policy-id - Display info of all Policies.
Network QoS Policy Output Fields
The following table describes network QoS Policy output fields.

Table 10-16
Show QoS Network Output Fields
Label
Description
Policy-Id
Description

configuration file.
Forward Class/ FC Name
Specifies the forwarding class name.
Profile
Out - Specifies the P-bits marking for the packets which are
out-of-profile, egressing on this queue.
In - Specifies the P-bits markings for in-profile packets
egressing this queue.
Accounting
Packet-based - Specifies that the meters associated with this

policy do not account for packet framing overheads (such as
Ethernet the Inter Frame Gap (IFG) and the preamble), while
accounting for the bandwidth to be used by this flow.
Frame-based - Specifies that the meters associated with this
policy account for the packet framing overheads (such as for
Ethernet the IFG and preamble), while accounting the
bandwidth to be used by the flow.
Always Packet-based
Profile policy
Displays the profile policy ID.
Port-Id
Specifies the physical port identifier that associates the

interface.
Egr Remark
Display the Remarking of network egress traffic (true or false).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-152

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sample Output
(no parameters)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos network
Policy-id Description
--------------------------------------------------------1
Default network-port QoS policy.
2
Default network QoS policy.
11
network policy 11
95
network policy95
=========================================================
(policy-ID 1 default)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos network 1
=========================================================
QoS Network Policy
=========================================================
--------------------------------------------------------Network Policy (1)
--------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 1
Forward Class : be
Profile
: Out
Scope
: Template
Policy Type : port
Accounting
: packet-based
Description
: Default network-port QoS policy.
=========================================================
(detail policy 1 default)

A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos network 1 detail
=========================================================
QoS Network Policy
=========================================================
--------------------------------------------------------Network Policy (1)
--------------------------------------------------------Policy-id
: 1
Forward Class : be
Profile
: Out
Scope
: Template
Policy Type : port
Accounting
: packet-based
Description
: Default network-port QoS policy.
--------------------------------------------------------Dot1p Bit Map
Forwarding Class
Profile
--------------------------------------------------------0
be
Out
1
l2
In
2
af
Out
3
af
In
4
h2
In
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-153

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
6
7
ef
h1
nc
In
In
In
--------------------------------------------------------Egress Forwarding Class Queuing

--------------------------------------------------------FC Value
: 0
FC Name
: be
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 0
In-Profile
: 0
FC Value
: 1
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 1
FC Value
: 2
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 2
FC Value
: 3
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 2
FC Value
: 4
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 4
FC Value
: 5
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 5
FC Value
: 6
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 6
FC Name
: l2
In-Profile
: 1
FC Name
: af
In-Profile
: 3
FC Name
: l1
In-Profile
: 3
FC Name
: h2
In-Profile
: 4
FC Name
: ef
In-Profile
: 5
FC Name
: h1
In-Profile
: 6
FC Value
: 7
FC Name
: nc
- Dot1p Mapping
Out-of-Profile : 7
In-Profile
: 7
--------------------------------------------------------Port Attachments
--------------------------------------------------------Port-id : 1/1/C21
=========================================================
port-scheduler-policy
Syntax
port-scheduler-policy [port-scheduler-policy-name]
[association]
Context
show >card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >qos
Description
This command displays port-scheduler policy information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-154

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
port-scheduler-policy-name - Displays information for the specified

existing port scheduler policy.
association - Displays associations related to the specified port scheduler
policy.
No parameter - Display a summary list of all Policies.
No policy-id - Display info of all Policies.
Show QoS Port Scheduler Output
The following table describes the QoS port scheduler policy fields.
Label
Description
Policy Name
Displays the port scheduler policy name.
Associations
Displays associations related to the specified port scheduler policy.
Mode
Displays the port scheduler policy mode (STRICT, RR, WRR, WDRR).
Accounting
Displays whether the accounting mode is frame-based or packet-based

accounting. Always packet-based
Last Changed
Displays the last time the configuration changed.
Queue #
Displays the weight of the queue if configured.
Sample Output
(no parameters)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos port-scheduler-policy
=========================================================
Port Scheduler Policies
=========================================================
Policy-Id
Description
Mode
--------------------------------------------------------11
WRR
new
WRR
default
Default Port Scheduler policy. STRICT
=========================================================
(for a strict policy)

A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos port-scheduler-policy
33
=========================================================
QoS Port Scheduler Policy
=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-155

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Policy-Name
: 33
Description
: (Not Specified)
Accounting
: packet-based
Mode
: STRICT
Last changed
: 04/22/2012 23:04:03
Number Of Queues : 8
=========================================================
(for a WDRR policy, queue weights when configured)

A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos port-scheduler-policy
larry
=========================================================
=========================================================
Policy-Name
: larry
Description
:(Not Specified)
Accounting
: packet-based
Mode
: WDRR
Last changed
: 04/12/2001 02:04:16
Queue 1 Weight: : 1
Queue 2 Weight: : 2
Queue 3 Weight: : 5
Queue 4 Weight: : 1
Queue 5 Weight: : 1
Queue 6 Weight: : 1
Queue 7 Weight: : 1
Queue 8 Weight: : 1
=========================================================
(associations for all policy)

A:NODE2# A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos portscheduler-policy association
=========================================================
=========================================================
Policy-Name
: 11
Description
: (Not Specified)
Accounting
: packet-based
Mode
: WRR
-------------------------------------------------------Policy-Name
: New
Description
: (Not Specified)
Accounting
: packet-based
Mode
: WRR
--------------------------------------------------------Policy-Name
: default
Description
: Default Port Scheduler policy.
Accounting
: packet-based
Mode
: STRICT
--------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-156

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Associations
--------------------------------------------------------Port-id : 1/2/X1
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/X2
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/X3
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/X4
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C1
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C2
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C3
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C4
Policy-id : New
Port-id : 1/2/C5
Policy-id : New
Port-id : 1/2/C6
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C7
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C8
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C9
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C10
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C11
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C12
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C13
Policy-id : 11
Port-id : 1/2/C14
Policy-id : 11
Port-id : 1/2/C15
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C16
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C17
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C18
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C19
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C20
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C21
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C22
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C23
Policy-id : default
Port-id : 1/2/C24
Policy-id : default
========================================================
network-queue
Syntax
network-queue [network-queue-policy-name]
network-queue network-queue-policy-name [detail]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot> qos
Description
This command displays network queue policy information.
Parameters
network-queue-policy-name - The name of the network queue policy.

Values: Valid names consist of any string up to 32 characters long
composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains

special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on.), the entire string must be
enclosed within double quotes.
detail - Includes each queues rates and adaptation-rule and & cbs details.
It also shows FC to queue mapping details.
No parameter - Display a summary list of all Policies
No policy-id - Display info of all Policies
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-157

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Policy
The policy name that uniquely identifies the policy.
Description

configuration file.
Associations
Displays the physical port identifier where the network queue

policy is applied.
Queue
Displays the queue ID.
CIR
Displays the committed information rate.
PIR
Displays the peak information rate.
CBS
Displays the committed burst size.
FC
Displays FC to queue mapping.
Sample Output
(no parameters)
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos network-queue
=========================================================
Network Queue Policies
=========================================================
Policy-Id
Description
--------------------------------------------------------11
New network queue 11
abc
limited
Limited policy
default
Default network queue QoS policy.
=========================================================
(detail for default policy)

A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot qos network-queue default
detail
=========================================================
QoS Network Queue Policy
=========================================================
Network Queue Policy (default)
--------------------------------------------------------Policy
: default
Accounting
: packet-based
Description
: Default network queue QoS policy.
--------------------------------------------------------Queue CIR
PIR
CBS
CIR Rule
PIR Rule
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-158

Show Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
--------------------------------------------------------1
0
100
12.50
closest
closest
2
25
100
12.50
closest
closest
3
25
100
12.50
closest
closest
4
25
100
12.50
closest
closest
5
100
100
12.50
closest
closest
6
100
100
12.50
closest
closest
7
10
100
12.50
closest
closest
8
10
100
12.50
closest
closest
--------------------------------------------------------FC
UCastQ
--------------------------------------------------------be
1
l2
2
af
3
l1
4
h2
5
ef
6
h1
7
nc
8
Network-Port Associations
--------------------------------------------------------Port-id : 1/7/X1
=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-159

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information on 11QPE24 Service Configuration CLI commands.

Contents
10-160
MAC Filter Commands
10-162
10-170
10-175
Generic Commands
10-177
VPLS SAP Commands
10-179
10-185
10-188
10-194
10-202
10-218
10-227

customer
Syntax
customer customer-id [create]

no customer customer-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-160

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command creates a customer ID and customer context used to

associate information with a particular customer. Services can later be
associated with this customer at the service level.
Each customer-id must be unique. The create keyword must follow each
new customer customer-id entry.
Enter an existing customer customer-id (without the create keyword) to edit
the customers parameters.
Default customer 1 always exists on the system and cannot be deleted.
The no form of this command removes a customer-id and all associated
information. Before removing a customer-id, all references to that customer
in all services must be deleted or changed to a different customer ID.
Parameters
customer-id - Specifies the ID number to be associated with the customer,

expressed as an integer.
Values: 1 - 1024
contact
Syntax
contact contact-information
no contact contact-information
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot> service >customer

customer-id
Description
This command allows you to configure contact information for a customer.

Include any customer-related contact information such as a technicians
name or account contract name.
Default
No contact information is associated with the customer-id.

The no form of this command removes the contact information from the
customer ID.
Parameters
contact-information - The customer contact information entered as an

ASCII character string up to 80 characters in length. If the string contains
special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes. Any printable, seven bit ASCII characters may be
used within the string.
Syntax
[no] phone string
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot> service>customer

customer-id
phone
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-161

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command adds telephone number information for a customer ID.
Default
None
The no form of this command removes the phone number value from the
customer ID.
Parameters
string - The customer phone number entered as an ASCII string, string up

to 80 characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.),
the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Any printable,
seven bit ASCII characters may be used within the string.
Syntax
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot> service>customer

customer-id
Description
This command adds a text description for a customer ID.
Default
None
description
The no form of this command removes the description from the customer
ID.
Parameters
string - The customer phone number entered as an ASCII string, string up

to 80 characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.),
the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Any printable,
seven bit ASCII characters may be used within the string.
MAC Filter Commands

filter
Syntax
filter
Context
Description
This command enters the filter context.
mac-filter
Syntax
[no] mac-filter filter-id [create]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot> filter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-162

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables the context for a MAC filter policy.

The mac-filter policy specifies either a forward or a drop action for packets
based on the specified match criteria.
The mac-filter policy, sometimes referred to as an access control list
(ACL), is a template that can be applied to multiple services as long as the
scope of the policy is template.
Any changes made to the existing policy, using any of the sub-commands,
will be applied immediately to all services where this policy is applied. For
this reason, when many changes are required on a mac-filter policy, it is
recommended that the policy be copied to a work area. That
work-in-progress policy can be modified until complete and then written
over the original filter policy. Use the config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot
filter copy command to maintain policies in this manner.
The no form of the command deletes the mac-filter policy. A filter policy
cannot be deleted until it is removed from all SAP where it is applied.
Parameters
filter-id - The MAC filter policy ID number.

Values: 1 - 65535
create - Keyword required when first creating the configuration context.

Once the context is created, one can navigate into the context without the
create keyword.
default-action
Syntax
default-action {drop | forward}
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >filter>mac-filter
Description
This command specifies the action to be applied to packets when the

packets do not match the specified criteria in all of the entries of the filter.
When multiple default-action commands are entered, the last command
will overwrite the previous command.
Default
drop
Parameters
drop - Specifies all packets will be dropped unless there is a specific filter
entry which causes the packet to be forwarded.
forward - Specifies all packets will be forwarded unless there is a specific
filter entry which causes the packet to be dropped.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-163

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
description
Syntax
description string
no description
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >filter>mac-filter

config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >filter>macfilter>entry
Description
The no form of the command removes any description string from the
context.
Default
none
Parameters
string - The description character string. Allowed values are any string up
be enclosed within double quotes.
Syntax
scope
no scope
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >filter>mac-filter
Description
This command configures the filter policy scope as exclusive or template.

If the scope of the policy is template and is applied to one or more services
or network interfaces, the scope cannot be changed.
The no form of the command sets the scope of the policy to the default of
template.
Default
template
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-164

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters

can only be applied to a single entity (SAP). Attempting to assign the
policy to a second entity will result in an error message. If the policy is
removed from the entity, it will become available for assignment to
another entity.
can be applied to multiple SAPs.
entry
Syntax
entry entry-id [create]

no entry entry-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter>mac-filter
Description
This command creates or edits a MAC filter entry. Multiple entries can be
created using unique entry-id numbers within the filter. The
implementation exits the filter on the first match found and executes the
actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. For this
reason, entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
An entry may not have any match criteria defined (in which case,
everything matches) but must have at least the keyword action for it to be
considered complete. Entries without the action keyword will be
considered incomplete and hence will be rendered inactive.
This command configures the filter policy scope as exclusive or template.
If the scope of the policy is template and is applied to one or more services
or network interfaces, the scope cannot be changed.
The no form of the command removes the specified entry from MAC
filter. Entries removed from the MAC filter are immediately removed from
all services or network ports where that filter is applied
Default
none
Parameters
entry-id - An entry-id uniquely identifies a match criteria and the

corresponding action. It is recommended that multiple entries be given
entry-ids in staggered increments. This allows users to insert a new entry
in an existing policy without requiring renumbering of all the existing
entries.
Values: 1 - 65535
create - Keyword required when first creating the configuration context.
Once the context is created, one can navigate into the context without the
create keyword.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-165

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
action
Syntax
action drop
action forward
no action
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter>mac-filter>entry
Description
This command configures the action for a MAC filter entry. The action
keyword must be entered for the entry to be active. Any filter entry
without the action keyword will be considered incomplete and will be
inactive.
If neither drop nor forward is specified, this is considered a No-Op filter
entry used to explicitly set a filter entry inactive without modifying match
criteria or removing the entry itself.
Multiple action statements entered will overwrite previous actions
parameters when defined. To remove a parameter, use the no form of the
action command with the specified parameter.
The no form of the command removes the specified action statement. The
filter entry is considered incomplete and hence rendered inactive without
the action keyword.
Default
none
Parameters
drop - Specifies packets matching the entry criteria will be dropped.

forward - Specifies packets matching the entry criteria will be forwarded.
If neither drop nor forward is specified, the filter action is no-op and the
filter entry is inactive.
match
Syntax
match
no match
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter>mac-filter>entry
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-166

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command creates the context for entering/editing match criteria for
the filter entry and specifies an Ethernet frame type for the entry. When the
match criteria have been satisfied the action associated with the match
criteria is executed.
If more than one match criteria (within one match statement) are
configured then all criteria must be satisfied (AND function) before the
action associated with the match will be executed.
A match context may consist of multiple match criteria, but multiple
match statements cannot be entered per entry.
The no form of the command removes the match criteria for the entry-id.
dot1p
Syntax
dot1p dot1p-value [mask]

no dot1p
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter>macfilter>entry>match
Description
Configures an IEEE 802.1p value or range to be used as a MAC filter

match criterion.
When a frame is missing the 802.1p bits, specifying a dot1p match
criterion will fail for the frame and result in a non-match for the MAC
filter entry.
The no form of the command removes the criterion from the match entry.
The MAC filter applied on the SAP egress can match the details of the
packet-on-the-wire. For example, a 2 tags packet came in on a null SAP
and egressing on a Dot1p-encapsulated port, the packet-on-the-wire will
have three tags. Now, the type=0x8100 and Dot1p will equal the outer
VLAN tags Dot1p. This Etype and Dot1p can be configured on the egress
filter to match this packet.
Default
no dot1p
Parameters
dot1p-value - The IEEE 802.1p value in decimal.

Values: 0 - 7
mask - This 3-bit mask can be configured using the formats mentioned in
the below table.
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-167

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Hexadecimal
0xH
0x4
Binary
0bBBB
0b100
To select a range from 4 up to 7 specify dot1p-value of 4 and a mask of 0b100 for value
and mask.
Default: 7 (decimal)
Values: 1 - 7 (decimal
dst-mac
Syntax
dst-mac
ieee-address [mask]
no dst-mac
Context
Description
Configures a destination MAC address or range to be used as a MAC filter

match criterion.
The no form of the command removes the destination mac address as the
match criterion.
Default
no dst-mac
Parameters
ieee-address - The MAC address to be used as a match criterion.

Values: HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH or HH-HH-HH-HH-HH-HH where H
is a hexadecimal digit
mask - A 48-bit mask to match a range of MAC address values.
This 48-bit mask can be configured using the formats:
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
281474959933440
Hexadecimal
0xHHHHHHHHHHHH
0xFFFFFF000000
Binary
0bBBBBBBB...B
0b100
To configure so that all packets with a source MAC OUI value of 00-03-FA are subject to
a match condition then the entry should be specified as: 0003FA000000
0x0FFFFF000000
Default: 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (exact match)
Values: 0x00000000000000 - 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-168

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
etype
Syntax
etype ethernet-type
no etype
Context
Description
Configures an Ethernet type II Ethertype value to be used as a MAC filter

match criterion.
The Ethernet type field is a two-byte field used to identify the protocol
carried by the Ethernet frame. For example, 0800 is used to identify the
IPv4 packets.
The Ethernet type field is used by the Ethernet version-II frames. IEEE
802.3 Ethernet frames do not use the type field.
Some of the MAC match criteria fields are exclusive to each other, based
on the type of Ethernet frame. Use the below table to determine the
exclusivity of fields. The default frame-format is Ethernet II.
Default
no etype
Parameters
ethernet-type - The Ethernet type II frame Ethertype value to be used as a

match criterion expressed in hexadecimal.
Values: 0x0600 - 0xFFFF
Table 10-17
MAC Match Criteria Exclusivity Rules
Frame Format
Etype
Ethernet II
Yes
802.3
No
802.3 snap
No
Ethernet-II Ethernet type II frame where the 802.3 length field is used as an Ethernet type
(Etype) value. Etype values are two byte values greater than 0x5FF (1535 decimal).
The no form of the command removes the previously entered etype field as the match
criteria.
src-mac
Syntax
src-mac ieee-address [ieee-address-mask]

no src-mac
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter>mac-filter>entry
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-169

MAC Filter Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Configures a source MAC address or range to be used as a MAC filter

match criterion.
The no form of the command removes the source mac as the match
criteria.
Default
no src-mac
Parameters
ieee-address - Enter the 48-bit IEEE mac address to be used as a match

criterion.
Values: HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH
ieee-address-mask - This 48-bit mask can be configured using the below

table
Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDDDDDDDDDDDDD
281474959933440
Hexadecimal
0xHHHHHHHHHHHH
0x0FFFFF000000
To configure so that all packets with a source MAC value of 00-03-FA are subject to a
match condition then the entry should be specified as: 003FA000000 0xFFFFFF000000
Default: 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (exact match)
Values: 0x00000000000000 - 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF

vpls
Syntax
vpls service-id customer customer-id

[svc-sap-type {null-star|dot1q-preserve| any}]
[customer-vid vlan-id ] [create]
vpls service-id customer customer-id create
vpls service-id
no vpls service-id
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-170

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command creates or edits a Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS)

instance. The vpls command is used to create or maintain a VPLS service.
If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the
service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
A VPLS service connects multiple customer sites together acting like a
zero-hop, Layer 2 switched domain. A VPLS is always a logical full mesh.
When a service is created, the create keyword must be specified.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be
specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must
already exist having been created using the customer command in the
service context. Once a service has been created with a customer
association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service
must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional
for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a
service with the incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
The order of the parameter when all are used is as follows:
vpls service-id customer customer-id svc-sap-type
dot1q-preserve customer-vid vlan-id create
customer is always required, svc-sap-type is optional, customer-vid is only

required if svc-sap-type is dot1q-preserve.
More than one VPLS service may be created for a single customer ID. By
default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the VPLS service instance with the
specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs defined
within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted, and the service has
been shutdown.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-171

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
vpls - Specifies a management VPLS.

service-id - The unique service identification number identifying the
service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and
may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id should
be the same number used for other 11QPE24 on which this service is
defined.
Values: service-id: 1 -1024
Customer customer-id - Specifies the customer ID number to be

associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation
and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values: 1 - 1024
create - This keyword is mandatory while creating a VPLS service

svc-sap-type - Specifies the type of service and allowed SAPs in the
service
dot1q-preserve - Specifies that the allowed SAP in the service are Dot1q.
The Customer VLAN is not stripped after packets match the SAP ID.
null-star - Specifies that the allowed SAP in the service which can be Null
SAP, dot1q Default SAP,Q.* SAP or Default QinQ SAP.
any - Allows any SAP type. When svc-sap-type is set to any, for a NULL
SAP, the system processes and forwards only packets with no VLAN tag
(that is, untagged). All other packets with one or more VLAN tags (even
those with priority tag only) are not processed and dropped. Users can use
the service with svc- sap-type set to `null-star' to process and forward
packets with one or more tags (including priority tag) on a null SAP.
Default: null-star
customer-vid vlan-id - Defines the dot1q VLAN ID to be specified while
creating the local Dot1q SAP for svc-sap-type dot1q-preserve.
Values: 1 - 4094
disable-aging
Syntax
[no] disable-aging
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-172

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command disables MAC address aging across a VPLS service or on a

VPLS service SAP.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are
sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In
each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local
learned MAC entries in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB). The
disable-aging command turns off aging for local learned MAC addresses.
When no disable-aging is specified for a VPLS, it is possible to disable
aging for specifc SAPs by entering the command at the appropriate level.
When the disable-aging command is entered at the VPLS level, the
disable-aging state of individual SAPs will be ignored.
The no form of this command enables aging on the VPLS service.
Default
no disable-aging
disable-learning
Syntax
[no] disable-learning
Context

Description
This command disables learning of new MAC addresses in the VPLS

forwarding database (FDB) for the service instance.
When disable-learning is enabled, new source MAC addresses will not be
entered in the VPLS service forwarding database.
When disable-learning is disabled, new source MAC addresses will be
learned and entered into the VPLS forwarding database.
This parameter is mainly used in conjunction with the discard-unknown
command.
The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses.
Default
no disable-learning (Normal MAC learning is enabled)
discard-unknown
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-173

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
By default, packets with unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded.

If discard-unknown is enabled at the VPLS level, packets with unknown
destination MAC address will be dropped instead (even when configured
FIB size limits for VPLS or SAP are not yet reached).
The no form of this command allows flooding of packets with unknown
destination MAC addresses in the VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown - Packets with unknown destination MAC addresses

are flooded.
Syntax
fdb-table-size table-size
fdb-table-size
no fdb-table-size [table-size]
Context
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the

forwarding database (FDB) for the VPLS instance on this node.
The fdb-table-size specifies the maximum number of forwarding database
entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for the VPLS instance.
The no form of this command returns the maximum FDB table size to
default.
Default
250 - Forwarding table of 250 MAC entries.
Parameters
table-size - Specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the FDB.

Values: 1 - 30719
local-age
Syntax
local-age aging-timer
no local-age
Context
Description
Specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the
forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS)
instance. In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service
Access Point (SAP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local
MACs.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are
sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). The
local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC addresses.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-174

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Default
local age 300 - Local MACs aged after 300 seconds.
Parameters
aging-timer - The aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds.

Values: 60 - 86400
mfib-table-size
Syntax
mfib-table-size size
no mfib-table-size
Context
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries in the

multicast forwarding database (MFIB) for this VPLS instance.
The mfib-table-size parameter specifies the maximum number of multicast
database entries for both learned and static multicast addresses for the
VPLS instance. When a table-size limit is set on the mfib of a service
which is lower than the current number of dynamic entries present in the
mfib then the number of entries remains above the limit.
The no form of this command removes the configured maximum MFIB
table size.
Default
none
Parameters
size - The maximum number of (s,g) entries allowed in the Multicast FIB.
Values: 1 - 2047

igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context

Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)

snooping context.
Default
none
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-175

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
query-interval
Syntax
query-interval seconds
no query-interval
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>igmpsnooping

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>igmpsnooping
Description
This command configures the IGMP query interval. If the send-queries

command is enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two
consecutive general queries sent by the system on this SAP. The
configured query-interval must be greater than the configured
query-response-interval. If send-queries are not enabled on this SAP, the
configured query-interval value is ignored.
Default
125
Parameters
seconds - The time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general
host-query messages.
Values: 2 - 1024
report-src-ip
Syntax
report-src-ip ip-address
no report-src-ip
Context
Description
This parameter specifies the source IP address used when generating

IGMP reports. According to the IGMPv3 standard, a zero source address is
allowed in sending IGMP reports. However, for interoperability with some
multicast routers, the source IP address of IGMP group reports can be
configured using this command.
Default
0.0.0.0
Parameters
ip-address - The IP source address in transmitted IGMP reports.
Syntax
query-src-ip
query-src-ip
ip-address
no query-src-ip
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-176

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
Description
This command configures the IP source address used in IGMP queries.
Default
0.0.0.0
Parameters
ip-address - The query IP source address
Syntax
robust-count robust-count
robust-count
no robust-count
Context
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for

the expected packet loss on a VPLS. The robust-count variable allows
tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a
retry count. If this VPLS is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be
increased. IGMP snooping on this VPLS is robust to (robust-count-1)
packet losses.
If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter will be ignored.
Default
Parameters
robust-count - Specifies the robust count for the VPLS.

Values: 1 - 255
Generic Commands
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context

config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>snooping
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-177

Generic Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an

entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or
statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational
state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down
before they may be deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When
a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively
up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative
states for services and service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively
enabled state.
description
Syntax
no description
Context

Description
context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Default
No description associated with the configuration context.
Parameters
string - The description character string. Allowed values are any string up
be enclosed within double quotes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-178

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VPLS SAP Commands

sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [eth-ring ring-index ] [create]

no sap sap-id
Context
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A

SAP is a combination of port or lag group and encapsulation parameters
which identifies the service access point on the interface or lag. Each SAP
must be unique.
A physical port or lag can have only one SAP to be part of one service.
Multiple SAPS can be defined over a physical port/lag but each of these
SAPs should belong to a different service.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a
service, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters.
The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
If a port/lag is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally
down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed
as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service will be
discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state
of the port/lag on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port.
When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also
be deleted.
This command is also used to assign a SAP to Eth-ring APS Instance.
Default
No SAPs are defined.
Parameters
The sap-id can be configured in one of the following formats:

Encap-Type
Syntax
Example
Null
[port-id | lag-id]
C3
lag-3
Dot1q
[port-id | lag-id]:qtag1
C3:100
lag-3:100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-179

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Encap-Type
Syntax
Example
qinq
[port-id | lag-id]:qtag1.qtag2
C3:100.10
lag-3:100.10
The values depend on the encapsulation type configured for the interface. The following
table describes the allowed values for the port and encapsulation types.
Encap-Type
Allowed Values
Comments
Null
The SAP is identified by the port or lag.
Dot1q
0 - 4094, *
The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag

on the port/lag .
Note that a 0 qtag1 value also accepts
untagged packets on the dot1q port.
qinq
qtag1: 0 - 4094, * (SVLAN)

qtag2: 0 - 4094, * (CVLAN)
The SAP is identified by two 802.1Q

tags on the port/lag.
0:0 and qtag1:0 are invalid
create - Keyword used to create a SAP instance.

collect-stats
Syntax
[no] collect-stats
Context
Description
This command enables statistical data collection for the SAP, network port.
When the no collect-stats command is issued the statistics are still
accumulated by the cards. However, the CPU will not obtain the results
and save them.
Default
no collect-stats
l2pt-termination
Syntax
l2pt-termination no l2pt-termination
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service >sap
Description
This command enables Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) termination on

a given SAP. L2PT termination is supported only for STP BPDUs.
Default
no l2pt-termination
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-180

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
max-nbr-mac-addr
Syntax
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Context
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of FDB entries for both
learned and static MAC addresses for this SAP.
When the configured limit has been reached, and discard-unknown-source
has been enabled for this SAP, packets with unknown source MAC
addresses will be discarded.
The no form of the command restores the global MAC learning limitations
for the SAP.
Default
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Parameters
table-size - Specifies the maximum number of learned and static entries

allowed in the FDB of this service.
Values: 1 - 30719
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
Description
This command enables the context to configure the counters associated

with SAP ingress and egress.
Syntax
ingress
Context

slot>service>vpls>sap>statistics
Description
This command enables the context to configure the ingress SAP statistics
counter.
ingress
counter-mode
Syntax
counter-mode {in-out-profile-count| forward-dropcount}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-181

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context

slot>service>vpls>sap>statistics>ingress
Description
This command allows the user to set the counter mode for the counters
associated with sap ingress meters (a.ka. policers). A pair of counters is
available with each meter. These counters count different events based on
the counter mode value.
Note: The counter mode can be changed if an accounting policy is
associated with a SAP. If the counter mode is changed the counters
associated with the meter are reset and the counts are cleared.
Execute the following sequence of commands to ensure a new accounting
record is generated when the counter-mode is changed:
1. Execute the command config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot
service vpls sap no collect-stats, to disable writing of
accounting records.
2. Change the counter-mode to the desired value, execute the command
config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service vpls sap
counter-mode {in-out-profile-count| forward-dropcount}.
3. Execute the command config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot

service vpls sap collect-stats, to enable writing of
accounting records.
The no form of the command restores the counter mode to the default
value.
Default
in-out-profile-count
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-182

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
forward-drop-count - If the counter mode is specified as

forward-drop-count, one counter counts the forwarded packets and
octets received on ingress of a SAP and another counts the dropped
packets. The forwarded count is the sum of in-profile and out-of-profile
packets/octets received on SAP ingress. The dropped count is count of
packets/octets dropped by the policer. A packet is determined to be
in-profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate parameters configured.
A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the configured PIR rate.
The in- profile count and out-of-profile count is not individually available
when operating in this mode
in-out-profile-count - If the counter mode is specified as
in-out-profile-count, one counter counts the total in-profile packets and
octets received on ingress of a SAP and another counts the total
out-of-profile packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP. A packet is
determined to be in- profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate
parameters configured. A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the
configured PIR rate. Dropped counts are not maintained in hardware when
this mode is used. It is obtained by subtracting the sum of in-profile count
and out-ofprofile count from the total SAP ingress received count and
displayed.
llf
Syntax
[no] llf
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command enables Link Loss Forwarding (LLF) on an Ethernet port.

It provides an end-to-end OAM fault notification to be used with a
two-point VPLS. LLF on an Ethernet port brings down the port while there
is a fault on the remote port, which is signaled by the Interface Status TLV
in CCM frames from an Up MEP. It is also triggered by the loss of
continuity defect detected by the Up MEP. The SAP's Ethernet port must
be configured for null encapsulation. LLF can only be enabled on a
null-encap SAP which has exactly one Up MEP configured, whose
association has only one entry in its remote-mepid list. The linkdown
caused by LLF action does not affect the Interface Status in the outgoing
CCM of the Up MEP.
The no form of the command disables LLF
static-mac
Syntax
static-mac
ieee-address [create]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-183

VPLS SAP Commands
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command creates a local static MAC entry in the Virtual Private LAN
Service (VPLS) forwarding database (FDB) associated with the Service
Access Point (SAP).
Local static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SAP
association in the forwarding database for the VPLS instance so that MAC
address will not be learned on the edge device.
Only one static MAC entry can be defined per MAC address per VPLS
instance.
By default, no static MAC address entries are defined for the SAP.
The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the
specified MAC address associated with the SAP from the VPLS
forwarding database.
Default
none
Parameters
ieee-address - Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the
form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff
are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast,
non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
Values: 6-byte mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).
(Note: This value cannot be all zeros.)

create - This keyword is mandatory while creating a static MAC.
discard-unknown-source
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown-source
Context
Description
When this command is enabled, packets received on a SAP with an

unknown source MAC address will be dropped only if the maximum
number of MAC addresses for that SAP (see max-nbr-mac-addr) has been
reached. If max-nbr-mac-addr has not been set for the SAP, enabling
discard-unknown-source has no effect. When disabled, the packets are
forwarded based on the destination MAC addresses.
The no form of this command causes packets with an unknown source
MAC addresses to be forwarded by destination MAC addresses in VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown-source
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-184

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
Description
This command enables the context to configure ingress SAP Quality of

Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no sap-ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress
QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no
filtering is performed.
filter
Syntax
filter mac mac-filter-id

filter ip ip-filter-id (future release)
Context
config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>egress

config> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot
>service>vpls>sap>ingress
Description
This command associates a MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress

Service Access Point (SAP).
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on
MAC matching criteria. There are two types of filter policies: IP (future)
and MAC. Only one type may be applied to a SAP at a time.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified
filter ID with an ingress or egress SAP. The filter ID must already be
defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not
exist, the operation will fail and an error message returned.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID
association with the SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the
system.
Parameters
mac mac-filter-id - Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID
must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must
already exist within the created MAC filters.
Values: 1 - 65535
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-185

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
aggregate-meter-rate
Syntax
aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits

]
no aggregate-meter-rate
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls> sap>

ingress
Description
This command allows the user to configure the SAP aggregate policer. The
rate of the SAP aggregate policer must be specified by the user. The user
can optionally specify the burst size for the SAP aggregate policer. The
aggregate policer monitors the traffic on different FCs and determines the
destination of the packet. The packet is either forwarded to an identified
profile or dropped.
Default
no aggregate-meter-rate
Parameters
rate-in-kbps - Specifies the rate in kilobits per second.

Values: 1 - 20000000 | max
Default: max
burst <burst-in-kilobits> -Specifies the burst size for the policer in
kilobits. The burst size cannot be configured without configuring the rate.
Values: 4 - 2146959
Default: 512
The following table provides information about the final disposition of the packet based
on the operating rate of the per FC policer and the per SAP aggregate policer:
Table 10-18
Final Disposition of the packet based on per FC and per SAP policer
or meter
Per FC meter
Operating
Rate
Per FC
Assigned Color
SAP aggregate
meter
Operating
Rate
SAP aggregate
meter color
Final Packet
Color
Within CIR
Green
Within PIR
Green
Green or
in-profile
Within CIR
Green
Above PIR
Red
Green or
in-profile
Above CIR
Yellow
Within PIR
Green
Yellow or
out-of-profile
Yellow
Above PIR
Red
Red or Dropped
Within PIR
Above CIR,
Within PIR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-186

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 10-18
Final Disposition of the packet based on per FC and per SAP policer
or meter (continued)
Per FC meter
Operating
Rate
Per FC
Assigned Color
SAP aggregate
meter
Operating
Rate
SAP aggregate
meter color
Final Packet
Color
Above PIR
Red
Within PIR
Green
Red or Dropped
Above PIR
Red
Above PIR
Red
Red or Dropped
When the SAP aggregate policer is configured, per FC policer can be only configured in
trtcm2 mode (RFC 4115).
Note: The meter modes srtcm and trtcm1 are used in the absence of an aggregate
meter.
The SAP ingress meter counters increment the packet or octet counts based on the final
disposition of the packet.
If ingress Frame-based accounting is used, the SAP aggregate meter rate accounts for the
Ethernet frame overhead. The system accounts for 12 bytes of IFG and 8 bytes of start
delimiter.
qos
Syntax
qos policy-id
no qos
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>ingress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-187

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with ingress

Service Access Point (SAP).
QoS ingress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA
agreements. The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy
with a SAP. If the policy-id does not exist, an error will be returned.
The qos command is used to associate ingress policies. The qos command
only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP ingress. An attempt to
associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP at one time.
Attempts to associate a second QoS policy of a given type will return an
error.
By default, if no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP for
ingress, so the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from
the SAP, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.
policy-id - The ingress policy ID to associate with SAP on ingress. The
policy ID must already exist.
Values: 1 - 65535

igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context

Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)

snooping context.
Default
none
query-interval
Syntax
query-interval secondsno query-interval
Context

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-188

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command configures the IGMP query interval. If the send-queries

command is enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two
consecutive general queries sent by the system on this SAP. The
configured query-interval must be greater than the configured
query-response- interval. If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the
configured query-interval value is ignored.
Default
125
Parameters
seconds - The time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general
host-query messages.
Values: 2 - 1024
robust-count
Syntax
robust-count robust-countno robust-count
Context
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for

the expected packet loss on a SAP. The robust-count variable allows tuning
for the expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a retry count.
If this SAP is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be increased.
IGMP snooping on this SAP is robust to (robust-count-1) packet losses.
If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter will be ignored.
Default
Parameters
robust-count - Specifies the robust count for the SAP.

Values: 2 - 7
fast-leave
Syntax
[no] fast-leave
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-189

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command enables fast leave. When IGMP fast leave processing is
enabled, the 11QPE24 will immediately remove a SAP from the multicast
group when it detects an IGMP leave on that SAP. Fast leave processing
allows the switch to remove a SAP that sends a leave from the forwarding
table without first sending out group-specific queries to the SAP, and thus
speeds up the process of changing channels (zapping).
Fast leave should only be enabled when there is a single receiver present
on the SAP. When fast leave is enabled, the configured last-memberquery-interval value is ignored.
Default
no fast-leave
last-member-query-interval
Syntax
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context
Description
This command configures the maximum response time used in

group-specific queries sent in response to leave messages, and is also the
amount of time between 2 consecutive group-specific queries. This value
may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value
results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.
The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is
enabled on the SAP.
Default
10
Parameters
seconds - Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query

messages are sent.
Values: 1 - 50
mrouter-port
Syntax
[no] mrouter-port
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-190

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this

SAP.
Configuring a SAP as an mrouter-port will have a double effect. Firstly, all
multicast traffic received on another SAP will be copied to this SAP.
Secondly, IGMP reports generated by the system as a result of someone
joining or leaving a multicast group, will be sent to this SAP.
Note that the IGMP version to be used for the reports (v1or v2) can only
be determined after an initial query has been received. Until such time no
reports are sent on the SAP, even if mrouter-port is enabled.
If the send-queries command is enabled on this SAP, the mrouter-port
parameter can not be set.
Default
no mrouter-port
query-response-interval
Syntax
query-response-interval seconds
Context
Description
This command configures the IGMP query response interval. If the

send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the maximum
response time advertised in IGMP queries.
The configured query-response-interval must be smaller than the
configured query-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured
query-response-interval value is ignored.
Default
10
Parameters
seconds - Specifies the length of time to wait to receive a response to the

host-query message from the host.
Values: 1 - 1023
send-queries
Syntax
[no] send-queries
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-191

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command specifies whether to send IGMP general query messages on

the SAP.
When send-queries is configured, all type of queries generate ourselves are
of the configured version. If a report of a version higher than the
configured version is received, the report will get dropped and a new
wrong version counter will get incremented. If send-queries is not
configured, the version command has no effect. The version used will be
the version of the querier.
Default
no send-queries
Syntax
static
Context
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure static group

addresses. Static group addresses can be configured on a SAP. When
present either as a (*, g) entry, multicast packets matching the
configuration will be forwarded even if no join message was registered for
the specific group.
Default
none
Syntax
[no] group grp-address
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>igmpsnooping>static
Description
This command added, multicast data for that (*,g) is forwarded to the
specific SAP without receiving any membership report from a host.
Default
none
Parameters
grp-address - Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data

on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group.
Syntax
[no] source src-address
static
group
source
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>igmpsnooping>static>group
Description
This command adds a source entry to allow multicast traffic for the
corresponding multicast group from that source. This command can only
be entered if no existing (*.g) starg source addresses for this group are
specified.
The no form of the command removes the source entry from the
configuration.
Default
no source
Example
NODE>config service vpls 99 sap1/7/C1:10 igmp-snp static
239.1.200.4 source 1.1.1.1
group
starg
Syntax
[no] starg
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>vpls>sap>igmpsnooping>static>group
Description
This command adds a static (*,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the
corresponding multicast group from any source. This command can only
be enabled if no existing source addresses for this group are specified.
The no form of the command removes the starg entry from the
configuration.
Default
no starg
Example
NODE>config service vpls 99 sap1/7/C1:10 igmp-snp static group
239.1.200.4 starg
version
Syntax
version version
no version
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-193

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command specifies the version of IGMP which is running on this

SAP. This object can be used to configure a router capable of running
either value. For IGMP to function correctly, all routers on a LAN must be
configured to run the same version of IGMP on that LAN.
When the send-query command is configured, all type of queries generate
ourselves are of the configured version. If a report of a version higher than
the configured version is received, the report gets dropped and a new
wrong version counter is incremented.
If the send-query command is not configured, the version command has
no effect. The version used on that SAP or will be the version of the
querier.
Parameters
version - 1,2 or 3 Specify the IGMP version.

customer
Syntax
customer customer-id
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service
Description
This command displays service customer information.
Parameters
customer-id - Displays only information for the specified customer ID.

Default: All customer IDs display.
Values: 1 - 2147483647
Output
Show Customer Command Output - The following table describes show customer
command output fields:
Label
Description
Customer-ID
The ID that uniquely identifies a customer.
Contact
The name of the primary contact person.
Description
Generic information about the customer.
Phone
The phone/pager number to reach the primary contact person.
Total Customers
The total number of customers configured.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-194

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service customer
========================================================
Customers
=========================================================
Customer-ID : 1
Contact
: Manager
Description : Default customer
Phone : (123) 555-1212
Customer-ID : 2
Contact : Tech Support
Description : TiMetra Networks
Phone : (234) 555-1212
Customer-ID : 3
Contact : Test
Description : TiMetra Networks
Phone : (345) 555-1212
Customer-ID : 6
Contact : Test1
Description : Epipe Customer
Phone : (456) 555-1212
Customer-ID : 7
Contact : Test2
Description : VPLS Customer
Phone : (567) 555-1212
Customer-ID : 274
Contact : TestA
Description : ABC Company
Phone : 650 123-4567
Customer-ID : 94043
Contact : Test Engineer on Duty
Description : TEST Customer
Phone : (789) 555-1212
-----------------------------------------------------Total Customers : 8
-----------------------------------------------------A:ALA-12#
fdb-info
Syntax
fdb-info
Context
Description
Displays global FDB usage information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-195

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Output
Show FDB-Info Command Output The following table describes show FDB-Info
command output.
Label
Description
(repeat for each VPLS Service ID begin )

Service-ID
The value that identifies a service.
Total Size
The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed

in the FDB
Total Count
The current number of entries (both learned and static) in the

FDB of this service.
Learned Count
The current number of learned entries in the FDB of this

service.
Static Count
The current number of static entries in the FDB of this

service.
Local Age
The seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local

SAPs.
Mac Learning
Specifies whether the MAC learning process is enabled in

this service.
Discard Unknown
Specifies whether frames received with an unknown

destination MAC are discarded in this service.
MAC Aging
Specifies whether the MAC aging process is enabled in this

service.
( repeat end)
Total Service FDB
The current number of service FDBs configured on this node.
Total FDB Configured Size
The sum of configured FDBs.
Total FDB Entries In Use
The total number of entries (both learned and static) in use.
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service fdb-info
=============================================================
Forwarding Database(FDB) Information
=============================================================
Service Id
: 99
Total Count
: 300
Table Size
: 1000
Static Count
: 0
Learned Count
: 200
Local Age
: 300
Mac Learning
: Enabled
Discard Unknown
: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-196

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Service Id
Table Size
Learned Count
Mac Learning
Mac Aging
:
:
:
:
:
23
500
200
Enabled
Enabled
Total Count
Static Count
Local Age
Discard Unknown
:
:
:
:
300
0
300
Disabled
Service Id
: 12
Total Count
: 300
Table Size
: 250
Static Count
: 0
Learned Count
: 200
Local Age
: 300
Mac Learning
: Enabled
Discard Unknown
: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
------------------------------------------------------------Total Service FDBs : 3
Total FDB Configured Size : 1250
Total FDB Entries In Use : 600
------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================
A:NODE2#
fdb-mac
Syntax
fdb-mac [ieee-address]
Context
Description
This command displays the FDB entry for a given MAC address.
Parameters
ieee-address - Specifies the 48-bit MAC address in the form

aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are
hexadecimal numbers.
Output
Show FDB-MAC Command Output - The following table describes the show FDB
MAC command output fields:
Label
Description
Service ID
The service ID number.
MAC
The specified MAC address
Source-Identifier
The location where the MAC is defined.
Type/Age
Static - FDB entries created by management.

Learned - Dynamic entries created by the learning
process.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-197

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sample Output
A:ALA-48# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service fdb-mac
================================================================================
Service Forwarding Database
================================================================================
ServId
MAC
Source-Identifier
Type/Age
Last Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------3
00:00:00:00:11:10 sap:1/7/C6:0
L/30
06/18/2012 19:50:11
3
00:00:00:00:22:10 sap:1/7/C1:201.*
L/0
06/18/2012 19:50:33
10
12:23:34:45:56:67 sap:1/7/C5:100
Static
06/20/2012 18:06:27
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------No. of Entries: 3
================================================================================
A:ALA-48#
service-using
Syntax
service-using [vpls|mirror] [customer customer-id ]
Context
Description
This command displays the services matching certain usage properties. If

no optional parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are
displayed.
Parameters
vpls - Displays matching VPLS instances.

mirror - Displays matching mirror instances.
customer customer-id - Displays services only associated with the
specified customer ID.
Default: Services associated with a customer.
Values: 1 - 2147483647
Output for Show Service Service-Using
The following table describes show command output fields.

Label
Description
Service Id
The service identifier.
Type
Specifies the service type configured for the service ID.
Adm
The desired state of the service.
Opr
The operating state of the service.
Customer ID
The ID of the customer who owns this service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-198

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Last Mgmt Change
The date and time of the most recent management initiated

change to this service.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service-using customer 10
====================================================================
Services
====================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
------------------------------------------------------------------1
VPLS Up Up
10
09/05/2006 13:24:15
300
VPLS Up Up
10
09/05/2006 13:24:15
400
mirror Up Up
10
09/05/2006 13:24:15
-------------------------------------------------------------------Matching Services : 3
====================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
sap-using
Syntax
sap-using [sap sap-id]

sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
Context
Description
This command displays SAP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary
of all defined SAPs. The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs
matching the specified properties.
Parameters
ingress - Specifies matching an ingress or filter policy.

egress - Specifies matching an egress filter
qos-policy qos-policy-id - The qos policy ID for which to display
matching SAPs.
Values:165535
filterfilter-id - The ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to

display matching SAPs.
Values: 1 65535
sap-id - Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-199

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show Service SAP output

Label
Description
Port ID
The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.
Svc ID
Ing. QoS
The SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress

SAP
Ing. Fltr
The MAC policy ID applied to the ingress SAP
Egr. Fltr
The filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP
Adm
The administrative state of the SAP
Opr
The actual state of the SAP
Number of SAPs
Number of SAPs
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot sap-using
=========================================================
Service Access Points
=========================================================
PortId
SvcId
Ing. Ing.
Egr.
Adm Opr
QoS
Fltr
Fltr
-------------------------------------------------------1/7/C1:101
1
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C2:102
1
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C16:10
99
1
mac
none
Up
Down
1/7/C21:1000.10
99
none none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C1:4094
500
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C4:100.200
500
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C8:100
555
1
none
none
Up
Up
1/7/C2:200
555
1
none
none
Up
Up
1/7/C1:200
600
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/Lag-1:30
200
1
none none
Up
Down
-------------------------------------------------------Number of SAPs : 10
-------------------------------------------------------=========================================================
A:NODE2#
sap 1/7/C16:10
=========================================================
Service Access Points Using Port 1/7/C16:10
=========================================================
PortId
SvcId
Ing. Ing.
Egr.
Adm
Opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-200

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QoS
Fltr
Fltr
--------------------------------------------------------1/7/C16:10
99
1
mac
none
Up
Down
--------------------------------------------------------Number of SAPs : 1
--------------------------------------------------------=========================================================
A:NODE2#
policy 1
ingress qos-
=========================================================
Service Access Points Using Ingress Qos Policy 1
=========================================================
PortId
SvcId
Ing. Ing.
Egr.
Adm Opr
QoS
Fltr
Fltr
-------------------------------------------------------1/7/C16:10
99
1
mac
none
Up
Down
1/7/C1:4094
500
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C4:100.200 500
1
none
none
Up
Down
1/7/C8:100
555
1
none
none
Up
Up
1/7/C2:200
555
1
none
none
Up
Up
1/7/C1:200
600
1
none
none
Up
Down
-------------------------------------------------------Number of SAPs : 6
-------------------------------------------------------=========================================================
A:NODE2#
*A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot sap-using
1
ingress filter
========================================================
Service Access Points Using Ingress Filter 1
========================================================
PortId
SvcId
Ing. Ing.
Egr.
Adm Opr
QoS
Fltr
Fltr
--------------------------------------------------------1/7/C16:10
99
1
mac
none
Up
Down
--------------------------------------------------------Number of SAPs : 1
--------------------------------------------------------=========================================================
*A:NODE2#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-201

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
Description
This command displays information for a particular service-id.
Parameters
service-id - The unique service identification number that identifies the

service in the service domain.
Values: service-id:1214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters in length.
all - displays detailed information about the service.

base - displays basic service information.
fdb - displays FDB entries
sap - displays SAPs associated to the service.
base
Syntax
base
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service id
Description
This command displays basic information about the service ID including

service type, description, and SAPs
Show Service-ID Base Output
The following table describes show service-id base output fields:

Label
Description
Service Id
The service identifier
Service Type
Displays the type of service
Description
Generic information about the service
Customer Id
The customer identifier
Last Status Change
Specifies the time of the most recent operating status

change to this service
Last Mgmt Change
The date and time of the most recent managementinitiated change to this service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-202

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Adm
The administrative state of the service
Oper
The operational state of the service
SAP Count
The number of SAPs defined on the service
SAP Type
The Service SAP type
(For each SAP repeat )

Identifier
Specifies the service access (SAP)
Type
SAP encap-type
Admin State
The administrative state of the SAP
Oper State
The operating state of the SAP
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 base
=========================================================
Service Basic Information
=========================================================
Service Id
: 99
Service Type
: VPLS
Description
: (Not Specified)
Customer Id
: 1
Last Status Change: 03/21/2012 10:58:30
Last Mgmt Change : 03/21/2012 10:58:30
Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
SAP Count
: 1
SAP Type:
: Any
--------------------------------------------------------Service Access
--------------------------------------------------------Identifier
Type
Adm Opr
--------------------------------------------------------sap:1/7/C16:10
q-tag
Up
Down
sap:1/7/C16:30
q-tag
Up
Down
=========================================================
A:NODE2#
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service >id
Description
This command displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-203

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show Service ID all output
The following table describes show service-id base output fields:

Label
Description
Service Id
Service Type
Displays the type of service.
Description
Generic information about the service.
Customer Id
The customer identifier.
Last Status Change

change to this service
Last Mgmt Change
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated

change to this service.
Adm
The administrative state of the service.
Oper
The operational state of the service.
SAP Count
The number of SAPs defined on the service.
SAP Type
The Service SAP type
(For each SAP repeat )

Service ID
Identifier
Specifies the service access (SAP).
Type
SAP encap-type
Admin State
The administrative state of the SAP.
Oper State
The operating state of the SAP
Last Status Change

change to this SAP
Last Mgmt Change
Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated

change to this SAP
Dot1Q Ethertype
Ethertype value
QinQ Ethertype
Ethertype value
Max Nbr of MAC Addr
Max Number of MAC Addresses (value)
Learned MAC Address
Learned MAC Addresses (number)
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id
Filter ID
Mac Learning
Enabled/Disabled
Mac Aging
Enabled/Disabled
L2PT Termination
Enabled/Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-204

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Acct. Pol
Accounting Policy
Total MAC Addr
Total MAC Addresses (number)
Static MAC Addr
Static MAC Addresses (number)
Discard Unkwn Srce
Discard Unknown Source Enabled/Disabled
Collect Stats
Enabled/Disabled
LLF Admin State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding administrative state,

(shown only when llf is enabled).
LLF Oper State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding operational state,

(shown only when llf is enabled).
(QoS Section per each SAP)

Label
Description
Ingress qos-policy
The ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP.
Aggregate Policer
Rate-indicates the rate of the aggregate policer.
Burst-indicates
The burst-size of the aggregate policer.
Classifiers Allocated
Number of Classifiers allocated.
Classifiers Used
Number of Classifiers used.
Meters Allocated
Number of meters allocated.
Meters Used
Number of meters used.
(Statistics section per each SAP)

Ingress Stats Packets and Octets
Egress Stats Packets and Octets
Ingress Drop Stats Packets and Octets
(Meters stats in/out section per each SAP)

Label
Description
Ingress Meter ID
Counts (packets and octets for all meters)
For. InProf
The number of in-profile packets and octets, (rate below

CIR) forwarded.
For. OutProf
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets, (rate

above CIR and below PIR) forwarded by the ingress meter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-205

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(Forwarding Database specifics for VPLS)

Label
Description
Service ID
The value that identifies a service.
Table Size
The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed

in the FDB
Total Count
The current number of entries (both learned and static) in

the FDB of this service.
Learned Count
The current number of learned entries in the FDB of this

service.
Static Count
The current number of static entries in the FDB of this

service.
Local Age
The seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local

SAPs.
Mac Learning
Specifies whether the MAC learning process is enabled in

this service.
Discard Unknown
Specifies whether frames received with an unknown

destination MAC are discarded in this service.
MAC Aging

service.
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 1/7 service id 10 all
=========================================================
Service Basic Information
=========================================================
Service Id
: 10
Service Type
: VPLS
Description
:
Customer Id
: 10
Last Status Change: 03/21/2012 10:58:30
Last Mgmt Change : 03/21/2012 10:58:30
Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Up
SAP Count
: 2
Customer Vlan
:
SAP Type:
: Any
-------------------------------------------------------Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------Identifier
Type
Adm
Opr
--------------------------------------------------------sap:1/7/X4:10.100 qinq
Up
Down
sap:1/7/C5:100
q-tag
Up
Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-206

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=========================================================
SAP 1/7/C5:100
--------------------------------------------------------Service Id
: 10
SAP
: 1/7/C5:100
Encap : q-tag
Description
:
Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Down
Last Status Change : N/A
Last Mgmt Change
: 1970/03/04 12:06:57
Dot1Q Ethertype
: 0x8100
QinQ Ethertype
: 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: 0
Total MAC Addr
: 0
Learned MAC Addr
: 0
Static MAC Addr
:
Ingr MAC Fltr-Id
: 0
Mac Learning
: Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
L2PT Termination
: Disabled
Collect Stats
: Disabled
LLF Admin State
: Enabled
LLF Oper State : Enabled
--------------------------------------------------------QOS
--------------------------------------------------------Ingress qos-policy : 1
--------------------------------------------------------Aggregate Policer
--------------------------------------------------------rate
: n/a
burst
: n/a
--------------------------------------------------------Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
--------------------------------------------------------Classifiers Allocated: 4
Meters Allocated
: 2
Classifiers Used
: 2
Meters Used
: 2
--------------------------------------------------------Sap Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
Ingress Stats:
142761481188
9707780720784
Egress Stats:
0
0
Ingress Drop Stats:
0
0
--------------------------------------------------------Sap per Meter stats (in/out counter mode)
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf
: 17
1162
For. OutProf
: 0
0
--------------------------------------------------------SAP 1/7/X4:10.100
--------------------------------------------------------Service Id
: 10
SAP
: 1/7/X4:10.100
Encap : qinq
Description
:
Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-207

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Last Status Change : N/A

Last Mgmt Change
: 1970/03/04 12:07:14
Dot1Q Ethertype
: 0x8100
QinQ Ethertype
: 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: 0
Total MAC Addr
: 0
Learned MAC Addr
: 0
Static MAC Addr
:
Ingr MAC Fltr-Id
: 0
Mac Learning
: Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
L2PT Termination
: Disabled
Collect Stats
: Disabled
LLF Admin State
: Enabled LLF Oper State
: Enabled
-------------------------------------------------------QOS
--------------------------------------------------------Ingress qos-policy : none
--------------------------------------------------------rate
: n/a
burst
: n/a
--------------------------------------------------------Sap Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
Ingress Stats:
142761481188
9707780720784
Egress Stats:
0
0
Ingress Drop Stats:
0
0
--------------------------------------------------------Forwarding Database specifics
--------------------------------------------------------Service Id
: 10
Total Count
: 375
Table Size
: 1000
Static Count
: 0
Learned Count
: 200
Local Age
: 300
Mac Learning
: Enabled Discard Unknown
: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
=========================================================
A:NODE2#
fdb
Syntax
fdb[sap <sap-id>|mac <ieee-address>|detail]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service >id
Description
This command displays detailed fdb information for the service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-208

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show Service ID fdb output
The following table describes show service-id fdb output fields:

Label
Description
Service Id
Table Size
The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the

FDB
Total Count
The current number of entries (both learned and static) in the

FDB of this service.
Learned Count
The current number of learnt entries in the FDB of this service.
Static Count
The current number of static entries in the FDB of this service.
Local Age
The seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local SAPs.
Mac Learning
Specifies whether the MAC learning process is enabled in this

service.
Discard Unknown
Specifies whether frames received with an unknown destination

MACare discarded in this service.
MAC Aging

service.
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 fdb
----------------------------------------------------------------Forwarding Database, Service 99
----------------------------------------------------------------Service Id
: 99
Total Count
: 375
Table Size
: 1000
Static Count
: 0
Learned Count
: 200
Local Age
: 300
Mac Learning
: Enabled
Discard Unknown
: Disabled
Mac Aging
: Enabled
===============================================================
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 fdb detail
===============================================================
Forwarding Database, Service 99
==========================================================
ServId
MAC
Source-Identifier Type/Age Last Change
---------------------------------------------------------No Matching Entries
==========================================================
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 fdb detail

=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-209

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

=========================================================
ServId
MAC
Source-Identifier Type/Age Last Change
--------------------------------------------------------No Matching Entries
=========================================================
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 fdb mac 02:

23:34:76:87:D1
=========================================================
=========================================================
ServId
MAC Source-Identifier
Type/Age Last Change
=========================================================
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 99 fdb sap 1/1/

C1:10
=========================================================
=========================================================
ServId
MAC Source-Identifier
Type/Age Last Change
=========================================================
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [detail]
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>id
Description
This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the
service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs
is displayed
Parameters
sap sap-id - The ID that displays SAPs for the service (default)
detail: Displays detailed information for the SAP.
Show Service-ID SAP
The following table describes show service SAP fields for the default case:
Label
Description
Service Id
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-210

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
SAP
The SAP and qtag.
Encap
The encapsulation type of the SAP.
Description
Generic information about the SAP
Admin State
The administrative state of the SAP.
Oper State
The operational state of the SAP.
Last Status Change
Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change

to this SAP.
Last Mgmt Change
Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated

change to this SAP.
(if Eth-Cfm is enable on the SAP )

Label
Description
mep-id
Displays the integer that is unique among all the MEPs in

the same MA.
domain md-index
Displays the index of the MD to which the MP is associated,

or 0, if none.
association ma-index
Displays the index to which the MP is associated, or 0, if

none. refer to VPLS SAP Eth-Cfm for more parameter
definition.
The following addition for the detail option

Label
Description
Dot1Q Ethertype
Ethertype value
QinQ Ethertype
Ethertype value
Max Nbr of MAC Addr
Max Number of MAC Addresses (value)
Learned MAC Addr
Learned MAC Addresses (number)
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id
Filter ID
Mac Learning
Enabled/Disabled
Mac Aging
Enabled/Disabled
L2PT Termination
Enabled/Disabled
Acct. Pol
Accounting Policy
Total MAC Addr
Total MAC Addresses (number)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-211

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Static MAC Addr
Static MAC Addresses (number)
Discard Unkwn Srce
Discard Unknown Source Enabled/Disabled
Collect Stats
Enabled/Disabled
LLF Admin State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding administrative

state. (shown only when llf is enabled).
LLF Oper State
Displays the Link Loss Forwarding operational state.

(shown only when llf is enabled)
(QoS Section)
Label
Description
Ingress qos-policy
The ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP
Aggregate Policer
Rate-indicates the rate of the aggregate policer.

Burst-indicates the burst-size of the aggregate policer.
Classifiers Allocated
Number of Classifiers allocated
Classifiers Used
Number of Classifiers used
Meters Allocated
Number of meters allocated
Meters Used
Number of meters used
(Statistics section)
Ingress Stats Packets and Octets
Egress Stats Packets and Octets
Ingress Drop Stats Packets and Octets
(Meters stats in/out section when counter-mode: in-out-profile)

Ingress Meter ID counts (Packets and Octets for all meters)
Label
Description
For. InProf
The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR)

forwarded.
For. OutProf
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets. (rate above

CIR and below PIR) forwarded by the ingress meter.
(or when counter-mode: forward-drop-count)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-212

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ingress Meter ID counts (Packets and Octets for all meters)

Label
Description
Total Forwarded
The number of forwarded packets and octets.
Total Dropped
The number of dropped packets and octet by the ingress

meter.
Sample Output (default)

A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 1 sap 1/7/C1:101
===========================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===========================================================
Service Id
: 1
SAP
: 1/7/C1:101
Encap
: q-tag
Description
: (Not Specified)
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Last Status Change : 03/22/2012 09:01:21
Last Mgmt Change
: 03/21/2012 10:58:30
(if Eth-Cfm is enable on the SAP

=========================================================
Eth-Cfm Configuration Information
-------------------------------------------------------Md-index
: 1
Direction
: Down
Ma-index
: 1
Admin
: Enabled
MepId
: 2
CCM-Enable
: Enabled
LowestDefectPri : macRemErrXcon
HighestDefect: defRemoteCCM
Defect Flags
: bDefRemoteCCM
Mac Address
: 00:25:ba:09:c1:92 ControlMep
: False
CcmLtmPriority
: 7
CcmTx
: 0
CcmSequenceErr
: 0
Eth-1Dm Threshold : 3(sec)
Eth-Ais:
: Disabled
Eth-Tst:
: Disabled
LbRxReply
: 0
LbRxBadOrder
: 0
LbRxBadMsdu
: 0
LbTxReply
: 0
LbNextSequence
: 1
LtNextSequence
: 1
LtRxUnexplained
: 0
=========================================================
(for detail )
Dot1Q Ethertype
:
Max Nbr of MAC Addr:
Learned MAC Addr
:
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id
:
Mac Learning
:
0x8100
QinQ Ethertype
: 0x8100
No Limit Total MAC Addr
: 0
0
Static MAC Addr
: 0
n/a
Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-213

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Mac Aging
: Enabled
L2PT Termination
: Disabled
Collect Stats
: Disabled
LLF Admin State : Up
LLF Oper State : Clear
LLF ID
: 0
--------------------------------------------------------QOS
--------------------------------------------------------Ingress qos-policy : 1
--------------------------------------------------------rate
: n/a
burst
: n/a
--------------------------------------------------------Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
--------------------------------------------------------Classifiers Allocated: 4
Meters Allocated
: 2
Classifiers Used
: 2
Meters Used
: 2
--------------------------------------------------------Sap Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
Ingress Stats:
142761481188
9707780720784
Egress Stats:
0
0
Ingress Drop Stats:
0
0
--------------------------------------------------------Sap per Meter stats (in/out counter mode)
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
For. InProf
: 17
1162
For. OutProf
: 0
0
(or for counter mode forward/drop)

-------------------------------------------------------Sap per Meter stats (forward/drop counter mode)
--------------------------------------------------------Packets
Octets
Total Forwarded
: 0
0
Total Dropped
: 0
0
=========================================================
A:NODE2#
12pt
Syntax
l2pt disabled
l2pt [detail]
Context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-214

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
disabled - Displays only entries with termination disabled. This helps

identify configuration errors.
detail - Displays detailed information
Show L2PT Fields
The following table describes show L2PT output fields:

Label
Description
Service id
Displays the 24 bit (0..16777215) service instance identifier

for the service.
L2pt-term enabled
Indicates if L2-PT-termination and/or Bpdu-translation is in

use in this service by at least one SAP. If in use, at least one
of L2PT-termination or Bpdu-translation is enabled.
L2pt-term disabled
Indicates that L2-PT-termination is disabled.
Bpdu-trans auto
Specifies the number of L2-PT PDU's are translated before

being sent out on a port or sap
Bpdu-trans disabled
Indicates that Bpdu-translation is disabled.
SAPs
Displays the number of SAPs with L2PT or BPDU

translation enabled or disabled.
Total
Displays the column totals of L2PT entities.
(with the detailed parameter )

Label
Description
SapId
The ID of the access point where this SAP is defined.
L2pt-termination
Indicates whether L2pt termination is enabled or disabled.
Admin Bpdu-translation
Specifies whether Bpdu translation is administratively

enabled or disabled.
Oper Bpdu-translation
Specifies whether Bpdu translation is operationally enabled

or disabled.
Sample output
A:NODE2>show>service>id# l2pt
A:NODE2>show>service>id# l2pt
==============================================================================
L2pt summary, Service id 99
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-215

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
==============================================================================
L2pt-term
L2pt-term
Bpdu-trans Bpdu-trans Bpdu-trans Bpdutrans
enabled
disabled
auto
disabled
pvst
stp
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------SAP's 0
3
0
3
0
0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total 0
3
0
3
0
0
(with the detailed parameter)

==========================================================
Service Access Points
---------------------------------------------------------SapId
L2ptAdmin BpduOper Bpdutermination
translation
translation
---------------------------------------------------------1/7/C2:30
disabled
disabled
disabled
1/7/C16:10
disabled
disabled
disabled
1/7/C21:1000.10 disabled
disabled
disabled
--------------------------------------------------------Number of SAPs : 3
==========================================================
mfib
Syntax
mfib [brief]
Context
Description
This command displays the multicast FIB on the VPLS service.
Parameters
brief- Displays a brief output.
Show Output
The following table describes the command output fields:

Label
Description
Group Address
IPv4 multicast group address.
SAP ID
Indicates the SAP to which the corresponding multicast

stream will be forwarded/blocked.
Forwarding/Blocking
Indicates whether the corresponding multicast stream will be

blocked/forwarded.
Number of Entries
Specifies the number of entries in the MFIB.
Forwarded Packets
Indicates the number of multicast packets forwarded for the

corresponding source/group.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-216

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Forwarded Octets
Indicates the number of octets forwarded for the

corresponding source/group.
Svc ID
Indicates the service to which the corresponding multicast

stream will forwarded/blocked. Local means that the multicast
stream will be forwarded/blocked to a SAP local to the
service.
Sample Output
A:node>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service 99 mfib
===========================================================
Multicast FIB, Service 99
===========================================================
Source Address Group Address
Sap Id
Svc Id
Fwd/Blk
----------------------------------------------------------*
239.1.100.2 sap:1/7/C2:30 Local
Fwd
192.168.200.1
239.1.200.2 sap:1/7/C2:30 Local
Fwd
192.168.200.2
239.1.200.2 sap:1/7/C2:30 Local
Fwd
192.168.200.3
239.1.200.3 sap:1/7/C2:30 Local
Fwd
1.1.1.1
239.1.200.4 sap:1/7/C2:30 Local
Fwd
----------------------------------------------------------Number of entries: 5
===========================================================
A:node>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service 99 mfib brief

=========================================================
Multicast FIB Info, Service 99
=========================================================
Table Size
: No Limit
Total Count
: 5
High Watermark
: 95%
Low Watermark
: 90%
=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-217

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command enables the context to display IGMP snooping information.
Syntax
base
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >service >id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays information for all aspects of IGMP snooping on

the VPLS service.
base
Show All Service-ID
The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:
Label
Description
Admin State
The administrative state of the IGMP instance.
Querier
Displays the address of the IGMP querier on the IP subnet to

which the interface is attached.
Sap
Displays the SAP of the service ID.
Oper State
Displays the operational state of the SAP or SDP IDs of the

service ID.
Mrtr Port
Specifies if the port is a multicast router port.
Send Queries
Specifies whether the send-queries command is enabled or

disabled.
Max Num Groups
Specifies the maximum number of multicast groups that can

be joined on this SAP.
Sample Output
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service 99 id igmpsnooping base
===========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-218

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IGMP Snooping Base info for service 99

===========================================================
Admin State : Down
----------------------------------------------------------Sap
Oper
MRtr Send
Max
Max
Id
State
Port Queries Grps Srcs
----------------------------------------------------------sap:1/7/C2:30
Down
No
No
None None
sap:1/7/C16:10
Down
No
No
None None
sap:1/7/C21:1000.10
Down
No
No
None None
===========================================================
A:NODE2>
mrouters
Syntax
mrouters
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays all multicast routers.
Show Output
The following table describes the show output fields:

Label
Description
MRouter
Displays the MRouter address
Sap Id
Displays the SAP IDs of the service ID.
Up Time
The time since the source group entry was created.
Expires
The amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out.
Version
The configured version of IGMP.
Sample Output
A:NODE2> show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 1 igmp-snooping
mrouters
=========================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
--------------------------------------------------------MRouter
Sap Id
Up
Time
Expires Version
--------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.1
1/7/C1 0d 16:53:44 254s
2
--------------------------------------------------------Number of mrouters: 1
=========================================================
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-219

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
port-db
Syntax
port-db sap sap-id

port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shel/slot>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays information on the IGMP snooping port database

for the VPLS service.
Parameters
groupgrp-ip-address - Displays the IGMP snooping port database for

a specific SAP.
If no group was specified for the SAP, all groups are listed.
Show Output

Label
Description
Group Address
The IP multicast group address for which this entry

contains information.
Mode
Specifies the type of membership report(s) received on the

interface for the group. In the include mode, reception of
packets sent to the specified multicast address is
requested only from those IP source addresses listed in the
source-list parameter of the IGMP membership report.
Type
Indicates how this group entry was learned.

If this group entry was learned by IGMP, the value is set
to dynamic. For statically configured groups, the value is
set to static.
Up Time
Expires
The amount of time remaining before this entry will be

aged out.
Number of sources
Indicates the number of IGMP group and source specific

queries received on this SAP.
Sample Output
A:NODE2# show card 11qpe24 shel/slot service id 1 igmp-snooping
port-db sap 1/7/C1:102
============================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/7/C1:102 Port-DB for service 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-220

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-----------------------------------------------------------Group Address
Mode
Type
Up
Time
Expires
224.1.1.1
dynamic
1
0d
00:15:57
246s
-----------------------------------------------------------Number of groups: 1
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
show> card 11qpe24 shel/slot >service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays information on the IGMP snooping queriers for

the VPLS service.
Show Output

Label
Description
SAP Id
Specifies the SAP ID of the service.
IP address
Specifies the IP address of the querier.
Expires
The time left, in seconds, that the query will expire.
Up time
The length of time the query has been enabled.
Version
General Query Interval
The frequency at which host-query packets are transmitted.
Query Response Interval
The time to wait to receive a response to the host-query

message from the host.
Robust Count
Specifies the value used to calculate several IGMP message

intervals
Sample Output
A:MTU# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 100 igmp-snooping
querier
=========================================================
IGMP Snooping Querier info for service 100
--------------------------------------------------------Sap Id : 1/7/C1
Expires : 24s
Up Time : 0d 00:05:20
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-221

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Version : 2
General Query Interval : 10s Query
Response Interval : 10.0s
Robust Count : 2
=========================================================
static
Syntax
static [sap-id
Context
show> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays information on static IGMP snooping source

groups for the PLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id - Displays static IGMP snooping source groups for a specific
SAP. If no sap was specified, all saps are listed.
Show Output

Label
Description
Group
Displays the static IGMP snooping source groups for a specified SAP.
Sample Output
A:MTU-# show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 100 igmpsnooping static
=========================================================
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for service 100
-------------------------------------------------------IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for SAP 1/7/C2
-------------------------------------------------------Group
--------------------------------------------------------228.8.8.8
-------------------------------------------------------Static (*,G) entries: 1
=========================================================
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id
Context
show>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>service>id>igmp-snooping
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-222

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
This command displays IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id - Displays IGMP snooping statistics for a specific SAP.
Sample Output
Node>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service id 2 igmp-snooping#
statistics
=================================================================
IGMP Snooping Statistics for service 2
=================================================================
Message Type
Received
Transmitted
Forwarded
----------------------------------------------------------------General Queries
0
0
0
Group Queries
0
0
0
V1 Reports
0
0
0
V2 Reports
142207
0
0
V3 Reports
0
0
0
V2 Leaves
0
0
0
Unknown Type
0
N/A
0
---------------------------------------------------------------Drop Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------------Bad Length
: 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum : 0
Bad Encoding
: 0
No Router Alert : 0
Zero Source IP : 0
Wrong Version
: 0
Lcl-Scope Packets : 0
Send Query Cfg Drops : 0
Import Policy Drops : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
Exceeded Max Num Sources : 0
=================================================================
all
Syntax
all
Context
show> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot >service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays detailed information for all aspects of IGMP

snooping on the VPLS service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-223

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Show All Service-ID
The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:
Label
Description
Admin State
The administrative state of the IGMP instance.
Querier
Displays the address of the IGMP querier on the IP subnet to

which the interface is attached.
SAP Id
Specifies the SAP ID of the service.
Oper State
Displays the operational state of the SAP or SDP IDs of the

service ID.
Mrtr Port
Specifies if the port is a multicast router port.
Send Queries
Specifies whether the send-queries command is enabled or

disabled.
Max Num Groups
Specifies the maximum number of multicast groups that can be

joined on this SAP.
Num Groups
Specifies the number of multicast groups that is joined on this

SAP
Max Srcs
Specifies the maximum number of sources specific queries.
IP address
Specifies the IP address of the querier.
Expires
The time left, in seconds, that the query will expire.
Up time
The length of time the query has been enabled.
Version
General Query Interval
The frequency at which host-query packets are transmitted.
Query Response Interval
The time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message

from the host.
Robust Count
Specifies the value used to calculate several IGMP message

intervals
MRouter
Displays the MRouter address
Up Time
Expires
The amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged

out.
Version
Group Address
The IP multicast group address for which this entry contains

information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-224

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Mode
Specifies the type of membership report(s) received on the

interface for the group.
In the include mode, reception of packets sent to the specified
multicast address is requested only from those IP source
addresses listed in the source-list parameter of the IGMP
membership report.
In exclude' mode, reception of packets sent to the given
multicast address is requested from all IP source addresses
except those listed in the source-list parameter.
Type
Indicates how this group entry was learned

If this group entry was learned by IGMP, the value is set to
dynamic. For statically configured groups, the value is set to
static.
Up Time
Expires
The amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged

out.
Number of sources
Indicates the number of IGMP group and source specific queries

received on this SAP.
Sample Output
A:NODE2>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot service 1 id igmp-snooping
all
===========================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 1
===========================================================
IGMP Snooping Base info
----------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
Querier
: No querier found
----------------------------------------------------------Sap
Oper
MRtr Send
Max
Max
Id
State
Port Queries Grps Srcs
----------------------------------------------------------sap:1/7/C1:102
Down
No
No
None None
sap:1/7/C16:20
Down
No
No
None None
===========================================================
IGMP Snooping Querier info
----------------------------------------------------------Sap Id : 1/7/C1
Expires : 24s
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-225

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Up Time : 0d 00:05:20
Version : 2
General Query Interval : 10s Query
Response Interval : 10.0s
Robust Count : 2
===========================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
----------------------------------------------------------MRoute Sap/Sdp Id Up
Time
Expires
Version
----------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.1
1/7/C1 0d
16:53:44 254s
2
----------------------------------------------------------Number of mrouters: 1
===========================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/7/C1:102 Port-DB
---------------------------------------------------------Group Address Mode
Type
Up
Time
Expires
224.1.1.1 dynamic
1
0d
00:15:57
246s
---------------------------------------------------------Number of groups: 1
==========================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/7/C16:20 Port-DB
---------------------------------------------------------Group Address
Mode
Type
Up
Time
Expires
224.1.3.1
dynamic
1 0d 00:15:57
246s
---------------------------------------------------------Number of groups: 1
==========================================================
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups
---------------------------------------------------------IGMP Snooping Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------Message Type
Received
Transmitted
Forwarded
---------------------------------------------------------General Queries
0
0
0
Group Queries
0
0
0
Group-Source Queries
0
0
0
V1 Reports
0
0
0
V2 Reports
0
0
0
V3 Reports
0
0
0
V2 Leaves
0
0
0
Unknown Type
0
N/A
0
---------------------------------------------------------Drop Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------Bad Length
: 0
Bad IP Checksum
: 0
Bad IGMP Checksum
: 0
Bad Encoding
: 0
No Router Alert
: 0
Zero Source IP
: 0
Wrong Version
: 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-226

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lcl-Scope Packets
: 0
Send Query Cfg Drops

: 0
Import Policy Drops
: 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
Exceeded Max Num Sources : 0
===========================================================

mac
Syntax
mac [mac-filter-id [associations | counters] [entry

entry-id]]
Context
show> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>filter
Description
This command displays MAC filter information
Parameters
mac-filter-id - Displays detailed information for the specified filter ID and

its filter
Values : 1 - 65535
associations - Appends information as to where the filter policy ID is

applied to the detailed filter policy ID output.
counters - Displays counter information for the specified filter ID
entry entry-id - Displays information on the specified filter entry ID for
the specified filter ID only.
Values 165535
Output
When No Parameters Specified a brief listing MAC filters is produced. The following
table describes the command output for the command
A:NODE2>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot filter mac
=========================================================
Mac Filters
Total:
5
=========================================================
Filter-Id
Scope
Applied Description
--------------------------------------------------------1 Template
Yes
description
2 Template
Yes
filter 2
3 Template
Yes
4 Template
No
9 Template
No
--------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-227

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Num MAC filters: 5

=========================================================
Filter ID Specified- When the filter ID is specified, detailed filter information for the
filter ID.
A:NODE2>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot filter mac 4
=========================================================
Mac Filter
=========================================================
Filter Id
: 4
Applied
: No
Scope
: Template
Def. Action
: Drop
Entries
: 1
Description : Forward SERVER sourced packets
--------------------------------------------------------Filter Match Criteria : Mac
--------------------------------------------------------Entry
: 1
Description : (Not Specified)
Src Mac
: 22:33:44:55:66:77 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Dest Mac
:
Dot1p
: 5/7
Ethertype
: Undefined
Match action: Drop
Ing. Matches: 0 pkts
Egr. Matches: 0 pkts
=========================================================
Filter Associations - The associations for a filter ID will be displayed if the associations
keyword is specified. The association information is appended to the filter information.
The following table describes the fields in the appended associations output:
A:NODE2>show card 11qpe24 shelf/slot filter mac 4 associations
=========================================================
Mac Filter
=========================================================
Filter Id
: 4
Applied
: No
Scope
: Template
Def. Action
: Drop
Entries
: 1
Description : (Not Specified)
--------------------------------------------------------Filter Association : Mac
--------------------------------------------------------Service Id: 1001
Type : VPLS
- SAP 1/7/C1:1001 (Ingress)
Filter Entry Counters Output - When the counters keyword is specified, the filter entry
output displays the filter matches/hit information.
*A:NODE2> card 11qpe24 shelf/slot filter mac 4 counters
=========================================================
Mac Filter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-228

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=========================================================
Filter Id
: 4
Applied
: No
Scope
: Template
Def. Action
: Drop
Entries
: 1
Description : Description for Mac Filter Policy id # 4
--------------------------------------------------------Filter Match Criteria : Mac
--------------------------------------------------------Entry
: 1
Entry
: 2
=========================================================
The following table describes the command output for the command:
Label
Description
Filter Id
The MAC filter ID
Scope
Template - The filter policy is of type Template.
Exclusive
The filter policy is of type Exclusive.
Applied
No - The filter policy ID has not been applied.

Yes - The filter policy ID is applied.
Description
The MAC filter policy description.
Def. Action
Forward- The default action for the filter ID for packets that do
not match the filter entries is to forward.
Drop
The default action for the filter ID for packets that do not
match the filter entries is to drop.
Filter Match
MAC- Indicates the filter is an MAC filter policy criteria
Entry
The filter ID filter entry ID. If the filter entry ID indicates the
entry is (Inactive), then the filter entry is incomplete as no
action has been specified.
Description
The filter entry description
Src MAC
The source MAC address and mask match criterion. When both
the MAC address and mask are all zeroes, no criterion
specified for the filter entry.
Dest MAC
The destination MAC address and mask match criterion. When

both the MAC address and mask are all zeroes, no criterion
specified for the filter entry.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-229

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label
Description
Dot1p
The IEEE 802.1p value for the match criteria. Undefined

indicates no value is specified.
Ethertype
The Ethertype value match criterion.
Match action
Default - The filter does not have an explicit forward or drop

match action specified. If the filter entry ID indicates the entry
is Inactive, the filter entry is incomplete, no action was
specified.
Drop
Packets matching the filter entry criteria will be dropped.
Forward
Packets matching the filter entry criteria is forwarded.
Ing. Matches
The number of ingress filter matches/hits for the filter entry.
Egr. Matches
The number of egress filter matches/hits for the filter entry.
Filter Association Mac
The filter associations displayed are for a MAC filter policy ID.
Service Id
The service ID on which the filter policy ID is applied.
SAP
The Service Access Point on which the filter policy ID is

applied.
(Ingress)
The filter policy ID is applied as an ingress filter policy on the

interface.
(Egress)
The filter policy ID is applied as an egress filter policy on the

interface.
Type
The type of service of the Service ID.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-230

Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Purpose
This section provides information of the 11QPE24 LAG CLI commands

Contents
10-231

tools
Syntax
tools
Context
Description
This command enables the context to enable useful tools.
Default
none
Parameters
perform - Enables tools to perform specific tasks.
perform
Syntax
perform
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools
Description
This command enables the context to enable tools to perform manual

switching.
Default
none
eth-ring
Syntax
eth-ring
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools>perform
Description
This command configures tools to control Ethernet rings.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-231

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
clear
Syntax
clear ring-index
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools>perform>eth-ring
Description
This command removes all switching operational commands. The clear

command is used for the following operations:
Parameters
Clears an active local administrative command (for example the Force

switch or Manual switch commands).
Triggers reversion before the WTR or WTB timer expires in case of

revertive operation.
Triggers reversion in case of non-revertive operation.
ring-index - Specifies the ring index of the Ethernet ring.

Values: 1-128
force
Syntax
force ring-index path{a|b}
Context
Description
This command forces the specified path into a blocked state.
Parameters

Values: 1- 128
path {a|b} - Specifies the path of the Ethernet ring.
manual
Syntax
manual ring-index path{a|b}
Context
Description
This command sets the specified eth-ring path into a blocked state for as
long as there is no ring fault.
Parameters

Values: 1- 128
path {a|b} - Specifies the path of the Ethernet ring.
lag
Syntax
lag
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-232

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools>perform
Description
This command configures tools to control LAG.
clear-force
Syntax
clear-force lag-id lag-id [sub-group sub-group-id ]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools>perform>lag
Description
This command clears a forced status.
Parameters
lag-id lag-id - Specify an existing LAG id.

Values: 1 - 12
sub-group sub-group-id - Specify an existing sub-group id.

Values: 1 - 2
force
Syntax
force lag-id lag-id [sub-group sub-group-id ]

[active|standby]
Context
config>card 11qpe24 shelf/slot>tools>perform>lag
Description
This command forces an active or standby status. Forcing a subgroup clears

the other subgroup if previously forced to the same value.
Parameters
active - Forces the selected entity to be active.

standby - Forces the selected entity to be standby.
lag-id lag-id - Specify an existing LAG id.
Values: 1 - 12
sub-group sub-group-id - Specify an existing sub-group id.

Values: 1 - 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-233
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
10-234
Appendix A: Condition Types
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides reference tables of condition types applicable to the 1830 PSS-4
product.
Contents
11DPE12 - Condition by condition type
A-2
11QPA4 - Condition by condition type
A-17
11QPE24 - Condition by condition type
A-29
11QPEN4 - Condition by condition type
A-37
A-55
A2325A - Condition by condition type
A-88
AM2318A - Condition by condition type
A-93
A-98
AM2125B - Condition by condition type
A-104
A-109
AHPLG - Condition by condition type
A-113
A-119
11DPE12A - Condition by condition type
A-129
11DPM12 - Condition by condition type
A-142
Other shelves - Condition by condition type
A-161
1830 PSS-4 R5.1 Shelf/Slot Ranges
A-164
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-1
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-1, Condition by condtype - 11DPE12 (p. A-2) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for 11DPE12 card.
Table A-1
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
11DPE12-bay-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-2
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
INTTEMPLOW
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{12},C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11DPE12-shelf-slot{VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
ETRMISMATCHMOD
11QPA4-bay-shelf-slot{L{1-4},C{1-4},
VA{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
ETRMISMATCHMOD
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{12},C{1-12}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-3
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
TRMTMOD
TX
EQPT
EQPT
USALS
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C1C12}
TX
1GBE
1GBE
MTCESURVDGR
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURV
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
SSF
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-4
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LOF
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BDI
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
DEG
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LANLOS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLSS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LINKDOWN
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANRFI
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
FE
FE
LANLSS
RX
FE
FE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-5
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LINKDOWN
RX
FE
FE
LANRFI
RX
FE
FE
LANLOS
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{12}}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLSS
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
HIBER
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI1
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI2
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI3
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI4
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI5
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI6
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI7
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI8
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI9
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI10
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-6
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
VTSFDI11
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI12
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI13
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI14
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI15
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI16
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI17
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI18
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI19
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI20
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI21
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI22
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI23
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI24
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI25
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI26
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI27
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-7
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
VTSFDI28
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI29
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI30
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI31
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI32
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI1
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI2
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI3
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI4
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI5
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI6
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI7
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI8
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI9
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI10
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI11
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI12
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-8
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
VTSOCI13
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI14
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI15
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI16
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI17
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI18
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI19
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI20
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI21
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI22
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI23
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI24
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI25
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI26
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI27
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI28
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI29
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-9
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
VTSOCI30
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI31
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI32
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LOCKOUTOFPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}LOCKOUTOFPR
1GBE
1GBE
FRCDWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}FRCDWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
FRCDWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}FRCDWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
MANWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}MANWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
MANWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}MANWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
WKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{110}WKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
NET
L2}
OTU2
OTU2
AUTORESET
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
RX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-10
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CONFIGFAIL
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPE12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{C{112},L{1-2},VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
WKSWPR
EQPT
VTS{110}WKSWPR
EQPT
WKSWBK
EQPT
VTS{110}WKSWBK
EQPT
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-11
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCST-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCST-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCST-15MIN
TX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCST-15MIN
TX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCST-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCST-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCST-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCST-1DAY
TX
1GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-12
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-1DAY
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-15-MIN
L2}
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU
T-FECC-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-13
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-FEC-UBC-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-1-DAY
L2}
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-1-DAY
L2}
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU
T-FECC-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEC-UBC-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-1DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU
T-OPRL-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN
L2}
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-15-MIN
L2}
TX
OTU
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-14
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTL-1-DAY
L2}
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-1-DAY
L2}
TX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCST-15MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCST-15MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCST-15MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-15
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-SEFS-PCST-15MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
OTU
T-SES-ODU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
OTU
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
ODU
T-FECC-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEC-UBC-15MIN-RTR
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN-RTR
L2}
TX
10GBE
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
OTU
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-16
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
L2}
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
L2}
TX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
L2}
RX
10GBE
ASAP Type

Overview
Table A-2, Condition by condtype - 11QPA4 (p. A-17) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for 11QPA4 card.
Table A-2
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-17
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPTBOOT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
11QPA4-bay-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SWEQPT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDE FAULT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDING
OBSOLETE
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{VA{14}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-18
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
LASEREOL
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{14}}
EQPT
EQPT
MODOUTOOR
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, TX
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
USALS
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{14}}
TX
10GBE
10GBE
USALS
TX
FC1200
FC1200
USALS
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
USALS
TX
OTU2
OTU2
USALS
TX
FC800
FC800
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
SSF
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, RX
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-19
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
URU-OTU
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOF
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
SDBER
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
BDI
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
OPROOR
11QPA4-shelf-slot-L1
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECECSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
RX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
DEG
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
LFD
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LFD
TX
FC1200
FC1200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-20
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LFD
TX
FC800
FC800
UPM
TX
10GBE
10GBE
UPM
TX
FC1200
FC1200
UPM
TX
FC800
FC800
LOS
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
LOF
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
TIM
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
EBER
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
SDBER
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
B1SD
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FELANLOS
TX
10GBE
10GBE
FELANLOS
TX
FC800
FC800
FELANLSS
TX
10GBE
10GBE
FELANLSS
TX
FC800
FC800
FELANLFI
TX
10GBE
10GBE
FELANRFI
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLOS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-21
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LANLOS
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLOS
RX
FC800
FC800
LANLSS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLSS
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLSS
RX
FC800
FC800
HIBER
RX
10GBE
10GBE
HIBER
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LSSEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LFIEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
RFIEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LOFEGR
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSB
10GBE
10GBE
APSB
FC1200
FC1200
APSB
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSCM
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-22
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
APSCM
FC1200
FC1200
APSCM
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSMM
10GBE
10GBE
APSMM
FC1200
FC1200
APSMM
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
LOCKOUTOFPR
10GBE
10GBE
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC800
FC800
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC1200
FC1200
LOCKOUTOFPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FRCDWKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
FRCDWKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
FRCDWKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FRCDWKSWPR
FC800
FC800
FRCDWKSWBK
10GBE
10GBE
FRCDWKSWBK
FC1200
FC1200
FRCDWKSWBK
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FRCDWKSWBK
FC800
FC800
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-23
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MANWKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
MANWKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
MANWKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
MANWKSWPR
FC800
FC800
MANWKSWBK
10GBE
10GBE
MANWKSWBK
FC1200
FC1200
MANWKSWBK
FC800
FC800
MANWKSWBK
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
WKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
WKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
WKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
SWMTXMOD
10GBE
10GBE
SWMTXMOD
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FEPRLF
10GBE
10GBE
FEPRLF
FC1200
FC1200
FEPRLF
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
NET
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
AUTORESET
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-24
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CONFIGFAIL
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4},
L{1-4},VA{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
WKSWPR
EQPT
WKSWBK
EQPT
T-OPRH-15-MIN
11QPA4-<shelf>-<slot>VA{1-4}
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OCH
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
11QPA4-<shelf>-<slot>C{1-4}
RX
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-25
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
10GFC
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
10GFC
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
10GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GFC
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GFC
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTERT-1DAY
TX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN
TX
10GFC
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
8GFC
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
8GFC
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
8GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
8GFC
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
8GFC
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-26
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
8GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTERT-1DAY
TX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN
TX
8GFC
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-1DAY
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-15MIN
TX
10GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-27
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM64
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM64
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM64
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM64
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
11QPA4-<shelf>-<slot>L{1-4}
RX
OTU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-28
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
SSF-e
11QPA4-shelf-slot-C{1-4}
TX
ODU2
ODU2
SSF-e
TX
FC1200
FC1200
SSF-e
TX
FC800
FC800
SSF-e
TX
10GBE
10GBE
SSF-e
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64

Overview
Overview (p. A-29) lists the alarm conditions by condtype for 11QPE24 OT.
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
AIS
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{X1-X4}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
AISOTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
ASONTOPO
RX
OCH
OCH
AUTORESET
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{{C1-C22},
{X1-X4},{VA1-VA4}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-29
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
BDI
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BDIODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
CARDBOOT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DEG
RX
ODU2
ODU2
DEGOTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
DISCOVERMOD
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{VA1VA4}
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCHMOD
{X1-X4},{VA1-VA4}}
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
FECECSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECUBCSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FPGAFAIL
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-30
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
HIBER
10GBE
10GBE
HLDOVRSYNC
SYNC-<shelf>-<slot>-0
SYNC
SYNC
INSERTMOD
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INVENTORYERROR
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INVENTORYERROR
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
LANLOS
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{C1C22}
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLOS
RX
FE
FE
LANLSS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LCK
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LINKDOWN
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LOF
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
LOS-P
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LPBKLINE
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
RX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-31
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
MISMATCHMOD
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
MTCESURV
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURVDGR
TX
EQPT
EQPT
NET
RX
OTU2
OTU2
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCI
RX
ODU2
ODU2
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
PLM
RX
ODU2
ODU2
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
REMOVEMOD
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-32
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
SFMISMATCH
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SSF
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
SYNCREFFAIL
LINEREF-<shelf>-<slot>{0-1}
LINEREF
LINEREF
T-BBE-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-BBE-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-BBE-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-BERPOSTFEC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BERPOSTFEC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-BERPREFEC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BERPREFEC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-BIAES-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BIAES-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-FEBBE-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU2
T-FEBBE-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU2
T-FEBBE-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FEBBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FECC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FECC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FEES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU2
T-FEES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU2
T-FEES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FEES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-33
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
T-FESES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU2
T-FESES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU2
T-FESES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FESES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FEUAS-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU2
T-FEUAS-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU2
T-FEUAS-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FEUAS-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-IAES-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-IAES-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
TIM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
TIMODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTH-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTH-15-MIN
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-34
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
TRMTMOD
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{{C1-C22}, TX
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
T-SES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-SES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-UAS-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-UAS-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
UNKNOWN
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
{X1-X4}}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
URU-OCH-LOS
RX
OCH
OCH
URU-OTU
RX
OCH
OCH
URU-S
RX
OCH
OCH
USALS
TX
OCH
OCH
VOLTAGEHIGH
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11QPE24-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
ERP-APS-PROVMISMATCH
ERP-shelf-slot-{1-n}
RX
ERP
ERP-PATH-FWD-STATECHG
ERP-shelf-slot-{1-n}
RX
ERP
MEP-SLM-TEST
MEP-shelf-slot-{MD1MDm}-{MA1-MAn}-{18192}
RX
MEP
11QPE24 L2 type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-35
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
MEP-DM-TEST
RX
MEP
MEP-AIS-STATE-CHG
RX
MEP
MEP-LBM-TEST
RX
MEP
MEP-LTM-TEST
RX
MEP
MEP-CFM-FAULT
RX
MEP
MEP-MAC-Status
RX
MEP
MEP-XCON-CCM
RX
MEP
MEP-ERR-CCM
RX
MEP
MEP-AIS
RX
MEP
MEP-REM-CCM
RX
MEP
RDI
RX
MEP
IGMP-SRC-LIMIT
SAP-shelf-slot-{portid |
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
LNK-OAM-NONTHRESH
11QPE24-shelf-slot-{X(1-m),
C(1-n)}
RX
EQPT
ASAP
Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-36
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
LNK-OAM-LOOPDETECT
C(1-n)}
RX
EQPT
LNK-OAM-PEER-CHNG
C(1-n)}
RX
EQPT
LAG-PORT-ADD-FAIL
C(1-n)}
RX
EQPT
LAG-SUB-GRP-SEL
LAG-shelf-slot-{1-12}
RX
LAG
MIRROR-DEST-ENAB
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
MIRROR-DEST-DISBL
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
SVC-OPR-DWN
SVC-shelf-slot-{1-n}
RX
SVC
SVC-OPR-STAT-CHG
RX
SVC
SVC-FDB-FULL
RX
SVC
SVC-MFIB-FULL
RX
SVC
SAP-OPR-DWN
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
SAP-OPR-STAT-CHG
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
SAP-MAC-ADDRLIMITED
lagid}-{1-4094}-{1-4094}
RX
SAP
ASAP
Type

Overview
Table A-3, Condition by condtype - 11QPEN4 (p. A-37) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for 11QPEN4 card.
Table A-3
Condition by condtype - 11QPEN4
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-37
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
UNKNOWN
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INVENTORYERROR
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10] 11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDBOOT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SWEQPT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SWEQPT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{VA{14}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-38
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FACTERMDEV
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERMDEV
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, TX
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
USALS
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{C{14}}
TX
10GBE
10GBE
USALS
TX
FC1200
FC1200
USALS
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
USALS
TX
OTU2
OTU2
USALS
TX
FC800
FC800
MISMATCHMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-39
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
LASEREOL
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{14}}
EQPT
EQPT
MODOUTOOR
EQPT
EQPT
ASONTOPO
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-L{1-4}
RX
OCH
OCH
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
11QPEN4-shelf-slotVA{1-2}
TX
OCH
OCH
SSF
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, RX
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OCH-LOS
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
AISOTU
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOF
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
FECECSD
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
FECUBCSD
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
DEGOTU
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-40
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
BDI
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
OPROOR
RX
OTU2
OTU2
CKM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
NKM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
AIS
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
RX
ODU2
ODU2
SSF-e
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-C{1-4}
TX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
DEG
C{1-4}}
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
C{1-4}}
ODU2TCM{1-6} ODU2TCM{1-6}
LTC
C{1-4}}
OCI
C{1-4}}
TIM
C{1-4}}
DEG
C{1-4}}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-41
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
BDI
C{1-4}}
SSF
C{1-4}}
AIS
C{1-4}}
LFD
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LFD
TX
FC1200
FC1200
SSF-e
TX
FC1200
FC1200
LFD
TX
FC800
FC800
SSF-e
TX
FC800
FC800
UPM
TX
10GBE
10GBE
UPM
TX
FC1200
FC1200
UPM
TX
FC800
FC800
LOS
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
LOF
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
TIM
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
EBER
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
SDBER
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
B1SD
RX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FELANLOS
TX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-42
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FELANLOS
TX
FC800
FC800
FELANLSS
TX
10GBE
10GBE
FELANLSS
TX
FC800
FC800
FELANLFI
TX
10GBE
10GBE
FELANRFI
TX
10GBE
10GBE
SSF-e
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLOS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLOS
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLOS
RX
FC800
FC800
LANLSS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLSS
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLSS
RX
FC800
FC800
HIBER
RX
10GBE
10GBE
HIBER
RX
FC1200
FC1200
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LSSEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LFIEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-43
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
RFIEGR
TX
10GBE
10GBE
SSF-e
TX
10GBE
10GBE
LOFEGR
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
SSF-e
TX
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSB
10GBE
10GBE
APSB
FC1200
FC1200
APSB
FC800
FC800
APSB
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSCM
10GBE
10GBE
APSCM
FC1200
FC1200
APSCM
FC800
FC800
APSCM
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
APSMM
10GBE
10GBE
APSMM
FC1200
FC1200
APSMM
FC800
FC800
APSMM
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FEPRLF
10GBE
10GBE
FEPRLF
FC1200
FC1200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-44
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FEPRLF
FC800
FC800
FEPRLF
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
LOCKOUTOFPR
10GBE
10GBE
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC800
FC800
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC1200
FC1200
LOCKOUTOFPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
LOCKOUTOFPR
OTU2
OTU2
FRCDWKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
FRCDWKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
FRCDWKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FRCDWKSWPR
OTU2
OTU2
FRCDWKSWPR
FC800
FC800
FRCDWKSWBK
10GBE
10GBE
FRCDWKSWBK
FC1200
FC1200
FRCDWKSWBK
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
FRCDWKSWBK
FC800
FC800
MANWKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-45
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MANWKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
MANWKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
MANWKSWPR
FC800
FC800
MANWKSWPR
OTU2
OTU2
MANWKSWBK
10GBE
10GBE
MANWKSWBK
FC1200
FC1200
MANWKSWBK
FC800
FC800
MANWKSWBK
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
WKSWPR
10GBE
10GBE
WKSWPR
FC1200
FC1200
WKSWPR
FC800
FC800
WKSWPR
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
SWMTXMOD
10GBE
10GBE
SWMTXMOD
FC1200
FC1200
SWMTXMOD
FC800
FC800
SWMTXMOD
OC192/STM64
OC192/STM64
NET
C{1-4}}
OTU2
OTU2
AUTORESET
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-46
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CRDINIT
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11QPEN4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4},
L{1-4},VA{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
WKSWPR
EQPT
WKSWBK
EQPT
T-OPTH-15MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-15MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPRH-15MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-15MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-BERPREFEC15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-47
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
CondType
AIDs
(continued)
DIRN AID Type
T-BERPOSTFEC 11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, RX
C{1-4}}
-15-MIN
OTU2
T-BERPREFEC1-DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-BERPOSTFEC 11QPEN4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, RX
C{1-4}}
-1-DAY
OTU2
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
FC1200
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
FC1200
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTU2
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM64
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
FC1200
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTU2
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM64
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
FC1200
T-OPRH-15MIN
11QPEN4-<shelf>-<slot>VA{1-4}
RX
OCH
T-OPRH-15MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-15MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRL-15MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-48
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTH-15MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-15MIN
TX
OCH
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
11QPEN4-<shelf>-<slot>C{1-4}
RX
10GBE
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GBE
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GFC
T-ES-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GFC
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GFC
T-SEFS-PCS15-MIN
RX
10GFC
T-CV-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ES-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTER1-DAY
RX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
TX
10GFC
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-49
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
RX
10GFC
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
TX
10GFC
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
8GFC
T-ES-PCS-15MIN
RX
8GFC
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
8GFC
T-SEFS-PCS15-MIN
RX
8GFC
T-CV-PCS-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ES-PCS-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTER1-DAY
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
TX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
RX
8GFC
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
TX
8GFC
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GBE
T-SEFS-PCS15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-ES-PCS-15MIN
RX
10GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-50
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-CV-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ES-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
TX
10GBE
T-BBE-RS-15MIN
RX
STM64
T-ES-RS-15MIN
RX
STM64
T-SES-RS-15MIN
RX
STM64
T-UAS-RS-15MIN
RX
STM64
T-BBE-RS-1DAY
RX
STM64
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM64
T-SES-RS-1DAY
RX
STM64
T-UAS-RS-1DAY
RX
STM64
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-51
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
11QPEN4-<shelf>-<slot>L{1-4}
RX
OTU2
T-IAES-15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-BIAES-15MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEBBE-OTU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEES-OTU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FESES-OTU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEUAS-OTU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-IAES-1-DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-BIAES-1DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEBBE-OTU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-52
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-FEES-OTU-1DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FESES-OTU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEUAS-OTU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
OTU2
T-FEBBE-ODU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FEES-ODU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FESES-ODU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FEUAS-ODU15-MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FEBBE-ODU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FEES-ODU-1DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FESES-ODU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-FEUAS-ODU1-DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2
T-IAES-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-BIAES-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-BBE-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2TCM{1-6}
T-FEBBE-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-ES-TCM-15MIN
C{1-4}}
ODU2TCM{1-6}
T-FEES-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-53
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-SES-TCM-15MIN
C{1-4}}
T-FESES-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-UAS-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-FEUAS-TCM15-MIN
C{1-4}}
T-IAES-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
T-BIAES-TCM1-DAY
C{1-4}}
T-BBE-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
T-FEBBE-TCM1-DAY
C{1-4}}
T-ES-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
T-FEES-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
T-SES-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
T-FESES-TCM1-DAY
C{1-4}}
T-UAS-TCM-1DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2TCM{1-6}
T-FEUAS-TCM1-DAY
C{1-4}}
ODU2TCM{1-6}
T-ES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU15-MIN
RX
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-54
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-BBE-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
ASAP Type

Overview
Table A-4, Condition by condtype - 4DPA4 (p. A-55) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for 4DPA4 card.
Table A-4
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-55
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
C{1-4}}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
USALS
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1C4}
TX
1GBE
1GBE
USALS
TX
FC100
FC100
USALS
TX
FC200
FC200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-56
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
USALS
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1,
C3}
TX
FC400
FC400
USALS
TX
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
USALS
TX
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
USALS
TX
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
USALS
TX
CBRAR
CBRAR
MTCESURVDGR
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{VA{12}}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURV
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
SSF
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{12}}
RX
OTU1
OTU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-57
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LOS-P
RX
OTU1
OTU1
URU-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
URU-S
RX
OTU1
OTU1
LOF
RX
OTU1
OTU1
LOM
RX
OTU1
OTU1
BDI
RX
OTU1
OTU1
TIM
RX
OTU1
OTU1
SSFODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LCK
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TIMODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
PLM
RX
ODU1
ODU1
BDIODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
DEG
RX
ODU1
ODU1
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
FC100
FC100
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
FC200
FC200
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
1GBE
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-58
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
FEPORTMISMATCH
TX
CBRAR
CBRAR
LFD
TX
1GBE
1GBE
UPM
TX
1GBE
1GBE
LOS
RX
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
LOS
RX
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
LOS
RX
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
LOF
RX
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
LOF
RX
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
LOF
RX
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
LANLOS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
FC100
FC100
LANLOS
RX
FC200
FC200
LANLOS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
LANLOS
RX
CBRAR
CBRAR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-59
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LANLSS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLSS
RX
FC100
FC100
LANLSS
RX
FC200
FC200
LANLSS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
LANLSS
RX
CBRAR
CBRAR
FELANLOS
TX
1GBE
1GBE
FELANLSS
TX
1GBE
1GBE
FELANLSS
TX
FC100
FC100
FELANLSS
TX
FC200
FC200
FELANLSS
C3}
TX
FC400
FC400
FELANLSS
TX
CBRAR
CBRAR
FELOS
TX
CBRAR
CBRAR
LOFEGR
TX
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
LOFEGR
TX
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
LOFEGR
TX
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
LOCKOUTOFPR
CBRAR
CBRAR
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC100
FC100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-60
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
LOCKOUTOFPR
FC200
FC200
LOCKOUTOFPR
1GBE
1GBE
LOCKOUTOFPR
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
LOCKOUTOFPR
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
LOCKOUTOFPR
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
FRCDWKSWPR
CBRAR
CBRAR
FRCDWKSWPR
FC100
FC100
FRCDWKSWPR
FC200
FC200
FRCDWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
FRCDWKSWPR
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
FRCDWKSWPR
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
FRCDWKSWPR
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
FRCDWKSWBK
CBRAR
CBRAR
FRCDWKSWBK
FC100
FC100
FRCDWKSWBK
FC200
FC200
FRCDWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
FRCDWKSWBK
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-61
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
FRCDWKSWBK
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
FRCDWKSWBK
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
MANWKSWPR
CBRAR
CBRAR
MANWKSWPR
FC100
FC100
MANWKSWPR
FC200
FC200
MANWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
MANWKSWPR
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
MANWKSWPR
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
MANWKSWPR
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
MANWKSWBK
CBRAR
CBRAR
MANWKSWBK
FC100
FC100
MANWKSWBK
FC200
FC200
MANWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
MANWKSWBK
OC3/STM1
OC3/STM1
MANWKSWBK
OC12/STM4
OC12/STM4
MANWKSWBK
OC48/STM16
OC48/STM16
NET
OTU1
OTU1
AUTORESET
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
RX
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-62
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CONFIGFAIL
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
4DPA4-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
C{1-4}}
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
{C1-C4}}
EQPT
EQPT
WKSWPR
EQPT
WKSWBK
EQPT
T-CVS
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-CVST
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-CVS
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-CVST
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-CVS
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-CVST
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-CV-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-ES-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-SES-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-63
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-SEFS-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-CV-PCS
RX
FC100
FC100
T-ES-PCS
RX
FC100
FC100
T-SES-PCS
RX
FC100
FC100
T-SEFS-PCS
RX
FC100
FC100
T-CV-PCS
RX
FC200
FC200
T-ES-PCS
RX
FC200
FC200
T-SES-PCS
RX
FC200
FC200
T-SEFS-PCS
RX
FC200
FC200
T-CV-PCS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-ES-PCS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-SES-PCS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-SEFS-PCS
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-ESS
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-ESST
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-SESS
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-SESST
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-64
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-SEFSS
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-SEFSST
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-ESS
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-SESS
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-SESST
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-SEFSS
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-SEFSST
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-ESST
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-ESS
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-ESST
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-SESS
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-SESST
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-SEFSS
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-SEFSST
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-BBE-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-BBE-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-BBE-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-65
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-ES-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-ES-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-ES-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-SES-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-SES-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-SES-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-BBE-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-ES-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-SES-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-FECC
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-FECUBC
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPRH
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-BBE-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-66
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-ES-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-SES-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-OPRH
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-OPRH
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-OPRH
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-OPRH
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-OPRH
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-OPRH
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-OPRH
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPRH
RX
FC100
FC100
T-OPRH
RX
FC200
FC200
T-OPRL
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPRL
RX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-OPRL
RX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-OPRL
RX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-OPRL
RX
STM1
OC3/STM1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-67
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-OPRL
RX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-OPRL
RX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-OPRL
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPRL
RX
FC100
FC100
T-OPRL
RX
FC200
FC200
T-OPRL
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-OPRH
C3}
RX
FC400
FC400
T-OPTH
TX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPTH
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-OPTH
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-OPTL
TX
OC12
OC12/STM4
T-OPTH
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-OPTH
TX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-OPTH
TX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-OPTH
TX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-OPTH
TX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPTH
TX
FC100
FC100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-68
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
T-OPTH
TX
FC200
FC200
T-OPTH
C3}
TX
FC400
FC400
T-OPTL
TX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPTL
TX
OC3
OC3/STM1
T-OPTL
TX
OC48
OC48/STM16
T-OPTL
TX
STM1
OC3/STM1
T-OPTL
TX
STM4
OC12/STM4
T-OPTL
TX
STM16
OC48/STM16
T-OPTL
TX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPTL
TX
FC100
FC100
T-OPTL
TX
FC200
FC200
T-OPTL
C3}
TX
FC400
FC400
T-ETHPKTER
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-69
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-70
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC100
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC100
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC100
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
FC100
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC200
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC200
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
FC200
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
FC200
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-71
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-72
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-FECC-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-FECUBC-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-ES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU1
T-SES-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-73
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-74
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
FC100
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
FC100
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-15-MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPRH-15-MIN
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTU1
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM16
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-75
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
FC100
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
FC200
T-OPTH-15-MIN
C3}
TX
FC400
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTU1
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM16
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
FC100
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
FC200
T-OPTL-15-MIN
C3}
TX
FC400
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-76
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC100
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC100
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC100
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
FC100
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC200
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC200
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FC200
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
FC200
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-77
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU1
T-FECC-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-FECUBC-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-BBE-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
T-ES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU1
T-SES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-78
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-UAS-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
FC100
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
FC100
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-1-DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPRH-1-DAY
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTU1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-79
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
FC100
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
FC200
T-OPTH-1-DAY
C3}
TX
FC400
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTU1
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
FC100
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
FC200
T-OPTL-1-DAY
C3}
TX
FC400
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-RST-15MIN
TX
STM1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-80
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-SES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-UAS-RST-15MIN
TX
STM1
T-BBE-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-ES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-SES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-UAS-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-BBE-RST-15MIN
TX
STM4
T-ES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-SES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-UAS-RST-15MIN
TX
STM4
T-BBE-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-ES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-SES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-UAS-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-BBE-RST-15MIN
TX
STM16
T-ES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM16
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-81
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-SES-RST-15-MIN
TX
STM16
T-UAS-RST-15MIN
TX
STM16
T-BBE-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-ES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-SES-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-UAS-RST-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
CBRAR
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-82
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
CBRAR
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
CBRAR
RX
CBRAR
RX
CBRAR
RX
CBRAR
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
FC100
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
FC100
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
FC100
RX
FC100
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
FC200
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
RX
FC200
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
RX
FC200
RX
FC200
T-CV-PCS-15-MINRTR
C3}
RX
FC400
T-ES-PCS-15-MINRTR
C3}
RX
FC400
T-SES-PCS-15MIN-RTR
C3}
RX
FC400
C3}
RX
FC400
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-83
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-BBE-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-BBE-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-BBE-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-ES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-ES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-ES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-SES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-SES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-UAS-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-SES-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN-RTR
RX
OTU1
T-ES-OTU-15-MINRTR
RX
OTU1
T-SES-OTU-15MIN-RTR
RX
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN-RTR
RX
OTU1
T-FECC-15-MINRTR
RX
OTU1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-84
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-FECUBC-15MIN-RTR
RX
OTU1
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
OTU1
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN-RTR
RX
ODU1
T-ES-ODU-15MIN-RTR
RX
ODU1
T-SES-ODU-15MIN-RTR
RX
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN-RTR
RX
ODU1
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
CBRAR
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-85
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
CBRAR
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
FC100
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
OTU1
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
STM1
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
STM4
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
STM16
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
FC100
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
RX
FC200
T-OPRL-15-MINRTR
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPRH-15-MINRTR
C3}
RX
FC400
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
OTU1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-86
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
STM1
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
STM4
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
STM16
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
FC100
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
TX
FC200
T-OPTH-15-MINRTR
C3}
TX
FC400
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
OTU1
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
STM1
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
STM4
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
STM16
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
FC100
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
TX
FC200
T-OPTL-15-MINRTR
C3}
TX
FC400
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM1
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-87
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-4
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
T-ES-RST-15-MINRTR
TX
STM1
T-SES-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM1
T-UAS-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM1
T-BBE-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM4
T-ES-RST-15-MINRTR
TX
STM4
T-SES-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM4
T-UAS-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM4
T-BBE-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM16
T-ES-RST-15-MINRTR
TX
STM16
T-SES-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM16
T-UAS-RST-15MIN-RTR
TX
STM16
ASAP Type

Overview
Table A-5, Condition by condtype - A2325A (p. A-88) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for A2325A card.
Table A-5
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-88
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-5
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
UNKNOWN
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
A2325A-bay-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
A2325A-shelf-slot-{DCM,
SIG, LINE, OSC}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-89
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-5
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
ETRMISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
PRCDRERR-TOPO
A2325A-shelf-slot-LINE
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-P
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS
TX
OTS
OTS
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
OSCSSF
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
RX
OTS
OTS
AMPDISABLED
A2325A-shelf-slot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS
RX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSHIGH
A2325A-shelf-slot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJREQ
A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG,
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-90
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-5
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
PWRMARGIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
LOSDCM
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRNODE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAILOSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APROSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
APRTOPO
TX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
CONTR
RX
EQPT
EQPT
CONTR-OUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH
RX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCHOUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
A2325A-shelf-slot-LINEfreq
RX
OCH
OCH
LOS-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISIONOUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHFDI
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-91
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-5
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
OCHUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWNOUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OPR
RX
OCH
OCH
OPR-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
USLOS
RX
OCH
OCH
USOCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
NET
RX
OTS
OTS
AUTORESET
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
A2325A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
OMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-92
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-6, Condition type of AM2318A card (p. A-93) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for AM2318A card.
Table A-6
CondType
AIDs
MAN
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INVENTORYERROR
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDBOOT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-93
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-6
CondType
AIDs
VOLTAGELOW
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2318A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
AM2318A-shelf-slot-{LINEIN,
LINEOUT, OSCSFP, OSC}
EQPT
EQPT
PRCDRERR-TOPO
AM2318A-shelf-slot-LINEIN
EQPT
EQPT
INVALIDEGRESS
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-P
RX
OTS
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
OMS
OPTINTDET
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTSUSP
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTBASE
RX
OTS
OTS
ASONTOPO
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-RX
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-TX
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
OCHFDI
AM2318A-shelf-slot-LINEINfreq
RX
OCH
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-94
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-6
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
AM2318A-shelf-slot-LINEINfreq
RX
OCH
OCH
LOT-OUT
AM2318A-shelf-slot-LINEOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
AMPDISABLED
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJREQ
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJCOMMS
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMARGIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTPARAMS
TX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRNODE
TX
OTS
OTS
APROSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
APRTOPO
TX
OTS
OTS
APRSWITCH
TX
OTS
OTS
CONTR-OUT
TX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS-OUT
AM2318A-shelf-slot-LINEOUTfreq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISIONOUT
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWNOUT
TX
OCH
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-95
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-6
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP
Type
OPR-OUT
TX
OCH
OCH
FACTERM-DEV
AM2318A-shelf-slot-OSCSFP
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
OSCSSF
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
RX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAILOSC
OTS
OTS
NET
OTS
OTS
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
T-ES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTS
TX
RX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-96
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-6
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTS
T-ES-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTS
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTS
T_BBE_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_BBE_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_ES_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_ES_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_SES_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_SES_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_UAS_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_UAS_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_FEBBE_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_FEBBE_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_FEES_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_FEES_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_FESES_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_FESES_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
T_FEUAS_MS_15MIN
RX
OTS
T_FEUAS_MS_1DAY
RX
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
ASAP
Type
OMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-97
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-7, Condition type of AM2125A card (p. A-98) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for AM2125A card.
Table A-7
CondType
AIDs
MAN
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10] AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-98
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-7
CondType
AIDs
VOLTAGELOW
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2125A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
AM2125A-shelf-slot-{LINEIN,
LINEOUT, OSCSFP, DCM}
EQPT
EQPT
OPRLOSSHIGH
AM2125A-shelf-slot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
LOSDCM
AM2125A-shelf-slot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
PRCDRERRTOPO
AM2125A-shelf-slotLINEIN
EQPT
EQPT
INVALIDEGRESS
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-P
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTDET
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTSUSP
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-RX
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-TX
TX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-99
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-7
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
OMS
OCHFDI
AM2125A-shelf-slotLINEIN-freq
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
AM2125A-shelf-slotLINEIN-freq
RX
OCH
OCH
LOS-O-OUT
AM2125A-shelf-slotLINEOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
AMPDISABLED
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJREQ
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMARGIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-100
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-7
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRNODE
TX
OTS
OTS
APROSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
APRTOPO
TX
OTS
OTS
APRSWITCH
TX
OTS
OTS
CONTR-OUT
TX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS-OUT
AM2125A-shelf-slotLINEOUT-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISION
TX
OCH
OCH
TX
OCH
OCH
OPR-OUT
TX
OCH
OCH
FACTERMDEV
AM2125A-shelf-slotOSCSFP
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
-OUT
OCHUNKNOWN
-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-101
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-7
CondType
AIDs
UNKNOWNMOD
TRMTMOD
OSCSSF
(continued)
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPT
EQPT
TX
EQPT
EQPT
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
RX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
NET
RX
OTS
OTS
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
T-ES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-15MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-15MIN
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-15MIN
RX
OTS
OSC
DIRN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-102
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-7
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-SES-RS-15MIN
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-15MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-1DAY
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-1DAY
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-1DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-15MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-15MIN
TX
OTS
T-OPTL-15MIN
TX
OTS
T-ES-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTS
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
ASAP Type
OMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-103
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-8, Condition type of AM2125B card (p. A-104) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for AM2125B card.
Table A-8
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
T-SES-1-DAY
AM2125B-shelf-slotOSCSFP
RX
OTS
MAN
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-104
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-8
CondType
AIDs
CONTCOM
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AM2125B-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
AM2125B-shelf-slot-{DCM,
SIG, LINE, OSC}
EQPT
EQPT
PWRADJREQ
AM2125B-shelf-slot-{SIG, TX
LINE}
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
LINE}
OTS
OTS
CONTR-OUT
LINE}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
LINE}
EQPT
EQPT
LOS-OUT
LINE}-freq
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISIONOUT
LINE}-freq
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWNOUT
LINE}-freq
OCH
OCH
OPR-OUT
LINE}-freq
OCH
OCH
OPRLOSSHIGH
AM2125B-shelf-slotDCM
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
LOSDCM
RX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-105
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-8
CondType
AIDs
PRCDRERR-TOPO
AM2125B-shelf-slotLINE
LOS
LOS-P
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPT
EQPT
RX
OTS
OTS
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTDET
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTSUSP
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-RX
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-TX
TX
OTS
OTS
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS
RX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
CONTR
RX
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-106
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-8
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPTDGROCH
RX
EQPT
EQPT
SSF-OMS
AM2125B-shelf-slotLINEIN
RX
OMS
OMS
LOS
AM2125B-shelf-slotLINE-freq
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHFDI
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OPR
RX
OCH
OCH
USLOS
RX
OCH
OCH
USOCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
FACTERM-DEV
AM2125B-shelf-slot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
TX
EQPT
EQPT
OSCSSF
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
RX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAILOSC
TX
OTS
OTS
NET
RX
OTS
OTS
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-107
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-8
CondType
AIDs
REMOVEMOD
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
T-ES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTS
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTS
T-ES-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTS
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTS
AMPDISABLED
AM2125B-shelf-slot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMARGIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
TX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-108
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-8
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
APRNODE
TX
OTS
OTS
APROSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
APRTOPO
TX
OTS
OTS
SSF-OMS
AM2125B-shelf-slotLINEIN
RX
OMS
OMS

Overview
Table A-9, Condition by condtype - AHPHG (p. A-109) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for AHPHG card.
Table A-9
Condition by condtype - AHPHG
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MAN
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
AHPHG-bay-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-109
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-9
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{DCM,
SIG, LINE, OSC}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
ETRMISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
PRCDRERR-TOPO
AHPHG-shelf-slot-LINE
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-P
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS
TX
OTS
OTS
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-110
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-9
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
OSCSSF
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
RX
OTS
OTS
AMPDISABLED
AHPHG-shelf-slot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS
RX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSHIGH
AHPHG-shelf-slot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJREQ
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG,
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMARGIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
LOSDCM
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISSOUT
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRNODE
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAILOSC
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
TX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
CONTR
RX
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-111
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-9
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CONTR-OUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH
RX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCHOUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
AHPHG-shelf-slot-LINEfreq
RX
OCH
OCH
LOS-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISIONOUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHFDI
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWNOUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OPR
RX
OCH
OCH
OPR-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
USLOS
RX
OCH
OCH
USOCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
OMS
NET
RX
OTS
OTS
AUTORESET
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-112
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-9
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
MANRESET
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AHPHG-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
T-BBE-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-15-MIN
RX
OTS
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
OTS

Overview
Table A-10, Condition by condtype - AHPLG (p. A-113) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype for AHPLG card.
Table A-10
CondType
AIDs
MAN
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-113
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
CondType
AIDs
FPGAFAIL
DIRN
(continued)
AID Type
ASAP Type
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGR
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-114
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
CondType
AIDs
CONTCOM
DIRN
(continued)
AID Type
ASAP Type
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPOPT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
AHPLG-shelfslot
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
AHPLG-shelfslot-{DCM, SIG,
LINE, OSC}
EQPT
EQPT
PWRADJREQ
AHPLG-shelfslot-{SIG,
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRADJFAIL
LINE}
TX
OTS
OTS
CONTR-OUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCHOUT
LINE}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-115
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
OCHCOLLISION
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OPR-OUT
LINE}-freq
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRLOSSHIGH
AHPLG-shelfslot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRLOSSLOW
AHPLG-shelfslot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
LOSDCM
AHPLG-shelfslot-DCM
RX
OTS
OTS
PRCDRERRTOPO
AHPLG-shelfslot-LINE
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-P
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTDET
RX
OTS
OTS
OPTINTSUSP
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-RX
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
URU-OTS-TX
TX
OTS
OTS
URU-S
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
-OUT
OCHUNKNOWN
-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-116
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
ALLCHANMISS
RX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS
TX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRHIGH
RX
OTS
OTS
OPRPWRLOW
RX
OTS
OTS
PWRTILTSUSP
TX
OTS
OTS
RAMANSUP
RX
OTS
OTS
CONTR
RX
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTDGROCH
RX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
AHPLG-shelfslot-LINE-freq
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHFDI
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OCHUNKNOWN
RX
OCH
OCH
OPR
RX
OCH
OCH
USLOS
RX
OCH
OCH
USOCHCOLLISION
RX
OCH
OCH
FACTERM-DEV
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-117
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
CondType
AIDs
MISMATCHMOD
DIRN
(continued)
AID Type
ASAP Type
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
TX
EQPT
EQPT
OSCSSF
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-O
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
RX
OTS
OTS
LOF-O
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
RX
OTS
OTS
SDEG-O
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
RX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAILOSC AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
TX
OTS
OTS
NET
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
RX
OTS
OTS
INSERTMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
AHPLG-shelfslot-OSC
EQPT
EQPT
AMPDISABLED
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
LOGAIN
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
HIGAIN
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-118
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-10
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
PWRMARGIN
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
PWRMAXGAIN
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
ALLCHANMISS-OUT
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
APRLINE
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
APRNODE
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
APRUNAVAIL
AHPLG-shelfslot-SIG
TX
OTS
OTS
SSF-OMS
RX
OMS
OMS

Overview
Table A-11, Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E (p. A-119) lists the alarm conditions
by condtype for 11DPE12E OT.
Table A-11
CondType
DIRN
AID type
ASAP
Type
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-119
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
FPGATIMEOUT
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
TX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-120
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
USALS
TX
1GBE
1GBE
MTCESURVDGR
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURV
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
SSF
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OCH-LOS
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
RX
OTU2
OTU2
AISOTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOF
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECECSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECUBCSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
DEGOTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BDI
RX
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
AIS
RX
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
RX
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
RX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-121
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
DEG
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LANLOS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLSS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LINKDOWN
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANRFI
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLSS
RX
10GBE
10GBE
HIBER
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI1
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI2
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI3
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI4
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI5
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI6
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI7
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI8
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI9
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI10
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI11
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI12
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI13
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI14
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI15
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI16
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI17
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI18
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI19
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI20
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI21
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI22
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-122
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
VTSFDI23
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI24
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI25
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI26
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI27
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI28
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI29
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI30
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI31
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSFDI32
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI1
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI2
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI3
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI4
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI5
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI6
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI7
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI8
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI9
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI10
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI11
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI12
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI13
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI14
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI15
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI16
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI17
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI18
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI19
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI20
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI21
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI22
RX
10GBE
10GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-123
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
VTSOCI23
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI24
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI25
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI26
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI27
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI28
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI29
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI30
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI31
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTSOCI32
RX
10GBE
10GBE
VTS{1-10}LOCKOUTOFPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWBK
1GBE
1GBE
VTS{1-10}WKSWPR
1GBE
1GBE
OTU2
OTU2
AUTORESET
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
EQPT
EQPT
VTS{1-10}WKSWPR
EQPT
VTS{1-10}WKSWBK
EQPT
NET
RX
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-124
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-SES-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-BBE-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-SES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-BBE-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-15-MIN
RX
ODU
T-FECC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FEC-UBC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-125
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
T-SES-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-1-DAY
RX
ODU
T-FECC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FEC-UBC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ETHPKTERT-15-MIN
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTU
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTU
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
RX
10GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
RX
10GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCST-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCST-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-126
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-11
(continued)
T-SES-PCS-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCST-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCST-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT-15-MIN-RTR
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15-MIN-RTR
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-OTU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU
T-ES-OTU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU
T-UAS-OTU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU
T-BBE-ODU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
ODU
T-ES-ODU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
ODU
T-SES-ODU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
ODU
T-UAS-ODU-15-MIN-RTR
RX
ODU
T-FECC-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU2
T-FEC-UBC-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU2
T-ETHPKTERT-15-MIN-RTR
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15-MIN-RTR
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU
T-OPRH-15-MIN-RTR
RX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN-RTR
TX
OTU
T-OPTH-15-MIN-RTR
TX
OTU
T-OPTL-15-MIN-RTR
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN-RTR
TX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN-RTR
RX
10GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN-RTR
RX
10GBE
The Table A-12, Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E Sync (p. A-127) lists the alarm
conditions by condtype for 11DPE12E OT Sync.
Table A-12
CondType
AIDs
SYNCEQPT
11DPE12E-shelf-slot
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-127
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-12
CondType
AIDs
AUTO
DIRN
(continued)
AID Type
ASAP Type
LINEREF
LINEREF
SWTIMREF
11DPE12E-shelf-slotLineREF{1-4}
FRCDSWTIMREF
LINEREF
LINEREF
FRNGSYNC
11DPE12E-shelf-slot-Sync-1
SYNC
SYNC
HLDOVRSYNC11DPE12E-shelf-slot-Sync-1
SYNC
SYNC
LOCKOUTOFTIMREF
LINEREF
LINEREF
MAN
LINEREF
LINEREF
MANSWTIMREF
LINEREF
LINEREF
MANSWTOINT
SYNC
SYNC
SLTMSIG
LINEREF
LINEREF
SYNCOOS
SYNC
SYNC
SYNCREFFAIL
LINEREF
LINEREF
SYNCREFUNEQ
LINEREF
LINEREF
WTR
LINEREF
LINEREF
AUTOSYNCSW
LINEREF
LINEREF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-128
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-13, Condition by condtype - 11DPE12A (p. A-129) lists the alarm conditions
by condtype for 11DPE12A OT.
Table A-13
Condition by condtype - 11DPE12A
CondType
AIDs
MAN
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INVENTORYERROR
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDBOOT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTBOOT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-129
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
CondType
AIDs
SYNCEQPT
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
BASELINE
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-
EQPT
EQPT
{C{1-12},L{1-2},VA{1-2}}
USALS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{C1C12}
TX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLSS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LINKDOWN
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANRFI
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
RX
FE
FE
LANLSS
RX
FE
FE
LINKDOWN
RX
FE
FE
LANRFI
RX
FE
FE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-130
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
FE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-131
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
FE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
FE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
FE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
FE
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
FE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
FE
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
FE
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
FE
T-ES-PCS-15MIN
RX
FE
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
FE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
FE
T-CV-PCS-1DAY
RX
FE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
FE
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
FE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
FE
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
TX
FE
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
TX
FE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-132
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
RX
FE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
FE
LOCKOUTOFPR
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{C1C12}-{VTS1-VTS10}
VTS
VTS
FRCDWKSWPR
VTS
VTS
FRCDWKSWBK
VTS
VTS
MANWKSWPR
VTS
VTS
MANWKSWBK
VTS
VTS
WKSWPR
VTS
VTS
WKSWPR
EQPT
WKSWBK
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, TX
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-133
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
CondType
AIDs
REPLUNITMISSMOD
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
INSERTMOD
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
DISCOVERMOD
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
REMOVEMOD
C{1-12}}
EQPT
EQPT
LANLOS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{L{12}}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANLFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
LANRFI
RX
10GBE
10GBE
SSF
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{L1,
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OCH-LOS
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-S
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
AISOTU
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOF
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-134
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
FECECSD
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECUBCSD
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
DEGOTU
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BDI
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
AIS
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
DEG
L2}
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LANLSS
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
HIBER
L2}
RX
10GBE
10GBE
NET
L2}
RX
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-135
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-ES-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-SES-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FECC-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-ES-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-SES-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-136
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-UAS-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FECC-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-ETHPKTERT15-MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTERT1-DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-ETHPKTER15-MIN
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-OPRH-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-OPRL-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-OPRH-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-OPTL-15-MIN
L2}
TX
OTU2
T-OPTH-15-MIN
L2}
TX
OTU2
T-OPTL-1-DAY
L2}
TX
OTU2
T-OPTH-1-DAY
L2}
TX
OTU2
T-OPTL-15-MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
L2}
TX
10GBE
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-137
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-OPTL-1-DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
L2}
TX
10GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
L2}
RX
10GBE
T-BERPREFEC15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BERPOSTFEC15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BERPREFEC1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BERPOSTFEC1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-IAES-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-BIAES-15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEBBE-OTU15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEES-OTU-15MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FESES-OTU15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEUAS-OTU15-MIN
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-IAES-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
ASAP Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-138
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
T-BIAES-1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEBBE-OTU1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEES-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FESES-OTU-1DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEUAS-OTU1-DAY
L2}
RX
OTU2
T-FEBBE-ODU15-MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FEES-ODU-15MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FESES-ODU15-MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FEUAS-ODU15-MIN
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FEBBE-ODU1-DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FEES-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FESES-ODU-1DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
T-FEUAS-ODU1-DAY
L2}
RX
ODU2
VTSFDI
L2}-{VTS1-VTS100}
RX
VTS
VTS
VTSOCI
L2}-{VTS1-VTS100}
RX
VTS
VTS
LAGLOS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{LAG1LAG12}
RX
LAG
LAG
LAGLSS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{LAG1LAG12}
RX
LAG
LAG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-139
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
UNL
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{MD1MD32}-{MA1-MA312}-MEP
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
MMG
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
UNM
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
UNP
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
UNPr
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
LOC
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
ETHCSF
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
RDI
ID
RX
MEP
MEP
PPS-LOS
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{TOD1TOD2}
RX
TOD
TOD
TOD-LOS
RX
TOD
TOD
TOD-DEG
RX
TOD
TOD
EQPTPORT
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-{VA{12}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-140
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
CondType
AIDs
MISMATCHMOD
(continued)
DIRN
AID Type
ASAP Type
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURVDGR
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURV
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
LOS
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-141
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-13
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID Type
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OCH
T-OPTL-15-MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPTH-15-MIN
RX
OCH
T-OPTL-1-DAY
RX
OCH
T-OPTH-1-DAY
RX
OCH
ASONTOPO
11DPE12A-shelf-slot-L{1-2}
RX
OCH
ASAP Type
OCH

Overview
Table A-14, Condition by condtype - 11DPM12 (p. A-142) lists the alarm conditions by
condtype applicable to 11DPM12 OT.
Table A-14
CondType
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
MAN
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EXCESSLOAD
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DATAERR
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-142
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
AIDs
(continued)
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
SWEQPT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWUPGRADEPENDING
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONFIGFAIL
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CRDINIT
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
11DPM12-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
SSF
11DPM12-shelf-slot-L{1-2}-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOS-P
RX
OTU2
OTU2
URU-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOF
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SDBER
RX
OTU2
OTU2
LOM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BDI
RX
OTU2
OTU2
TIM
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECECSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
FECUBCSD
RX
OTU2
OTU2
AIS
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-ES-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-143
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-SES-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-FECC
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-FECUBC
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-OPRH
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-OPRL
RX
OTU2
OTU2
T-OPTH
TX
OTU2
OTU2
T-OPTL
TX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
11DPM12-shelf-slot-L{1-2}-ODU2
RX
ODU2
ODU2
AIS
RX
ODU2
ODU2
OCI
RX
ODU2
ODU2
LCK
RX
ODU2
ODU2
PLM
RX
ODU2
ODU2
TIMODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
BDIODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
DEG
RX
ODU2
ODU2
T-BBE-ODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
T-ES-ODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
T-SES-ODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
T-UAS-ODU
RX
ODU2
ODU2
NET
RX
OTU2
OTU2
BASELINE
11DPM12-shelf-slot-L{1-2}
EQPT
EQPT
USALS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-1GbE
TX
1GBE
1GBE
USALS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-OC3/
STM1
TX
OC3/
STM1
OC3/
STM1
USALS
STM4
TX
OC12/
STM4
OC12/
STM4
USALS
STM16
TX
OC48/
STM16
OC48/
STM16
USALS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-CBRAR
TX
CBRAR
CBRAR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-144
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
LFD
TX
1GBE
1GBE
UPM
TX
1GBE
1GBE
LOS
STM1
RX
OC3/
STM1
OC3/
STM1
LOS
STM4
RX
OC12/
STM4
OC12/
STM4
LOS
STM16
RX
OC48/
STM16
OC48/
STM16
LOF
STM1
RX
OC3/
STM1
OC3/
STM1
LOF
STM4
RX
OC12/
STM4
OC12/
STM4
LOF
STM16
RX
OC48/
STM16
OC48/
STM16
LANLOS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
LANLOS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-CBRAR
RX
CBRAR
CBRAR
LANLSS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
FELANLOS
TX
1GBE
1GBE
FELANLSS
TX
1GBE
1GBE
LOFEGR
STM1
TX
OC3/
STM1
OC3/
STM1
LOFEGR
STM4
TX
OC12/
STM4
OC12/
STM4
LOFEGR
STM16
TX
OC48/
STM16
OC48/
STM16
LOCKOUTOFPR
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-ODU0
ODU0
ODU0
LOCKOUTOFPR
ODU1
ODU1
LOCKOUTOFPR
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}OTUODU1
ODU1
ODU1
LOCKOUTOFPR
11DPM12-shelf-slot-ODU1PTF{1-8)
ODU1
ODU1
FRCDWKSWPR
ODU0
ODU0
FRCDWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-145
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
FRCDWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
FRCDWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
FRCDWKSWBK
ODU0
ODU0
FRCDWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
FRCDWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
FRCDWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWPR
ODU0
ODU0
MANWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWBK
ODU0
ODU0
MANWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
MANWKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
WKSWPR
ODU0
ODU0
WKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
WKSWPR
ODU1
ODU1
WKSWBK
ODU1
ODU1
EQPTPORT
EQPT
EQPT
EQPTPORT
11DPM12-shelf-slot-{C{1-12},
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
EQPT
EQPT
FACTERM-DEV
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-146
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
AIDs
(continued)
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
MISMATCHMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCHMOD
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISSMOD
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWNMOD
VA{1-2}}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKLINE
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
EQPT
EQPT
LPBKTERM
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
TRMTMOD
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURVDGR
11DPM12-shelf-slot-VA{1-2}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
MTCESURV
11DPM12-shelf-slot-VA{1-2}
TX
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
TX
OCH
OCH
MOD
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHKEYOVERLAP
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHTRAILDUP
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRTX
TX
OCH
OCH
OPRUNACHIEVE
TX
OCH
OCH
OCHPDI
TX
OCH
OCH
PWRSUSP
TX
OCH
OCH
LASEREOL
EQPT
EQPT
MODOUTOOR
EQPT
EQPT
TX
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-147
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
OPROOR
RX
OTU2
OTU2
SSFODU
11DPM12-shelf-slot-L{1-2}ODU2ODU0#{1-8}
RX
ODU0
ODU0
OCI
RX
ODU0
ODU0
LCK
RX
ODU0
ODU0
TIMODU
RX
ODU0
ODU0
BDIODU
RX
ODU0
ODU0
DEG
ODU2ODU0-shelf-slot-L{1-2}-{1-8}
RX
ODU0
ODU0
LOFLOM
RX
ODU0
ODU0
AIS
RX
ODU0
ODU0
TSMISMATCH
RX
ODU0
ODU0
FDI
RX
ODU0
ODU0
SSFODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LCK
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TIMODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
BDIODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
DEG
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LOFLOM
RX
ODU1
ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-148
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
AIS
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TSMISMATCH
RX
ODU1
ODU1
FDI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
SSFODU
ODU2ODUf-shelf-slot-L{1-2}-{1-8}
RX
ODUf
ODUf
OCI
RX
ODUf
ODUf
LCK
RX
ODUf
ODUf
TIMODU
RX
ODUf
ODUf
BDIODU
RX
ODUf
ODUf
DEG
RX
ODUf
ODUf
LOFLOM
RX
ODUf
ODUf
AIS
RX
ODUf
ODUf
TSMISMATCH
RX
ODUf
ODUf
FDI
RX
ODUf
ODUf
SSFODU
RX
ODU0
ODU0
OCI
RX
ODU0
ODU0
LCK
RX
ODU0
ODU0
TIMODU
RX
ODU0
ODU0
BDIODU
RX
ODU0
ODU0
DEG
ODU0-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
RX
ODU0
ODU0
AIS
RX
ODU0
ODU0
PLM
RX
ODU0
ODU0
SSFODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LCK
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TIMODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
BDIODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
DEG
ODU1-shelf-slot-C{1-12}
RX
ODU1
ODU1
AIS
RX
ODU1
ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-149
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
PLM
RX
ODU1
ODU1
SSFODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LCK
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TIMODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
BDIODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
DEG
ODU1PTF-shelf-slot-{1-8}
RX
ODU1
ODU1
AIS
RX
ODU1
ODU1
PLM
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
11DPM12-shelf-slot-ODU1PTF{1-8)OPTSG{1-16}
RX
OPTSG
OPTSG
TSMISMATCH
RX
OPTSG
OPTSG
FDI
RX
OPTSG
OPTSG
T-CVS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-OC3
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-CVST
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-CVS
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-CVST
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-CVS
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-CVST
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-CV-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-ES-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-SES-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-ESS
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-150
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-ESST
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-SESS
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-SESST
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-SEFSS
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-SEFSST
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-ESS
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-SESS
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-SESST
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-SEFSS
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-SEFSST
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-ESST
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-ESS
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-ESST
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-SESS
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-SESST
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-SEFSS
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-SEFSST
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-151
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-BBE-RS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-STM1
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-BBE-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-BBE-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-ES-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-ES-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-ES-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-SES-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-SES-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-SES-RS
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-UAS-RS
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-OPRH
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-OPRH
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-OPRH
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-OPRH
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-OPRH
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-152
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-OPRH
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-OPRH
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPRL
RX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-OPRL
RX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-OPRL
RX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-OPRL
RX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-OPRL
RX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-OPRL
RX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-OPRL
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPTH
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-OPTH
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
T-OPTH
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-OPTH
TX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-OPTH
TX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-OPTH
TX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-OPTH
TX
1GBE
1GBE
T-OPTL
TX
OC3
OC3/
STM1
T-OPTL
TX
OC12
OC12/
STM4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-153
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-OPTL
TX
OC48
OC48/
STM16
T-OPTL
TX
STM1
OC3/
STM1
T-OPTL
TX
STM4
OC12/
STM4
T-OPTL
TX
STM16
OC48/
STM16
T-OPTL
TX
1GBE
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER
RX
1GBE
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-RS-15MIN
RX
STM1
T-BBE-RS-15MIN
RX
STM4
T-BBE-RS-15MIN
RX
STM16
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-ES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-UAS-RS-15MIN
RX
STM4
T-SES-RS-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-15MIN
RX
STM16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-154
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
T-UAS-RS-15MIN
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM1
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM4
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
STM16
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
1GBE
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
STM16
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM1
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM4
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
STM16
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-15MIN
RX
1GBE
T-CV-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-ES-PCS-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SES-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-SEFS-PCS-1DAY
RX
1GBE
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-BBE-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
ASAP
Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-155
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-ES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-SES-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-UAS-RS-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM1
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM4
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
STM16
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
1GBE
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM1
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM4
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
STM16
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
1GBE
T-ETHPKTER-1DAY
RX
1GBE
USALS
11DPM12-shelf-slot-C{1-12}-OTU
TX
OTU1
OTU1
SSF
RX
OTU1
OTU1
LOS-P
RX
OTU1
OTU1
URU-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
LOF
RX
OTU1
OTU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-156
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
LOM
RX
OTU1
OTU1
BDI
RX
OTU1
OTU1
TIM
RX
OTU1
OTU1
NET
RX
OTU1
OTU1
SSFODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
OCI
RX
ODU1
ODU1
LCK
RX
ODU1
ODU1
TIMODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
BDIODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
DEG
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-BBE-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-ES-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-SES-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU
RX
ODU1
ODU1
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-ES-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-SES-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU1
T-BBE-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-157
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
ASAP
Type
T-ES-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
T-SES-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
T-UAS-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU1
T-BBE-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-ES-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-SES-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-FECC
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-FECUBC
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPRH
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPRL
RX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPTH
TX
OTU1
OTU1
T-OPTL
TX
OTU1
OTU1
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-ES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-FECC-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-FECUBC-15MIN
RX
OTU1
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTU1
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTU1
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTU1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-158
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
T-BBE-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU1
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-SES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU1
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU1
T-FECC-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-FECUBC-1DAY
RX
OTU1
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTU1
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTU1
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTU1
T-BBE-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FECC-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-15MIN
RX
OTU2
T-OPRH-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU2
T-ES-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU2
T-SES-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU2
ASAP
Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-159
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-14
CondType
(continued)
AIDs
DIRN
AID
Type
T-UAS-ODU-15MIN
RX
ODU2
T-OPRL-15-MIN
RX
OTU2
T-OPTH-15-MIN
TX
OTU2
T-OPTL-15-MIN
TX
OTU2
T-BBE-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-ES-OTU-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-SES-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-UAS-OTU-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FECC-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-FECUBC-1DAY
RX
OTU2
T-OPRH-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-BBE-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU2
T-ES-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU2
T-SES-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU2
T-UAS-ODU-1DAY
RX
ODU2
T-OPRL-1-DAY
RX
OTU2
T-OPTH-1-DAY
TX
OTU2
T-OPTL-1-DAY
TX
OTU2
ASAP
Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-160
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Table A-15, Condition Type - Other shelves (p. A-161) lists the alarm conditions by
condition type for other shelves.
Table A-15
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
PRCDRERR-TOPO
SYSTEM
COM
COM
DBINVALID
SYSTEM
COM
COM
DBFL
SYSTEM
COM
COM
DBFT
SYSTEM
COM
COM
NTPOOSYNC
SYSTEM
COM
COM
SWFTDWN
SYSTEM
COM
COM
SWUPGCOMMIT
SYSTEM
COM
COM
SWUPGFAIL
SYSTEM
COM
COM
PRCDRERR
SYSTEM
COM
COM
CONTCOM
SHELF-{2-16}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
SHELF-{1-16}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
DCM-shelf-1
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
DCM-shelf-1
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
DCM-shelf-1
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-161
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-15
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
UNKNOWN
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
UNKNOWN
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
ETR-MISMATCH
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAFAIL
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGATIMEOUT
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
FPGAINIT[1-10]
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
NOTALLOWED
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CARDINIT
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
CONTEQPT
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
DATAFLT
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
EQPT
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
SFMISMATCH
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
SHELF-{1-16}
EQPT
EQPT
MISMATCH
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
PWR [1]
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
PWR [2]
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGEHIGH
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
VOLTAGELOW
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-162
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-15
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
CONTCOM
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
CONTCOM
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
FANSPEEDHIGH
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
FANSPEEDLOW
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPHIGH
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
INTTEMPLOW
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}OMD
EQPT
EQPT
MAN
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}OMD
EQPT
EQPT
LOS
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}OMD
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS
RX
OTS
OTS
LOS-OUT
TX
OTS
OTS
NET
EC-bay-shelf-{1}-{ES1,
ES2}
PLK
PLK
NET
EC-bay-shelf-{1}{OAMP}
PLK
PLK
AUTHFAIL
SYSTEM
COM
COM
SYSBOOT
SYSTEM
COM
COM
SYSBOOT
SYSTEM
COM
COM
AUTORESET
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
AUTORESET
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
LINKDOWN
EC-bay-shelf-{1}-CIT
PLK
PLK
LINKUP
EC-bay-shelf-{1}-CIT
PLK
PLK
MANRESET
EC-bay-shelf-{1}
EQPT
EQPT
MANRESET
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-163
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-15
(continued)
CondType
AIDs
DIRN AID Type
ASAP Type
REPLUNITMISS
FAN-bay-shelf-6
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
PF-bay-shelf-{2,3}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
SFD-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
SFC-bay-shelf-{4,5}
EQPT
EQPT
REPLUNITMISS
SLOT-shelf-slot
EQPT
EQPT
DORMANTUSER
SYSTEM
COM
INTRUSION
SYSTEM
COM
LOGBUF90SECULOG
SYSTEM
COM
LOGBUFOVFLSECULOG
SYSTEM
COM
ENV1
PF-bay-1-2
ENV
ENV
ENV4
PF-bay-1-3
ENV
ENV
ENV2
PF-bay-1-2
ENV
ENV
ENV5
PF-bay-1-3
ENV
ENV
ENV3
PF-bay-1-2
ENV
ENV
ENV6
PF-bay-1-3
ENV
ENV

Command description
This section describes the shelf ranges for the different shelf types used in the network
element. The slot ranges per card/shelf type supported in the network element are also
mentioned below.
Impact
Access levels
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-164
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Shelf slot ranges per shelf

Table A-16
Shelf ranges per Shelf type

Shelf Type
Range
DCM
{25-64}
PSS-4
{1-8}
Slot Ranges Per Card/Shelf type

Card
PSS-4 Shelf
Passive Module Shelf

(DCM)
{1-10}
{1}
11DPE12
{7, 8}
11DPE12E
{7, 8}
11DPE12A
{7, 8}
11DPM12
{7, 8}
11QPA4
{7, 8}
11QPEN4
{7, 8}
11QPE24
4DPA4
{7-10}
1DPP24M
{7, 8}
A2325A
{7, 8}
AHPHG
{7, 8}
AHPLG
{7, 8}
AM2125A
{7, 8}
AM2125B
{7, 8}
AM2318A
{7, 8}
EC
{1}
FAN
{6}
MVAC
{7,8}
PF
{2, 3}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-165
Condition Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Card
SFC1A
PSS-4 Shelf
Passive Module Shelf

(DCM)
{4, 5}
{4, 5}
{4, 5}
SFC8
{4}
SFD4A
{4, 5}
{4}
SFC1B
SFC1C
SFC1D
SFC1E
SFC1F
SFC1G
SFC1H
SFC2A
SFC2B
SFC2C
SFC2D
SFC4A
SFC4B
SFD4B
SFD4C
SFD4D
SFD4E
SFD4F
SFD4G
SFD4H
SFD8A
SFD8B
SFD8C
SFD8D
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
A-166
Index
Numerics
VA{1-2}, 6-70, 6-119, 6-120
L{1-2} pm opr, 6-313, 6-368
VA{1-2} och, 6-72, 6-122
L{1-2} pm opt, 6-315, 6-370
C{1-12}, 6-21, 6-82
VA{1-2} pm, 6-74, 6-123
L{1-2} pm pcs, 6-317, 6-371
C{1-12} 1gbe, 6-25, 6-28,

6-86
VA{1-2} pm opr, 6-75, 6-124
L{1-2} state, 6-292
VA{1-2} pm opt, 6-77, 6-125
L{1-2} tengige, 6-362
VA{1-2} state, 6-79
L{1-2} vts{1-100}, 6-319
11dpe12
C{1-12} fe, 6-88

C{1-12} pm, 6-31, 6-89
11dpe12a
L{1-2}tengige, 6-303
C{1-12} pm ethernet, 6-32,

6-91
C{1-12}, 6-265, 6-334
Lag{1-4}, 6-331
C{1-12} pm opr, 6-34, 6-92
C{1-12} 1gbe, 6-267, 6-272,

6-338
Lag{1-4} vts{1-10}, 6-381
C{1-12} pm opt, 6-36, 6-94

C{1-12} pm pcs, 6-38, 6-95
C{1-12} state, 6-23
C{1-12} fe, 6-340

C{1-12} pm, 6-278, 6-342
VA{1-2}, 6-321, 6-373, 6-374

VA{1-2} och, 6-323, 6-376
VA{1-2} pm, 6-324, 6-377
C{1-12} vts{1-10}, 6-40, 6-97

6-343
L{1-2}, 6-42, 6-98
C{1-12} pm opr, 6-281, 6-345
L{1-2} odu2, 6-47, 6-104
C{1-12} pm opt, 6-283, 6-346
L{1-2} otu2, 6-49, 6-106
C{1-12} pm pcs, 6-285, 6-348
L{1-2} pm, 6-60, 6-111
C{1-12} state, 6-276
: ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>],

6-227
L{1-2} pm dw, 6-61, 6-113
C{1-12} vts{1-10}, 6-287,

6-349
: ethoam md1, 6-134, 6-229
L{1-2}, 6-289, 6-351
: ethoam md1 ma{1-400},

6-136
L{1-2} pm ethernet, 6-63,

6-114
L{1-2} pm opr, 6-65, 6-116
L{1-2} odu2, 6-294, 6-355
L{1-2} pm opt, 6-67, 6-117
L{1-2} otu2, 6-296, 6-358
L{1-2} state, 6-45
L{1-2} pm, 6-308, 6-364
L{1-2} tengige, 6-110
L{1-2} pm dw, 6-309, 6-365
L{1-2} vts{1-100}, 6-69

6-367
L{1-2}tengige, 6-57
VA{1-2} pm opr, 6-325, 6-378

VA{1-2} pm opt, 6-327, 6-379
VA{1-2} state, 6-329
11dpe12e
: ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep,

6-139, 6-232
: ma{1-400} remote mepid,
6-231
: md1 ma{1-400}, 6-230
C{1-12}, 6-131, 6-207
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-1
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C{1-12} 1gbe, 6-144, 6-210
C{1-12} 1gbe, 6-867, 6-992
C{1-12} sdr, 6-920, 6-1031
C{1-12} pm, 6-151, 6-214
C{1-12} 1gbe looduk, 6-870,

6-994
C{1-12} sdr looduk, 6-924,

6-1033
C{1-12} 3gsdi, 6-872, 6-996
C{1-12} sdsdi, 6-926, 6-1034
C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk, 6-874,

6-997
C{1-12} sdsdi looduk, 6-929,

6-1036
C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}, 6-877, 6-999
C{1-12} state, 6-931

6-215
C{1-12} pm opr, 6-155, 6-217
C{1-12} pm opt, 6-157, 6-218
C{1-12} pm pcs, 6-159, 6-220
C{1-12} state, 6-142
C{1-12} vts{1-10}, 6-161,
6-221
C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

looduk, 6-1001
C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16},

6-933
C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}
looduk, 6-1039
L{1-2}, 6-163, 6-223
C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}looduk, 6-880
L{1-2} odu2, 6-168, 6-235
C{1-12} fe, 6-883, 6-1002
C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}looduk, 6-937
L{1-2} otu2, 6-170, 6-238
C{1-12} fe looduk, 6-886,

6-1004
C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16},
6-1037
L{1-2} pm dw, 6-184, 6-245
C{1-12} hdsdi, 6-888, 6-1005
L{1-2}, 6-940, 6-1041

6-247
C{1-12} hdsdi looduk, 6-891,

6-1007
L{1-2} odu2, 6-944, 6-1044
L{1-2} pm opr, 6-188, 6-249
C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48},

6-893, 6-1008
L{1-2} pm, 6-183, 6-244
L{1-2} pm opt, 6-190, 6-250

L{1-2} pm pcs, 6-192, 6-252
C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

looduk, 6-1010
L{1-2} state, 6-166
C{1-12} odu1, 6-900, 6-1013
L{1-2} tengige, 6-242
C{1-12} otu1, 6-901, 6-1014
L{1-2} vts{1-100}, 6-194
C{1-12} pm, 6-906, 6-1017
L{1-2}tengige, 6-179
C{1-12} pm dw, 6-908, 6-1019
VA{1-2}, 6-196, 6-255

6-1020
VA{1-2} och, 6-198, 6-256

VA{1-2} pm, 6-199, 6-257
VA{1-2} pm opr, 6-200, 6-258
VA{1-2} pm opt, 6-202, 6-260
VA{1-2} state, 6-204
vts{1-100}, 6-253
11dpm12
C{1-12}, 6-858, 6-985
C{1-12} {0c3, oc12,
oc48}looduk, 6-897
L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8},

6-950, 6-1047
L{1-2} otu2, 6-953, 6-1048
L{1-2} pm, 6-959, 6-1052
L{1-2} pm dw, 6-960, 6-1053
L{1-2} pm opr, 6-962, 6-1055
L{1-2} pm opt, 6-964, 6-1057
L{1-2} pm state, 6-966
odu1ptf{1-8}, 6-978, 6-1066
VA{1-2}, 6-968, 6-1059
C{1-12} pm opr, 6-911,

6-1022
VA{1-2} och, 6-970, 6-1060
C{1-12} pm opt, 6-913,

6-1024
VA{1-2} pm opr, 6-972,

6-1063
C{1-12} pm pcs, 6-915,

6-1026
VA{1-2} pm opt, 6-974,

6-1064
C{1-12} pm sdh, 6-917,

6-1027
VA{1-2} state, 6-976
C{1-12} pm sonet, 6-918,

6-1029
VA{1-2} pm, 6-971, 6-1062
11qpa4
C{1-4}, 6-386, 6-460
C{1-4} ddr, 6-391
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-2
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C{1-4} fc10g, 6-393, 6-468
C{1-22} 1gbe, 6-650
C{1-4} pm sdh, 6-555, 6-616
C{1-4} fc8g, 6-395, 6-469
C{1-22} fe, 6-653
C{1-4} pm sonet, 6-553, 6-618
C{1-4} oc192, 6-398, 6-471
C{1-22} pm, 6-657
C{1-4} state, 6-526
C{1-4} odu2, 6-407, 6-477
C{1-22} pm opr, 6-658
C{1-4} tengige, 6-532, 6-599
C{1-4} otu2, 6-408, 6-479
C{1-22} pm opt, 6-660
condition type, A-37
C{1-4} pm, 6-413, 6-483
C{1-22} state, 6-655
L{1-4}, 6-557, 6-619
C{1-4} pm dw, 6-415, 6-485
VA{1-4}, 6-685, 6-721
L{1-4} encrypt, 6-559, 6-623

6-486
VA{1-4} och, 6-687, 6-723
L{1-4} odu2, 6-562, 6-625
VA{1-4} pm, 6-688, 6-724
L{1-4} otu2, 6-565, 6-627
VA{1-4} pm opr, 6-689, 6-725
L{1-4} pm, 6-572, 6-631
VA{1-4} pm opt, 6-691, 6-727
L{1-4} pm dw, 6-573, 6-633
VA{1-4} state, 6-693
L{1-4} pm opr, 6-575, 6-634
X{1-4}, 6-662
L{1-4} pm opt, 6-577, 6-636
X(1-4) odu2, 6-666
L{1-4} state, 6-561
X(1-4) otu2, 6-668
VA{1-4}, 6-579, 6-637
X{1-4} pm, 6-678, 6-715
VA{1-4} och, 6-583, 6-639
X{1-4} pm dw, 6-679, 6-717
VA{1-4} pm, 6-584, 6-640
X{1-4} pm opr, 6-681, 6-718
VA{1-4} pm opr, 6-585, 6-641
X{1-4} pm opt, 6-683, 6-720
VA{1-4} pm opt, 6-587, 6-643
X{1-4} state, 6-664
VA{1-4} state, 6-581
C{1-4} pm opr, 6-419, 6-488

C{1-4} pm opt, 6-421, 6-489
C{1-4} pm pcs, 6-423, 6-491
C{1-4} pm sdh, 6-427, 6-492
C{1-4} pm sonet, 6-425, 6-494
C{1-4} state, 6-389
C{1-4} stm64, 6-401, 6-473
C{1-4} tengige, 6-404, 6-475
L{1-4}, 6-429, 6-495
L{1-4} odu2, 6-433, 6-499
L{1-4} otu2, 6-435, 6-501
L{1-4} pm, 6-442, 6-506
L{1-4} pm dw, 6-443, 6-507
L{1-4} pm opr, 6-445, 6-509
L{1-4} pm opt, 6-447, 6-510
L{1-4} state, 6-431
VA{1-4}, 6-449, 6-512
VA{1-4} och, 6-453, 6-514
VA{1-4} pm, 6-454, 6-515
VA{1-4} pm opr, 6-455, 6-516
X{1-4} tengige, 6-674, 6-714

11qpen4
C{1-24} e1, 6-1074, 6-1096
C{1-4} fc10g, 6-528, 6-596
C{1-24} pm, 6-1076, 6-1097
C{1-4} fc8g, 6-530, 6-598
C{1-24} pm e1, 6-1077,

6-1098
C{1-4} odu2, 6-535, 6-601

C{1-4} otu2, 6-536, 6-603
C{1-4} pm, 6-541, 6-607
C{1-4} pm dw, 6-543, 6-609
VA{1-4} pm opt, 6-457, 6-517

VA{1-4} state, 6-451
C{1-4} pm opr, 6-547, 6-612
C{1-22}, 6-648
C{1-24}, 6-1072, 6-1094
C{1-4}, 6-523, 6-590

6-610
11qpe24
1dpp24m
C{1-4} pm opt, 6-549, 6-613

C{1-4} pm pcs, 6-551, 6-615
C{1-24} state, 6-1078

L1, 6-1080, 6-1100
L1 pm, 6-1082, 6-1102
L1 pm opr, 6-1083, 6-1103
L1 pm opt, 6-1085, 6-1105
L1 pm sdh, 6-1087, 6-1107,
6-1108
L1 pm state, 6-1088
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-3
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
L1 stm1, 6-1090
VA{1-2} pm opr, 6-797, 6-850
snmp users, 3-16
lineref{0-2}, 4-100
VA{1-2} pm opt, 6-799, 6-852
snmpusers add, 3-17
sync0, 4-98
VA{1-2} state, 6-801
snmpusers edit, 3-18
4dpa4
C{1-4}, 6-732, 6-804
C{1-4} 1gbe, 6-737, 6-809
C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,
sdsdi}, 6-745, 6-813
.............................................................
syslog, 3-20, 3-75
A a2325a
ui, 3-23
users, 3-24, 3-75
a2325a|ahphg|ahplg
users add, 3-27
dcm, 5-6, 5-177
users edit, 3-29
dcm wavekey out, 5-8
users logging, 3-33
C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48},

6-749, 6-815
line, 5-10, 5-179
users logging cli, 3-34
line pm, 5-13, 5-182
users logging snmp, 3-37
C{1-4} pm, 6-753, 6-817
line pm opin, 5-15, 5-183

6-818
line pm opochin, 5-17, 5-185
C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400},

6-741, 6-811
C{1-4} pm opr, 6-757, 6-820

C{1-4} pm opt, 6-759, 6-822
C{1-4} pm pcs, 6-761, 6-824
line pm opochout, 5-19, 5-187

line pm opout, 5-21, 5-189
line wavekey, 5-23
ahphg
ahplg
am2125a|am2125b
line wavekey in|out, 5-25
dcm, 5-58, 5-208
osc, 5-27, 5-190
linein, 5-60
osc pm, 5-31, 5-192
LINEIN, 5-209
osc pm interface, 5-33, 5-194
linein pm, 5-62
C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16},

6-769, 6-829
osc pm opr, 5-35, 5-195
LINEIN pm, 5-212
osc pm opt, 5-37, 5-197
LINEIN pm opin, 5-64
L{1-2}, 6-773, 6-831
osc pm sdh, 5-39, 5-199
linein pm opin, 5-213
L{1-2} odu1, 6-775, 6-834
osc pm sonet, 5-41, 5-201
linein pm opochin, 5-66, 5-215
L{1-2} otu1, 6-779, 6-836
port state, 5-43
LINEIN pm opochout, 5-221
sig, 5-45, 5-203
LINEIN pm opout, 5-223
sig wavekey, 5-49
linein wavekey, 5-68
sig wavekey out, 5-52
linein wavekey in|out, 5-70
C{1-4} pm sdh, 6-763, 6-825

C{1-4} pm sonet, 6-765, 6-827
C{1-4} state, 6-767
L{1-2} pm, 6-784, 6-840

L{1-2} pm dw, 6-785, 6-841
L{1-2} pm opr, 6-787, 6-843
L{1-2} pm opt, 6-789, 6-844
L{1-2} state, 6-791
VA{1-2}, 6-793, 6-846
VA{1-2} och, 6-795, 6-848
VA{1-2} pm, 6-796, 6-849
admin
lineout, 5-72, 5-217
authentication, 3-8
lineout pm, 5-77, 5-220
authentication radius, 3-10
lineout pm opochout, 5-78
authentication radius add, 3-11
lineout pm opout, 5-80
feature, 3-13
lineout wavekey, 5-82
session, 3-14
lineout wavekey out, 5-84
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-4
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
osc, 5-224
osc pm interface, 5-256
osc pm, 5-226
osc pm opr, 5-257
osc pm interface, 5-228
osc pm opt, 5-259
osc pm opr, 5-229
osc pm sdh, 5-261
osc pm opt, 5-231
osc pm sonet, 5-263
osc pm sdh, 5-233
oscsfp, 5-131
osc pm sonet, 5-235
oscsfp pm, 5-134
oscsfp, 5-87
oscsfp pm interface, 5-136
oscsfp pm, 5-90
oscsfp pm opr, 5-138
oscsfp pm interface, 5-92
oscsfp pm opt, 5-140
oscsfp pm opr, 5-94
oscsfp pm sdh, 5-142
oscsfp pm opt, 5-96
oscsfp pm sonet, 5-144
oscsfp pm sdh, 5-98
port state, 5-146
oscsfp pm sonet, 5-100
.............................................................
port state, 5-102
C card
11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp

clock{1}, 4-63
clock{1} port, 4-65
clock{1} port{1-14}, 4-67
tod{1-2}, 4-61
11dpe12a SYNC0, 4-31
11dpe12e, 4-11, 4-140
11dpe12e lineref{0-3}, 4-28
11dpe12e SYNC0, 4-25
11dpm12, 4-190
11qpa4, 4-71, 4-192
11qpe24, 4-78, 4-194
11qpe24 lineref{0-1}, 4-84
linein, 5-104, 5-237
11qpe24 SYNC0, 4-82

{a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a},
11qpen4, 4-74, 4-193
4-102
linein pm, 5-107, 5-240
11dpe12, 4-7, 4-138
1dpp24m, 4-94
LINEIN pm opin, 5-108
11dpe12a, 4-18, 4-147
4dpa2, 4-87, 4-202
linein pm opin, 5-241
11dpe12a ethoam, 4-42
4dpa4, 4-90, 4-203
linein pm opochin, 5-110,

5-243
11dpe12a ethoam md{1-32},

4-44
a2325a|ahphg|ahplg, 4-211
LINEIN pm opochout, 5-249
11dpe12a ethoam md{1-32}

ma{1-312}, 4-46
ec, 4-112, 4-214
am2318a
LINEIN pm opout, 5-251

linein wavekey, 5-112
linein wavekey in, 5-114
lineout, 5-116, 5-245
lineout pm, 5-120, 5-248
lineout pm opochout, 5-122
lineout pm opout, 5-124
lineout wavekey, 5-126
lineout wavekey out, 5-128
osc, 5-252
osc pm, 5-254
dcm, 4-109, 4-213
ec pm, 4-115, 4-215

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191},
4-50
inventory, 4-217
sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8,
4-117

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
csf, 4-56
sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8,
4-218

ma{1-312} mep {1-8191}
lpbk, 4-54
clear commands
11dpe12a lag{1-4}, 4-37,

4-155, 4-158
cn
11qpe24, 10-4
ospf, 3-84
11dpe12a lineref{0-3}, 4-34
ospf iprange, 3-89, 3-128
11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp, 4-58
routes default, 3-91
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-5
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
routes default add, 3-93
admin, 3-4
.............................................................
routes default redistribute, 3-94
aps, 9-2
D database
routes static, 3-95
card, 4-4
routes static add, 3-97
cn, 3-83
routes static redistribute, 3-98
database, 3-40
commands
firmware, 3-45
11dpe12a, 6-262
general, 2-4
11dpe12e, 6-128
11qpa4, 6-383
interface, 3-99, 3-101, 5-5,

5-58, 5-104, 6-20, 6-130,
6-264, 6-385, 6-522, 6-646,
6-731, 6-857, 6-1071, 9-11
11qpe24, 6-645
ip_acl_filter, 3-121
11qpen4, 6-520
oduk apsxc, 9-22
1dpp24m, 6-1070
odukxc, 9-28
4DPA4, 6-729
pf, 4-120
connection and protection

management, 9-1
pf housekeeping, 4-123
core optics management, 5-1

equipment management, 4-1
general, 2-1
security, dcm, and db, 3-1
condition type
11dpe12a, A-129
11dpe12e, A-119
11dpm12, A-142
11qpe24, A-29
Condition type
AM2125A, A-98
AM2125B, A-104
AM2318A, A-93
config, 2-2
acl_default, 3-127
acl_filterId, 3-122
acl_pattern, 3-123
.............................................................
E echo, 2-23
fan, 4-119
11dpe12, 6-18
11dpm12, 6-854
server, 3-44
ERP
11qpe24, 10-9
Ethernet OAM
11qpe24, 10-19
.............................................................
G general
ntp, 2-9
time zone, 2-12
.............................................................
H help, 2-23
history, 2-25
pm clearall, 8-2
powermgmt, 5-161
powermgmt general, 5-162
shelf, 4-128
.............................................................
I
interface
11dpe12, 6-20, 6-81
slot, 4-127
11dpe12a, 6-264, 6-333
snmpserver, 3-46
11dpe12e, 6-130, 6-206
software, 3-51
11dpm12, 6-857, 6-984
vtsxc, 9-32
xc, 9-40
config alm
attr interface, 7-4
config card
mvac, 4-106
config profile
pm, 8-3
config sslcert, 3-64
crypto key generate, 3-60, 3-65
crypto sslkey, 3-61, 3-62
11qpa4, 6-385, 6-459

11qpe24, 6-646
11qpen4, 6-522, 6-589
1dpp24m, 6-1071, 6-1093
4dpa4, 6-731, 6-803
a2325a|ahphg|ahplg, 5-5
am2125a|am2125b, 5-58
am2318a, 5-104
dcm, 5-206
ec, 3-99, 3-129
ec {es1, es2}, 3-132
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-6
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ec {es1,es2}, 3-106
profile
general, 2-33
ec cit, 3-101, 3-131
pm card, 8-4, 8-30
fan, 3-107
pm dw, 8-6, 8-32
fan {lan1,lan2}, 3-118, 3-136
pm e1, 8-9, 8-34
interface, 3-129, 4-223, 5-177,

5-208, 5-265, 5-266, 6-81,
6-206, 6-333, 6-459, 6-589,
6-803, 6-984, 6-1093, 9-53
fan 1/6/lan1, 3-112, 3-135
pm ethernet, 8-11, 8-36
ip_acl_filter, 3-138
fan 1/6/lan1 ospf, 3-115
pm interface, 8-15, 8-39
logs, 2-37
fan cit, 3-108, 3-134
pm opr, 8-17, 8-41
oduk aps, 9-61
inventory, 4-223
pm opt, 8-19, 8-43
odukxc, 9-63
loopback, 3-74, 3-119, 3-137
pm pcs, 8-21, 8-45
pf, 4-225
powermgmt, 5-153, 5-266
pm sdh, 8-23, 8-47
pf housekeeping, 4-226
sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8,
5-265
pm sonet, 8-25, 8-49
powermgmt, 5-270
topology, 9-11, 9-53

introduction, 1-1
CLI help functions, 1-7
command line interface, 1-2
connecting to network element,
1-2
.............................................................
L LAG CLI
11qpe24, 10-41
logout, 2-26
.............................................................
M mirroring CLI
11qpe24, 10-55
.............................................................
prompt, 2-28
.............................................................
slot, 4-232
Q QoS
snmpserver, 3-80
11qpe24, 10-88
traps, 2-39
S service
vtsxc, 9-55
11qpe24, 10-160
sfd4|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8
port, 5-148
port state, 5-151
shelf
inventory, 4-230
show, 2-29
acl_default, 3-145
acl_filterId, 3-139
acl_pattern, 3-142
port commands
11qpe24, 10-63
powermgmt
egress, 5-166
ingress, 5-172
software, 3-67
.............................................................
P paging, 2-27
passwd, 3-66
shelf, 4-228, 4-230
admin, 3-72
aps, 9-50
card, 4-135
database, 3-71
fan, 4-221
firmware, 3-77
wavekey, 5-273
wavekey unexpected, 5-276
wavekey wtmonitor, 5-277
wavekey wtsource, 5-279
xc, 9-59
show 11qpe24
C{1-22}, 6-696
C{1-22} 1gbe, 6-698
C{1-22} fe, 6-699
C{1-22} pm, 6-701
C{1-22} pm opr, 6-702
C{1-22} pm opt, 6-703
X{1-4}, 6-705
X{1-4} odu2, 6-708, 6-711
show alm
attr interface, 7-13
attr slot, 7-9
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-7
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
prfl, 7-11
show card
11dpe12a lineref{0-3}, 4-152
server transfer, 3-54

upgrade, 3-56
upgrade manual, 3-58
11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp, 4-177
.............................................................

clock{1}, 4-181
T tools CLI

clock{1} port, 4-186
clock{1} port{1-14}, 4-188
tod{1-2}, 4-179
11dpe12a sync0, 4-149
11qpe24, 10-231
tools lamptest, 2-40
tools tl1, 2-41
.............................................................
W who, 3-81
whoami, 3-82
11dpe12e lineref{0-3}, 4-144

11dpe12e sync0, 4-141
11qpe24 lineref{0-1}, 4-199
11qpe24 sync0, 4-195
1dpp24m, 4-204
mvac, 4-220
show card 1dpp24m
lineref{0-2}, 4-208
sync0, 4-205
show interface
11qpe24, 6-695
fan, 3-133
show profile
pm, 8-28
show sslcert, 3-70
slot
type, 4-132
snmpserver
trapdest, 3-48
trapdest add, 3-50
software
server, 3-52
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS-4
IN-8

1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 5.1 Command Line Interface Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Rel 5.1 Command Line Interface Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Title page

CLI manual page document conventions

How to order ............................................................................................................................................................................... xlix

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element ........................................................................................................................................... 1-2

General CLI Commands

config general time zone ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-12

history ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-25

show general ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-33

tools tl1 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-41

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-24

config admin users logging ................................................................................................................................................. 3-33

config admin users logging cli

config admin users logging snmp ..................................................................................................................................... 3-37

config firmware ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-45

config software server transfer .......................................................................................................................................... 3-54

crypto key generate ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-65

show software .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-67

show database .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-71

show admin syslog ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-75

show firmware ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-77

whoami ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-82

config cn ospf iprange

config cn routes default ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-91

config cn routes default redistribute ................................................................................................................................ 3-94

config cn routes static add ................................................................................................................................................... 3-97

config interface ec .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-99

config interface fan .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-107

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................. 3-118

show cn ospf iprange .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-128

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit ........................................................................................................................................ 3-131

show interface fan ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-133

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................... 3-136

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12a ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-18

config card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312} ............................................................................ 4-46

config card 11qpe24

config card 11qpe24 shelf/slot SYNC0 .......................................................................................................................... 4-82

config card 4dpa2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-87

config card 1dpp24m shelf/slot SYNC0 ........................................................................................................................ 4-98

config card ec shelf/slot pm

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd8} ................................................................................................................. 4-117

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

config shelf ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-128

config slot shelf/slot type .................................................................................................................................................. 4-132

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-144

show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot lineref{0-3} ............................................................................................................... 4-152

show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32}

show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ethoam md{1-32} ma{1-312}

show card 11dpe12a shelf/slot ptp clock{1} port{1-14}

show card 11qpen4 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-193

show card ec shelf/slot pm

show card inventory ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-217

show interface inventory ................................................................................................................................................... 4-223

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping ..................................................................................................................................... 4-226

Core optics management commands

config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out .................................................................. 5-8

config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/Line pm ..................................................................................... 5-13

config interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout ............................................................... 5-19